20-F
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 13, 2016

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

 

¨    REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

 

x    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

or

 

¨    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                to

or

 

¨    SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number: 1-31318

 

 

Gold Fields Limited

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Republic of South Africa

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

150 Helen Road

Sandown, Sandton, 2196

South Africa

011-27-11-562-9700

(Address of principal executive offices)

with a copy to:

Taryn Harmse

Executive Vice-President: Group General Counsel

Tel: 011-27-11-562-9724

Fax: 011-27-86-720-2704

taryn.harmse@goldfields.co.za

150 Helen Road

Sandown, Sandton, 2196

South Africa

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

and

Thomas B. Shropshire, Jr.

Linklaters LLP

Tel: 011-44-20-7456-2000

Fax: 011-44-20-7456-2222

One Silk Street

London EC2Y 8HQ

United Kingdom

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Ordinary shares of par value Rand 0.50 each
American Depositary Shares, each representing one ordinary share
  New York Stock Exchange*
New York Stock Exchange

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act

None

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or

common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report

778,134,626 ordinary shares of par value Rand 0.50 each

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:    Yes  x    No  ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  x                Accelerated filer  ¨                Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP  x        International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  ¨    Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:    Item 17  ¨    Item 18  ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Gold Fields Limited, or Gold Fields or the Company, is a South African company and in fiscal 2015 approximately 9%, 34%, 44% and 13% of Gold Fields’ operations, based on gold production, were located in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Peru, respectively. Its books of account are maintained in South African Rand. The reporting currency of the Gold Fields consolidated financial statements is the U.S. dollar. The Group’s annual and interim financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and as prescribed by law. Gold Fields also prepares annual financial statements in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or U.S. GAAP. Except as otherwise noted, the financial information included in this annual report has been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and is presented in U.S. dollars, and for descriptions of critical accounting policies refer to accounting policies under U.S. GAAP.

For Gold Fields’ consolidated financial statements, unless otherwise stated, balance sheet item amounts are translated from Rand and A$ to U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the date that it closed its accounts for fiscal 2015 (Rand 15.10 per $1.00 and $0.75 per A$1.00 as of December 31, 2015), except for specific items included within shareholders’ equity and the statements of cash flows that are translated at the rate prevailing on the date the relevant transaction was entered into, and statements of operations item amounts are translated from Rand and A$ to U.S. dollars at the weighted average exchange rate for each period (Rand 12.68 per $1.00 and $1.00 per A$0.72 for fiscal 2015).

In this annual report, Gold Fields presents the financial items “all-in sustaining costs”, or AISC, “all-in sustaining costs per ounce”, “all-in costs”, or AIC, and “all-in costs per ounce”, which have been determined using industry standards promulgated by the World Gold Council, or WGC, and are non-U.S. GAAP measures. The WGC standard was released by the WGC on June 27, 2013. Gold Fields voluntarily adopted and implemented these metrics as from the quarter ended June 2013. An investor should not consider these items in isolation or as alternatives to production costs, income before tax, net income, operating cash flows or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. While the WGC provided definitions for the calculation of all-in sustaining costs and all-in costs, the calculation of all-in sustaining costs, all-in sustaining costs per ounce, all-in costs and all-in costs per ounce may vary significantly among gold mining companies, and by themselves do not necessarily provide a basis for comparison with other gold mining companies. See “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data”, “Information on the Company—Glossary of Mining Terms—All-in sustaining costs per ounce” and “Information on the Company—Glossary of Mining Terms—All-in costs per ounce”.

Gold Fields also presents “net debt” in this annual report which is a non-US GAAP measure. An investor should not consider this item in isolation or as an alternative to total loans and cash and cash equivalents or any other measure presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The definition for the calculation of net debt may vary significantly between companies, and by itself does not necessarily provide a basis for comparison with other companies. See “Key Information—Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Information on the Company—Glossary of Mining Terms—net debt”.

The financial results of Sibanye Gold (as defined below) included in this annual report, which include the KDC and Beatrix mines, have been presented as discontinued operations as a result of the Spin-off in the statement of operations and statement of cash flows for all periods presented. The financial information presented in this annual report refers to continuing operations unless otherwise stated.

Market Information

This annual report includes industry data about Gold Fields’ markets obtained from industry surveys, industry publications, market research and other publicly available third-party information. Industry surveys and industry publications generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to

 

i


Table of Contents

be reliable but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Gold Fields and its advisors have not independently verified this data.

In addition, in many cases, statements in this annual report regarding the gold mining industry and Gold Fields’ position in that industry have been made based on internal surveys, industry forecasts, market research, as well as Gold Fields’ own experiences. While these statements are believed by Gold Fields to be reliable, they have not been independently verified.

 

ii


Table of Contents

DEFINED TERMS AND CONVENTIONS

In this annual report, all references to the “Group” are to Gold Fields and its subsidiaries. On February 18, 2013, or the Spin-off date, Gold Fields completed the separation of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sibanye Gold Limited, or Sibanye Gold (formerly known as GFI Mining South Africa Proprietary Limited, or GFIMSA), which includes the KDC and Beatrix mining operations, or the Spin-off. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Overview—The Spin-off”.

In this annual report, all references to “fiscal 2013” are to the 12-month period ended December 31, 2013, all references to “fiscal 2014” are to the 12-month period ended December 31, 2014, all references to “fiscal 2015” are to the 12-month period ended December 31, 2015 and all references to “fiscal 2016” are to the 12-month period ending December 31, 2016. In this annual report, all references to “South Africa” are to the Republic of South Africa, all references to “Ghana” are to the Republic of Ghana, all references to “Australia” are to the Commonwealth of Australia, all references to “Chile” are to the Republic of Chile, all references to “Finland” are to the Republic of Finland, all references to “Peru” are to the Republic of Peru, all references to “Mali” are to the Republic of Mali, all references to the “Philippines” are to the Republic of the Philippines and all references to the “United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America, its territories and possessions and any state of the United States and the District of Columbia.

In this annual report, all references to the “DMR” are references to the South African Department of Mineral Resources, the government body responsible for regulating the mining industry in South Africa.

This annual report contains descriptions of gold mining and the gold mining industry, including descriptions of geological formations and mining processes. In order to facilitate a better understanding of these descriptions, this annual report contains a glossary defining a number of technical and geological terms. See “Information on the Company—Glossary of Mining Terms”.

In this annual report, gold production figures are provided in troy ounces, which are referred to as “ounces” or “oz”, or in kilograms, which are referred as “kg”. Ore grades are provided in grams per metric tonne, which are referred to as “grams per tonne” or “g/t”. All references to “tonnes” or “t” in this annual report are to metric tonnes. All references to “gold” include gold and gold equivalent ounces, unless otherwise specified or where the context suggests otherwise. See “Information on the Company—Glossary of Mining Terms” for further information regarding units of measurement used in this annual report and a table providing rates of conversion between different units of measurement. AIC, net of by-product revenue, and AISC, net of by-product revenue, are calculated per ounce of gold sold, excluding gold equivalent ounces. See “Operational and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”.

This annual report contains references to the “total recordable injury frequency rate”, or TRIFR, at each Gold Fields operation—which was introduced in 2013. The TRIFR at each operation includes the total number of fatalities, lost time injuries, medically treated injuries, or MTI, and restricted work injuries, or RWI per million man hours. A lost time injury, or LTI, is a work-related injury resulting in the employee or contractor being unable to attend work for a period of one or more days after the day of the injury (i.e., the employee or contractor is unable to perform any of his/her duties). A MTI is a work-related injury sustained by an employee or contractor which does not incapacitate that employee and who, after having received medical treatment, is deemed fit to immediately resume his/her normal duties on the next calendar day, immediately following the treatment or re-treatment. A RWI is a work-related injury sustained by an employee or contractor which results in the employee or contractor being unable to perform one or more of their routine functions for a full working day, from the day after the injury occurred but the employee or contractor can still perform some of his/her duties.

In this annual report, “R” and “Rand” refer to the South African Rand and “SA cents” refers to subunits of the South African Rand, “$”, “U.S.$” and “U.S. dollars” refer to United States dollars, “U.S. cents” refers to

 

iii


Table of Contents

subunits of the U.S. dollar, “A$” and “Australian dollars” refer to Australian dollars, “GH” refers to Ghana Cedi, “S/.” refers to the Peruvian Nuevo Sol and “CAD” refers to Canadian dollars.

For Gold Fields’ consolidated financial statements, unless otherwise stated, balance sheet item amounts are translated from Rand and A$ to U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the date that it closed its accounts for fiscal 2015 (Rand 15.10 per $1.00 and $0.75 per A$1.00 as of December 31, 2015), except for specific items included within shareholders’ equity and the statements of cash flows that are translated at the rate prevailing on the date the relevant transaction was entered into, and statements of operations item amounts are translated from Rand and A$ to U.S. dollars at the weighted average exchange rate for each period (Rand 12.68 per $1.00 and $1.00 per A$0.72 for fiscal 2015).

In this annual report, except where otherwise noted, all production and operating statistics are based on Gold Fields’ total operations, which include production from the Tarkwa and Damang mines in Ghana and from the Cerro Corona mine in Peru which is attributable to the noncontrolling shareholders in those mines. This annual report contains references to “gold equivalent ounces” which are quantities of metals (such as copper) expressed as amounts of gold using the prevailing prices of gold and the other metals. To calculate this, the accepted total value of the metal based on its weight and value is divided by the accepted value of one troy ounce of gold.

 

iv


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, with respect to Gold Fields’ financial condition, results of operations, business strategies, operating efficiencies, competitive position, growth opportunities for existing services, plans and objectives of management, markets for stock and other matters.

These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to the future business prospects, revenues and income of Gold Fields, wherever they may occur in this annual report and the exhibits to the annual report, are necessarily estimates reflecting the best judgment of the senior management of Gold Fields and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. As a consequence, these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in this annual report. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

 

   

the success of the Group’s business strategy, development activities and other initiatives;

 

   

decreases in the market price of gold or copper;

 

   

fluctuations in exchange rates, currency devaluations and other macroeconomic monetary policies;

 

   

changes in assumptions underlying Gold Fields’ mineral reserve estimates;

 

   

the ability to achieve anticipated cost savings at existing operations;

 

   

the ability to achieve anticipated efficiencies and other cost savings in connection with past and future acquisitions;

 

   

changes in relevant government regulations, particularly labor, environmental, tax, royalty, health and safety, water, regulations and potential new legislation affecting mining and mineral rights;

 

   

Court decisions affecting the South African mining industry, including without limitation regarding the interpretation of mineral rights legislation and the treatment of health and safety claims;

 

   

the ability of the Group to comply with requirements that it operate in a sustainable manner and provide benefits to affected communities;

 

   

the ability to manage and maintain access to current and future sources of liquidity, capital and credit, including the terms and conditions of Gold Fields’ facilities and Gold Fields’ overall cost of funding;

 

   

the occurrence of labor disruptions and industrial actions;

 

   

power cost increases as well as power stoppages, fluctuations and usage constraints;

 

   

fraud, bribery or corruption at Gold Field’s operations that leads to censure, penalties or negative reputational impacts;

 

   

the occurrence of hazards associated with underground and surface gold mining or contagious diseases (and associated legal claims) at Gold Field’s operations;

 

   

loss of senior management or inability to hire or retain employees;

 

   

political instability in South Africa, Ghana, Peru or regionally in Africa or South America;

 

   

overall economic and business conditions in South Africa, Ghana, Australia, Peru and elsewhere;

 

   

the occurrence of work stoppages related to health and safety incidents;

 

   

supply chain shortages and increases in the prices of production imports;

 

v


Table of Contents
   

the adequacy of the Group’s insurance coverage; and

 

   

the manner, amount and timing of capital expenditures made by Gold Fields on both existing and new mines, mining projects, exploration project or other initiatives.

Gold Fields undertakes no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

vi


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

  

ITEM 1: IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

     1   

ITEM 2: OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

     1   

ITEM 3: KEY INFORMATION

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     5   

ITEM 4: INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

     26   

ITEM 4A: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     138   

ITEM 5: OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

     139   

ITEM 6: DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

     210   

ITEM 7: MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     246   

ITEM 8: FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     247   

ITEM 9: THE OFFER AND LISTING

     248   

ITEM 10: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     251   

ITEM 11: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     269   

ITEM 12: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

     273   

PART II

  

ITEM 13: DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

     274   

ITEM 14: MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     275   

ITEM 15: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     276   

ITEM 16A: AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

     277   

ITEM 16B: CODE OF ETHICS

     278   

ITEM 16C: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     279   

ITEM 16D: EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

     280   

ITEM 16E: PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

     281   

ITEM 16F: CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

     282   

ITEM 16G: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     283   

ITEM 16H: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

     284   

PART III

  

ITEM 17: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     285   

ITEM 18: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     286   

ITEM 19: EXHIBITS

     288   

SIGNATURES

     291   

 

vii


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1: IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2: OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3: KEY INFORMATION

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

The selected historical consolidated financial data set out below for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 and as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 have been derived from Gold Fields’ audited consolidated financial statements for those years and as of those dates and the related notes. The selected historical consolidated financial data for fiscal 2011 and 2012 and as of December 31, 2013, have been derived from Gold Fields’ audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended and as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, which are not included in this annual report and adjusted, where applicable, as described below. The selected historical consolidated financial data presented below have been derived from consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As a result of the Spin-off, the financial results of Sibanye Gold, which include the KDC and Beatrix mines, have been presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2013 and the comparative statements of operations and statement of cash flows have been presented as if Sibanye Gold had been discontinued for all periods presented below. The Other Operating Data presented has been calculated as described in the footnotes to the table below:

 

     Fiscal Period Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  
     ($ million, unless otherwise stated)  

Statement of Operations Data

          

Revenues

     3,499.1        3,530.6        2,906.3        2,868.8        2,545.4   

Production costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     1,627.9        1,862.6        1,819.9        1,808.1        1,660.3   

Depreciation and amortization

     421.4        425.8        568.5        677.3        594.4   

Corporate expenditure

     30.8        38.2        39.4        27.3        20.5   

Employee termination costs

     0.8        6.1        35.5        42.2        9.4   

Exploration expenditure

     125.4        135.3        77.9        36.2        24.7   

Feasibility and evaluation costs

     95.2        103.5        68.0        —          —     

Profit/(loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment

     (1.0     0.2        (10.2     (1.3     (0.1

Asset impairments and write-offs

     9.5        41.6        215.3        14.0        100.1   

Royalties

     109.6        116.8        90.5        86.1        76.0   

Accretion expense on provision for environmental rehabilitation

     11.1        13.9        10.4        15.4        13.9   

Interest and dividends

     11.8        16.3        8.5        4.2        6.3   

Finance expense

     (52.3     (55.6     (72.4     (80.8     (71.2

Gain/(loss) on financial instruments

     4.4        (0.4     (0.3     (11.5     (4.7

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains

     9.1        (13.8     7.3        8.4        9.5   

Profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries

     12.8        27.6        17.8        78.0        0.1   

Impairment of investments

     (0.5     (10.5     (10.3     (6.8     (37.9

Other expenses

     (47.3     (37.9     (104.2     (44.2     (27.2

Income/(loss) before tax, impairment of investment in equity investee, share of equity investees’ losses and discontinued operations

     1,004.4        712.7        (162.5     108.2        (79.1

Income and mining tax expense

     (384.5     (359.4     (105.7     (121.6     (155.0

 

1


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Period Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  
     ($ million, unless otherwise stated)  

Income/(loss) before impairment of investment in equity investee, share of equity investees’ losses and discontinued operations

     619.9        353.3        (268.2     (13.4     (234.1

Impairment of investment in equity investee

     (6.8     —          —          (7.4     (109.5

Share of equity investees’ losses, net of tax

     (0.8     (63.1     (18.4     (4.4     (3.8

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

     612.3        290.2        (286.6     (25.2     (347.4

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     340.7        362.3        20.5        —          —     

Net income/(loss)

     953.0        652.5        (266.1     (25.2     (347.4

Less: Net income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     71.5        (1.8     (18.2     2.0        (2.4

Continuing operations

     71.6        (1.9     (18.2     2.0        (345.0

Discontinued operations

     (0.1     0.1        —          —          —     

Net income/(loss) attributable to Gold Fields shareholders

     881.5        654.3        (247.9     (27.2     (345.0

Continuing operations

     540.7        292.1        (268.4     (27.2     (345.0

Discontinued operations

     340.8        362.2        20.5        —          —     

Basic earnings/(loss) per share attributable to Gold Fields shareholders ($)

          

Continuing operations

     0.75        0.40        (0.36     (0.04     (0.45

Discontinued operations

     0.47        0.50        0.03        —          —     

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share attributable to Gold Fields shareholders ($)

          

Continuing operations

     0.74        0.40        (0.36     (0.04     (0.45

Discontinued operations

     0.47        0.50        0.03        —          —     

Dividend per share (Rand)

     1.70        3.90        0.75        0.42        0.24   

Dividend per share ($)

     0.24        0.50        0.08        0.04        0.02   

Other Operating Data—Continuing Operations

          

All-in-sustaining costs net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold(1)

     —          1,310        1,202        1,053        1,007   

All-in-cost net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold(1)

     —          1,537        1,312        1,087        1,026   

All-in-sustaining costs gross of by-product revenue per equivalent ounce of gold sold(1)

     —          1,331        1,206        1,053        1,000   

All-in-cost gross of by-product revenue per equivalent ounce of gold sold(1)

     —          1,539        1,307        1,086        1,018   

 

Note:

(1)

Gold Fields has calculated all-in sustaining costs net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold by dividing total all-in sustaining costs net of by-product revenue, as determined using the guidance provided by the WGC, by only gold ounces sold for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015. Total all-in sustaining costs, as defined by the WGC, are operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), plus all costs not included therein relating to sustaining current production including sustaining capital expenditure. The value of by-product revenues (i.e. silver and copper) is deducted from operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation as it effectively reduces the cost of gold production. The all-in costs net of by-product revenue starts with all-in sustaining costs net of by-product revenue and adds additional costs which relate to the growth of the Group, including non-sustaining capital expenditure and exploration, evaluation and feasibility costs not associated with current operations. All-in sustaining costs and all-in costs are reported on a per ounce of gold basis, net of by-product revenues (as per the WGC definition), as well as on a per ounce of gold equivalent basis, gross

 

2


Table of Contents
  of by-product revenues. Changes in total all-in sustaining and all-in costs per ounce are affected by operational performance, as well as changes in the currency exchange rate between the Rand and the Australian dollar compared with the U.S. dollar. Total all-in sustaining and all-in cost per ounce are not U.S. GAAP measures and have been calculated using IFRS information. Management, however, believes that total all-in sustaining cost and total all-in cost per ounce will be helpful to investors, governments, local communities and other stakeholders in understanding the economics of gold mining. For a description of all-in sustaining costs and all-in costs and a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ all-in sustaining costs and all-in costs to its operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation costs for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”.

 

    As of December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  
    ($ million, unless otherwise stated)  

Balance Sheet Data

         

Cash and cash equivalents

    744.0        655.6        325.0        458.0        440.0   

Assets held for sale

    —          —          47.0        31.0        1.0   

Receivables

    483.4        522.7        272.6        226.5        168.9   

Inventories

    297.7        402.1        402.7        373.3        294.4   

Material contained on heap leach pads

    187.9        65.0        —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    1,713.0        1,645.4        1,047.3        1,088.8        904.3   

Property, plant and equipment, net

    7,016.8        7,388.9        4,933.0        4,453.3        3,705.6   

Goodwill

    1,075.4        1,020.1        845.5        756.3        579.0   

Deferred income and mining taxes(1)

    —          24.1        51.6        17.8        1.8   

Inventories

    —          111.8        109.0        148.1        148.1   

Non-current investments

    272.2        458.0        268.9        286.5        175.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

    10,077.4        10,648.3        7,255.3        6,750.8        5,513.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts payable and provisions

    669.9        734.0        445.0        498.5        416.2   

Interest payable

    11.2        11.0        12.4        11.2        11.4   

Income and mining taxes payable

    264.4        192.1        34.6        58.2        77.8   

Short-term loans and current portion of
long-term loans

    547.0        40.0        121.5        140.2        16.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    1,492.5        977.1        613.5        708.1        522.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term loans

    1,360.7        2,321.2        1,938.6        1,770.7        1,803.6   

Deferred income and mining taxes(1)

    1,019.4        919.7        325.3        263.2        254.1   

Provision for environmental rehabilitation

    336.9        373.6        269.2        300.1        275.7   

Provision for post-retirement health care costs

    2.1        2.1        —          —          —     

Long-term incentive plan

    —          —          —          8.3        12.6   

Other non-current liabilities

    13.5        13.9        10.9        9.1        8.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    4,225.1        4,607.6        3,157.5        3,059.5        2,876.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share capital

    59.0        61.0        62.9        63.0        63.2   

Additional paid-in capital

    5,374.6        5,452.3        4,439.0        4,465.0        4,475.9   

Retained earnings

    772.5        1,054.3        741.1        684.1        324.0   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (423.3     (653.0     (1,249.0     (1,617.4     (2,308.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gold Fields shareholders’ equity

    5,782.8        5,914.6        3,994.0        3,594.7        2,554.9   

Noncontrolling interests

    69.5        126.1        103.8        96.6        82.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    5,852.3        6,040.7        4,097.8        3,691.3        2,637.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

    10,077.4        10,648.3        7,255.3        6,750.8        5,513.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

3


Table of Contents
    As of December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  
    ($ million, unless otherwise stated)  

Other Financial Data

         

Number of ordinary shares as adjusted to reflect changes in capital structure (including treasury shares)

    724,591,516        730,393,143        768,016,593        772,272,821        777,450,492   

Net Assets (excluding non-controlling interest)

    5,782.8        5,914.6        3,994.0        3,594.7        2,554.9   

Net debt(2)

    1,163.7        1,705.6        1,735.1        1,452.9        1,380.3   

 

Note:

(1) The updated guidance on classification of deferred taxes, adopted by Gold Fields in 2015, resulted in comparative balances for current deferred income and mining taxes and liabilities being reclassified as non-current.
(2) Gold Fields has calculated net debt by taking total loans less cash and cash equivalents, both as calculated in accordance with IFRS. Net debt is not a U.S. GAAP measure and has been calculated using IFRS information, which is the same as the U.S. GAAP information. Management believes that net debt will be helpful to investors, governments, local communities and other stakeholders in better understanding the financial position of Gold Fields. For a description of net debt and a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ net debt to its total loans for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—net debt”.

Exchange Rates

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, the average, high and low exchange rates of Rand for U.S. Dollars, expressed in Rand per $1.00. All exchange rates are sourced from I-Net Bridge (Proprietary) Limited, or I-Net Bridge, being the average rate.

 

Year ended

   Average  

December 31, 2011

     7.22 (1) 

December 31, 2012

     8.19 (1) 

December 31, 2013

     9.60 (1) 

December 31, 2014

     10.82 (1) 

December 31, 2015

     12.68 (1) 

Through April 6, 2016

     15.74 (1) 

 

Note:

(1) The daily average of the closing rate during the relevant period as reported by I-Net Bridge.

 

Month ended

   High      Low  

October 31, 2015

     13.92         13.04   

November 30, 2015

     14.43         13.76   

December 31, 2015

     15.88         14.35   

January 31, 2016

     16.85         15.52   

February 29, 2016

     16.33         15.18   

March 31, 2016

     16.85         14.65   

The closing rate for the Rand on April 6, 2016 as reported by I-Net Bridge was Rand 15.07 per $1.00. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Rand and the U.S. dollar will affect the dollar equivalent of the price of the ordinary shares on the JSE, which may affect the market price of the American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, on the NYSE. These fluctuations will also affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by owners of ADSs on the conversion of any dividends paid in Rand on the ordinary shares.

 

4


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information included in this annual report, the considerations listed below could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, financial condition or results of operations, resulting in a decline in the trading price of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares or ADSs. The risks set forth below comprise all material risks currently known to Gold Fields. These factors should be considered carefully, together with the information and financial data set forth in this document.

Gold Fields may experience unforeseen difficulties, delays or costs in implementing its business strategy and projects, including any strategic projects, cost-cutting initiatives, divestments and other initiatives and any such strategy or project may not result in the anticipated benefits.

The ability to grow the business will depend on the successful implementation of Gold Fields’ existing and proposed strategic initiatives, such as the introduction and implementation of a new regional pillar design and mining method and the ramping up of production at South Deep (which accounts for 74% of Gold Fields’ mineral reserves as at December 31, 2015), as well as the achievement of a 15% free cash flow margin, or FCF Margin, at a gold price of U.S.$1,300/oz. See “Information on the Company—Strategy”.

The successful implementation of the Company’s strategic initiatives depends upon many factors, including those outside its control. For example, the successful achievement of a 15% FCF Margin at a gold price of U.S.$1,300/oz. will depend on, among other things, prevailing market prices for input costs.

Gold Fields may also prove unable to deliver on production targets and other strategic initiatives, including ramping-up of key capital projects, such as South Deep. Unforeseen difficulties, delays or costs may adversely affect the successful implementation of Gold Fields’ business strategy and projects, and such strategy and projects may not result in the anticipated benefits. In addition, Gold Fields is in the process of implementing an operational plan at South Deep intended to improve productivity at the mine, which includes the alignment of the mine’s planning process with realistic productivity levels, the implementation of business improvement projects and the implementation of revised support strategies, mining sequence and pillar configuration changes. In addition, during fiscal 2015, South Deep began to transition from low profile to high profile destress mining as part of its operational plan. The implementation of this operational plan is complex and there can be no assurance that the implementation of the plan will achieve the result intended or that it will not result in delays, increased costs or other issues. Any such difficulties, delays or costs could prevent Gold Fields from fully implementing its business strategy, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.

Gold Fields is in the process of implementing initiatives relating to its strategic restructuring, including the reduction of marginal mining, cost-efficiency initiatives, increased brownfield exploration, production planning, cost-cutting and divestments. Any future contribution of these measures to profitability will be influenced by the actual benefits and savings achieved and by Gold Fields’ ability to sustain these ongoing efforts. Strategic restructuring and cost-cutting initiatives may involve various risks, including, for example, labor unrest and operating license withdrawal. The risk is elevated in South Africa, given Gold Fields’ mining rights obligations. See “—Gold Fields’ mineral rights are subject to legislation, which could impose significant costs and burdens and which impose certain ownership requirements, the interpretation of which are the subject of dispute”.

In addition, these initiatives may not be implemented as planned; turn out to be less effective than anticipated; only become effective later than anticipated; or not be effective at all. Depending on the nature of the outcomes of the initiatives, they, individually or in combination, may have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

As part of its strategy, Gold Fields has stated that it intends to dispose of certain of its exploration and development assets. With respect to these and any other dispositions, Gold Fields may not be able to obtain

 

5


Table of Contents

prices that it expects for assets it seeks to dispose of or to complete the contemplated disposals in the timeframe contemplated or at all.

Any of the above could have a negative impact on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Changes in the market price for gold, and to a lesser extent copper, which in the past have fluctuated widely, affect the profitability of Gold Fields’ operations and the cash flows generated by those operations.

Gold Fields’ revenues are primarily derived from the sale of gold that it produces. Gold Fields does not generally enter into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements in order to establish a price in advance of the sale of its gold production. As a result, it is exposed to changes in the gold price, which could lead to reduced revenue should the gold price decline. For example, during fiscal 2015, the gold price fluctuated between $1,060 and $1,296 per ounce. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”. The market price for gold has historically been volatile and is affected by numerous factors over which Gold Fields has no control, such as general supply and demand, speculative trading activity and global economic drivers.

Further, over the period from 2011 to 2015, the gold price has declined from an average price of $1,571/oz to $1,167/oz. Should the gold price decline below Gold Fields’ production costs, it may experience losses and should this situation continue for an extended period, Gold Fields may be forced to curtail or suspend some or all of its growth projects, operations and/or reduce operational capital expenditures. Gold Fields might not be able to recover any losses it incurred during, or after, such events. A sustained period of significant gold price volatility may also adversely affect Gold Fields’ ability to undertake new capital projects or continue with existing operations or make other long-term strategic decisions. The use of lower gold prices in reserve calculations and life of mine plans could also result in material impairments of Gold Fields’ investment in mining properties or a reduction in its reserve estimates and corresponding restatements of its reserves and increased amortization, reclamation and closure charges.

In Peru, copper accounts for a significant proportion of the revenues at Gold Fields’ Cerro Corona mine, although copper is not a major element of Gold Fields’ overall revenues. Over the period from 2011 to 2015, the price of copper has declined from an average price of $8,836 per tonne to $5,376 per tonne. A variety of factors have and may depress global copper prices and a decline in copper prices, which have also fluctuated widely, would adversely affect the revenues, profit and cash flows of the Cerro Corona mine.

Because gold is sold in U.S. dollars, while a significant portion of Gold Fields’ production costs are in Australian dollars, Rand and other non-U.S. dollar currencies, Gold Fields’ operating results and financial condition could be materially harmed by a material change in the value of these non-U.S. dollar currencies.

Gold is sold throughout the world in U.S. dollars. Gold Fields’ costs of production are incurred principally in U.S. dollars, Australian dollars, Rand and other currencies. Recent volatility in the Rand (including significant depreciation of the Rand against the U.S. dollar in recent years) and depreciation of the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar in fiscal 2014 and 2015 has made our reported costs in South Africa and Australia and results of operations less predictable than when exchange rates are more stable. As a result, any significant and sustained appreciation of any of these non-U.S. dollar currencies against the U.S. dollar may materially increase Gold Fields’ costs in U.S. dollar terms, which could materially adversely affect Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Conversely, inflation in any of the countries in which it operates could increase the prices Gold Fields pays for products and services and could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition if not offset by increased gold prices.

 

6


Table of Contents

Gold Fields’ mineral reserves are estimates based on a number of assumptions, which, if changed, may require Gold Fields to lower its estimated mineral reserves.

The mineral reserves stated in this annual report are estimates based on assumptions regarding, among other things, Gold Fields’ costs, expenditures, commodity prices, exchange rates, and metallurgical and mining recovery assumptions, which may prove inaccurate due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond Gold Fields’ control. In the event that Gold Fields adversely revises any of the assumptions that underlie its mineral reserves reporting, Gold Fields may need to revise its mineral reserves downwards. See “Information on the Company—Reserves of Gold Fields as of December 31, 2015”.

Gold Fields is in the process of undertaking a strategic review of South Deep. The objective of the review is to rebase the longer-term steady state production profile of the mine based on the mine’s operating constraints, realistic production capability and potential cash flows. Gold Fields expects to complete key elements of this strategic review in fiscal 2017, although changes to the long term plan, based on increased resolution on the life of mine ore reserves, are expected to continue in subsequent years. There can be no assurance that the strategic review will not result in lower than expected long term steady state production volumes, cost fluctuations, reduced reported ore reserves and life of mine, or other associated issues at South Deep, which could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Reserves of Gold Fields as of December 31, 2015—Methodology”.

To the extent that Gold Fields seeks to add to or replace its reserve base through exploration, it may experience problems associated with mineral exploration or developing mining projects.

Gold Fields’ reserve base is depleted annually through its production activities. In fiscal 2015, four out of Gold Fields’ seven non-South African mines reported lower ore reserves after taking depletion into account. In order to replace its mineral reserves at its international operations or expand its operations and reserve base, Gold Fields expects to rely, in part, on exploration for gold, and other metals associated with gold, as well as its ability to develop mining projects. Exploration for gold and other metals associated with gold is speculative in nature, involves many risks and is frequently unsuccessful. To the extent that ore bodies are to be developed, it can take a number of years and substantial expenditures from the initial phases of drilling until production commences, during which time the economic feasibility of production may change. In addition, to the extent Gold Fields participates in the development of a project through a joint venture or any other multi-party commercial structure, there could be disagreements, legal or otherwise, or divergent interests or goals amongst the parties, which could jeopardize the success of the project. There can be no assurances that Gold Fields will be able to replace its reserves through exploration, development or otherwise and, if Gold Fields is unable to replace its reserves, this could have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.

Furthermore, significant capital investment is required to achieve commercial production from exploration efforts. There is no assurance that Gold Fields will have, or be able to raise, the required funds to engage in these activities or to meet its obligations with respect to the exploration properties in which it has or may acquire an interest.

To the extent that Gold Fields makes acquisitions, it may experience problems in executing the acquisitions or managing and integrating the acquisitions with its existing operations.

In order to maintain or expand its operations and reserve base, Gold Fields may seek to make acquisitions of selected precious metal producing companies or assets. For example, on October 1, 2013, Gold Fields completed the acquisition of the Granny Smith, Darlot and Lawlers gold mines, or the Yilgarn South Assets, in Western Australia from Barrick Gold Corporation, or Barrick. See “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Australasia Operations”. Any such acquisition may change the scale of the Company’s business and operations and may expose it to new geographic, geological, political, social, operating, financial, legal, regulatory and contractual risks. There can be no assurance that any acquisition will achieve the results intended, and, as such, could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

 

7


Table of Contents

Gold Fields’ mineral rights are subject to legislation, which could impose significant costs and burdens and which impose certain ownership requirements, the interpretation of which are the subject of dispute.

Gold Fields’ right to own and exploit mineral reserves and deposits is governed by the laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which the mineral properties are located. Currently, a significant portion of Gold Fields’ reserves and deposits are located in countries where mining rights could be suspended or canceled should it breach its obligations in respect of the acquisition and exploitation of these rights.

In all of the countries where Gold Fields operates, the formulation or implementation of governmental policies on certain issues may be unpredictable. This may include changes in laws relating to mineral rights and ownership of mining assets and the right to prospect and mine, and, in extreme cases, nationalization, expropriation or nullification of existing concessions, licenses, permits agreements and contracts. For example, Gold Fields’ operations in South Africa are subject to legislation regulating the exploitation of mineral resources through the granting of rights required to prospect and mine for minerals. This includes broad-based BEE legislation designed to effect the entry of historically disadvantaged South Africans, or HDSAs, into the mining industry and to increase their participation in the South African economy.

The Mineral and Petroleum Resources and Development Act, or the MPRDA, came into effect on May 1, 2004 and transferred ownership of mineral resources to the South African people, with the South African government acting as custodian in order to, among other things, promote equitable access to the nation’s mineral resources by South Africans, expand opportunities for historically disadvantaged persons who wish to participate in the South African mining industry and advance social and economic development. As custodian, the South African government exercises regulatory control over the exploitation of mineral resources and does so by exercising the power to grant the rights required to prospect and mine for minerals. Mining companies were required to apply for the right to mine and/or prospect and to convert then-existing mining rights to “new order” mining rights. In order to qualify for these rights, applicants need to satisfy the South African government that the granting of such a right will advance the open-ended broad-based socio-economic empowerment requirements of the MPRDA. The MPRDA also required that mining companies submit social and labor plans, or SLPs, which set out their commitments relating to human resource development, labor planning and economic development planning to the DMR. In order to provide guidance on the fulfillment of these broad-based socio-economic empowerment requirements to the mining industry, the DMR published the Mining Charter, which became effective on May 1, 2004. The Mining Charter includes guidelines envisaging that each mining company should achieve a 15% HDSA ownership of mining assets within five years and a 26% HDSA ownership of mining assets within 10 years. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights—The MPRDA”.

In 2010, the DMR introduced the Amended Mining Charter containing guidelines envisaging, among other things, that mining companies should achieve a minimum of 40% HDSA demographic representation by 2014 at executive management (board) level, senior management (executive committee) level, core and critical skills, middle management level and junior management level. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights”. In April 2013, Gold Fields submitted a new SLP for South Deep to replace its original SLP submitted in 2010 and is awaiting a response from the DMR.

In fiscal 2014, the DMR launched audits of mining companies, which were conducted by a third party appointed by the DMR to assess such companies’ compliance with the BEE guidelines of the Mining Charter and Amended Mining Charter. However, the DMR subsequently abandoned the externally conducted audit process. It is therefore unclear what the status of the process is and what the outcomes were. It is also unclear whether or not the information provided during this audit process will be considered or used by the DMR for any purpose in the future. In fiscal 2015, the DMR directed mining companies to provide information related to compliance with the Amended Mining Charter via an electronic reporting template. This template raised a number of concerns among mining companies due to its inflexible approach towards the assessment of compliance with the Amended Mining Charter. On March 15, 2016, the DMR announced that all mining companies would be required to complete these templates by April 30, 2016.

 

8


Table of Contents

On March 31, 2015, the DMR made an interim report of consolidated results of the self-assessment by reporting companies of compliance with the Mining Charter, reporting relatively broad compliance with the non-ownership requirements of the Amended Mining Charter. However, the DMR did not report the results of compliance with the HDSA ownership guidelines of the Mining Charter and noted that there is no consensus on certain applicable principles.

On the same date, the Chamber of Mines, or the Chamber, reported that the DMR believes that empowerment transactions by mining companies concluded after 2004 where the HDSA ownership level has fallen due to HDSA disposal of assets or for other reasons, should not be included in the calculation of HDSA ownership for the purposes of, among other things, the 26% HDSA ownership guidelines under the Mining Charter. The position of Gold Fields is consistent with that of the Chamber and is that such empowerment transactions should be included in the calculation of HDSA ownership. The DMR and the Chamber have agreed to approach the South African courts to seek a declaratory order which will provide a ruling on the relevant legislation and the status of the Mining Charter. On June 4, 2015 and pursuant to such agreement, the Chamber brought an application against the Minister of Mineral Resources and the Director General of the DMR seeking a declaratory order in relation to the correct interpretation and application of the MPRDA and the Amended Mining Charter, or the Main Application. Papers have been served and the Main Application was set down to be heard in court on March 15 and 16, 2016. In February 2016, an application was filed by a third party, Malan Scholes Inc., to consolidate the Main Application with its own application for a declaratory order on the empowerment aspects of the Mining Charter, or the Consolidation Application. The Chamber indicated that it would oppose the Consolidation Application on the basis that the right to relief in the respective applications does not depend substantially on the same questions of law or fact. The Consolidation Application was heard on March 16, 2016. Judgment was reserved in the Consolidation Application and the court consequently postponed the Main Application. The Consolidation Application therefore now delays the hearing of the Main Application, extending the period of uncertainty regarding the interpretation of the Mining Charter.

If the DMR were to prevail in the Main Application, mining companies, including Gold Fields, may be required to undertake further transactions in order to increase their HDSA ownership which would result in the dilution of existing shareholders. In such event, mining companies may be required to maintain a minimum HDSA ownership level indefinitely. The DMR may also suspend or cancel the existing mining rights of, or prevent the obtaining of new mining rights by, mining companies, including Gold Fields, deemed not to be in compliance with the ownership requirements of the MPRDA. It is also possible, should the Chamber prevail in court, that the DMR may enact new regulations to, among other things, increase HDSA ownership guidelines for mining companies which would result in the dilution of existing shareholders. The DMR may also suspend or cancel existing mining rights of, or prevent the obtaining of new mining rights by, mining companies, including Gold Fields, deemed not to be in compliance with the other requirements of the MPRDA. If the DMR were to determine that Gold Fields is not in compliance with the other requirements of the MPRDA, Gold Fields may be required to engage in remedial steps, including changes to management and actions that require shareholder approval.

In 2016, the Mining Charter BBBEE Codes, or BBBEE Codes, are also scheduled to be aligned with those applying to other industries in South Africa, potentially creating further uncertainty.

If the DMR were to determine that Gold Fields is not in compliance with the MPRDA, for any reason, including HDSA ownership, Gold Fields may challenge such a decision in court. Any such court action may be expensive and there is no guarantee that Gold Fields’ challenge would be successful.

There is no guarantee that any steps Gold Fields has already taken or might take in the future will ensure the successful renewal of its existing mining rights, the retaining of new mining rights, the granting of further new mining rights or that the terms of renewals of its rights would not be significantly less favorable to Gold Fields than the terms of its current rights. Any further adjustment to the ownership structure of Gold Fields’ South African mining assets in order to meet BEE requirements could have a material adverse effect on the value of Gold Fields’ securities.

 

9


Table of Contents

An Amendment Bill to the MPRDA, or the MPRDB, was passed by both the National Assembly and the National Council of Provinces, or NCOP, on March 27, 2014. In January 2015, the President referred the MPRDB back to Parliament for reconsideration and Parliament has yet to produce a new draft of the MPRDB. There is a large degree of uncertainty regarding the changes that will be brought about should the MPRDB be made law. Among other things, the MPRDB sought to require the consent of the Minister of Mineral Resources for the transfer of any interest in an unlisted company or any controlling interest in a listed company where such companies hold a prospecting right or mining right and to give the Minister of Mineral Resources broad discretionary powers to prescribe the levels required for beneficiation in promoting the beneficiation of minerals. For further information, see “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights—The MPRDA”. At the Investing in Africa Mining Indaba conference held in February 2016, the Minister of Mineral Resources indicated that the MPRDB would be finalized in the first half of 2016.

Failure by Gold Fields to comply with mineral rights legislation in any of the jurisdictions in which it operates may cause it to lose the right to mine, fail to acquire new rights to mine and may have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Further, Gold Fields may, in the future, incur significant costs as a result of changes in the interpretation of existing laws and guidelines or the imposition of new laws, whether relating to the mining industry or otherwise, which may have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Mining companies are increasingly required to operate in a sustainable manner and to provide benefits to affected communities. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in legal suits, additional operational costs, investor divestment and loss of ‘social license to operate’, which could adversely impact Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Many mining companies face increasing pressure over their “social license to operate” which can be understood as the acceptance of the activities of these companies by local stakeholders. While formal permission to operate is ultimately granted by host governments, many mining activities require social permission from host communities and influential stakeholders to carry out operations effectively and profitably.

These businesses are under pressure to demonstrate that, while they seek a satisfactory return on investment for shareholders, the environment, human rights and other key sustainability issues are responsibly managed and stakeholders, such as employees, host communities and the countries in which they operate, also benefit from their commercial activities. The potential consequences of these pressures and the adverse publicity in cases where companies are believed not to be creating sufficient social and economic benefit or are perceived to not be responsibly managing other sustainability issues may result in additional operating costs, higher capital expenditures, reputational damage, active community opposition (possibly resulting in delays, disruptions and stoppages), allegations of human rights abuses, legal suits, regulatory intervention and investor withdrawal.

In order to maintain its social license to operate, Gold Fields may need to design or redesign parts of its mining operations to minimize their impact on such communities and the environment, either by changing mining plans to avoid such impact, by modifying operations, changing planned capital expenditures or by relocating the affected people to an agreed location. Responsive measures may require Gold Fields to take costly and time consuming remedial measures, including the full restoration of livelihoods of those impacted. In addition, Gold Fields is obliged to comply with the terms and conditions of all the mining rights it holds in South Africa. In this regard, the SLP provisions of our mining rights must make provision for local economic development, among other obligations. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matter—South Africa—Mineral Rights”. Gold Fields also undertakes social and economic development spending in Australia, Ghana and Peru, both voluntarily and as a condition of its mining rights. See “Information on the Company—Sustainable Development”. In addition, as Gold Fields has a long history of mining operations in certain regions or has purchased operations which have a long history, issues may arise regarding historical as well as potential future environmental or health impacts in those areas.

 

10


Table of Contents

Delays in projects attributable to a lack of community support or other community-related disruptions or delays can translate directly into a decrease in the value of a project or into an inability to bring the project to, or maintain, production. The cost of measures and other issues relating to the sustainable development of mining operations has placed significant demands on our resources, and could increase capital and operating costs and have a material adverse impact on Gold Fields’ reputation, business, operating results and financial condition.

Gold Fields is subject to various regulatory costs, such as mining taxes and royalties, changes to which may have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ operations and profits.

In recent years, governments (local and national), communities, non-governmental organizations and trade unions in several jurisdictions have sought and, in some cases, have implemented greater cost imposts on the mining industry, including through the imposition of additional taxes and royalties. Such resource nationalism, whether in the form of cost imposts, interference in project management, mandatory social investment requirements, local content requirements or creeping expropriation could impact the global mining industry and Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

In South Africa, the African National Congress, or the ANC, has adopted two recommended approaches to interacting with the mining industry. While the ANC has rejected the possibility of mine nationalization for now, the first approach contemplates, among other things, greater state intervention in the mining industry, including the revision of existing royalties, the imposition of new taxes and an increase in the South African government’s holdings in mining companies. The second approach contemplates the South African government taking a more active role in the mining sector, including through the strengthening of a state mining company to be involved in new projects either through partnerships or individually.

The adopted policies may impose additional restrictions, obligations, operational costs, taxes or royalty payments on gold mining companies, including Gold Fields, any of which could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

In South Africa, the Davis Tax Committee was established by the Minister of Finance to assist the Government’s tax review and assessment of its tax policy framework. The committee’s first interim report on mining was released for public comment on August 13, 2015. While the committee was in general in favor of not creating further tax instruments, it did foreshadow possible changes to the tax regime, including discontinuing the upfront capital expenditure write off allowance. In addition, the report recommended retaining the so called “gold formula” for existing gold mines only, as new gold mines would be unlikely to be established in circumstances where profits are marginal or where gold mines would conduct mining of the type intended to be encouraged by the formula. An alternative recommendation was to phase out the gold formula for all mines over a reasonable period of time. For a description of the gold formula, see “Operating Review and Prospects—Income and Mining Taxes—South Africa”. A further report is awaited from the committee after receiving public comment.

In Ghana, the ownership of land on which there are mineral deposits is separate from the ownership of the minerals. Gold Fields must pay royalties of up to 5% of the total revenue earned from minerals. The government also has a right to obtain a 10% free-carried interest in mining leases. In addition, in 2014, there was an increase in stool/land rents to U.S.$3,750 per square kilometer from U.S.$0.2 per square kilometer. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—Ghana—Mineral Rights”.

In Peru, the general corporate income tax rate was reduced from 30% to 28% with effect from January 1, 2015, and will be further reduced in the future until it reaches 26% in 2019. In turn, the dividends income tax rate applicable to non-resident shareholders has increased from 4.1% to 6.8% and will be further increased until it reaches 9.3% in 2019. These changes in rates are not immediately applicable to Gold Fields La Cima and Gold Fields Corona (BVI) as they have executed Legal Stability Agreements, which provide stability regarding certain aspects of the income tax, hiring and export legal regimes, with the Private Investment Promotion Agency, or

 

11


Table of Contents

PROINVERSION, which have stabilized the income tax rates in force on the date of their execution. However, after 2017, when the Legal Stability Agreements expire, Gold Fields La Cima and Gold Fields Corona (BVI) will be subject to the general regime in force at that time.

Since July 2012, mining companies have also been required to pay an annual supervisory contribution to the Supervisory Body of Investment in Energy and Mining (Organismo Supervisor de la Inversión en Energía y Minería), or the OSINERGMIN, as well as to the Assessment and Environment Supervising Agency (Organismo de Evaluación y Fiscalización Ambiental), or the OEFA. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—Peru—Mining Royalty and Other Special Mining Taxes and Charges”.

In addition, a consultation law has been enacted, requiring the government to consult with indigenous or native populations on legislative or administrative proposals that may have an impact on their collective rights. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—Peru—Mining Royalty and Other Special Mining Taxes and Charges”.

The impositions of additional restrictions, obligations, operational costs, taxes or royalty payments could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Our high debt levels pose risks to our viability and may make us more vulnerable to adverse economic and competitive conditions, as well as other adverse developments.

Gold Fields carries significant debt relative to its shareholder equity. As of December 31, 2015, Gold Fields’ consolidated debt was approximately $1.82 billion. Approximately $0.83 billion of Gold Fields’ consolidated debt securities come due over the 36 months following the date of this annual report.

Gold Fields’ significant levels of debt can adversely affect it in several respects, including:

 

   

limiting its ability to access the capital markets;

 

   

exposing it to the risk of credit rating downgrades, which would raise its borrowing costs and could limit its access to capital;

 

   

hindering its flexibility to plan for or react to changing market, industry or economic conditions;

 

   

limiting the amount of cash flow available for future operations, acquisitions, dividends, or other uses;

 

   

making it more vulnerable to economic or industry downturns, including interest rate increases;

 

   

increasing the risk that it will need to sell assets, possibly on unfavorable terms, to meet payment obligations;

 

   

increasing the risk that it may not meet the financial covenants contained in its debt agreements or timely make all required debt payments; or

 

   

affecting its ability to service the interest on its debt.

The effects of each of these factors could be intensified if Gold Fields increases its borrowings. Any failure to make required debt payments could, among other things, adversely affect Gold Fields’ ability to conduct operations or raise capital, which could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results or financial condition.

Gold Fields’ operations and profits have been and may be adversely affected by union activity and new and existing labor laws.

Over recent periods, there has been an increase in union activity in some of the countries in which Gold Fields operates. Any union activity that affects Gold Fields could have a material adverse impact on its operations, production and financial performance.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

In South Africa, a recent increase in labor unrest has resulted in more frequent industrial disputes and extended negotiations that have negatively affected South Africa’s sovereign debt rating and subsequently the credit ratings of a number of the country’s leading mining companies, including Gold Fields. While widespread strikes in the gold mining industry have not occurred since the second half of fiscal 2012, the South African platinum industry was subject to a five month strike in 2014. While the outcome of Gold Fields’ wage negotiations with the unions in fiscal 2015 was relatively positive and resulted in a three year wage agreement with the National Union of Mineworkers, or NUM, and UASA, in light of the ongoing labor unrest there can be no guarantee that future negotiations will not be accompanied by further strikes, work stoppages or other disruptions.

Furthermore, guidelines and targets have been provided to facilitate compliance with the open-ended broad-based socio-economic empowerment requirements espoused in Section 2 of the MPRDA and in the broad-based socio-economic empowerment charter for the South African mining and minerals industry known as the Mining Charter, as well as the amendments to that charter that took effect from September 13, 2010, known as the Amended Mining Charter. The Mining Charter, as amended, contains guidelines which provide that all mining companies must achieve, among other things, 26% ownership by HDSAs of mining assets by March 2015 and a minimum of 40% HDSA demographic representation at the executive management, senior management, middle management, junior management and core and critical skills levels (subject to offsets) in order to comply with the empowerment requirements of the MPRDA. See “—Gold Fields’ mineral rights are subject to legislation, which could impose significant costs and burdens and which impose certain ownership requirements, the interpretation of which are the subject of dispute”. and “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights”. The ongoing implementation and enforcement of these requirements, including as a result of any changes thereto following the announced review, may be contentious.

Gold Fields’ operations in Ghana and Peru have recently been, and may in the future be, impacted by increased union activities and new labor laws. In particular, there can be no guarantee that (i) labor unions in either country will not undertake strikes or “go-slow” actions impacting the Group’s operations or those of other related industries or suppliers, or that (ii) changes in local regulations will not result in increased costs and penalties being incurred by the Group.

In Ghana, in April 2013, employees represented by the Ghana Mineworkers Union, or GMWU, the Professional Managerial Staff Union and the Branch Union at both Tarkwa and Damang undertook illegal industrial action, resulting in the temporary suspension of production at both operations. The strike lasted six days and ended after Gold Fields and the GMWU reached a settlement. While the wage negotiations with the unions in fiscal 2015 were completed, in light of the recent labor unrest there can be no guarantee that negotiations in the future will not be difficult or accompanied by further strikes, work stoppages or other labor actions.

In Peru, the Group may see increased union activity over the course of fiscal 2016 as a result of reduced commodity and mineral prices which may lead to reductions in the annual income of employees. This may in turn cause unions to seek better and/or additional benefits to compensate for any such decrease in their annual income, such as through increased activities and/or industrial action. In addition, while the Peruvian government has introduced a three year remediation program which prioritizes the imposition of corrective measures and establishes a three year moratorium on the imposition of environmental fines save in exceptional cases, there was an increase in labor inspection activities over the course of fiscal 2015, and this may continue into fiscal 2016. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—Peru”.

In the event that Gold Fields experiences further industrial relations related interruptions at any of its operations or in other industries that impact its operations, or increased employment-related costs due to union or employee activity, these may have a material adverse effect on its business, production levels, operating costs, production targets, operating results, financial condition, reputation and future prospects. In addition, lower levels of mining activity can have a longer term impact on production levels and operating costs, which may

 

13


Table of Contents

affect operating life. Mining conditions can deteriorate during extended periods without production, such as during and after strikes, and Gold Fields will not re-commence mining until health and safety conditions are considered appropriate to do so.

Existing labor laws (including those that impose obligations on Gold Fields regarding worker rights) and any new or amended labor laws may increase Gold Fields’ labor costs and have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Gold Fields’ operations are subject to water use licenses, which could impose significant costs and burdens.

Under South African and Ghanaian laws, respectively, Gold Fields’ South Deep, Tarkwa and Damang operations are subject to water use licenses that govern each operation’s water usage and that require, among other things, mining operations to achieve and maintain certain water quality limits regarding all water discharges. Gold Fields is required to comply with these regulations under its permits and licenses and any failure to do so could result in the curtailment or halting of production at the affected locations.

Gold Fields continues to use measures to remove underground water to permit the routine safe functioning of South Deep. South Deep was issued with a water use license in November 2011. Certain conditions and other aspects of the approved license were identified as requiring modification and an application to address these was submitted to the Department of Water Affairs and Sanitation, or DWS, in February 2012. A further amended water use license application was submitted to the DWS in November 2013, primarily to reflect the results of a re-assessment of expected water use requirements and a changing water balance. No response was received from the DWS in relation to the 2013 amendment. In November 2014, an agreement was reached with the DWS to withdraw the 2013 amendment and to submit an updated amendment application in May 2015. The May 2015 amendment application reflects the proposed changes to the approved 2011 water use license conditions. In addition, the updated amendment reflects a variety of water management projects and initiatives that were implemented during fiscal 2014 and that are planned for implementation during fiscal 2015 and beyond. A presentation was provided to the DWS in March 2015 to appraise them of the proposed structure and content of the new amendment, prior to the re-submission in May 2015. A decision on the application is expected in the third quarter of fiscal 2016. The existing approved license will remain in place while the application is processed by the DWS.

Gold Fields is also implementing a water and environmental management strategy in an effort to satisfy the conditions of its water use license and other relevant water and environmental regulatory requirements. However, there can be no assurance that Gold Fields will be able to meet all of its water and environmental regulatory requirements, primarily due to the inherent uncertainties related to certain requirements of the legislation, which are subject to ongoing discussions between government and the mining industry through the Chamber.

Any failure on Gold Fields’ part to achieve or maintain compliance with the requirements of its water use licenses with respect to any of its operations could result in Gold Fields being subject to substantial claims, penalties, fees and expenses; significant delays in operations; or the loss of the relevant water use license, which could curtail or halt production at the affected operation. Any of the above could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Gold Fields has experienced and may experience further acid mine drainage related pollution, which may compromise its ability to comply with legislative requirements or results in additional operating or closure cost liabilities.

Acid mine drainage, or AMD, and acid rock drainage, or ARD (collectively called acid drainage, or AD), are caused when certain sulphide minerals in rocks are exposed to oxidizing conditions (such as the presence of oxygen, combined with water). AD can occur under natural conditions or as a result of the sulphide minerals that are encountered and exposed to oxidation during mining or during storage in waste rock dumps, ore stockpiles or tailings dams. The acidic water that forms usually contains iron and other metals if they are contained in the host rock.

 

14


Table of Contents

AD generation, and the risk of potential long-term AD issues, specifically at Gold Fields’ Cerro Corona and South Deep mines, is ongoing. Immaterial levels of surface AD generation also occur at Gold Fields’ Tarkwa, Damang and St. Ives mines. Any AD which is currently generated is contained on Gold Fields property at all operations where it occurs and is managed as part of each mine’s operational water management strategy. The relevant regulatory authorities are also kept appraised of the Group’s efforts to manage AD through various submissions and other communications.

Gold Fields continues to investigate technical solutions at both its South Deep and Cerro Corona mines to better inform appropriate strategies for long-term AD management (mainly post-closure), as well as to work towards a reliable cost estimate of these potential issues. None of these studies have allowed Gold Fields to generate a reliable estimate of the total potential impact on the Group. In addition, there can be no assurance that Gold Fields will be successful in preventing or managing long-term potential AD issues at these operations.

Gold Fields’ mine closure cost estimate (namely environmental rehabilitation provisions) for fiscal 2015 contains the aspects of AD management (namely tailings facilities, waste rock dumps, ore stockpiles and other surface infrastructure), which management has been able to reliably estimate.

No adjustment for any effects on the Company that may result from potentially material (mainly post-closure) AD impacts at South Deep and Cerro Corona, has been made in the consolidated financial statements, other than through the Group’s normal environmental rehabilitation provisions.

The existence of material long-term AD issues at any of Gold Fields’ operations could cause it to fail to comply with its water use license requirements and could expose Gold Fields to fines, mine closures, production curtailment, additional operating costs and other liabilities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, production, operating results and financial condition.

Power cost increases may adversely affect Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Gold Fields’ South Deep mining operation depends upon electrical power generated by the state utility provider, Eskom Limited, or Eskom. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Overview—Costs”. Eskom holds a monopoly on power supply in the South African market. Eskom applied to the National Energy Regulator of South Africa, or NERSA, for tariff increases. For 2015, NERSA granted Eskom an average tariff increase of 12.69% effective April 1, 2015, being 8% plus 4.69% due to the clawing back by Eskom of prudent costs from the “Regulatory Clearing Account” for the first year of the multi-year price determination period, or MYPD, spanning April 2013 to March 2018. On March 1, 2016, NERSA approved an additional 9.4% electricity tariff increase for the period from April 2016 to March 2017 in order to make up for Eskom’s cash flow shortfall. Eskom has expressed concern that the increase may not be adequate to prevent future electricity interruptions. Should Gold Fields experience further power tariff increases, its business, operating results and financial condition may be adversely impacted.

In Australia, Gold Fields’ St. Ives and Agnew/Lawlers mines contract for the supply of electricity with BHP Nickel-West under a power purchasing agreement. Granny Smith is expected to receive its future energy supply from a new gas pipeline, which has been constructed by the nearby Tropicana mine to supply gas to its operations. Access to this pipeline is subject to the construction of a gas power station, successful negotiations on gas supply and regulatory approval. If any of Gold Fields’ Australian operations were to lose their supply, or if Granny Smith is not able to access the proposed pipeline, replacement of this supply may entail a significant increase in costs due to the volatile Western Australian gas market. Any such increase in costs could have a material adverse impact on Gold Fields’ business and operating results.

 

15


Table of Contents

Both Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso concluded tariff negotiations for 2014 and 2015 with their respective power suppliers (the state electricity supplier, the Volta River Authority, or the VRA, supplies power to Gold Fields Ghana and the Electricity Company of Ghana, or the ECG, provides power to Abosso). The ECG’s tariff for the period January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013 was U.S.$0.1809/kWh. The ECG’s tariff from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 was $0.216/kWh and from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 was U.S.$0.23/kWh. Following negotiations with management, the ECG agreed to decrease its tariff to U.S.$0.20/kWh from August 1, 2015 to January 31, 2016. Gold Fields Ghana has agreed tariffs with the VRA with a base tariff of U.S.$0.1674/kWh with effect from January 1, 2015 using a tariff model which inputs actual variables (including the generation mix and input prices) of the previous quarter to determine the tariff for the current quarter. The average VRA tariff for fiscal 2015 was U.S.$0.1357/kWh. On December 11, 2015, the Public Utilities Regulatory Commission increased the average electricity tariffs for the transmission grid (GRIDCo) by approximately 59.2% increasing the tariff paid by Tarkwa only from U.S.$0.01539/kWh to U.S.$0.024252/kWh. In addition, the new Energy Sector Levies Act enacted in 2015 (Act 899) imposed a levy of 5% per kilowatt hour of electricity, on both public lighting and national electrification, applicable to all consumers.

Although Gold Fields Ghana has also entered into an agreement with Genser Energy, or Genser, for the supply of off-grid electricity, any further increase in the electricity price could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business and operating results. See “Information on the Company—Description of Mining Business”.

Power stoppages, fluctuations and usage constraints may force Gold Fields to halt or curtail operations.

Electricity supply in South Africa remains constrained and future power disruptions are possible. Labor unrest in South Africa during fiscal 2012 disrupted the supply of coal to Eskom’s power station resulting in interrupted supply. In the first quarter of fiscal 2014, rain impacted coal supply and placed serious strain on Eskom’s ability to provide power. In November 2014, Eskom declared a power emergency and required large industrial users, including Gold Fields’ South Deep operation, to reduce their electricity usage by 10% for five hours as part of a broader load shedding program. Gold Fields also experienced rolling load shedding during fiscal 2015. Eskom has warned that, while it has adopted a policy of asking households to reduce usage before asking industrial users to do so in order to reduce the economic impact of such disruptions, power constraints will continue. In addition, although NERSA approved an electricity tariff increase of 9.4% for 2016 and 2017, Eskom has expressed concern that this increase may not be adequate to prevent future electricity interruptions.

Gold Fields has been warned of possible load shedding under its voluntary load curtailment agreement with Eskom. Under this agreement, Gold Fields is required to reduce demand by up to 25% of load, depending on the severity of the shortage, for a specified period of time during which the national grid is unable to maintain its load. Any further disruption or decrease in the electrical power supply available to Gold Fields’ South Deep operation could have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.

The Department of Energy is developing a power conservation program in an attempt to improve the power situation in South Africa and Eskom is embarking on the construction of new power stations, among other resources. However, there can be no assurance that these and other interventions will provide sufficient supply for the needs of the country or for Gold Fields to run its operations at full capacity or at all.

Although the VRA has not imposed any power cuts in Ghana since August 2006, frequent power interruptions have occurred in the power supplied by the ECG. In 2015, the Ghanaian government imposed a 33% load shedding program on all mining and industrial companies. There can be no guarantee that further power interruptions will not occur. While Gold Fields has taken steps to source power from an independent power producer to complement its self-generation source, there can be no guarantee that Gold Fields will be able to source enough power to make up for any shortfall in the power supplied by the ECG.

 

16


Table of Contents

Should Gold Fields continue to experience power outages, fluctuations or usage constraints at any of its operations, then its business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely impacted.

An actual or alleged breach or breaches in governance processes, or fraud, bribery and corruption may lead to public and private censure, regulatory penalties, loss of licenses or permits and impact negatively upon our empowerment status and may damage Gold Fields’ reputation.

Gold Fields operates globally in multiple jurisdictions and with numerous and complex frameworks, and its governance and compliance processes may not prevent potential breaches of law or accounting or other governance practices. Gold Fields’ operating and ethical codes, among other standards and guidance, may not prevent instances of fraudulent behavior and dishonesty, nor guarantee compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

In September 2013, Gold Fields was informed that it is the subject of a regulatory investigation in the United States by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, relating to the Black Economic Empowerment, or BEE, transaction associated with the granting of the mining rights for its South Deep operation. In South Africa, the Directorate for Priority Crime Investigation, or the Hawks, informed the Company that it had started a preliminary investigation into this BEE transaction to determine whether or not to proceed to a formal investigation, following a complaint by the Democratic Alliance. While Gold Fields was informed on June 22, 2015 that the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Unit of the SEC concluded its investigation in connection with the BEE transaction related to South Deep and, based on the information available to them, would not recommend to the SEC that enforcement action be taken against Gold Fields, it is not possible to determine at this stage what effect the ultimate outcome of these investigations, any regulatory findings and any related developments may have on the Company. Among other things, the notice provided by the SEC regarding the conclusion of its investigation noted that the notice “must in no way be construed as indicating that the party has been exonerated or that no action may ultimately result from the staff’s investigation”. See “Information on the Company—Legal Proceedings and Investigations—Regulatory Investigations”.

To the extent that Gold Fields suffers from any actual or alleged breach or breaches of relevant laws (including South African anti-bribery and corruption legislation or the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or the FCPA) under any circumstances, they may lead to investigations and examinations, regulatory and civil fines, litigation, public and private censure, loss of operating licenses or permits and impact negatively upon our empowerment status and may damage Gold Fields’ reputation. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Due to the nature of mining and the extensive environmental footprint of the operations, environmental and industrial accidents and pollution may result in operational disruptions such as stoppages which could result in increased production costs as well as financial and regulatory liabilities.

Gold mining by its nature involves significant risks and hazards, including environmental hazards and industrial and mining accidents. These may include, for example, seismic events, fires, cave-ins and blockages, flooding, discharges of gases and toxic substances, contamination of water, air or soil resources, radioactivity and other accidents or conditions resulting from mining activities including, among other things, blasting and the transport, storage and handling of hazardous materials.

The occurrence of any of these hazards or risks could delay or halt production, increase production costs and result in financial and regulatory liability for Gold Fields (including as a result of the occurrence of hazards that took place at the Spin-off operations when they were owned by Gold Fields), which could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

 

17


Table of Contents

Due to ageing infrastructure at our operations, unplanned breakdowns and stoppages may result in production delays, increased costs and industrial accidents.

Once a shaft or a processing plant has reached the end of its intended lifespan, more than normal maintenance and care is required. Some of Gold Fields’ infrastructure in South Africa, Ghana and Australia falls into this category. Ageing infrastructure may also cause the Group to be unable to maintain throughput at its operations in Peru. Although Gold Fields has comprehensive strategies in place to address these issues, including maintenance and process plant optimization projects, incidents resulting in production delays, increased costs or industrial accidents may occur. Such incidents may have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

If Gold Fields loses senior management or is unable to hire and retain sufficient technically skilled employees or sufficient HDSA representation in management positions, its business may be materially adversely affected.

Gold Fields’ ability to operate or expand effectively depends largely on the experience, skills and performance of its senior management team and technically skilled employees. However, the mining industry, including Gold Fields, continues to experience a global shortage of qualified senior management and technically skilled employees. In particular, there is a shortage of mechanized mining skills in the South African gold mining industry. Gold Fields may be unable to hire or retain appropriate senior management, technically skilled employees or other management personnel, or may have to pay higher levels of remuneration than it currently intends in order to do so. Additionally, as a condition of our mining rights at South Deep, we must ensure that there is sufficient HDSA participation in our management and core and critical skills, and failure to do so could result in fines or the loss or suspension of our mining rights. If Gold Fields is not able to hire and retain appropriate management and technically skilled personnel or is unable to obtain sufficient HDSA representation in management positions or if there are not sufficient succession plans in place, this could have a material adverse effect on its business (including production levels), operating results and financial position.

Economic, political or social instability in the countries or regions where Gold Fields operates may have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ operations and profits.

In fiscal 2015, approximately 9%, 34%, 44% and 13% of Gold Fields’ production was in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Peru, respectively. Changes or instability in the economic, political or social environment in any of these countries or in neighboring countries could affect an investment in Gold Fields.

High levels of unemployment and a shortage of critical skills in South Africa, despite increased government expenditure on education and training, remain issues and deterrents to foreign investment. The volatile and uncertain labor environment, which severely impacts the local economy and investor confidence, has led, and may lead, to further downgrades in national credit ratings, making investment more expensive and difficult to secure. See “—Gold Fields’ operations and profits have been and may be adversely affected by union activity and new and existing labor laws” and “—A further downgrade of South Africa’s credit rating may have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ operations and profits.” This may restrict Gold Fields’ future access to international financing and could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

Furthermore, while the South African government has stated that it does not intend to nationalize mining assets or mining companies, certain political parties have stated publicly and in the media that the government should embark on a program of nationalization. Any threats of, or actual proceedings to, nationalize any of Gold Fields’ assets, could halt or curtail operations, resulting in a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition and could cause the value of Gold Fields’ securities to decline rapidly and dramatically, possibly causing investors to lose the entirety of their respective investments.

National elections will take place in Ghana and Peru in 2016. It is not certain what if any political, economic or social impacts the elections will have on Ghana and Peru, respectively, or on Gold Fields specifically.

 

18


Table of Contents

There has also been regional social and community-related instability in the area around Gold Fields’ mining operations in Peru, where recent political developments in fiscal 2014 resulted in the election of local and regional officeholders who have taken public positions opposed to mining operations. In addition, engagement with community stakeholders, including in Peru and South Africa, can pose challenges to local management and any inability to properly manage these relationships may have a negative impact on our production or associated costs. There is also the potential for social instability or protests regarding mining activity in the communities near Gold Fields’ South Deep mine relating to, among other things, community investment, environmental concerns, service delivery by local government or other issues. Occurrence of any of the above mentioned developments could result in Gold Fields experiencing opposition or disruptions in connection with any of its operations. Such opposition or disruptions at any of Gold Fields’ operations, in particular if it has an adverse impact or costs or causes any stoppages (including as a result of any protests aimed at other mining operations that affect operations) could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

A further downgrade of South Africa’s credit rating may have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ ability to secure financing.

The slowing economy, rising debt, escalating labor disputes and the structural challenges facing the mining industry and other sectors have resulted in the downgrading of South Africa’s sovereign credit rating to one level above speculative investment grade, or junk, by Standard & Poor’s and Fitch. In fiscal 2015, South Africa was downgraded to BBB- with a negative outlook by the Standard & Poor’s rating agency, while Fitch Ratings downgraded South Africa to BBB- with a stable position. Moody’s downgraded South Africa to “Baa2” and changed the stable perspective to negative. Moody’s is currently reviewing South Africa’s credit rating and may downgrade it, which would bring its rating into line with those of the other agencies.

The downgrading of South Africa’s credit rating by Moody’s or further downgrading of South Africa’s credit ratings to junk by any of these agencies may adversely affect the South African gold mining industry and Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition by making it more difficult to obtain external financing or could result in any such financing being available only at greater cost or on more restrictive terms than might otherwise be available.

Actual and potential supply chain shortages and increases in the prices of production inputs may have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ operations and profits.

Gold Fields’ operating results may be affected by the availability and pricing of raw materials and other essential production inputs, including fuel, steel and cyanide and other reagents. The price and quality of raw materials may be substantially affected by changes in global supply and demand, along with weather conditions, governmental controls and other factors. A sustained interruption in the supply of any of these materials would require Gold Fields to find acceptable substitute suppliers and could require it to pay higher prices for such materials. Any significant increase in the prices of these materials will increase the Company’s operating costs and affect production considerations.

The price of oil has been volatile, fluctuating between $36.11 and $67.77 per barrel of Brent Crude in 2015. As of March 16, 2016, the price of oil was at $40.33 per barrel of Brent Crude. Gold Fields does not currently have any significant oil hedges.

Furthermore, the price of steel has also been volatile. Steel is used in the manufacture of most forms of fixed and mobile mining equipment, which is a relatively large contributor to the operating costs and capital expenditure of a mine.

 

19


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in oil and steel prices may have a significant impact on operating costs and capital expenditure estimates and, in the absence of other economic fluctuations, could result in significant changes in the total expenditure estimates for new mining projects or render certain projects non-viable.

Gold Fields’ insurance coverage may not adequately satisfy all potential claims in the future.

Gold Fields has an insurance program, however, it may become subject to liability against which it has not insured, cannot insure or has insufficiently insured, including those in respect of past mining activities. Gold Fields’ existing property and liability insurance contains exclusions and limitations on coverage. For example, should Gold Fields be subject to any regulatory or criminal fines or penalties, these amounts would not be covered under its insurance program. Should Gold Fields suffer a major loss, future earnings could be affected. In addition, insurance may not continue to be available at economically acceptable premiums. As a result, in the future, Gold Fields’ insurance coverage may not cover the extent of claims against it or any cross-claims made.

Gold Fields’ financial flexibility could be materially constrained by South African exchange control regulations.

South Africa’s exchange control regulations, or the Exchange Control Regulations, restrict the export of capital from South Africa, the Republic of Namibia, and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland, known collectively as the Common Monetary Area, or the CMA. Transactions between South African residents (including companies) and non-residents of the CMA are subject to exchange controls enforced by the South African Reserve Bank, or SARB. As a result, Gold Fields’ ability to raise and deploy capital outside the CMA is restricted. These restrictions could hinder Gold Fields’ financial and strategic flexibility, particularly its ability to fund acquisitions, capital expenditures and exploration projects outside South Africa. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—South Africa—Exchange Controls”.

Gold Fields may suffer material adverse consequences as a result of its reliance on outside contractors to conduct some of its operations.

A portion of Gold Fields’ operations in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Peru are currently conducted by outside contractors. As a result, Gold Fields’ operations at those sites are subject to a number of risks, some of which are outside Gold Fields’ control, including contract risk, execution risk, litigation risk, regulatory risk and labor risk.

In addition, Gold Fields may incur liability to third parties as a result of the actions of its contractors. The occurrence of one or more of these risks could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—South Africa”, “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—Ghana”, “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—Australia” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—Peru”.

Regulation of greenhouse gas emissions and climate change issues may materially adversely affect Gold Fields’ operations.

Energy is a significant input and cost to Gold Fields’ mining and processing operations, with its principal energy sources being electricity, purchased petroleum products, natural gas and coal. A number of governments or governmental bodies, including the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change and the Kyoto Protocol, have introduced or are contemplating regulatory changes in response to the potential impact of climate change. Many of these contemplate restricting emissions of greenhouse gases in jurisdictions in which Gold Fields operates.

 

20


Table of Contents

In Australia, the Australian Clean Energy Act 2011 (Cth), or Clean Energy Act, and associated legislation establishing a national carbon pricing scheme, or Scheme, passed into law in November 2011. The Scheme was subsequently repealed with effect from July 1, 2014. The overall impact of the Scheme for the period prior to July 1, 2014 was approximately A$12 million per annum on Gold Fields’ Australian operations (including the Yilgarn South Assets). See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—Australia—Environmental”.

A carbon tax has been mooted in South Africa for some time, with the most recent indication of the government’s resolve to introduce the tax being the publication for comment of the draft carbon tax legislation in November 2015 with a view to the implementation of the tax by January 2017. At this time it is not possible to determine the ultimate impact of the proposed carbon tax on the Company. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—South Africa—Environmental”.

In addition, a number of other regulatory initiatives are underway in countries in which Gold Fields operates that seek to reduce or limit industrial greenhouse gas emissions. These regulatory initiatives will be either voluntary or mandatory and are likely to impact Gold Fields’ operations directly or by affecting the cost of doing business, for example by increasing the costs of its suppliers or customers. Inconsistency of regulations particularly between developed and developing countries may affect both Gold Fields’ decision to pursue opportunities in certain countries and its costs of operations. Assessments of the potential impact of future climate change regulation are uncertain, given the wide scope of potential regulatory change in countries in which Gold Fields operates.

Furthermore, the potential physical impacts of climate change on Gold Fields’ operations are highly uncertain and may adversely impact the business, operating results and financial condition of Gold Fields’ operations.

Theft of gold and copper bearing materials and production inputs, as well as illegal and artisanal mining, occur on some of Gold Fields’ properties, are difficult to control, can disrupt Gold Fields’ business and can expose Gold Fields to liability.

A number of Gold Fields’ properties have experienced illegal and artisanal mining activities and theft of gold and copper bearing materials and copper cables (which may be by employees or third parties). The activities of illegal and artisanal miners could lead to depletion of mineral reserves, potentially affecting the economic viability of mining certain areas and shortening the lives of the operations as well as causing possible operational disruption, project delays, disputes with illegal miners and communities, pollution or damage to property for which Gold Fields could potentially be held responsible, leading to fines or other costs. Rising gold and copper prices may result in an increase in gold and copper thefts. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition.

HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and other contagious diseases pose risks to Gold Fields in terms of lost productivity and increased costs.

The prevalence of HIV/AIDS in South Africa poses risks to Gold Fields in terms of potentially reduced productivity and increased medical and other costs. Compounding this are the concomitant infections, such as tuberculosis, that can accompany HIV illness, particularly at the end stages, and cause additional healthcare-related costs. If there is a significant increase in the incidence of HIV/AIDS infection and related diseases among the workforce, this may have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Health and Safety—Health—HIV/AIDS Program”.

Additionally, the spread of contagious diseases such as respiratory diseases are exacerbated by communal housing and close quarters. The spread of such diseases could impact employees’ productivity, treatment costs and, therefore, operational costs.

 

21


Table of Contents

Gold Fields’ operations are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations, which could impose additional costs and compliance requirements and Gold Fields may face claims and liability for breaches, or alleged breaches, of such regulations and other applicable laws.

Gold Fields’ operations are subject to various environmental and health and safety laws, regulations, permitting requirements and standards. For example, Gold Fields is required to secure estimated mine closure liabilities. The funding methods used to make provision for the required portion of the mine closure cost liabilities, in accordance with in-country legislation, are as follows:

 

   

South Africa: contributions to environmental trust funds and guarantees;

 

   

Ghana: reclamation bonds underwritten by banks, and restricted cash;

 

   

Australia: due to legislative changes in Western Australia becoming effective in July 2014, an annual levy to the State of 1% of the total mine closure liability which goes into a State-administered fund known as the Mine Rehabilitation Fund which will be used to rehabilitate legacy sites or sites that have been prematurely closed or abandoned (and, as a consequence, Gold Fields’ Australian operations now self fund all mine closure liabilities); and

 

   

Peru: bank guarantees.

Gold Fields may in the future incur significant costs to comply with such environmental and health and safety requirements imposed under existing or new legislation, regulations or permit requirements or to comply with changes in existing laws and regulations or the manner in which they are applied. Gold Fields may also be subject to litigation and other costs as well as actions by authorities relating to environmental and health and safety matters, including mine closures, the suspension of operations and prosecution for industrial accidents as well as significant penalties and fines for non-compliance. These costs could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters”.

The principal health risks associated with Gold Fields’ mining operations in South Africa arise from occupational exposure and potential community environmental exposure to silica dust, noise and certain hazardous substances, including toxic gases and radioactive particulates. The most significant occupational diseases affecting Gold Fields’ workforce include lung diseases (such as silicosis, tuberculosis, a combination of the two and chronic obstructive airways disease, or COAD) as well as noise-induced hearing loss, or NIHL. Employees have sought and may continue to seek compensation for certain illnesses, such as silicosis, from their employer under workers compensation and also, at the same time, in a civil action under common law (either as individuals or as a class) as is the case with the silicosis individual and class action lawsuits. Such actions may also arise in connection with the alleged incidence of such diseases in communities proximate to Gold Fields’ mines.

A consolidated application has been brought against several South African mining companies, including Gold Fields, for certification of a class action on behalf of current or former mineworkers (and their dependents) who have allegedly contracted silicosis and/or tuberculosis while working for one or more of the mining companies listed in the application. The certification application was heard in October 2015 and judgment was reserved. On March 4, 2016, AngloGold Ashanti Limited, or AngloGold Ashanti, and Anglo American South Africa reached a settlement to resolve approximately 4,400 combined silicosis claims, under which both companies will contribute, in stages, toward a total amount of up to R464 million (approximately U.S.$30 million) to an independent trust which will administer individual claims. In addition to the class action, an individual silicosis-related action has been instituted against Gold Fields and one other mining company. See “Information on the Company—Legal Proceedings and Investigations—Silicosis”. If a significant number of such claims were suitably established against it, the payment of compensation for the claims and for any significant additional costs arising out of these issues could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, reputation, operating results and financial condition.

 

22


Table of Contents

South Africa’s deputy Mineral Resources Minister has stated that the ministry may increase sanctions, including closures, for mines in which fatalities occur because of violations of health and safety rules. The DMR can and does issue, in the ordinary course of its operations, instructions, including Section 54 orders, following safety incidents or accidents to partially or completely halt operations at affected mines. It is also Gold Fields’ policy to halt production at its operations when serious accidents occur in order to rectify dangerous situations and, if necessary, retrain workers. The DMR imposed Section 54 work stoppage orders on Gold Fields’ South Deep operation in March, April and May 2015. The two stoppages in March and May followed two fatalities at the mine, which effectively brought production to a halt for 11 days. The Section 54 order in April 2015, followed a serious accident and halted production for an additional seven days. In addition, there can be no assurance that the unions will not take industrial action in response to such accidents which could lead to losses in Gold Fields’ production. Any additional stoppages in production, or increased costs associated with such incidents, could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. Such incidents may also negatively affect Gold Fields’ reputation with, among others, employees and unions, South African regulators and regulators in other jurisdictions in which Gold Fields operates.

Gold Fields could incur significant costs as a result of pending or threatened litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Legal Proceedings and Investigations—Silicosis”. Further, any new regulations, potential litigation or any changes to the health and safety laws which increase the burden of compliance or the penalties for non-compliance may cause Gold Fields to incur further significant costs and could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—Health and Safety”.

Some of Gold Fields’ tenements in Australia are subject to native title claims and include Aboriginal heritage sites, which could impose significant costs and burdens.

Certain of Gold Fields’ tenements are subject to current native title claims. For example, a number of mining tenements held by St. Ives are the subject of a native title claim brought by the Ngadju People, or the Ngadju Native Title Claim. Gold Fields advised the market on July 7, 2015 that a decision had been handed down by a single judge of the Federal Court of Australia on July 3, 2015, in which the court had accepted the submissions of the Ngadju People that the re-grant of certain St. Ives’ tenements by the State of Western Australia in 2004 was not compliant with the correct processes set out in the Native Title Act 1993 (Cth), or the Native Title Act, and as such, the re-granted tenements were inconsistent with the Ngadju People’s natives title rights. On March 29, 2016, Gold Fields announced that the full court of the Federal Court of Australia overturned its July 2015 decision. As such, the Federal Court confirmed that St. Ives’ re-granted tenements were valid for the purposes of the Native Title Act. In addition, the Federal Court found that although St. Ives and the Ngadju People have coexisting tenement holder rights, the rights of St. Ives would prevail in the event that any inconsistencies materialize. It is not clear whether the Ngadju People will appeal this decision. If the Ngadju People appeal, there is no guarantee that Gold Fields would prevail in any such appeal. See “Information on the Company—Legal Proceedings and Investigations— Ngadju Native Title Claim”. Other tenements may become the subject of native title claims if Gold Fields seeks to expand or otherwise change its interest in rights to those tenements. There are also a number of recognized Aboriginal cultural heritage sites located on certain of Gold Fields’ tenements.

Native title and Aboriginal cultural heritage legislation protects the claims and determined rights of Aboriginal people in relation to the land and waters throughout Australia in certain circumstances. Native title claims such as the Ngadju Native Title Claim could require costly negotiations with the registered claimants and could have implications for Gold Fields’ access to or use of its tenements and, as a result, have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition. Similarly, there are risks that if Aboriginal cultural heritage sites are damaged or materially altered as a result of current or future operations, Gold Fields could be subject to criminal and/or civil penalties under relevant legislation. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—Australia—Land Claims”.

 

23


Table of Contents

Gold Fields utilizes information technology and communications systems, the failure of which could significantly impact its operations and business.

Gold Fields utilizes and is reliant on various information technology and communications systems, in particular SAP, payroll and time and attendance applications. Damage or interruption to Gold Fields’ information technology and communications systems, whether due to accidents, human error, natural events or malicious acts, may lead to important data being irretrievably lost or damaged, thereby adversely affecting Gold Fields’ business, prospects and operating results.

Shareholders outside South Africa may not be able to participate in future issues of securities (including ordinary shares) carried out by or on behalf of Gold Fields.

Securities laws of certain jurisdictions may restrict Gold Fields’ ability to allow participation by certain shareholders in future issues of securities (including ordinary shares) carried out by or on behalf of Gold Fields. In particular, holders of Gold Fields securities who are located in the United States (including those who hold ordinary shares or ADSs) may not be able to participate in securities offerings by or on behalf of Gold Fields unless a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective with respect to such securities or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available thereunder.

Securities laws of certain other jurisdictions may also restrict Gold Fields’ ability to allow the participation of all holders in such jurisdictions in future issues of securities carried out by Gold Fields. Holders who have a registered address or are resident in, or who are citizens of, countries other than South Africa should consult their professional advisors as to whether they require any governmental or other consents or approvals or need to observe any other formalities to enable them to participate in any offering of Gold Fields securities.

Investors in the United States and other jurisdictions outside South Africa may have difficulty bringing actions, and enforcing judgments, against Gold Fields, its directors and its executive officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the federal securities laws or other laws of the United States or any state thereof or under the laws of other jurisdictions outside South Africa.

Gold Fields is incorporated in South Africa. All of Gold Fields’ directors and executive officers (as well as Gold Fields’ independent registered public accounting firm) reside outside of the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons and substantially all of the assets of Gold Fields are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to enforce against these persons or Gold Fields a judgment obtained in a United States court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities or other laws of the United States or any state thereof. In addition, investors in other jurisdictions outside South Africa may face similar difficulties.

Investors should be aware that it is the policy of South African courts to award compensation for the loss or damage actually sustained by the person to whom the compensation is awarded. Although the award of punitive damages is generally unknown to the South African legal system, it does not mean that such awards are necessarily contrary to public policy. South African courts cannot enter into the merits of a foreign judgment and cannot act as a court of appeal or review over the foreign court. South African courts will usually implement their own procedural laws and, where an action based on an international contract is brought before a South African court, the capacity of the parties to the contract will usually be determined in accordance with South African law. It is doubtful whether an original action based on United States federal securities laws or the laws of other jurisdictions outside South Africa may be brought before South African courts. Further, a plaintiff who is not resident in South Africa may be required to provide security for costs in the event of proceedings being initiated in South Africa. In addition, the Rules of the High Court of South Africa require that documents executed outside South Africa must be authenticated for the purpose of use in South Africa.

 

24


Table of Contents

Investors should also be aware that a foreign judgment is not directly enforceable in South Africa, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by South African courts only if certain conditions are met.

Investors may face liquidity risk in trading Gold Fields’ ordinary shares on JSE Limited.

Historically, trading volumes and liquidity of shares listed on the JSE have been low in comparison with other major markets. The ability of a holder to sell a substantial number of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares on the JSE in a timely manner, especially in a large block trade, may be restricted by this limited liquidity. See “The Offer and Listing—JSE Limited”.

Gold Fields may not pay dividends or make similar payments to its shareholders in the future and any dividend payment may be subject to withholding tax.

Gold Fields pays cash dividends only if funds are available for that purpose. Whether funds are available depends on a variety of factors, including the amount of cash available and Gold Fields’ capital expenditures (on both existing infrastructure as well as on exploration and other projects) and other cash requirements existing at the time. Under South African law, Gold Fields will be entitled to pay a dividend or similar payment to its shareholders only if it meets the solvency and liquidity tests set out in the Companies Act No. 71 of 2008, or the Companies Act, and Gold Fields’ Memorandum of Incorporation. Given these factors and the Board of Directors’ discretion to declare cash dividends or other similar payments, dividends may not be paid in the future. It should be noted that a 15% withholding tax on dividends declared by South African resident companies to non-resident shareholders or non-resident ADS holders was introduced with effect from April 1, 2012. See “Additional Information—Taxation—Certain South African Tax Considerations—Withholding Tax on Dividends”.

Gold Fields’ non-South African shareholders face additional investment risk from currency exchange rate fluctuations since any dividends will be paid in Rand.

Dividends or distributions with respect to Gold Fields’ ordinary shares have historically been paid in Rand. The U.S. dollar or other currency equivalent of future dividends or distributions with respect to Gold Fields’ ordinary shares, if any, will be adversely affected by potential future reductions in the value of the Rand against the U.S. dollar or other currencies. In the future, it is possible that there will be changes in South African Exchange Control Regulations, such that dividends paid out of trading profits will not be freely transferable outside South Africa to shareholders who are not residents of the CMA. See “Additional Information—South African Exchange Control Limitations Affecting Security Holders”.

Gold Fields’ ordinary shares are subject to dilution upon the exercise of Gold Fields’ outstanding share options.

Shareholders’ equity interests in Gold Fields will be diluted to the extent of future exercises or settlements of rights under the Gold Fields Limited 2012 Share Plan, or the 2012 Plan, the Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan, or the 2005 Plan, and any additional rights. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The Gold Fields Limited 2012 Share Plan” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan”. Gold Fields shares are also subject to dilution in the event that the Board is required to issue new shares in compliance with BEE legislation.

 

25


Table of Contents

ITEM 4: INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

Introduction

Gold Fields is a significant producer of gold and a major holder of gold reserves in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Peru. In Peru, Gold Fields also produces copper. Gold Fields is involved in underground and surface gold and copper mining and related activities, including exploration, development, extraction, processing and smelting.

In 2015, the South African, West African, Australasian and American operations produced 9%, 34%, 44% and 13% of Gold Fields total gold production, respectively. Gold Fields’ South African operation is South Deep. Gold Fields also owns the St. Ives mine, the Agnew mine and the Yilgarn South Assets in Australia and has a 90.0% interest in each of the Tarkwa gold mine and the Damang gold mine in Ghana. Gold Fields also owns a 99.53% economic interest in the Cerro Corona mine. In addition, Gold Fields has gold and other precious metal exploration activities and interests in Africa, Eurasia, Australasia and the Americas.

As of December 31, 2015, Gold Fields reported attributable proven and probable gold and copper reserves of approximately 46.1 million ounces of gold and 532 million pounds of copper, as compared to the 48.1 million ounces of gold and 620 million pounds of copper, reported as of December 31, 2014. See “—Reserves of Gold Fields as of December 31, 2015—Methodology”.

In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields processed 33 million tonnes of ore and produced 2.236 million ounces of gold equivalent ounces. On an attributable basis, Gold Fields produced 2.159 million ounces of gold equivalent ounces.

Competitive Position

Gold Fields is a producer of gold and major holder of gold reserves in South Africa, Australia, Ghana, and Peru. Gold is a commodity product generally sold in U.S. dollars, with London being the world’s primary gold trading market. Gold is also actively traded using futures and forward contracts. The price of gold has historically been significantly affected by macroeconomic factors, such as inflation, exchange rates and reserves policy and by global political and economic events, rather than simple supply and demand dynamics. As a general rule, Gold Fields sells the gold it produces at market prices to obtain the maximum benefit from prevailing gold prices.

Historically, the key gold producers globally have been Barrick, Newmont Mining Corporation, or Newmont, AngloGold Ashanti, Goldcorp Inc., or Goldcorp, and Gold Fields before the Spin-off. In 2015, Barrick, Newmont, AngloGold Ashanti and Goldcorp were, in that order, the four largest gold producers in the world, producing 6.12, 5.03, 3.83 and 3.46 million ounces respectively, and together accounted for 20% of the total global production for the year, according to the information provided by the companies and industry reports. Gold Fields was the seventh largest gold producer in the world in 2015, producing 2.16 million ounces.

According to publicly available sources, at March 28, 2016 for Barrick, and December 31, 2015 for each of Newmont, AngloGold Ashanti and Goldcorp, Barrick had 20 operations in eight countries, Newmont had 15 operations in six countries, AngloGold Ashanti had 19 operations in nine countries and Goldcorp had 15 operations in five countries.

Gold Fields attempts to attract and retain motivated high caliber employees through a mix of guaranteed and performance-based remuneration, as well as short-term and long-term incentives, and non-financial rewards relating to work experience. However, the worldwide mining industry, including Gold Fields, continues to experience a shortage of qualified senior management and technically skilled employees. In order to maintain competitiveness in the global labor market, regular industry market surveys are conducted to benchmark remuneration practices and to keep abreast of industry movements regarding employee benefits and non-financial employee reward and recognition programs.

 

26


Table of Contents

Developments since December 31, 2014

Since the end of fiscal 2014, the following significant events have occurred:

On March 12, 2015, Gold Fields approached the holders of its U.S.$1 billion 4.875% notes due October 7, 2020, or the Notes, through a consent solicitation process to release Sibanye Gold from its obligations as a guarantor under the Notes, or the Consent Solicitation. On April 22, 2015, the note holders approved the various resolutions to release Sibanye Gold as guarantor. The release became effective on April 24, 2015 when all the conditions to the extraordinary resolution were met. As part of the agreement, Sibanye Gold paid a guarantee release fee of U.S.$5 million to Orogen.

On August 13, 2015, Gold Fields reached an agreement with its partner, Consolidated Woodjam Copper Corp. to sell its 51% interest in the Woodjam copper-gold-molybdenum projects located in British Columbia, Canada. Under the agreement Woodjam Copper procured 100% control of the Woodjam project by purchasing all of the shares in the wholly owned subsidiary that currently holds Gold Fields’ 51% joint venture interest. In exchange, Gold Fields was issued new Woodjam Copper shares that increased its aggregate holding in Woodjam Copper from 1.1% to 19.9%. Gold Fields retains a 2% net smelter royalty over all unencumbered land owned by Woodjam Copper.

On February 19, 2016, Gold Fields Australasia (Proprietary) Limited, or GFA, a wholly owned subsidiary of Gold Fields, announced an offer to purchase U.S.$200 million of the Notes. Gold Fields accepted for purchase an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to U.S.$147.6 million at the purchase price of U.S.$880 per U.S.$1,000 in principal amount of Notes. Gold Fields intends to hold the notes acquired until their maturity date on October 7, 2020. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities and Other Capital Resources—U.S.$1 billion Notes Issue”.

On March 17, 2016, Gold Fields successfully completed a U.S.$150.0 million (R2.3 billion) accelerated equity raising by way of a private placement, or the Placing, to institutional investors. A total number of 38,857,913 new Gold Fields shares were placed at a price of R59.50 per share which represents a discount of 6.0% to the 30-day volume weighted average traded price, for the period ended March 17, 2016 and a 0.7% discount to the 50-day moving average. The net proceeds from the Placing will be applied to the existing $1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities that were utilised to purchase the notes amounting to $147.6 million, as described in Note 16 to the financial statements located elsewhere in this annual report.

On March 17, 2016, Gold Fields concluded a development agreement with the Government of Ghana for both the Tarkwa and Damang mines. See “—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—Ghana—Mineral Rights”.

On March 29, 2016, the Full Court of the Federal Court of Australia overturned a July 2014 Federal Court decision that the re-grant of certain tenements to Gold Fields Australia’s St. Ives mine in 2004 by the State was not compliant with the correct processes in the Native Title Act. See “—Legal Proceedings and Investigations— Ngadju Native Title Claim”.

Planned Disposals

During fiscal 2013, Gold Fields decided to disband the Growth and International Projects, or GIP, division. As part of this restructuring, Gold Fields identified and earmarked for divestment growth projects that were not aligned with the Group’s business objectives. The Arctic Platinum Project in Finland remains earmarked for divestment.

Organizational Structure

Gold Fields is a holding company with its significant ownership interests organized as set forth below.

 

27


Table of Contents

Group Structure(1)(2)

 

LOGO

 

28


Table of Contents

 

Notes:

(1) As of April 6, 2016, unless otherwise stated, all subsidiaries are, directly or indirectly, wholly-owned by Gold Fields Limited.
(2) See “Additional Information—Material Contracts—Additional Black Economic Empowerment Transactions”.
(3) Not all other subsidiaries and investments are wholly-owned.

Gold Fields is a limited public company incorporated in South Africa, with a registered office located at 150 Helen Road, Sandown, Sandton, 2196, South Africa, telephone number +27-11-562-9700.

Strategy

General

The global gold mining industry has operated under the shadow of a falling gold price since September 2011, when it was trading at a record high of approximately U.S.$1,900/oz.

Since then gold has lost about 45% of its value and traded at an intraday low of U.S.$1,045/oz on December 3, 2015. In fiscal 2015 and in early fiscal 2016, weaker currencies in commodity-exporting nations have provided a slight increase to the earnings of companies operating in these countries and the gold price recovered modestly. However, it is unclear if this gradual recovery will continue.

When Gold Fields began its strategic transformation in the final quarter of fiscal 2012, the gold price was still trading between U.S.$1,700/oz and U.S.$1,800/oz.

The transformation of Gold Fields has its roots in CEO Nick Holland’s keynote address to the Melbourne Mining Club in August 2012. During this speech, he challenged the gold mining industry to reinvent itself with a more credible case for gold mining equities, by addressing investor perceptions prevailing at the time, that, collectively, they were not offering sufficient leverage to the then-high gold price.

Gold Fields’ response to this challenge in the second half of fiscal 2012 was to adopt an ambitious and ongoing transformation process aimed at turning itself into a focused, lean and globally diversified gold mining company that generates meaningful free cash flow and provides investors with superior leverage to the price of gold. At the same time, our ability to generate cash enables us to meet the legitimate socio-economic demands of many of our other stakeholders, in line with our vision of global leadership in sustainable gold mining.

At its core, this process entailed a shift away from a focus on the pursuit of growth in production and reserve ounces at any cost, and the adoption of a new focus on growing its margins and improving free cash flow per ounce.

This fundamental shift in strategy was embodied in Gold Fields’ overarching objective of achieving a 15% FCF Margin at a gold price of U.S.$1,300/oz, which has become the guiding principle for what it does, and is germane to the progressive transformation that the Group has seen over the last two and a half years.

The early adoption of the Group’s focus on improving cash flow proved to be beneficial to the Group by providing it with an inbuilt safety cushion that is able to withstand lower gold prices, especially when the gold price declined significantly between fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2015.

The relative success of Gold Fields’ restructuring is reflected in its operational and financial performance during fiscal 2015, the highlights of which are described below. It also reflects in the progress that we have made with our key strategic priorities for fiscal 2015, which were:

 

   

Preparing South Deep for long-term success;

 

   

Improving cash flow and margin at the current lower gold prices;

 

   

Paying between 25% and 35% of normalized earnings in dividends;

 

29


Table of Contents
   

Reducing our net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio; and

 

   

Growing the Company through brownfields exploration and opportunistic, value accretive acquisitions.

Despite the decline in the price of gold over the last several years, Gold Fields generated substantially more cash in fiscal 2015 than when gold was at its peak. Management believes that this positions Gold Fields to generate enhanced cash flows if the gold price increases, provided that we maintain capital discipline.

The ability to generate cash is critical in distributing the benefits from mining that our stakeholders rightfully expect. These include:

 

   

Shareholders and debt providers, who seek a return on their invested capital through interest and dividend payments;

 

   

Our employees, whose work is rewarded through salaries and other benefits;

 

   

Contractors and suppliers, from whom we procure goods and services;

 

   

Governments and regulators, who grant Gold Fields its mining rights and who benefit from our tax and royalty payments; and

 

   

Communities, whose support is critical for our social license to operate and who benefit through jobs and procurement as well as our social investment programs.

In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields made significant progress against the strategic priorities described above. These included:

 

   

South Deep undertook to optimize its efficiency by procuring a new fleet of machines and trucks, expanded its maintenance capacity by implementing supplier maintenance contracts and, along with intensifying the training program for existing staff, South Deep recruited 146 skilled employees in order to augment its current skills base in fiscal 2015.

 

   

Despite a 9% decline in the average gold price received from U.S.$1,249/oz in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1,140/oz in fiscal 2015, adjusted net cash flow from operating activities (after taking account of net capital expenditure and environmental payments) amounted to U.S.$123 million in fiscal 2015, showing how Gold Fields has repositioned itself to operate at lower gold prices.

 

   

Gold Fields’ FCF Margin for fiscal 2015 was 8% (fiscal 2014: 13%) despite the fact that, at U.S.$1,140/oz the actual annualized gold price received was 12% below the strategic planning price of U.S.$1,300/oz. At a gold price of U.S.$1,300, Gold Fields’ FCF Margin would have been 15% on a normalized basis.

 

   

A final dividend of R0.21 per share was declared for the six months ended December 31, 2015. Together with the interim dividend of R0.04 per share for the six months ended June 30, 2015, the total dividend for fiscal 2015 was R0.25 per share, which equates to 34% of normalized earnings.

 

   

As a result of cash generation during the year, net debt was reduced by a further U.S.$73 million to U.S.$1,380 million (31 December 2014: U.S.$1,453 million), stabilizing the Group’s net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio to 1.38 at the end of fiscal 2015 (end of fiscal 2014: 1.30), despite lower adjusted EBITDA due to the lower gold and copper prices.

Group performance scorecard

In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields adopted a Group performance scorecard that incorporates the strategic priorities listed above and seeks to instill a culture and behavior among our workforce that is driven by the strategic imperative of cash generation. The scorecard also aims to enhance the Group’s sustainability.

The scorecard consists of four key performance areas and elements against which Gold Fields measures its performance. The four key performance areas are: Financial performance; Business optimization; People; and Social license to operate.

 

30


Table of Contents

(a) Financial performance

The first key performance area in the Group scorecard is financial performance, as measured by cash flow generation, debt reduction and investor confidence.

As part of the strategic shift introduced in fiscal 2012, Gold Fields moved away from the then prevalent industry production growth philosophy of “ounces for the sake of ounces” to a philosophy of growing FCF Margin and improving free cash flow per ounce. Gold Fields’ overarching strategic objective of generating a 15% FCF Margin at a gold price of U.S.$1,300/oz has become the core commercial driver and guiding principle underpinning Gold Fields’ activities, from exploration to production.

Gold Fields utilizes the gold price of U.S.$1,300/oz for planning based upon management expectations regarding the long-term price for bullion. When the gold price trades above U.S.$1,300/oz, management expects that the FCF Margin will grow commensurately. Conversely, when prices trade below U.S.$1,300/oz, as has been the case since fiscal 2012, management expects that the inclusion of the 15% FCF Margin provides Gold Fields with a safety cushion to Gold Fields’ cash break-even level of approximately U.S.$1,050/oz.

Adjusted net cash flow

Between fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2015, Gold Fields has increased its adjusted net cash flow, despite the 31% decline in the average annual price of gold over that period.

In fiscal 2012, Gold Fields (then including Sibanye Gold) had negative adjusted net cash flow of U.S.$280 million despite an all-time high average gold price for the year of U.S.$1,656/oz. In fiscal 2013, the first full year of the transformation process, Gold Fields reduced its negative adjusted net cash flow to U.S.$235 million despite a 16% decline in the average gold price to U.S.$1,386/oz during the year and restructuring costs incurred. In fiscal 2014, Gold Fields generated U.S.$235 million of adjusted net cash flow, a saving of U.S.$470 million, despite the average gold price received once again falling by 10% to U.S.$1,249/oz for the year. The Group’s FCF Margin improved to a positive margin of 13%. In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields generated U.S.$123 million of adjusted net cash flow despite the average gold price received again declining—by 9%—to U.S.$1,140/oz, partially offset by the weakening of the South African Rand and the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar. The FCF Margin was 8% for the year.

Focus on cost

In line with Gold Fields’ transformation process and its focus on FCF, Gold Fields has enacted a program of aggressive cost management. This resulted in the 6% reduction in Gold Fields’ AIC during fiscal 2015, reflecting a cumulative reduction in AIC since fiscal 2012 of 33% in nominal terms.

While the bulk of the Group’s cost reduction initiatives were implemented during fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, Gold Fields continues to revisit every aspect of its operations to ensure the sustainability of previously captured cost reductions, and that new opportunities for cost reductions are pursued. During fiscal 2015, Gold Fields focused on reducing cash costs and trimming non-essential capital, due to the continued decline in the gold price. At the same time, Gold Fields was careful not to cut sustaining capital expenditure which is critical to maintaining the long-term integrity of its ore bodies.

The core elements of Gold Fields’ cost reduction program between fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2015 included: reducing cash costs; the elimination of marginal mining at all of our operations; the restructuring of our corporate, regional and mine structures; a 12% reduction in our permanent workforce, which at the end of fiscal 2015 comprised 9,052 employees; the ongoing rationalization and prioritization of capital expenditure, without negatively impacting the sustainability of our mines; the cancellation of near-mine and greenfields growth projects that demonstrated inadequate returns; and the closure of the Group’s greenfields exploration and project development division and, where appropriate, the sale of projects in the project pipeline.

 

31


Table of Contents

A key driver in reducing the Group’s AISC and AIC is the South Deep project in South Africa, which is still in build-up and not yet at steady-state levels of production. If South Deep were excluded from the Group’s AISC and AIC for fiscal 2015, then the AISC and AIC would have been U.S.$930/oz and U.S.$944/oz, respectively, placing Gold Fields among the lowest-cost gold producers worldwide. The objective is for South Deep to reach cash break-even by the end of fiscal 2016.

Debt reduction

Gold Fields aims to achieve approximately 1.0 times net debt to adjusted EBITDA, which management feels is a comfortable debt level. Following the unbundling of Sibanye Gold and the acquisition of the Yilgarn South Assets in fiscal 2013, the net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio increased to approximately 1.5 times at the end of fiscal 2013. During fiscal 2014, Gold Fields reduced net debt by U.S.$282 million and, in fiscal 2015, Gold Fields reduced net debt by an additional U.S.$73 million. As at December 31, 2015, Gold Fields net debt stood at U.S.$1,380 million. Despite this decrease in net debt, the Group’s net debt to adjusted EBITDA increased from 1.30 at December 31, 2014 to 1.38 at December 31, 2015 due to the lower adjusted EBITDA year on year as a result of the lower gold price.

Improving investor confidence

In fiscal 2014, Gold Fields published its Investor Charter, which stated that Gold Fields intends to regain and grow investor confidence in Gold Fields by seeking to:

 

   

Build a quality portfolio of productive mines;

 

   

Provide superior returns; and

 

   

Deliver on our promises.

Gold Fields’ portfolio has undergone a fundamental change since fiscal 2013. Since that time, Gold Fields has spun off Sibanye Gold to shareholders, eliminated marginal mining as a practice at our assets, stopped projects in our growth pipeline that did not provide an adequate return and acquired the Yilgarn South Assets from Barrick in Western Australia.

As noted above, Gold Fields has reduced its AIC by 33% between fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2015 while turning around the cash flow position of the Group from a negative adjusted net cash flow of U.S.$280 million in fiscal 2012 to a positive cash flow generation of U.S.$123 million in fiscal 2015, despite significant declines in the gold price received over that period. Gold Fields has delivered on its guidance for the past three years.

The South Deep project in South Africa still has to be brought fully to account and Gold Fields has targeted a cash breakeven point by the end of fiscal 2016 with steady-state production metrics expected to be published early in fiscal 2017.

During fiscal 2015, South Deep made considerable progress in three key performance areas: people, fleet and mining methodologies. As a result, the production and cash burn position of South Deep improved markedly in the second half of fiscal 2015.

(b) Business optimization

Underpinning the financial performance of the business is Gold Fields’ commitment to running its operations safely, efficiently and cost-effectively without undermining the long-term sustainability of its mines. We measure the success of business optimization in four areas: safety & health; the quality of our portfolio of assets; growth strategy; and preparing the South Deep project for long-term success.

Safety & Health

Gold Fields is committed to providing safe working conditions at its operations. The Group’s TRIFR improved during fiscal 2015 by almost 16% to 3.4 recordable incidents per million hours worked from 4.04 in fiscal 2014.

 

32


Table of Contents

Nonetheless, the Group reported four fatalities during fiscal 2015. Three fatalities occurred at the South Deep project in South Africa and one at the Tarkwa mine in Ghana. Of the fatalities at South Deep, two related to mine accidents and one related to the shooting of a security contractor during an attempted theft. The fatality at Tarkwa related to a trucking accident.

The two fatal mine accidents at South Deep led to Section 54 orders being issued by the DMR, placing a moratorium on mine-related activities across the operation and effectively stopping production for a total of 11 days (and 18 days in total following another serious accident). Gold Fields supported these orders and during the year also conducted a mine-wide review of safety protocols, procedures and standards at South Deep to improve the mechanized mining culture at the project. Many of the recommendations arising from the review have already been implemented. The fatal accident at Tarkwa, the first at our Ghanaian operations in almost four years, has also led to a review of truck loading and driving procedures.

The Group has also intensified operation-specific health and wellness programs, focused on improving the physical and mental health of our employees. During fiscal 2015, testing showed a reduction of 53% in Noise Induced Hearing Loss submissions and a 40% reduction in the number of silicosis cases submitted at South Deep.

Quality portfolio of assets

Since beginning its strategic transformation, Gold Fields has pro-actively managed its portfolio of operating and growth assets in order to improve the quality of our overall portfolio measured by the improvement in cash generation. This active portfolio management approach requires an ongoing strategic review of all existing assets as well as potential acquisition targets against our strategic imperatives.

The most obvious manifestation of this was the 2013 unbundling of the Group’s conventional, deep-level underground mines in South Africa to create Sibanye Gold and the subsequent acquisition of Barrick’s Yilgarn South Assets in Western Australia. Gold Fields’ portfolio is now comprised of modern, mechanized open-pit and underground mining operations, with production spread across three continents.

Gold Fields continued to focus on improving the cash-generation performance of its existing operations. During 2015, this included protecting the commercial sustainability of its mines by avoiding high-grading and investing in ore development and stripping on an ongoing basis and engaging in brownfields exploration for life-of-mine extensions.

Gold Fields has made the continued exploration and development of its mines’ underground and surface ore bodies a strategic priority in order to protect the future value of the Company’s assets. Should gold prices go down to levels of around U.S.$1,000/oz or lower for a sustained period of time, Gold Fields would look at a new operating and planning protocol for these lower prices to protect the integrity of its ore bodies.

Growth

Gold Fields growth strategy focuses on growing cash flow per ounce and reserves per share in the medium and long-term. Since fiscal 2013, Gold Fields has implemented this growth strategy by, among other things, ceasing all early greenfields exploration activity, refocusing its exploration from greenfields projects to lower-risk, near-mine exploration, and portfolio-enhancing, value-accretive acquisition opportunities. Gold Fields has also taken the decision to dispose of growth projects that are marginal, located in higher risk locations or primarily focused on metals other than gold.

Gold Fields believes near-mine exploration offers the best route to low-cost growth that can generate cash in the short and medium term at our Australian operations, which have a history of reserve replacement. In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields raised its total near-mine exploration expenditure by 20% to U.S.$ 72 million, on top of the U.S.$ 60 million and U.S.$32 million spent in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively, in pursuit of this strategy. Much of this activity was focused on the Australasia region, where the mines in the Gold Fields portfolio spent A$91 million (U.S.$69 million) in fiscal 2015 (2014: A$64 million (U.S.$58 million)).

 

33


Table of Contents

This is part of a three year strategy to increase reserves and resources at the various operations. In addition to exploration drilling to increase current orebodies, activity was also focused on developing new targets on the prospective leases.

In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields continued the disposal of projects that are not aligned with its strategic objectives. The Woodjam project in Canada was sold, while the Arctic Platinum Project in Finland remains earmarked for sale.

The Far Southeast project in the Philippines has been retained in our portfolio and we maintain optionality on this project. However, no new investments, if any, are scheduled until there is clearer regulatory certainty in the country. In addition, the Salares Norte project in Chile has been retained in the portfolio. An exploration budget of U.S.$26 million was made available for drilling work in fiscal 2015. Further drilling and studies will continue in fiscal 2016 in an amount of approximately U.S.$51 million.

Gold Fields is also open to the possibility of further value-accretive transactions similar to its acquisition of the Yilgarn South Assets in fiscal 2013.

South Deep

After the introduction of the new management team, Gold Fields took the decision at the start of fiscal 2015 to focus on the basic operational requirements of South Deep to ensure a stronger foundation for sustainable growth in the future. The new management team has adopted a strategy of embedding an improved safety and productivity culture at the mine. Among other things, South Deep:

 

   

Recruited an additional 146 skilled employees during fiscal 2015, mostly from the platinum sector, which has a similar mechanized mining skills set;

 

   

Procured an additional fleet of 24 new Category 1 machines and trucks (which include all types of drill rigs, bolters, load haul dumpers and dump trucks), or Category 1 machines, with the new fleet consisting of one high profile drill rig, three long hole stope drill rigs, eight high profile load haul dump trucks and five dump trucks;

 

   

Took the strategic decision to convert the destress methodology at the mine from low profile (2.5m vertical height) to high profile (5.0m vertical height) destress mining.

In the second half of the year, production was 64% higher at 123,000 oz than in the first half, with total production for fiscal 2015 of 198,000 oz (2014: 200,500 oz). In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, aided in part by the rising Rand gold price, the cash outflow from the project was limited to R57 million from R266 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2015.

While Gold Fields remains committed to achieve a sustainable breakeven cash position by the end of fiscal 2016, Gold Fields will only provide an updated production ramp-up schedule early in fiscal 2017.

(c) People

As part of its strategic transformation, Gold Fields experienced large-scale reductions in the number of employees and contractors. The Group’s human resource base has stabilized with 9,052 employees and 7,798 contractors on our books at the end of fiscal 2015.

Gold Fields’ people strategy includes expanding the skillsets of our employees through focused internal training efforts. During fiscal 2015, Gold Fields spent over U.S.$12.4 million globally on training and development.

In addition, management believes it is important to recruit the appropriate skills to our mines, due to the shift towards mechanization and automation. In fiscal 2015, South Deep hired an additional 146 mechanized mining trained employees. Gold Fields has also developed clearly defined performance targets to incentivize employees to directly support the achievement of business objectives.

 

34


Table of Contents

Gold Fields’ remuneration strategy is evolving to attract and retain these skills, and our people development approach is being adjusted to ensure we build a robust internal skills pipeline that can supply the skills that the business needs, now and in the future. Furthermore, Gold Fields continues to entrench a high-performance culture that encourages people to meet and exceed their performance targets.

A large portion of Gold Fields’ workforce in Ghana and South Africa is represented by a number of trade unions. Gold Fields engaged with these trade unions during fiscal 2015 and agreed wage deals in both countries. In South Africa, Gold Fields opted out of the centralized wage negotiations and moved to company-level talks to reflect the different skills set at South Deep. In March 2015, Gold Fields signed a three year comprehensive wage deal that recognizes the mechanized mining requirements of the South Deep project. In Ghana, talks with the trade unions continued into 2016 and an agreement was concluded in January 2016.

(d) Social license to operate

Despite a third year of adverse gold market conditions in fiscal 2015, Gold Fields continued to distribute value to a wide range of stakeholders, including employees, host governments, host communities, businesses and suppliers as well as the providers of risk capital.

In fiscal 2015, total value distribution, reported according to WGC methodology, was U.S.$2.43 billion (2014: U.S.$2.65 billion), with 68% going to businesses and suppliers (2014: 69%), 8% to governments (2014: 7%), 18% to employees (2014: 18%), 5% to capital providers (2014: 5%) and 1% on Socio-economic Development programs (2014: 1%)—mostly in host communities.

The success of Gold Fields’ business is critically dependent on the relationship with a number of key external stakeholders that determine both its regulatory and social licenses to operate: Governments at national, regional and local level and, above all, the communities that host its mines. These stakeholders determine both its regulatory license and social license to operate, and the Group therefore devotes considerable resources and energies in securing and maintaining these licenses. This is not merely a compliance-based approach but one that seeks to ensure that Gold Fields wins the long-term support of governments and communities through the sustainable development of our mines and projects.

A number of elements are critical in achieving the support of these stakeholders: improved community relations and the related development of Shared Value projects, which benefit both the mine and the host community, and other investment projects in these communities, as well as the responsible management of environmental resources, particularly water. These resources, if not managed sustainably, can have an adverse impact on the environment or create social tensions with host communities, thus threatening our licenses to operate.

Improved community relations

The communities in which we operate are directly and often exclusively dependent on the sustainability and growth of Gold Fields’ mines. One of the biggest challenges facing mining companies is building relationships and trust with these host communities, without which there is potential for operational disruption, project delays and cancellations.

It takes substantial time, effort and resources to establish and maintain a strong social license to operate. Increasingly Gold Fields’ ability to grow its business through the expansion of existing mines and the development of new projects is determined by its ability to build strong relationships and trust with communities in its operating areas.

Gold Fields has invested heavily in communities through social investment projects and, more recently, through Shared Value-based projects. However, it is evident that mining companies need to expand and deepen their investment in and engagement with host communities, who have found their voice and are seeking to share in the benefits of mining to a greater extent.

 

35


Table of Contents

In response Gold Fields has implemented a range of initiatives, in addition to the work already being done, including:

 

   

Boosting the capacity of its community relations teams;

 

   

Working with peer companies to jointly address community needs, such as the alliance with Sibanye Gold in the Westonaria municipality, home to our South Deep mine in South Africa;

 

   

Supporting the ability of the three South Deep community trusts as well as foundations in Peru, Ghana and Australia to deliver benefits to host communities more effectively; and

 

   

Expanding the quantity and quality of Shared Value projects.

At South Deep in particular, Gold Fields has intensified its community investment work after independent surveys among its host communities in Westonaria revealed a significant relationship gap between the mine and these communities. Previous social investments (including those required by the statutory Social and Labour Plan) did not sufficiently address the socio-economic needs of these communities.

Based on these findings, South Deep has strengthened and restructured its community relations and stakeholder engagement capacity. At the same time, the community investment programs are increasingly focused on sourcing goods and services from enterprises in these communities and increasing local employment opportunities. This will require a significant investment in training and skills development, but is an investment that is essential for Gold Fields’ long-term sustainability.

Host community procurement and employment are critical pillars of Gold Fields’ community investment strategies at all its operations in developing countries. In fiscal 2015, host community employment accounted for 29% of Gold Fields’ workforce in Peru, 50% at South Deep and 67% at its Ghanaian operations. Host community procurement spending accounts for 7%, 10% and 9% of spending for Peru, South Deep and Ghana, respectively. In Australia, 90% of Gold Fields’ workforce and 66% of procurement is from Western Australia, which is classified as the host region.

Shared Value

Gold Fields has implemented a Shared Value approach to structure part of its investments in community projects in order to focus on social and economic benefits rather than just social spend. As of the end of fiscal 2015, Gold Fields’ regions have implemented five Shared Value projects ranging from the promotion of mathematics and science education among South Deep’s host communities to multilateral water management projects at Cerro Corona and increased sourcing from community suppliers at all our mines.

Reducing energy & carbon emissions

Energy remains a major performance driver for the Group, representing 22% of operating costs in fiscal 2015 having risen from 18% in fiscal 2013. Management expects this trend to continue unless Gold Fields finds more cost effective and alternative energy sources. As part of Gold Fields’ Integrated Energy and Carbon Management strategy implemented in fiscal 2013, each of the regions has set energy reduction targets, which have already delivered around U.S.$ 30 million in cumulative savings.

Under the Integrated Energy and Carbon Management strategy, the regions have been tasked with securing access to future energy sources. In Ghana, where Gold Fields’ operations were asked by the government to reduce their electricity consumption by 25% to 33% during fiscal 2015, the operations have reached an agreement with a private utility that is expected to deliver the bulk of their electricity requirements within the next two years. In Peru and Australia, new long-term supply agreements have been signed with utilities. While South Deep has a longstanding agreement with the state-owned utility to implement load-curtailment programs, Gold Fields has solicited proposals for an on-site 40MW photovoltaic solar plant. Other non-carbon energy projects Gold Fields is developing include a gas plant at the Granny Smith mine in Australia to replace the diesel power station.

 

36


Table of Contents

Gold Fields also remains committed to the goal of 20% renewable energy generation at all new projects. Greater use of renewables creates power price and supply stability and has the added benefit of reducing our carbon footprint, which is one of Gold Fields’ key environmental priorities.

Enhanced water management

Responsible water management remains a vital component of Gold Fields’ license to operate and social license at all its operations and projects as water is becoming an increasingly scarce and expensive commodity globally. Managing the risks around current and anticipated water security, which includes the quantity and quality of supply as well as associated costs, is essential to ensure sustainable production for existing operations and the future viability of projects.

The Group water management guideline, implemented in fiscal 2014, focused on water stewardship, including identifying opportunities to enhance water reuse, recycling and conservation practices at all operations. In fiscal 2015, the operations focused on identifying projects to support these objectives and by the end of fiscal 2015 a total of 20 initiatives were identified, a number of which have already been implemented. The development of these projects may deliver multiple benefits including cost savings, reduced impact in water scarce areas, improved regulatory compliance, identification and mitigation of water-related risks, reduction of mine closure liabilities and maintaining Gold Fields’ social license to operate.

Strategic priorities for 2016

The pillars of Gold Fields’ strategy are firmly in place and have guided the transformation of the Group over the past three years. Management does not envisage major changes to this strategy in the year ahead, though there has been a shift in emphasis in some of the key performance areas, which has led to an adjustment to some of the measurements.

Gold Fields’ strategic review for fiscal 2016 took into account a continued depressed gold price and budgets have taken this into account. A reduced gold price environment places renewed emphasis on business optimization as a priority for Gold Fields’ operations.

An important addition to the fiscal 2016 scorecard is Technology & Innovation, with the regions having been tasked to develop and implement three year technology plans in fiscal 2016. Gold Fields’ size still suggests that it does not necessarily have to be a pioneer of research and development in technology, but rather management aims to be a fast adopter of best practice. However, recent advances in digitization, automation and mechanization make it critical that Gold Fields develop strategies to implement new technologies and partner with IT and Original Equipment Manufacturers, or OEMs, that are leaders in the field. Gold Fields has appointed a new member to the Executive Committee to oversee our progress in this area.

Gold Fields’ prosperity in the short- and longer-term is dependent on societal acceptance. This can only be achieved through transparent and mutually beneficial relationships with governments at all levels (national, regional and local), organized labor and host communities, who have the ability to disrupt operations or halt them altogether. Gold Fields’ corporate and regional management teams have been tasked with intensifying stakeholder engagements in fiscal 2016 to ensure that the Group operates in a business environment that allows it to operate profitably to the benefit of these stakeholders and others. As part of this, we have completed an extensive relationship assessment exercise at South Deep and are starting this process in Ghana and Peru in 2016.

The engagement with governments is particularly urgent in South Africa and Ghana, where pending legislation and regulations have the potential to adversely affect the mining sector, and in Peru, where relations with communities and activists are threatening the growth of the entire mining sector.

In South Africa, Gold Fields has dedicated substantial human and capital resources towards meeting the targets of the Amended Mining Charter, including the equity empowerment target of 26% ownership. Gold Fields will commit similar resources in achieving the continued transformation of the sector.

 

37


Table of Contents

Transformation will take time and cannot happen without the financial backing of investors, many of whom have fled the sector over the past few years amid poor returns on their capital. Gold Fields welcomes the South African government’s commitment to engaging with the sector openly and honestly through Project Phakisa to devise an action plan for further growth and transformation that encourages renewed investment in the industry.

However, as it drafts critical policy based on these engagements we urge the government to avoid additional fiscal or regulatory burdens that will inevitably further stifle the growth of the sector. Directly, and through the Chamber, Gold Fields is engaging the South African government on three key issues in fiscal 2016: the review of the Mining Charter; the once-empowered, always-empowered principle in Black Economic Empowerment ownership of mining companies; and, the finalization of amendments to the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act.

In Ghana, Gold Fields’ has finalized the long-awaited investment agreement with the government that is critical for Gold Fields in achieving a level investment playing field with its peers in the country.

In Peru, the mining industry is working closely with government to find joint solutions to the social and environmental issues that appear to be the root causes for the distrust towards the sector by communities. Engagement with these communities and their representative organizations will have to be the critical next step.

Reserves of Gold Fields as at December 31, 2015

Methodology

While there are some differences between the definition of the South African Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves, or SAMREC Code, and that of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s, or SEC’s, Industry Guide 7, only the reserves at each of Gold Fields’ operations, growth and advanced exploration projects as at December 31, 2015 which qualify as reserves for purposes of the SEC’s Industry Guide 7 are presented in the table below. See “—Glossary of Mining Terms”. In accordance with the requirements imposed by the JSE, Gold Fields reports its reserves using the terms and definitions of the SAMREC Code (2007 edition, amended July 2009). Mineral or ore reserves, as defined under the SAMREC Code, are divided into categories of proved and probable reserves and are expressed in terms of tonnes to be processed at mill feed head grades, allowing for estimated mining dilution, ore loss, mining recovery and other factors.

All of Gold Fields’ operations report reserves using cut-off grades or net smelter return cut-offs, or NSR, in the case of multi-metal deposits. Cut-off grade is the grade that distinguishes the economic material within an ore body that is to be extracted and treated from the remaining material. Cut-off grade is typically calculated using an appropriate metal price and the development, stoping, processing, general and administration and sustaining capital costs to derive a total cost per tonne. NSR is the net revenue (total revenue less production costs) that the owner of a mining property receives from the sale of the mine’s metal products less transportation and refining costs. Modifying factors used to calculate the cut-off grades include adjustments to mill delivered amounts due to dilution and ore loss incurred in the course of mining, expected return on investment, and sustaining capital. Modifying factors applied in estimating reserves are primarily based on historical empirical information, but commonly incorporate adjustments for planned operational improvements. Tonnage and grade may include some mineralization below the selected cut-off grade to ensure that the reserve comprises blocks of adequate size and continuity to facilitate practical mining. Reserves also take into account operating cost levels as well as necessary capital and sustaining capital provisions required at each operation, and are supported by “life of mine” plans.

South Africa

South Deep made solid progress on its re-basing program, especially concerning the transition to the new regional pillar layout. The re-basing program, scheduled for completion in fiscal 2016, will inform the revised long-term plan and outlook for South Deep. The change in pillar design has been adopted and resulted in a broad

 

38


Table of Contents

re-design and revised schedule for the life of mine plan. This plan, which forms the basis for the South Deep’s fiscal 2016 mineral reserves, will continue to be refined and enhanced as other re-basing project outcomes are delivered and as the mine evolves to steady state production.

At South Deep (except as noted above), the estimation of reserves is based on surface drilling, underground diamond drilling, surface three-dimensional reflection seismics, ore body facies modeling, structural modeling, underground mapping, detailed ore zone wireframes and geostatistical estimation. The reefs, which are sedimentary in nature and reflect extensive intra-basinal fluvial deposits, are initially explored by drilling from the surface on an approximately 500 meter to 2,000 meter grid. Once underground access is available, diamond drilling is undertaken on an approximate 30 meter to 90 meter grid, to provide the necessary ore body definition to support mine design and production scheduling.

The following sets out the drill spacing ranges used to classify the different categories of reserves at South Deep.

 

Reserve Classification

   Sample
Spacing
Range
Min/Max
     Maximum
Distance
Data is
Projected
 
     (meters)  

Proved

     0 to 60         220   

Probable

     60 to 650         650   

For proved reserves, the ore body must be fully destressed, with planned grade control diamond drilling designed at an approximate 50 meter by 50 meter grid spacing, depending on the accessibility for the diamond drill rigs. The destress mining extracts 2.5 to 5.0 meter high cuts that are generally mined horizontally at 17 meter vertical intervals, and it reduces the in situ rock stress from approximately 80 MPa to 30 to 40 MPa to facilitate bulk mechanized mining. Estimation is constrained within both geologically homogenous structural and defined facies zones, and is generally derived from either ordinary or simple kriged small-scale grids.

For probable reserves, the estimates access a significant number of samples on spacing greater than the spacing for development and stoping bordering these areas. In addition, borehole spacings ranging from tens to hundreds of meters are used in conjunction with 3D seismic survey results that confirm certain structural reef elevations and key stratigraphic surfaces. Reserves classified as probable are generally adjacent to those classified as proved. Estimation is constrained within homogenous structural and facies zones, and is derived using a localized direct conditioning technique (used to derive recoverable block estimates) based on simple kriging.

The primary assumptions of continuity of the geologically homogenous zones are driven by the geological model, which is updated when new information arises. Any changes to the model are subject to peer and internal technical corporate review and external independent consultant review when deemed necessary. Historically, mining at South African deep-level gold mines has shown significant geological continuity, so that new mines were started based on limited surface borehole information. Customarily, geological models are primarily based on the definition of different sedimentary facies within each conglomerate horizon. These facies are extrapolated along palaeocurrent and grade trends into new, undeveloped areas taking into account inherent proximal to distal depositional relationships and any surface borehole data in those areas. Normally these facies are continuous, supported by extensive historical sample databases, and can be incorporated in the macro kriging of large blocks.

Ghana

For the Tarkwa open pit operation, estimation of reserves is based on a combination of an initial 100- or 200-meter grid of diamond drilling and in certain areas a 12.5 meter to 25 meter grid of reverse circulation drilling. For the Damang open pit operation, estimation of reserves is based on a 20 meter to 80 meter grid of

 

39


Table of Contents

combined reverse circulation and diamond drilling and, in certain areas, reverse circulation drilling on an eight- meter by five-meter drill grid. Advance grade control drilling is employed in certain areas to provide detailed estimation to greater depths than normal grade control drilling where information is required to confirm structural and grade trends.

Diamond drilling provides continuous (solid) core from diamond drill bits, using water and chemicals for lubrication. Consequently, diamond drilling provides greater resolution of geological parameters such as lithologies, alterations, mineralization, rock hardness and structures.

In surface drilling programs, reverse circulation drilling provides chip samples from percussion hammers powered by compressed air. The chips are transferred to surface up a central tube with the rods to eliminate contamination from the outer hole. Sampling is generally conducted at intervals relevant to the block model and mining dimensions. Reverse circulation drilling is generally quicker and less expensive than diamond drilling. However, there is a depth limitation to reverse circulation drilling and consequently all deep holes are conducted by diamond drilling.

Generally exploration programs will consist of a mix of reverse circulation and diamond drilling in order to provide the necessary geological resolution, as well as bulk analytical data for evaluation, geotechnical and geometallurgical purposes. Infill drilling programs are usually conducted using both diamond drilling and reverse circulation, depending on the resolution required. Grade control drilling programs use reverse circulation.

Australia

At the Australian operations, the estimation of reserves for both underground and open pit operations is based on exploration and sampling information gathered through appropriate techniques, primarily from diamond drilling, reverse circulation drilling, air-core and sonic drilling techniques. The locations of sample points are spaced close enough to deduce or confirm geological and grade continuity. Generally, drilling is undertaken on grids, which range between 10 meters by 10 meters up to 40 meters by 40 meters, although this may vary depending on the continuity of the ore body. Due to the variety and diversity of mineralization at the Australian operations, sample spacing may also vary depending on each particular ore type.

Peru

For the Cerro Corona operation, estimation is based on diamond drill and reverse circulation holes. The spacing of holes at Cerro Corona is generally around 50 meters, with some areas approximating a 25 meter grid. The blast hole rock chips are used as grade control samples and are drilled on an average 5.5 meter by 4.8 meter grid.

 

40


Table of Contents

Reserve Statement

As at December 31, 2015, Gold Fields had aggregate attributable proved and probable reserves of approximately 46.1 million ounces of gold and 532 million pounds of copper, as set forth in the following tables:

 

    Gold ore reserve statement as at December 31, 2015(1)  
    Proved reserves     Probable reserves     Total reserves     Attributable
gold
production
in fiscal

2015(2)
 
    Tonnes     Head
Grade
    Gold     Tonnes     Head
Grade
    Gold     Tonnes     Head
Grade
    Gold    
    (million)     (g/t)     (M oz)     (million)     (g/t)     (M oz)     (million)     (g/t)     (M oz)     (M oz)  

Underground (“UG”)

               

South Africa

               

South Deep(3)

    10.80        5.9        2.057        189.07        5.3        31.970        199.86        5.3        34.027        0.20   

Australia

               

St. Ives

    0.39        5.8        0.073        1.90        4.2        0.260        2.30        4.5        0.333        0.18   

Granny Smith

    0.76        6.9        0.168        6.17        5.7        1.137        6.93        5.9        1.305        0.30   

Darlot

    —          —          —          0.19        5.6        0.034        0.19        5.6        0.034        0.08   

Agnew(4)

    0.24        8.8        0.069        3.11        6.0        0.596        3.35        6.2        0.665        0.24   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Underground

    12.19        6.0        2.367        200.44        5.3        33.998        212.63        5.3        36.364        0.99   

Surface (Production Stockpile)

               

South Africa

               

South Deep

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Ghana

               

Tarkwa

    5.93        0.7        0.137        53.98        0.4        0.694        59.91        0.4        0.831        —     

Damang

    —          —          —          3.21        0.9        0.094        3.21        0.9        0.094        —     

Australia

               

St. Ives

    2.97        0.8        0.081        —          —          —          2.97        0.8        0.081        —     

Granny Smith

    0.02        6.2        0.004        —          —          —          0.02        6.2        0.004        —     

Darlot

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Agnew

    0.03        5.2        0.005        —          —          —          0.03        5.2        0.005        —     

Peru

               

Cerro Corona

    3.81        0.8        0.101        —          —          —          3.81        0.8        0.101        —     

Surface (Open Pit)

               

Ghana

               

Tarkwa(4)

    56.94        1.3        2.371        73.36        1.2        2.869        130.30        1.3        5.24        0.53   

Damang(4)

    2.81        1.3        0.117        13.08        1.6        0.665        15.89        1.5        0.78        0.15   

Australia

               

St. Ives(4)

    0.67        2.1        0.045        11.67        2.9        1.083        12.34        2.8        1.128        0.20   

Granny Smith

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Darlot

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Agnew

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Peru

               

Cerro Corona

    41.40        1.0        1.277        7.60        0.6        0.158        49.00        0.9        1.435        0.16   

Total Surface

    114.58        1.1        4.138        162.88        1.1        5.563        277.46        1.1        9.700        1.03   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Grand Total

    126.77        1.6        6.504        363.32        3.4        39.560        490.09        2.9        46.064        2.02   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals by Mine

               

South Deep

    10.80        5.9        2.057        189.07        5.3        31.970        199.86        5.3        34.027        0.20   

Tarkwa

    62.87        1.2        2.508        127.33        0.9        3.563        190.20        1.0        6.071        0.53   

Damang

    2.81        1.3        0.117        16.29        1.4        0.759        19.10        1.4        0.876        0.15   

St. Ives

    4.03        1.5        0.199        13.57        3.1        1.343        17.60        2.7        1.542        0.37   

Granny Smith

    0.78        6.9        0.172        6.17        5.7        1.137        6.95        5.9        1.310        0.30   

Darlot

    —          —          —          0.19        5.6        0.034        0.19        5.6        0.034        0.08   

Agnew

    0.27        8.5        0.073        3.11        6.0        0.596        3.38        6.2        0.670        0.24   

Cerro Corona

    45.21        0.9        1.377        7.60        0.6        0.158        52.80        0.9        1.535        0.16   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Grand Total

    126.77        1.6        6.504        363.32        3.4        39.560        490.09        2.9        46.064        2.02   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Notes:

  (1)

(a) Quoted as mill delivered metric tonnes and Run of Mine, or RoM, grades, inclusive of all mining dilutions and gold losses except mill recovery. Metallurgical recovery factors have not been applied to the reserve figures. The approximate metallurgical recovery factors are as follows: (i) South Deep 96.5%; (ii) Tarkwa 97%; (iii) Damang 92% to 93.5%; (iv) St. Ives 79% to 94%; (v) Agnew 94.3%; (vi) Granny Smith 92%; (vii) Darlot 95.3%; and (viii) Cerro Corona 63% to 70% for gold and 72% to 88% for

 

41


Table of Contents
  copper. The metallurgical recovery is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the mass of the specific mineral product actually recovered from ore treated at the plant to its total specific mineral content before treatment. The South African operation has a consistent metallurgical recovery, while the recoveries on the International operations vary according to the mix of the source material and method of treatment.
  (b) The metal prices used for the 2016 life-of-mine plans were variable, medium term (2016-2017) and long-term (2018 onwards) to encompass the Group’s medium and long-term view of the metal prices. Both prices are quoted, with the long term price in brackets. For the Ghana operations, ore reserve figures are based on an optimized pit at a gold price of $1,200 ($1,300) per ounce. For the Australian operations, ore reserve figures are based on a gold price of A$1,500 (A$1,550) per ounce (at an exchange rate of A$1.25 (A$1.19) per $1.00). Open pit ore reserves at the Australian operations are similarly based on optimized pits and the underground operations on appropriate mine design and extraction schedules. At South Deep, a gold price of R500,000 (R500,000) per kilogram ($1,200 ($1,300) per ounce (at an exchange rate of R12.96 (R11.96) per $1.00) was applied in valuing the ore reserve. The gold price used for reserves approximates the three year trailing average (U.S.$1,280oz), calculated on a monthly basis, of the London afternoon fixing price of gold. For the Cerro Corona gold reserves, the optimized pit is based on a gold price of $1,200 ($1,300) per ounce and a copper price of $2.5 ($3.0) per pound, which, due to the nature of the deposit and the importance of net smelter returns, need to be considered together.
  (c) Dilution relates to planned and unplanned waste and/or low-grade material being mined and delivered to the mill. Ranges are given for those operations that have multiple ore body styles and mining methodologies. The mine dilution factors are as follows: (i) South Deep 7.3%; (ii) Tarkwa 30cm hanging wall and 20 cm footwall; (iii) Damang 15% to 20% (includes both planned and unplanned); (iv) St. Ives 20% to 40% (open pits) and 5% to 20% (underground); (v) Agnew 15%; (vi) Granny Smith 10%; (vii) Darlot 15% to 20%; and (viii) Cerro Corona 0%.
  (d) The mining recovery factor relates to the proportion or percentage of ore mined from the defined ore body at the gold price used for the declaration of reserves. This percentage will vary from mining area to mining area and reflects planned and scheduled reserves against total potentially available reserves (at the gold price used for the declaration of reserves), with all modifying factors, mining constraints and pillar discounts applied. The mining recovery factors are as follows: (i) Tarkwa 100%; (ii) Damang 90%; (iii) St. Ives 95% to 98% (open pits) and 90% to 95% (underground); (iv) Agnew 80% to 95%; (v) Granny Smith 91%; (vi) Darlot 90% to 95%; (vii) South Deep 96%; (viii) Cerro Corona 100%.
  (e) The cut-off grade may vary per shaft, open pit or underground mine, depending on the respective costs, depletion schedule, ore type and dilution. The following are the average or range of values applied in the planning process: (i) South Deep 3.8 to 4.2 g/t; (ii) Tarkwa 0.45 g/t for mill feed; (iii) Damang 0.67 g/t for fresh ore and 0.46 g/t for oxide ore; (iv) St. Ives 0.55 g/t for mill feed—open pit, and 2.3 g/t to 3.0 g/t for mill feed—underground; (v) Agnew 3.0 to 4.1 g/t for mill feed—underground; (vi) Granny Smith 2.6 to 3.2 g/t; (vii) Darlot 3.57 g/t for mill feed-underground; and (viii) Cerro Corona $23.5 to 25.5/t net smelter return (combined copper and gold).
  (f) Totals may not sum due to rounding. Where this occurs it is not deemed significant.
  (g) An ounces-based Mine Call Factor based primarily on historic performance but also on realistic planned improvements where appropriate is applied to the reserves. The following Mine Call Factors have been applied: Damang 95% to 96%, , Tarkwa 98%, with Agnew, Granny Smith, Darlot, St. Ives, South Deep and Cerro Corona at 100%.
(2) Actual gold/copper produced after metallurgical recovery.
(3) In line with other international operations, all South Deep reserves are classed as above infrastructure, as the reserves will be accessed by means of ongoing declines from current infrastructure.
(4) Includes some gold produced from stockpile material, which cannot be separately measured.

The following table sets forth the proved and probable copper reserves of the Cerro Corona mine as at December 31, 2015 that are attributable to Gold Fields.

 

    Copper ore reserve statement as at December 31, 2015  
    Proved reserves     Probable reserves     Total reserves     Attributable
copper
production
in fiscal
2015
 
    Tonnes     Grade Cu     Cu     Tonnes     Grade Cu     Cu     Tonnes     Grade Cu     Cu    
    (million)     (%)     (million lbs)     (million)     (%)     (million lbs)     (million)     (%)     (million lbs)     (million lbs)  

Surface (Open Pit & Stockpiles)

                   

Peru

                   

Cerro Corona

    45.2        0.5        459        7.6        0.4        73        52.8        0.46        532        62   

 

 

42


Table of Contents

Gold and copper price sensitivity

The amount of gold mineralization that Gold Fields can economically extract, and therefore can classify as reserves, is sensitive to fluctuations in the price of gold. The following table indicates Gold Fields’ attributable reserves at different gold prices that are 10% above and below the base case presented in the ‘gold reserve statement’ table above. The reserve sensitivities are, however, not based on detailed depletion schedules and should be considered on a relative and indicative basis only.

 

     -10%(1)      Base(1)      +10%(1)  
     (Moz)  

South Deep(2)

     32.6         34.0         35.4   

Tarkwa

     5.1         6.1         6.7   

Damang

     0.8         0.9         0.9   

St. Ives(3)

     1.3         1.5         1.8   

Agnew(3)

     0.6         0.7         0.7   

Granny Smith(3)

     1.2         1.3         1.4   

Cerro Corona(4)

     1.5         1.5         1.5   

 

Notes:

(1) Darlot is excluded from the sensitivities as a result of the current short life of mine, which is less than one year, and limited mining flexibility.
(2) The equivalent gold prices used for the sensitivities in South Africa are R450,000/kg, R500,000/kg and R550,000/kg.
(3) The equivalent gold prices used for the sensitivities in Australia are A$1,400/oz, A$1,550/oz and A$1,700/oz.
(4) Under the current tailings dam design at Cerro Corona, reserves would not respond to an upward movement of the gold price because of current capacity constraints at the tailings storage facility for the Cerro Corona mine. A decrease of 10% in gold price is insufficient to affect the level of gold reserves.

The London afternoon fixing price for gold on April 6, 2016 was U.S.$1,221 per ounce. Gold Fields’ attributable gold reserves decreased from 48.1 million ounces at December 31, 2014 to 46.1 million ounces at December 31, 2015, primarily due to depletion.

The London Metal Exchange, or LME, cash settlement price for copper on April 6, 2016 was U.S.$4,775 per tonne.

Gold Fields’ methodology for determining its reserves is subject to change and is based upon estimates and assumptions made by management regarding a number of factors as noted above under “—Methodology”. Accordingly, the sensitivity analysis of Gold Fields’ reserves provided above should not be relied upon as indicative of what the estimate of Gold Fields’ reserves would actually be or have been at the gold or copper prices indicated, or at any other gold or copper price, nor should it be relied upon as a basis for estimating Gold Fields’ ore reserves based on the current gold or copper price or what Gold Fields’ reserves will be at any time in the future. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ reserves are estimates based on a number of assumptions, which, if changed, may require Gold Fields to lower its estimated reserves”.

Description of Mining Business

The discussion below provides a general overview of the mining business as it applies to Gold Fields.

Exploration

Exploration activities are focused on replacing production depletion and on growth in ore reserves to maintain operational flexibility and sustainability. The Group focuses on the extension of existing ore bodies and

 

43


Table of Contents

the discovery and delineation of new ore bodies both at existing sites and at undeveloped sites. Once a potential ore body has been discovered, exploration is extended and intensified in conjunction with comprehensive infill drilling, in order to enable clearer definition of the ore body and its technical and economic characteristics so as to profile the potential portions to be mined. Geological, geochemical, geophysical, geostatistical and geo-metallurgical techniques are constantly refined to improve effectiveness and the economic viability of prospecting and mining activities.

Mining

Gold Fields currently mines only gold, with copper and silver as by-products. The mining process can be divided into two principal activities: (i) developing access to the ore body; and (ii) extracting the ore body once accessed. These two processes apply to both surface and underground mines.

Underground Mining

Developing access to the ore body

For Gold Fields’ South African underground mine, primary access to the ore body is provided through vertical shaft systems, while access is through single or multiple decline haulages extended from surface portals at the Australian operations.

Horizontal and decline development at various intervals of the shaft or main decline, known as levels, extend laterally and provide access to the ore horizon. Ore drives open up the ore body for mining.

Extracting the ore body

Once an ore body has been accessed and opened up for mining, production activities consisting of drilling, blasting, supporting and cleaning activities are carried out on a daily basis. All mines are fully mechanized.

At South Deep, the broken ore is loaded from the stope face into trucks using mechanical loaders and hauled along decline corridors to ore pass systems which connect the corridors to the cross cuts below. The ore is then transported by rail or conveyor and tipped into the shaft transfer system and hoisted to the surface. Mining methods employed include de-stress mining (to provide the appropriate geotechnical conditions for subsequent stoping), long hole open stoping (for reef targets greater than 15 meters in height) and drifting and benching (for reef targets less than 15 meters in height). The mining voids generated once the ore is removed are filled with treated tailings product termed backfill which provide ground support for the mined out areas.

At the Australian underground operations, the broken ore is loaded straight from the stope face into trucks, using mechanical loaders, and hauled to the surface by underground dump trucks via the decline. Application of backfill to the mined out areas is based on local conditions and is not always required in shallow underground mining areas.

Open Pit-Mining

Opening up the ore body

In open-pit mining, access to the ore is achieved by stripping the overburden in benches of fixed height to expose the ore below. This is most typically achieved by drilling and blasting an area, loading the broken rock with excavators into dump trucks and hauling the rock and/or soil to dumps. The overburden material is placed on designated waste rock dumps.

Extracting the ore body

Extraction of the ore body in open pit mining involves the same activity as in stripping the overburden. Lines on the pit floor are established demarcating ore from waste material and the rock is then drilled and

 

44


Table of Contents

blasted. Post blasting, the ore is loaded into dump trucks and hauled to the crusher at the metallurgical plant or stockpile, while the waste is hauled to waste rock dumps.

Rock Dump and Production Stockpile Mining

Gold Fields mines surface rock dumps and production stockpiles using mechanized earth-moving equipment.

Mine Planning and Management

Operational and planning management on the mines receives support from regional technical support functions as well as corporate management. The current philosophy is one of top-down/bottom-up management, with the operational and commercial objectives at each mine defined by the personnel at the mine based on parameters, objectives and guidelines provided by Gold Fields’ corporate office. This is based on the premise that the people on the ground have the best understanding of the local business and what is realistically achievable.

Each operation identifies a preferred strategic option which, once approved by the Executive Committee, is used to inform how the detailed one year operational plan is configured, which is rolled out into a life of mine plan, prior to the commencement of each fiscal year. The plans are based on financial parameters determined by the Gold Fields Executive Committee, or the Executive Committee. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Executive Committee”. The operational plan is presented to the Executive Committee, which takes it to the Board for approval before the commencement of each fiscal year. The planning process is anchored by a Group Planning calendar, and is sequential and based upon geological models, evaluation models, resource models, mine design, depletion schedules and, ultimately, financial analysis. Capital planning is formalized pursuant to Gold Fields’ capital spending planning process. Projects are categorized and reviewed in terms of total expenditure, return on investment, net present value and impact on AIC per ounce and all projects involving amounts exceeding R360 million (South Africa), A$40 million (Australia) and U.S.$40 million (Ghana/Peru) are submitted to the Board for approval. Material changes to the plans have to be referred back to the Executive Committee and the Board.

Capital Expenditure

On an IFRS basis (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), Gold Fields spent U.S.$634.1 million, U.S.$608.9 million and U.S.$ 739.2 million in capital expenditure during fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively. The major expenditure items in fiscal 2015 were U.S.$66.9 million on the development and equipping of the South Deep mine, U.S.$46.1 million on development and infrastructure of the Waroonga and New Holland underground complexes at Agnew/Lawlers, U.S.$45.4 million on new mining equipment at Tarkwa, U.S.$29.3 million on the tailings storage facility at Cerro Corona, U.S.$28.7 million on development of the Wallaby underground mine at Granny Smith and U.S.$18.5 million on HME componentization at Tarkwa. The major expenditure items in fiscal 2014 were U.S.$106.1 million on capital waste mining at Tarkwa, U.S.$91.9 million on the development and equipping of the South Deep mine, U.S.$55.6 million on the development and infrastructure of the Waroonga and New Holland underground complexes at Agnew/Lawlers, U.S.$29.4 million on the development of underground mines at St. Ives, U.S.$27.7 million on the tailings storage facility at Cerro Corona and U.S.$19.3 million on the tailings storage facility at Tarkwa. The major expenditure items in fiscal 2013 were U.S.$202.4 million on the development and equipping of the South Deep mine, U.S.$112.8 million on capital waste mining at Tarkwa, U.S.$54.7 million on the development of underground mines at St. Ives, U.S.$36.1 million on the development of the Waroonga underground complex at Agnew/Lawlers and U.S.$28.5 million on new mining equipment at Tarkwa. For more information regarding Gold Fields’ capital expenditure, see “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—South African

 

45


Table of Contents

Operations—South Deep Mine—Capital Expenditure”, “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—West Africa Operations—Tarkwa Mine—Capital Expenditure”, “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—West African Operations—Damang Mine—Capital Expenditure”, “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Australasia Operations—St. Ives—Capital Expenditure”, “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Australasia Operations—Agnew/Lawlers—Capital Expenditure”, “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Australasia Operations—Darlot—Capital Expenditure”, “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Australasia Operations—Granny Smith—Capital Expenditure”, “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Americas Operations—Cerro Corona—Capital Expenditure”, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Capital Expenditures” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

Processing

Gold Fields has eight active gold processing facilities (one in South Africa, two in Ghana, four in Australia and one in Peru). A typical processing plant circuit includes two phases: comminution (crushing and grinding the ore) and treatment/electrowinning (gold recovery).

Comminution

Comminution is the process of crushing and breaking up the ore to expose and liberate the gold and make it available for treatment. Conventionally, this process occurs in multi-stage crushing and milling circuits, which include the use of jaw and gyratory crushers and rod, tube, ball and semi-autogenous grinding, or SAG, mills. Most of Gold Fields’ milling circuits utilize SAG milling where the ore itself and steel balls are used as the primary grinding media. Through the comminution process, ore is ground to a pre-determined size before proceeding to the treatment phase.

Treatment

In most of Gold Fields’ metallurgical plants, gold is extracted into a leach solution by leaching with cyanide in agitated tanks. Gold is then extracted onto activated carbon from the solution using either the carbon in leach, or CIL, process or the carbon in pulp, or CIP, process. The activated carbon is then eluted and the gold recovered by electrowinning. Certain Gold Fields’ mines also utilize gravity-recovered-gold circuits that use a centrifuge to separate the coarse gold based on density differences at the front end of the treatment circuit before the ore progresses to the CIL or CIP.

As a final recovery step, gold recovered from the carbon using the above process is smelted to produce gold doré bars. These bars are then transported to a refinery which is responsible for further refining.

At Cerro Corona, gold/copper concentrate is produced using a standard flotation process. The copper concentrate is then shipped to a third-party smelter for further processing.

Refining and Marketing

South Africa

On October 16, 2013, GFO and GFI Joint Venture Holdings Proprietary Limited, or GFIJVH, acting jointly in their capacities as participants in an unincorporated joint venture which owns and operates the South Deep mine, known as the South Deep Joint Venture, entered into a new refining agreement with Rand Refinery Proprietary Limited, or Rand Refinery. Rand Refinery is a non-listed private company in which Gold Fields holds a 2.8% interest, with the remaining interests held by other South African gold producers.

 

 

46


Table of Contents

This new refining agreement superseded and replaced any and all previous refining agreements between the South Deep Joint Venture and Rand Refinery. Pursuant to this refining agreement, Rand Refinery undertook, among other things, to (i) refine all unrefined gold produced by South Deep, (ii) on each delivery date of unrefined gold to Rand Refinery, notify Gold Fields’ treasury department in writing of the estimated gold and/or silver content of the unrefined gold so delivered, expressed in troy ounces and (iii) retain the refined gold and the refined silver for the South Deep Joint Venture pending written instructions from Gold Fields’ treasury department that the refined gold and/or refined silver have been sold and may be delivered to the buyer in accordance with the buyer’s instructions. Rand Refinery assumes responsibility for the unrefined gold upon arrival of the unrefined gold at the Rand Refinery premises in Johannesburg, South Africa. Rand Refinery invoices the South Deep Joint Venture with the refining charges, who then arranges for direct settlement to Rand Refinery. The refining agreement will continue indefinitely until either party terminates it upon at least 12 months’ written notice.

Gold Fields’ treasury department sells all the refined gold produced by South Deep to authorized counterparties at a price benchmarked against the London afternoon fixing price.

Silver is accumulated and sold on a quarterly basis by Gold Fields treasury to either Rand Refinery, or to an authorized counterpart at a price benchmarked against the London Bullion Market Association, or LBMA, silver price.

Ghana

Up until January 12, 2015, all gold produced by Gold Fields at the Tarkwa and Damang mines in Ghana was refined by Rand Refinery.

With effect from January 12, 2015, gold produced at the Tarkwa and Damang mines is refined by MKS (Switzerland) S.A., or MKS, pursuant to refining agreements entered into by Gold Fields Ghana (in respect of the Tarkwa mine) and Abosso (in respect of the Damang mine) with MKS. Under these agreements, MKS collects the gold from either the Tarkwa or Damang mine and transports it either to its Switzerland refinery or to its Indian refinery, or the Designated Refinery, where the gold is then refined. The MKS refinery in India will be the default Designated Refinery unless either party provides the other party with notice to the effect that a shipment of gold must be transported to MKS’s refinery in Switzerland, provided that MKS shall only be entitled to provide Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso with such notice if (i) the arrival date of the gold at the refinery will fall on a day other than a business day in India or during a period of weak physical demand for gold in India; or (ii) the Indian import regulations for the gold have materially and adversely changed.

Once the gold has been refined, Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso shall be entitled to (i) sell the refined gold through Gold Fields’ treasury department, acting as agent for and on their behalf; or (ii) require MKS to purchase the refined gold; or (iii) request a prepayment in respect of the refined gold. All sales are benchmarked against the afternoon LBMA Gold Price. The London Gold Fix pricing mechanism has been replaced by a new electronic LBMA price-discovery process from March 20, 2015. The price continues to be set twice daily, at 10:30 and 15:00 London time. The new LBMA Gold Price is operated and administered by an independent third-party provider, ICE Benchmark Administration, or the IBA, who were chosen following consultation with market participants. IBA provides the price platform, methodology as well as the overall administration and governance for the LBMA Gold Price. The IBA’s platform provides an electronic, auction-based, tradeable, auditable and fully IOSCO-compliant solution for the London bullion market. MKS assumes responsibility for the gold upon collection at either the Tarkwa or Damang mine.

Silver is accumulated and sold on a quarterly basis to MKS, at the LBMA silver price on the date of sale.

 

 

47


Table of Contents

The MKS refining agreements expire on January 12, 2018, provided that after January 2017, either party may terminate an agreement by giving the other party no less than three months’ prior written notice of such termination.

Australia

In Australia, all gold produced by St. Ives, Agnew/Lawlers, Darlot and Granny Smith, each an Australian operating company, is refined by the Western Australian Mint. The Western Australian Mint applies competitive charges for the collection, transport and refining services. The Western Australian Mint takes responsibility for the unrefined gold at collection from each of the operations where they engage a sub-contractor, Brinks Australia. Brinks delivers the unrefined gold to the Western Australian Mint in Perth, Australia, where it is refined and the refined ounces of gold and silver are credited to the relevant metal accounts held by each Australian Operating Company with the Western Australian Mint. The arrangement with the Western Australian Mint continues indefinitely until terminated by either party upon 90 days’ written notice.

Gold Fields’ treasury department in the corporate office in Johannesburg, South Africa sells all the refined gold produced by the Australian Operating Companies. On collection of the unrefined gold from an Australian Operating Company’s mine site, the relevant Australian Operating Company will notify Gold Fields’ treasury department of the estimated refined gold content, expressed in troy ounces, available for sale. After such confirmation, Gold Fields’ treasury department will sell the refined gold to authorized counterparties at a price benchmarked against the London afternoon fixing price. All silver is sold to the Western Australian Mint at the LBMA silver price on the last business day of each month.

Peru

Gold Fields La Cima S.A., or La Cima, has three contracts for the sale of approximately 90% of concentrate from the Cerro Corona mine, one with a Japanese refiner, one with a German refiner and one with a global commodities trading entity. Under these contracts, La Cima is to sell approximately 30% of the concentrate to each company and to use reasonable efforts to spread the deliveries evenly throughout the year. Risk passes when the concentrate is loaded in the port of Salaverry, Peru for international (cost, insurance and freight) sales or at a Salaverry warehouse for local sales. Pricing for copper under each of the contracts is based on the daily LME settlement price for copper. Pricing for gold under each of the contracts is based on the daily average of the London Bullion Market Association morning and afternoon fixing price. All production in excess of the amounts sold under long-term contracts is sold on the spot market.

Gold Fields’ Mining Operations

Gold Fields has eight producing mines located in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Peru. Gold Fields acquired the Yilgarn South Assets from Barrick on October 1, 2013. Of the three operating mines acquired from Barrick, two (Granny Smith and Darlot) remain discrete operating entities, while the third (Lawlers) has now been incorporated with Agnew to form an integrated Agnew/Lawlers mine. See “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Australasia Operations”. Gold Fields conducts underground and surface mining operations at St. Ives, underground-only operations at Agnew/Lawlers, Granny Smith, Darlot and South Deep and surface-only open pit mining at Damang, Tarkwa and Cerro Corona. Some processing of surface rock dump material occurs at Damang, while some tailings material is processed at South Deep. Material processed from production stockpiles occurs at Tarkwa, Damang and St. Ives.

 

 

48


Table of Contents

Total Operations

The following table details operating and production results (including gold equivalents) for each of fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, excluding the Sibanye Gold assets.

 

     Fiscal  2013(1)      Fiscal  2014(1)      Fiscal  2015(1)  

Production

        

Tonnes (‘000)

     38,255         33,513         33,014   

Recovered grade (g/t)

     1.7         2.1         2.1   

Gold produced (‘000 oz)(2)

     2,104         2,294         2,236   

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

     2,906.3         2,868.8         2,545.4   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation)(3)

     1,678.7         1,684.9         1,431.3   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold ($)(3)

     1,202         1,053         1,007   

All-in cost net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold ($)(3)

     1,312         1,087         1,026   

All-in sustaining cost gross of by-product revenue per equivalent ounce of gold sold ($)(3)

     1,206         1,053         1,000   

All-in cost gross of by-product revenue per equivalent ounce of gold sold ($)(3)

     1,307         1,086         1,018   

 

Notes:

(1) Includes Yilgarn South Assets since acquisition on October 1, 2013.
(2) In fiscal 2013, 2.022 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, in fiscal 2014, 2.222 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, and in fiscal 2015, 2.16 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Ghana and Peru operations during each of those periods.
(3) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), to its AISC and AIC net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”.

Underground Operations

The following table details the operating and production results for Gold Fields’ underground operations for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, excluding the Sibanye Gold assets

 

     Fiscal  2013(1)      Fiscal  2014(1)      Fiscal  2015(1)  

Production

        

Tonnes (‘000)

     5,419         6,575         5,622   

Recovered grade (g/t)

     4.6         5.3         5.5   

Gold produced (‘000 oz)(2)

     805         1,119         989   

 

Notes:

(1) Includes Yilgarn South Assets since acquisition on October 1, 2013.
(2) In fiscal 2013, 0.805 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, in fiscal 2014, 1.119 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields and in fiscal 2015, 0.989 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields.

Tonnes milled from the underground operations decreased from 6.6 million tonnes in fiscal 2014 to 5.6 million tonnes in fiscal 2015. The amount of gold produced from underground operations decreased from 1.119 million ounces in fiscal 2014 to 0.989 million ounces in fiscal 2015. The decreases in tonnes milled and in gold produced were primarily a result of lower production at all the operations except for Tarkwa and St. Ives.

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Surface Operations

The following table details the operating and production results (including gold equivalents) for Gold Fields’ surface operations for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, excluding the Sibanye Gold assets.

 

     Fiscal  2013(1)      Fiscal  2014(1)      Fiscal  2015(1)  

Production

        

Tonnes (‘000)

     32,836         26,938         27,392   

Recovered grade (g/t)

     1.2         1.3         1.4   

Gold produced (‘000 oz)(2)

     1,292         1,175         1,246   

 

Notes:

(1) Includes Yilgarn South Assets since acquisition on October 1, 2013.
(2) In fiscal 2013, 1.210 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields and in fiscal 2014, 1.100 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields and in fiscal 2015, 1.169 million ounces were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Ghana and Peru operations during each period.

Tonnes milled and treated from the surface operations increased from 26.9 million tonnes in fiscal 2014 to 27.4 million tonnes in fiscal 2015, mainly due to increased surface tonnes treated at St. Ives and Tarkwa.

South African Operations

Gold Fields’ South African operations consist of the South Deep mine.

South Deep Mine

Introduction

South Deep is situated 45 kilometers south-west of Johannesburg, in the Gauteng Province of South Africa. South Deep is a capital project and remains a developing mine where the majority of the permanent infrastructure to support expanded production has now been installed. South Deep uses trackless mechanized mining methods comprising an array of techniques and mobile machines to achieve the most efficient extraction system for any given area in the ore body.

South Deep is engaged in underground mining and comprises one metallurgical plant and two operating shaft systems, the older South Shaft complex and the newer Twin Shaft complex. The South Shaft complex includes a main shaft and three sub-vertical (SV) shafts, two of which are operational. The Twin Shaft complex consists of a single-barrel main shaft for hoisting personnel, rock materials and an adjacent bratticed ventilation shaft, used for both extracting used air and hoisting rock. The South Shaft complex operates to a depth of 2,650 meters below surface and the Twin Shaft complex operates to a depth of 2,995 meters below surface. South Deep’s workings are at depth and therefore require significant cooling infrastructure. The South Deep operation has access to the national electricity grid, water, and road infrastructure and is located near regional urban centers where it can obtain needed supplies and services.

History

The current South Deep operations derive from the Barrick—Western Areas Joint Venture, which Gold Fields acquired in a series of transactions in the second half of fiscal 2007. The Barrick—Western Areas Joint Venture was named the South Deep Joint Venture.

Geology

South Deep is a deep-level underground gold mine located along the northern and western margins of the Witwatersrand Basin, which have been the primary contributors to South Africa’s production of a significant portion of the world’s recorded gold output since 1886.

 

50


Table of Contents

The Witwatersrand Basin comprises a 6,000 meter vertical thickness of sedimentary rocks, extending laterally for some 350 kilometers northeast to southwest by some 1,200 kilometers northwest to southeast, generally dipping at shallow angles toward the center of the basin. The basin outcrops at its northern extent near Johannesburg, but to the west, south and east it is overlaid by up to 4,000 meters of volcanic and sedimentary rocks. The Witwatersrand Basin is Archaean in age, meaning the sedimentary rocks are of the order of 2.8 billion years old.

Gold mineralization occurs within laterally extensive quartz pebble conglomerate horizons called reefs, which are developed above unconformable surfaces near the basin margin. As a result of faulting and primary controls on mineralization processes, the goldfields are not continuous and are characterized by the presence or dominance of different reef units. The reefs are generally less than two meters in thickness and are widely considered to represent laterally extensive braided fluvial deposits or unconfined flow deposits, which formed along the flanks of alluvial fan systems around the edge of an inland sea. Dykes and sills of diabase or dolerite composition are developed within the Witwatersrand Basin and are associated with several intrusive and extrusive events.

Gold generally occurs in native form, often associated with pyrite, carbon and uranium. Pyrite and gold within the reefs display a variety of forms, some obviously indicative of detrital transport within the depositional system and others suggesting crystallization within the reef itself.

The most fundamental controls of gold distribution are the primary sedimentary features such as facies variation and channel directions. Consequently, the modeling of sedimentary features within the reefs and the correlation of payable grades within certain facies is key to in situ reserve estimation as well as effective operational mine planning and grade control.

Gold mineralization at South Deep is hosted by conglomerates of the Upper Elsburg reefs and the VCR. The Upper Elsburg reefs sub-crop against the VCR in a northeasterly trend, which defines their western limits. To the east of the sub-crop, the Upper Elsburg reefs are preserved in an easterly diverging sedimentary wedge attaining a total thickness of approximately 120 meters, which is subdivided into the lower “Individuals” and the overlying “Massives.” To the west of the sub-crop, only the VCR is preserved.

The stratigraphic units at South Deep generally dip southward at approximately 12 to 15 degrees and the gold-bearing reefs occur at depths of 1,500 meters to 3,500 meters below surface.

Production at South Deep is currently derived from the Upper Elsburg Reefs. In general terms, the Upper Elsburg succession represents an easterly prograding sedimentary sequence, with the Massives containing higher gold grades and showing more proximal sedimentological attributes in the eastern sector of the mining authorization than the underlying Individuals. The sedimentary parameters of the Upper Elsburg reef units influence the overall tenor of the reefs with gold grade displaying a gradual, general decrease toward the east, away from the sub crop.

The North-South trending “normal” West Rand and Panvlakte faults, which converge on the Western side of the lease area, are the most significant large-scale faults in the area and form the western limit to gold mineralization for the mine.

Mining

South Deep is a mine that has been built to extract one of the largest ore bodies in the world. Its 37 million ounces of mineral reserves are understood to a high level of confidence and hoisting and metallurgical infrastructure has now been installed to deliver the mine as a low cost, long life mechanized mining operation. Due to its deep level and mechanized nature, South Deep has no real benchmark operation in the industry and the current focus therefore remains on establishing the basics at the mine to drive productivity and leverage unit

 

51


Table of Contents

costs. In addition, a wholesale strategic review of the operation is being undertaken with the objective of positioning and rebasing South Deep as a core franchise asset, that aims in the first instance to achieve self-funding (i.e. breaking even) as soon as possible and then to deliver consistent FCF Margin going forward.

During fiscal 2014 and 2015, South Deep management, in collaboration with a team of leading international and local geotechnical experts, reviewed the destress mining method. A strategic mine design change in the destress methodology and a conversion from low profile (2.5m vertical height) to high profile (5.0m vertical height) destress mining commenced in the third quarter of fiscal 2015. By the end of fiscal 2015, approximately 70% of the mine employed the high profile approach, which is intended to simplify and de-risk the destress mining process. The transition to high profile destress is expected to continue until early in fiscal 2018.

During fiscal 2015, South Deep undertook to optimize its current machinery and took delivery of an additional fleet of 24 new Category 1 machines and trucks, with the new fleet consisting of one high profile drill rig, three long hole stope drill rigs, eight high profile load haul dump trucks and five dump trucks, with all machines, except one, commissioned before the end of fiscal 2015. An additional 24 Category 1 machines are expected to be acquired during fiscal 2016. These fleet acquisitions mean that South Deep will have replaced approximately half of its fleet by the end of 2016, which should have a positive impact on availability and utilization. The maintenance capacity at South Deep improved through the course of the year through the implementation of supplier maintenance contracts in corridor 2, which represents approximately 35% of total mining, as well as the commissioning of an underground workshop.

To augment the current skills base, South Deep recruited an additional 146 skilled employees during fiscal 2015, mostly from the platinum sector, which has a similar mechanized mining skills set. The recruitment of identified critical skills was 98% completed at the end of fiscal 2015, with most of the core mining and engineering positions now filled. South Deep also intensified the training programs for its existing staff.

The following projects are planned at South Deep in fiscal 2016:

 

   

Development on 100 level in an easterly direction. This development will provide access to the ore body, additional ore handling facilities plus increase the number of airways and cooling infrastructure to the current mine.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at South Deep for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015:

 

     Fiscal 2013      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2015  

Production

        

Tonnes (‘000)

     2,347         1,323         1,496   

Recovered grade (g/t)

     4.0         4.7         4.1   

Gold produced (‘000 oz)

     302         201         198   

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

     425.7         254.8         232.3   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation)(1)

     321.8         245.5         236.6   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(1)

     1,541         1,548         1,490   

All-in costs net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(1)

     1,763         1,732         1,559   

 

Note:

(1) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), to its AISC and AIC net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”. AIC and AISC are calculated per ounce of gold sold, excluding gold equivalent ounces. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”.

 

52


Table of Contents

Total tonnes milled increased by 15% from 1.3 million tonnes in fiscal 2014 to 1.5 million tonnes in fiscal 2015. Gold produced decreased slightly from 0.201 million ounces in fiscal 2014 to 0.198 million ounces in fiscal 2015. Annual wage increases and normal inflationary increases in other operating costs led to operating costs increasing in Rand terms by 13%. As a result of the weakening of the Rand, operating costs decreased by 4% from U.S.$245.5 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$236.6 million in fiscal 2015 in U.S. dollar terms. A decreased AIC of U.S.$1,559/oz in fiscal 2015, compared with AIC of U.S.$1,732/oz in fiscal 2014, was due to lower operating costs and lower capital expenditure.

South Deep’s power usage has increased over the years as it builds up production and prepares for the development of long-term infrastructure. Eskom has supplied the additional power requirements for the build up and has installed additional transformers and new transmission lines. Eskom applied to the National Energy Regulator of South Africa, or NERSA, for tariff increases. For 2015, NERSA granted Eskom an average tariff increase of 12.69% effective April 1, 2015 being 8% plus 4.69% due to the clawing back by Eskom of prudent costs from the “Regulatory Clearing Account” for the first year of the MYPD, spanning April 2013 to March 2018. On March 1, 2016, NERSA approved an additional 9.4% electricity tariff increase for the period from April 2016 to March 2017 in order to make up for Eskom’s cash flow shortfall. In order to mitigate the cost impact of these increases, numerous power saving projects were initiated to reduce power consumption. South Deep will be developing a long-term energy security plan (which will include an assessment of renewable energy options) to manage supply risks currently faced by Eskom. In the short term, a load curtailment arrangement has been negotiated with Eskom to minimize production disruptions and ensure the continued safe operation of the mine. See “Risk Factors—Power cost increases may adversely affect Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition”.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not materially increase or decrease reserves estimates at South Deep and that there are no significant changes to the life of mine plan, South Deep’s December 31, 2015 proven and probable managed reserves of 37.3 million ounces (approximately 34 million ounces of which are attributable to Gold Fields, with the rest attributable to non-controlling shareholders) will be sufficient to maintain production through to approximately fiscal 2096. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management”, there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

South Deep is engaged in underground mining and is thus subject to all of the underground mining risks discussed in “Risk Factors”. The primary safety issues facing South Deep underground operations include seismicity (including seismically induced falls of ground), falls of ground due to gravity and the risk of pedestrians being struck by mobile equipment. To prevent falls of ground accidents, South Deep has implemented a comprehensive health and safety strategy. For more information about this strategy as well as details about workplace injuries at South Deep, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Health and Safety—Safety” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—TRIFR, Fatalities and Fatal Injury Frequency Rate”.

There were no strikes and/or labor stoppages at South Deep in fiscal 2015 and none to date since December 31, 2015.

Processing

All processing at South Deep is carried out at a single gold extraction plant. The following table sets forth the year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tonnes milled per month and metallurgical recovery factors during fiscal 2015 for the plant.

 

53


Table of Contents

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

  Year
commissioned(1)
    Comminution
phase
  Treatment
phase
  Capacity(1)     Average
milled for
fiscal 2015
    Approximate
recovery factor
for fiscal 2015
 
                  (tonnes/month)        

Twin Shaft Plant

    2002      Primary SAG and
Secondary Ball
milling
  Leach CIP,
with elution
and
electrowinning
    330,000       
 
 
 
 
 
 
10,6845 tpm
UG ore
(12,4705
tpm
including
surface re-
mining)
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    96.0

 

Note:

(1) Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in a level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.

Capital Expenditure

On an IFRS basis (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), Gold Fields spent U.S$66.9 million on capital expenditures at the South Deep operation in fiscal 2015, primarily on development, infrastructure and trackless equipment. Gold Fields expects to spend approximately R999.2 million (U.S.$70.7 million) on capital expenditures at South Deep in fiscal 2016, primarily on development, infrastructure and trackless equipment.

West Africa Operations

The West Africa operations comprise the Tarkwa and Damang gold mines in Ghana. The West Africa region was responsible for Gold Fields’ Arctic Platinum Project in Finland, prior to the transfer of its management to the Corporate office. Gold Fields Ghana, which holds the interest in the Tarkwa mine, and Abosso, which owns the interest in the Damang mine, are 90% owned by Gold Fields and 10% by the Ghanaian government.

Both Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso concluded tariff negotiations for 2014 and 2015 with their respective power suppliers (the state electricity supplier, the VRA, supplies power to Gold Fields Ghana and the ECG, provides power to Abosso). The ECG’s tariff for the period January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013 was U.S.$0.1809/kWh. The ECG’s tariff from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 was $0.216/kWh and from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 was U.S.$0.23/kWh. Following negotiations with management, the ECG agreed to decrease its tariff to U.S.$0.20/kWh from August 1, 2015 to January 31, 2016. There has been no revision of this tariff to date due to continuing negotiations. Gold Fields Ghana has agreed tariffs with the VRA with a base tariff of U.S.$0.1674/kWh with effect from January 1, 2015 using a tariff model which inputs actual variables (including the generation mix and input prices) of the previous quarter to determine the tariff for the current quarter. The average VRA tariff for fiscal 2015 was U.S.$0.1357/kWh.

Gold Fields Ghana has concluded a Power Sale and Purchase Agreement, or PSPA, with the VRA. However, Gold Fields Ghana and the VRA have agreed to revise the PSPA to incorporate material regulatory events, including the introduction of the Wholesale Electricity Market by the Energy Commission.

In order to reduce their reliance on power supplied by the VRA and the ECG, Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso entered into a twenty year power purchase agreement, or PPA, with independent power producer Genser Energy, or Genser. Under the PPA, Genser agreed to commission a ‘clean coal’ power generation facility at Tarkwa. This power supply is expected to eventually replace all or a significant proportion of Tarkwa and

 

54


Table of Contents

Damang’s current supply from the VRA and the ECG. Over the twenty-year contract, the PPA could potentially save around 47% on the cost of power currently supplied by the VRA and the ECG. The PPA will, however, increase the company’s carbon emissions, by replacing electricity currently generated mainly through hydropower with coal-generated electricity. See “Risk Factors—Power cost increases may adversely affect Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition”.

In 2015, the Ghanaian government imposed a 33% power-shedding program on all mining and industrial companies. In response, Gold Fields Ghana has signed an amendment to its PPA with Genser, whereby Genser will install three 11MW solar turbines at Tarkwa and four 5.5MW turbines at Damang. These plants are scheduled to be operational by July 2016.

On December 11, 2015, the Public Utilities Regulatory Commission increased the average electricity tariffs for the transmission grid (GRIDCo) by approximately 59.2% increasing the tariff paid by Tarkwa only from U.S.$0.01539/kWh to U.S.$0.024252/kWh. In addition, the new Energy Sector Levies Act enacted in 2015 (Act 899) imposes a levy of 5% per kilowatt hour of electricity, on both public lighting and national electrification, applicable to all consumers.

Tarkwa Mine

Introduction

The Tarkwa mine is located in southwestern Ghana, about 300 kilometers by road, west of Accra. The Tarkwa mine consists of several open pit operations on the original Tarkwa property and the adjacent southern portion of the property, which was formerly referred to as the Teberebie property and was acquired by Gold Fields in August 2000. Gold Fields added a SAG mill, a ball mill and a CIL plant.

The Tarkwa mine operates under mining leases with a total area of approximately 20,800 hectares, the entirety of which are surface operations. The Tarkwa mine has access to the national electricity grid, water, road and railway infrastructure, although rail service has been non-operational for many years. Most supplies are trucked in from either the nearest seaport, which is approximately 90 kilometers away by road in Takoradi, or from Tema, near Accra, which is approximately 300 kilometers away by road.

History

Investment in large-scale mining in the Tarkwa area commenced in the last quarter of the nineteenth century. In 1993, Gold Fields of South Africa, or GFSA, took over an area previously operated by the State Gold Mining Corporation, or SGMC. SGMC had, in turn, acquired the property from private companies owned by European investors. Mining operations by Gold Fields commenced in 1997 following initial drilling, feasibility studies and project development (which included the removal of overburden and the resettlement of approximately 22,000 people).

Geology

Gold mineralization at Tarkwa is hosted by Proterozoic Tarkwaian metasediments, which overlie but do not conform to a Birimian greenstone belt sequence. Gold mineralization is concentrated in conglomerate reefs and has some similarities to deposits in the Witwatersrand Basin in South Africa. The deposit comprises a succession of stacked, tabular palaeoplacer units consisting of quartz pebble conglomerates. Approximately 10 such separate economic units occur in the concession area within a sedimentary package ranging from 40 meters to 110 meters in thickness. Low-grade to barren quartzite units are interlayered between the separate reef units.

 

55


Table of Contents

Mining

The existing surface operation currently exploits narrow auriferous conglomerates from six pits, namely Pepe, Akontansi, Teberebie, Atuabo, Maintrain and Kottraverchy. Tarkwa uses the typical open pit mining methods of drilling, blasting, loading and hauling.

During fiscal 2015, mineral reserves at Tarkwa decreased by 10% (net of depletion) to 6.7 million ounces. Restructuring the mine to operate at lower total mining volumes (90 – 100Mtpa total mining) is expected to ensure operational flexibility and underpin targeted head grades to deliver 520,000 to 570,000 ounces of gold per year.

Production increased by 5% at Tarkwa in fiscal 2015 due to higher grades mined from the Teberebie pillar and surrounding high grade areas. Throughput and efficiencies in the processing plant also improved significantly.

Due to the increasing hardness of the ore as the pits drive deeper and the resultant lower dissolution recoveries, the North Heap Leach operation was stopped at the end of December 2013. A carbon-in-leach only was implemented from fiscal 2015, as it offered an increased throughput rate with processing of the spent South Heap Leach material at the end of the production profile.

No greenfields projects were commenced in fiscal 2015. A geochemical soil sampling program was carried out in Tarkwa in fiscal 2014 to explore part of the concession, which previously had limited exploration. A number of hydrothermal and paleo placer targets were identified as a result of this program, and initial drilling commenced in fiscal 2015. The continuation of the drilling program in respect of these targets will be a focal point in fiscal 2016.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Tarkwa for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015.

 

     Fiscal 2013      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2015  

Production

        

Tonnes milled (‘000)

     19,275         13,553         13,520   

Recovered grade (g/t)

     1.0         1.2         1.3   

Gold produced (‘000 oz)(1)

     632         558         586   

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

     893.1         706.7         680.7   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation)(2)

     473.7         373.9         334.2   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     1,291         1,068         970   

All-in costs net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     1,291         1,068         970   

 

Notes:

(1) In fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, 0.569 million ounces, 0.502 million ounces and 0.527 million ounces of production, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to minority shareholders in the Ghana operations.
(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), to its AISC and AIC net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”. AIC and AISC are calculated per ounce of gold sold, excluding gold equivalent ounces. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”.

In fiscal 2015, gold production increased by 5% to 0.586 million ounces from 0.558 million ounces in fiscal 2014, mainly due to higher grades mined from the Teberebie pillar and surrounding high grade areas. Operating

 

56


Table of Contents

costs decreased by 11% to U.S.$334.2 million in fiscal 2015 from U.S.$373.9 million in fiscal 2014 due to on-going business improvement initiatives across all the operation as well as the lower oil price. AIC improved by 9% to U.S.$970/oz in fiscal 2015 from U.S.$1,068/oz in fiscal 2014 primarily due to the increase in gold production and improved cost management, partially offset by higher capital expenditure associated with fleet replacement and increased stripping.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease ore reserves estimates at Tarkwa and that there are no changes to the current mine plan at Tarkwa, Tarkwa’s December 31, 2015 proven and probable reserves of 6.7 million ounces (6.1 million ounces of which are attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to the Ghanaian government) will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2031 which includes re-treatment of the South Heap Leach at the end of the life of mine. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management”, there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

The Tarkwa mine is engaged in open pit mining and is thus subject to all the risks associated with open pit mining discussed in “Risk Factors”. For more information about workplace injuries at Tarkwa, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Health and Safety—Safety” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—TRIFR, Fatalities and Fatal Injury Frequency Rate”.

There were no strikes and/or labor stoppages at Tarkwa in fiscal 2015 and none to date since December 31, 2015.

Processing

Tarkwa’s ore is processed using SAG milling at its CIL plant. Prior to the restructuring, the operation also incorporated two separate heap leach circuits, the North Plant and the South Plant. As part of the restructuring, the South Heap Leach Facility was closed in December 2012 and stacking of ore ceased at the North Heap Leach facility in December 2013. The following table sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tonnes milled per month and metallurgical recovery factors during fiscal 2015, for each of the plants at Tarkwa.

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

  Year
commissioned
    Comminution
phase
  Treatment
phase
    Capacity (1)      Average
milled for
fiscal 2015
     Approximate
recovery
factor for
fiscal 2015 (2)
 
                    (tonnes/month)         

CIL Plant

    2004      SAG milling

(with ball mill)(3)

    CIL treatment        1,125,000         1,127,000         97

 

Notes:

(1) Nameplate capacity as designed. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.
(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole per cent.
(3) The ball mill was added in December 2008.

The expansion of the CIL plant from an annual throughput of 12.3 to 13.5 million tonnes per annum was completed by the end of December 2014. The expansion is expected to enable Tarkwa to increase its future production profile to a steady state level of approximately 550,000 ounces per annum.

 

57


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditure

On an IFRS basis (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), Gold Fields spent U.S.$204.2 million on capital expenditures at the Tarkwa operation in fiscal 2015, principally for plant optimization and capital waste stripping. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately U.S.$128.1 million for capital expenditures at Tarkwa for fiscal 2016, as it plans to continue to focus on achieving optimum plant throughput at its CIL plant.

Damang Mine

Introduction

The Damang deposits are located in the Wassa West District in southwestern Ghana approximately 330 kilometers by road west of Accra and approximately 30 kilometers by road northeast of the Tarkwa mine. The mine exploits hydrothermal in addition to Witwatersrand-style palaeoplacer gold. The Damang mine consists of an open pit operation with a SAG and ball mill and CIL processing plant. Damang operates under a mining lease with a total area of approximately 8,100 hectares. The Damang mine has access to the national electricity grid and water and road infrastructure. Most supplies are brought in by road from the nearest seaport, Takoradi, which is approximately 135 kilometers away, or from Accra, which is approximately 360 kilometers away by road.

History

Mining on the Abosso concession began with underground mining in the early twentieth century. Surface mining at Damang commenced in August 1997 and Gold Fields assumed control of operations on January 23, 2002. Historically, the underground mine was in operation from 1878 until 1956.

Geology

Damang is located on the Damang Anticline, which is marked by Tarkwaian metasediments on the east and west limbs, around a core of Birimian metasediments and volcanics. Gold in the Tarkwaian metasediments and volcanics is predominantly found in the conglomerates of the Banket Formation and is similar to the Witwatersrand in South Africa; however, at Damang, hydrothermal processes have enriched this palaeoplacer and the adjacent metasediments within the Banket formation. Within the region, the contact between the Birimian and Tarkwaian metasediments and volcanics is commonly marked by zones of intense shearing and is host to a number of significant shear hosted gold deposits, including Prestea, Bogoso, and Obuasi.

Palaeoplacer mineralization occurs on the west limb of the anticline at Abosso, Chida, and Tomento, and on the east limb of the anticline at the Kwesie, Lima South, and Bonsa North locations. Hydrothermal enrichment of the Tarkwaian palaeoplacer and metasediments also occur at the Rex, Amoanda, and Nyame areas on the west limb and the Damang and Bonsa areas on the east limb.

Mining

Damang uses the typical open pit mining methods of drilling, blasting, loading and hauling. The primary operational challenges include improved grade and dilution control, blasting optimization and maintaining load and haul efficiencies given that the mine has a number of different ore sources (Huni, Saddle Area, Juno and Lima South), and maintaining adequate and timely supply of appropriate plant feed blend (i.e. where possible a blend of fresh and oxide materials).

In fiscal 2015, production at Damang decreased 6%, mainly due to lower grades caused by inadequate exposed and available high grade ore in the pits, in particular the Juno South East and Saddle Bridge areas.

 

58


Table of Contents

To address the loss making position of Damang, a comprehensive review of the mine commenced during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, with a view to evaluating all options for the future of the mine. Damang has implemented a holding plan pending the outcome of a review of various options by the middle of the year.

During the period under review, exploration activities at Gold Fields’ West African operations were dominated by resource conversion projects through infill drilling and extensions to known targets at Damang. No greenfields projects were commenced in fiscal 2015.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Damang for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015.

 

     Fiscal 2013      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2015  

Production

        

Tonnes milled (‘000)

     3,837         4,044         4,295   

Recovered grade (g/t)

     1.2         1.4         1.2   

Gold produced (‘000 oz)(1)

     153         178         168   

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

     216.4         224.6         194.8   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation)(2)

     171.1         177.6         184.3   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     1,558         1,175         1,326   

All-in costs net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     1,558         1,175         1,326   

 

Notes:

(1) In fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, 0.138 million ounces, 0.160 million ounces and 0.151 million ounces of production, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to non-controlling to shareholders in Abosso.
(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), to its AISC and AIC net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”. AIC and AISC are calculated per ounce of gold sold, excluding gold equivalent ounces. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”.

In fiscal 2015, managed gold production decreased by 6% to 0.168 million ounces from 0.178 million ounces in fiscal 2014, mainly as a result of lower grades caused by inadequate exposed and available high grade ore in the pits, in particular the Juno South East and Saddle Bridge areas. Operating costs increased by 3.8% to U.S.$184.3 million in fiscal 2015 from U.S.$177.6 million in fiscal 2014 mainly due to increased tonnes processed as well as higher fuel costs, amid the increased use of diesel generators to compensate for power disruptions as well as additional load shedding requirements. Total AIC increased by 13% to U.S.$1,326/oz in fiscal 2015 from U.S.$1,175/oz in fiscal 2014.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserves estimates at Damang and that there are no changes to the current mine plan, Damang’s December 31, 2015 proven and probable reserves of 0.97 million ounces (approximately 0.10 million of which are attributable to the Ghanaian government, with the remainder attributable to Gold Fields) will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2020. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management”, there are many factors that can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

The Damang mine comprises open pit mining, and is thus subject to all of the risks associated with open pit mining discussed in “Risk Factors”. For more information about workplace injuries at Damang, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Health and Safety—Safety” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—TRIFR, Fatalities and Fatal Injury Frequency Rate”.

 

59


Table of Contents

There were no strikes and/or work stoppages at Damang in fiscal 2015 and none to date since December 31, 2015.

Processing

All ore at Damang is processed through a single facility. The following table sets forth the year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tonnes milled per month and metallurgical recovery factor during fiscal 2015 for the plant.

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

   Year
commissioned
    Comminution phase    Treatment
phase
   Capacity(1)      Average
milled for
fiscal 2015
     Approximate
recovery factor
for fiscal 2015(2)
 
                     (tonnes/month)         

Processing Plant

     1997 (3)    Primary and two-
stage secondary
crushing with
SAG and ball
milling
   CIL treatment      350,000         358,916         90.9

 

Notes:

(1) Nameplate capacity as designed. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.
(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole per cent.
(3) The secondary crusher was commissioned in 2010.

Preparatory construction works on the new Far East Tailings Storage Facility, or FETSF, commenced in fiscal 2013 but were suspended on September 13, 2013, when Abosso received notice of an application for an injunction to restrain it from proceeding with the FETSF on the basis that it was outside its mining lease area. In fiscal 2014, Gold Fields settled with these claimants and resumed work on the FETSF. In fiscal 2015, construction was again delayed while investment plan scenarios are completed for Damang. A final five meter raise to the East Tailings Storage Facility was completed in fiscal 2015, which is expected to provide capacity to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 at current treatment rates.

Capital Expenditure

On an IFRS basis (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), Gold Fields spent U.S.$16.9 million on capital expenditures at the Damang operation in fiscal 2015, principally on plant optimization, including milling circuit, CIL tank upgrade and engineering works. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately U.S.$30.0 million for capital expenditures at Damang for fiscal 2016. This budget is provisional as Damang has implemented a holding plan pending the outcome of a review of various options.

Arctic Platinum Project

APP is located approximately 60 kilometers south of the city of Rovaniemi in northern Finland. APP is assessing a number of potential surface mineable platinum group elements plus copper and nickel deposits located within the Portimo and Narkaus mafic layered intrusions. The principal prospects under consideration occur within the Suhanko Project area, comprising of the Konttijarvi, Ahmavaara, and Suhanko North deposits. APP has been earmarked for disposal due to the focus of the Group’s strategy on gold deposits, following the

 

60


Table of Contents

dissolution of the Group’s GIP division in fiscal 2013. Pending the sale, Gold Fields has reduced the APP’s utilization of cash resources. Management of the APP has been transferred from the West Africa region to the corporate office, pending sale.

Australasia Operations

On October 1, 2013, Gold Fields acquired the Yilgarn South Assets in Western Australia from Barrick. Gold Fields acquired the assets for a total net consideration of U.S.$262 million after adjustments for working capital and employee entitlements. Gold Fields satisfied the purchase price by delivering 28.7 million of its common shares to Barrick and U.S.$135 million in cash.

The Yilgarn South Assets consist of the Granny Smith, Darlot and Lawlers gold mines. Following the acquisition, Gold Fields undertook a restructuring of its Australian operations which included the integration of Lawlers with Gold Fields’ adjacent Agnew mine.

Gold Fields’ Australian operations now consist of four gold mines: St. Ives, Agnew/Lawlers, Granny Smith and Darlot. Following the dissolution of the GIP division in fiscal 2013, Gold Fields relocated its exploration projects to its existing regional structures. As part of this restructuring, the Far Southeast Project now reports to the Australasia region.

St. Ives

Introduction

St. Ives is located 80 kilometers south of Kalgoorlie and 20 kilometers south of Kambalda, straddling Lake Lefroy in Western Australia. It holds exploration licenses, prospecting licenses and mining leases covering a total area of approximately 119,800 hectares. St. Ives is both a surface and underground operation, with a number of open pits, one operating underground mine and a metallurgical CIP plant. The St. Ives operation obtains electricity pursuant to a contract with BHP Nickel West that expires in January 2023 and has access to water, rail, air and road infrastructure. Consumables and supplies are trucked in locally from both Perth and Kalgoorlie.

History

Gold mining began in the St. Ives area in 1897, with WMC commencing gold mining operations at St. Ives in 1980. Gold Fields acquired the St. Ives gold mining operation from WMC in November 2001.

Geology

The gold deposits of St. Ives are located at the southern end of the Norseman-Wiluna greenstone belt of the West Australian Goldfields Province. In the St. Ives area, the belt consists of Kalgoorlie Group volcanic rocks, Black Flag group felsic volcanic rocks and sediments and a variety of intrusive and overlying post-tectonic sediments. The area is structurally complex, with host rocks metamorphosed to upper greenschist and lower amphibolite facies. Gold mineralization discovered to date is best developed in the mafic-dominated parts of the sequence, hosted in minor structures, including vein arrays, breccia zones and central, quartz-rich and mylonitic parts of shear zones. Deposit styles and ore controls are varied, but deposits are commonly associated with subsidiary structures which splay off the regionally extensive Boulder-Lefroy Fault.

Mining

Gold production takes place over an extensive tenement area at St. Ives. St. Ives has the Lefroy processing plant and SAG mill that treats primary ore. St. Ives previously had a heap leach facility which treated low- and marginal-grade ore. This heap leach facility operated in a residual leach mode during fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015. It will continue to do so during fiscal 2016.

 

61


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2015, St. Ives reported increased production and decreased operational costs. The increased production was mainly due to ore mined from the Neptune pit in fiscal 2014 but processed in fiscal 2015 and higher grades mined from the new Invincible open pit, partially offset by the loss of ounces from the Argo underground mine which closed in April 2014 and Cave Rocks underground mine which closed in April 2015. The decreased operational costs were mainly due to the reduced underground mining production, as well as cost control measures.

In fiscal 2015, exploration expenditure increased to A$43 million and 31.3km of drilling was completed. This exploration indicated 68,000 ounces of new reserves to the Neptune deposit and 34,000 ounces of new reserves at the North-West Palaeochannel. New resources were defined primarily at Invincible South and at Invincible Underground. Maiden resources were defined at Incredible and at North-West Palaeochannel.

Positive results were returned from broad gold intercepts in shallow drilling at the Retribution project. Extensive follow up drilling is expected to be completed during fiscal 2016 to further define the gold mineralization and to define resources.

The exploration strategy at St. Ives is to continue to develop the exploration pipeline and define further resources, with a priority on open pit resources. Resources defined during fiscal 2015 are expected to be expanded and converted to reserves. In addition, St. Ives plans to investigate the potential for significant palaeochannel hosted deposits, along with alternate methods for mining these deposits.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at St. Ives for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015.

 

     Fiscal 2013      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2015  

Production

        

Tonnes (‘000)

     4,763         4,553         3,867   

Recovered grade (g/t)

     2.6         2.4         3.0   

Gold produced (‘000 oz)

     403         362         372   

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

     569.0         458.8         431.8   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation)(1)

     345.5         292.3         195.0   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(1)

     1,218         1,164         969   

All-in costs net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(1)

     1,218         1,164         969   

 

Note:

(1) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), to its AISC and AIC net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”. AIC and AISC are calculated per ounce of gold sold, excluding gold equivalent ounces. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”.

In fiscal 2015, gold production increased by 3% to 0.372 million ounces from 0.362 million ounces in fiscal 2014, primarily due to ore mined from the Neptune pit in fiscal 2014 but processed in fiscal 2015 and higher grades mined from the new Invincible open pit, partially offset by the loss of ounces from the Argo underground mine which closed in April 2014 and Cave Rocks underground mine which closed in April 2015. Operating costs decreased by 33.3% to U.S.$195.0 million in fiscal 2015 from U.S.$292.3 million in fiscal 2014 due to reduced underground production, cost control measures and the depreciation of the Australian dollar. Total AIC decreased to U.S.$969/oz in fiscal 2015 compared with U.S.$1,164/oz in fiscal 2014.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserves estimates at St. Ives and that there are no changes to the current mine plan, St. Ives’ December 31, 2015 proven and probable reserves of 1.54 million

 

62


Table of Contents

ounces will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2020. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management”, there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

St. Ives is engaged in underground mining and in both open pit and production stockpile surface mining, and is thus subject to all of the underground and surface mining risks discussed in “Risk Factors”. The primary safety risk at St. Ives is falls of ground at the underground operations, which is addressed through the use of ground support, paste filling of open stopes and sequencing of mine operations to improve overall stability of the ground. For more information about workplace injuries at St. Ives, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Health and Safety—Safety” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—TRIFR, Fatalities and Fatal Injury Frequency Rate”.

There were no strikes and/or material work stoppages at St. Ives in fiscal 2015 and none to date since December 31, 2015.

Processing

The table below sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tonnes milled per month and metallurgical recovery factors during fiscal 2015, for the plant at St. Ives.

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

  Year
commissioned
    Comminution
phase
  Treatment
phase
  Capacity(1)     Average
milled for
fiscal 2015
    Approximate
recovery factor
for fiscal 2015(2)
 
              (tonnes/month)              

Lefroy Plant

    2005      Single-stage crushing
and SAG milling
  CIP     375,000        322,250        94.6

 

Notes:

(1) Nameplate capacity as designed. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.
(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

Capital Expenditure

On an IFRS basis (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), Gold Fields spent A$152.2 million or U.S.$114.5 million on capital expenditures at St. Ives in fiscal 2015 primarily on exploration across the site, the development of the Invincible open pit mine, and the continued development of the Hamlet underground mine. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately A$219.5 million, or U.S.$161.0 million, for capital expenditures at St. Ives in fiscal 2016. These funds are principally earmarked for stripping activities at the Invincible, Neptune and A5 pits, capital development at Hamlet and for exploration.

Agnew/Lawlers

Introduction

Agnew/Lawlers is located 23 kilometers west of Leinster, approximately 375 kilometers north of Kalgoorlie and 630 kilometers northwest of Perth, Western Australia. Together, Agnew and Lawlers hold exploration licenses, prospecting licenses and mining leases covering a total area of approximately 74,400 hectares.

 

63


Table of Contents

Agnew/Lawlers has one metallurgical plant in operation and is serviced by sealed road infrastructure to the mine gate. Supplies are generally trucked in from Perth or Kalgoorlie. Agnew is largely a fly-in fly-out operation with local services, including air transport with a sealed runway and accommodation, provided pursuant to an arrangement with a nearby major mining company. Agnew has access to electricity pursuant to a contract with the same major mining company as St. Ives which expires in May 2019. The bulk of the water is supplied from the mining operations and recovered from the in-pit tailings facility and previously mined pits. Gold Fields closed the Lawlers processing plant following the acquisition of the Yilgarn South Assets. As part of the integration of the Agnew and Lawlers mines, the plant remains on care and maintenance.

History

Gold was discovered at Agnew in 1895 and production was intermittent until WMC acquired the operation in the early 1980s and constructed the current mill in 1986. Since that time, numerous open pits and underground operations have been mined.

Gold was discovered around the same time at Lawlers. In 1984, Forsayth NL purchased the Great Eastern lease and constructed the Lawlers processing plant, or the Lawlers Mill. Modern open pit mining commenced in 1986. Genesis open pit mining commenced in 1991. The New Holland underground mine opened in 1998 and in 2001 Barrick acquired Lawlers as part of its merger with Homestake. In 2013, Gold Fields purchased Lawlers from Barrick and the Lawlers Mill was placed on care and maintenance.

Geology

The Agnew and Lawlers deposits are located within the northwest portion of the Norseman-Wiluna greenstone belt of the Western Australian Goldfields. This greenstone belt consists of an older sequence of ultramafic flows, gabbros, basalts, felsic volcanics and related sedimentary rocks. The rocks are folded about the large, moderately north plunging Lawlers Anticline. The Agnew deposits are located on the western limb of this anticline, and major deposits discovered to date lie on sheared contacts between stratigraphic units. The anticline is cut by north-northeast trending faults such as the Waroonga and East Murchison Unit shear zones. The Lawlers deposits occur along the eastern limb of the Lawlers Anticline with the main Genesis-New Holland deposit located within the Scotty Creek Sediments west of Waroonga.

Mining

The principal production sources at Agnew/Lawlers are the Waroonga and New Holland underground mining complexes. The mining method at Waroonga involves longhole open stoping with paste filling. Access to the ore body is through a decline tunnel which accommodates workers, materials and equipment.

At the New Holland underground mine at Lawlers, the selection of the stoping method is dependent upon the geometry of the ore structure. Two primary methods are employed: uphole retreat open stoping and room and pillar longhole. Access to the mine is via two declines.

At both Waroonga and New Holland, ore is trucked to a mine ore pad located at the base of either the Waroonga or New Holland open pits, where it is then hauled to the Agnew processing facility using haul trucks operated by a contractor.

In fiscal 2015, Agnew/Lawlers reported decreased production due to lower grades at the Waroonga and New Holland complexes.

In fiscal 2015, the mine encountered challenging geotechnical conditions at Waroonga’s Kim orebody, where ground conditions necessitated rehabilitation and extra ground support. This resulted in slower rates of

 

64


Table of Contents

mining in some higher grade areas and the consequent substitution of tonnages from lower grade areas elsewhere in the Waroonga complex.

Waroonga is in transition as the Kim lode matures. During fiscal 2015, the new drive from the Kim decline to the Fitzroy and Bengal, or FBH, ore bodies was completed and development activities commenced. Production from FBH is scheduled to increase during fiscal 2016. In addition, decline development started to the Cinderella ore body in the New Holland complex. Cinderella straddles the tenement boundary between New Holland and Waroonga and will be accessed through the existing New Holland infrastructure.

Exploration at Agnew/Lawlers in fiscal 2015 focused on extensions to both the Waroonga and New Holland mineralized systems and at Cinderella, which is centrally located between the two mines. Drill testing north of Waroonga has continued to return significant gold intersections with frequent visible gold shows from both the Kath and Waroonga North projects. A preliminary inventory model is expected for Waroonga North in early fiscal 2016, while mineralization remains open at depth and along strike. The first resource model for the Kath lode was produced in late fiscal 2015.

At New Holland, drilling focused on extending the 500 Series lode and also targeted the 600/700 Series, which is located beneath the current mine development. The drilling has confirmed that the 500 Series structure is breaking up to the north. There is potential for smaller discrete mineable blocks but the overall tenor of the lode has clearly diminished. Drilling of the 600/700 Series during fiscal 2015 intersected quartz lode consistently at target intervals however the large majority of assays were sub-economic. Targeted follow-up drilling of the 600/700 Series below higher grade portions of the 500 Series is planned for fiscal 2016.

At Cinderella several drilling campaigns were completed. Initially as step-out programs to define the extent of the resource and subsequently in-fill programs to delineate the reserve. At December 31, 2015, a Mineral Reserve of 55,000 ounces was reported. Cinderella comprises two main lodes. Both lodes remain open to the east and to the north and further drilling is planned in fiscal 2016 to test the extent of this mineralization.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Agnew for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015. Lawlers amounts are included for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, and the entirety of fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015.

 

     Fiscal  2013(1)      Fiscal  2014(1)      Fiscal  2015(1)  

Production

        

Tonnes (‘000)

     974         1,246         1,218   

Recovered grade (g/t)

     6.9         6.8         6.0   

Gold produced (‘000 oz)

     216         271         237   

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

     302.8         342.5         273.9   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation)(2)

     135.0         173.0         142.6   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     909         990         959   

All-in costs net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     909         990         959   

 

Notes:

(1) Including Lawlers since acquisition on October 1, 2013.
(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), to its AISC and AIC net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”. AIC and AISC are calculated per ounce of gold sold, excluding gold equivalent ounces. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”.

 

65


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2015, gold production decreased by 13% to 0.237 million ounces from 0.271 million ounces in fiscal 2014, primarily due to lower grades. Operating costs decreased by 17.6% to U.S.$142.6 million in fiscal 2015 from U.S.$173.0 million in fiscal 2014, primarily due to cost control measures and exchange rate movements. Total AIC for Agnew/Lawlers increased by 16% in Australian dollar terms in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014, due to lower gold production and higher capital expenditure, partially offset by the lower net operating costs. In US dollar terms, total AIC decreased to U.S.$959/oz in fiscal 2015 compared with U.S.$990/oz in fiscal 2014 due to the depreciation of the Australian dollar.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserves estimates at Agnew/Lawlers and that there are no changes to the current mine plan, the December 31, 2015 proven and probable reserves at 0.67 million ounces will be sufficient to maintain production at Agnew/Lawlers through approximately fiscal 2019. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management,” there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

Agnew/Lawlers is engaged in underground mining and is thus subject to all of the underground and surface mining risks discussed in “Risk Factors”. The primary safety risk at Waroonga is falls of ground at the underground operations, which is addressed through the use of ground support, paste filling of open stopes and sequencing of mine operations to improve overall stability of the ground. The primary safety risk at New Holland is falls of ground at the underground operations, which is addressed through the use of ground support and sequencing of mine operations to improve stability of the ground. For more information about workplace injuries at Agnew/Lawlers, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Health and Safety—Safety” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—TRIFR, Fatalities and Fatal Injury Frequency Rate”.

There were no strikes or material work stoppages at Agnew/Lawlers in fiscal 2015 and none to date since December 31, 2015.

Processing

All processing at Agnew/Lawlers is provided through by a single processing facility. The following table sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tonnes milled per month and the metallurgical recovery factor during fiscal 2015 for the plant. The Lawlers Mill was placed on a care and maintenance basis after existing stockpiles were treated shortly after the acquisition was completed.

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

   Year
commissioned
    

Comminution
phase

   Treatment
phase
   Capacity(1)      Average
milled for
fiscal 2015
     Approximate
recovery factor
for fiscal 2015(2)
 
     (tonnes/month)  

Agnew Mill

     1986       Two-stage ball milling    CIP treatment      100,000         101,000         94.8

 

Notes:

(1) Nameplate capacity as stated by the manufacturer. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.
(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole per cent.

 

66


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditure

On an IFRS basis (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), Gold Fields spent A$97.1 million or U.S.$73.0 million on capital expenditures at Agnew in fiscal 2015, primarily on exploration, mine development and capital works. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately A$87.4 million, or U.S.$64.1 million, for capital expenditures at Agnew for fiscal 2016, primarily for exploration, mine development and capital works.

Granny Smith

Introduction

Granny Smith is located approximately 400 kilometers northeast of the town of Kalgoorlie in the Laverton Region in the Eastern Yilgarn Crater in Western Australia. Granny Smith is situated at an elevation of 400 meters above sea level.

Granny Smith is located 27 kilometers southwest of the town of Laverton and is accessible via the Mt. Weld Road. Laverton is 950 kilometers southeast by sealed road from Perth, and 400 kilometers south by sealed road to Kalgoorlie. Granny Smith holds exploration licenses, prospecting licenses and mining leases covering a total area of approximately 79,000 hectares.

The operation runs on a fly-in fly-out basis with variable rosters. A well-maintained unsealed airstrip located approximately eight kilometers northeast of the camp provides air access from Perth for the majority of employees. Flights are made on weekdays and the average flight time is approximately two hours.

History

The Granny Smith deposits were discovered in 1987. In 1989, mining at Granny Smith commenced in the Granny Smith pit and continued in subsequent years, with the development of a series of open pits, including Wallaby. In 1990, the first gold from Granny Smith was poured. In 1998 the Wallaby deposit was discovered 11 kilometers southwest of Granny Smith. In November 2001, the first Wallaby ore was delivered to the mill.

The Wallaby Open Pit was mined from October 2001 until December 2006. Underground mining at Wallaby commenced in December 2005 and is ongoing. As noted above, Gold Fields acquired the mine in October 2013.

Geology

The Laverton region, located in the Eastern Yilgarn Craton in Western Australia, is second only to the Kalgoorlie region for gold endowment. At a regional scale, the map patterns of Laverton are dominated by the Mt. Margaret Dome in the northwest and the Kirgella Dome in the southeast. These domes are flanked to the east and west by north-northwest-striking shear zones, and the central zone between the two domes is dominated by north to north-northeast-striking sigmoidal shear zones. These distinctly different strikes to the shear zones developed early in the tectonic evolution and resulted in a favorable architecture for late-stage orogenic gold mineralization.

Mining

The Wallaby underground operation has been in full operation since December 2005. Access to the Wallaby underground mine is via a portal established within the completed Wallaby open pit. The mine operation is trackless, with truck haulage from underground via the ramp to the surface. The Wallaby underground mine is currently designed to exploit its six stacked mineralized lodes to a depth of 1.1 kilometers.

 

67


Table of Contents

Two primary underground mining methods are used, with minor adjustments to suit localized geometry. Inclined room and pillar is used in areas with a moderate dip and moderate width zones, and transverse longhole stoping is used in zones which are thicker (six to 15 meters) with variable dips. Two other mining methods are used to a lesser extent. Narrow vein longhole stoping may be utilized in some areas with the benefit of reduced planned footwall dilution, and bulk longhole stoping is used in thicker zones under varying dip conditions.

In fiscal 2015, Granny Smith undertook an extensive program of mine development and increased its exploration activity. The mine development program advanced 5.4km of horizontal capital development to provide access to lower ore horizons at the Wallaby mine. These zones are expected to supplement production from the current ore zones in fiscal 2016 and beyond.

The increased exploration activity was on a range of activities from early stage target identification through to the definition of extensions to the Wallaby deposit. Full field aircore drilling and additional geophysical surveys to screen tenements were completed over a number of areas during fiscal 2015. A total of five surveying and mapping, or SAM, surveys covering areas on Lake Carey, Boomer and Granny Smith were completed while a 25m line spaced aeromagnetic survey was completed over tenements covering Lake Carey—a large salt lake beneath which limited exploration work has been conducted.

The mine completed 57 km of drilling of wide spaced (400m) aircore drilling, which returned a large number of anomalous results, particularly from previously non drilled areas on Lake Carey.

Some targets identified by the early stage work were tested with 16km of reverse-circulation and diamond drilling. An exploration program targeted the Wallaby orebody and revealed prospects for further investigation in fiscal 2016. Overall, a post-depletion increase of 50% in reserves was achieved.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Granny Smith for the three months ended December 31, 2013 (the period of Gold Fields’ ownership of the mine in fiscal 2013), fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015.

 

     Three months
ended
December 31,
2013
     Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2015  

Production

        

Tonnes (‘000)

     330         1,472         1,451   

Recovered grade (g/t)

     5.9         6.7         6.5   

Gold produced (‘000 oz)(1)

     62         315         301   

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

     82.3         399.8         348.4   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation)(2)

     48.8         182.6         135.9   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     885         809         764   

All-in costs net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     885         809         764   

 

Notes:

(1) In fiscal 2013, production is reported from October 1, 2013, the date on which Gold Fields effectively acquired the mine.
(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), to its AISC and AIC net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”. AIC and AISC are calculated per ounce of gold sold, excluding gold equivalent ounces. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”.

 

68


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2015, gold production decreased by 4.4% to 0.301 million ounces from 0.315 million ounces in fiscal 2014, primarily due to lower grades and volumes processed. Operating costs decreased by 25.6% to U.S.$135.9 million from U.S.$182.6 million in fiscal 2014, primarily due to cost control measures and exchange rate benefits when converting to U.S.$. Total AIC in Australian dollar terms increased by 14% due to lower gold production and higher capital expenditures, partially offset by lower operating costs. In U.S. dollar terms, total AIC decreased to U.S.$764/oz in fiscal 2015 compared with U.S.$809/oz in fiscal 2014 as a result of the depreciation of the Australian dollar.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserves estimates at Granny Smith and that there are no changes to the current mine plan, Granny Smith’s December 31, 2015 proven and probable reserves of 1.37 million ounces will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2024. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management”, there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

Granny Smith is engaged in underground mining and is thus subject to all of the underground and surface mining risks discussed in “Risk Factors”. The primary safety risk at Granny Smith is falls of ground at the underground operations, which is addressed through the use of ground support, backfilling of open voids and sequencing of mine operations to improve overall stability of the ground. For more information about workplace injuries at Granny Smith, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Health and Safety—Safety” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—TRIFR, Fatalities and Fatal Injury Frequency Rate”.

There were no strikes and/or material work stoppages at Granny Smith in fiscal 2015 and none to date since December 31, 2015.

Processing

The Granny Smith processing plant consists of two parallel crushing circuits, SAG and ball milling, leach and CIP circuits and a gravity tailings retreatment circuit to concentrate and fine-grind sulphide minerals, primarily pyrite, for gold recovery. As the processing plant is capable of treating much higher tonnages than the Wallaby underground mine can supply, not all of the installed equipment is required for the processing of the Wallaby underground ore.

The table below sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tonnes milled per month and metallurgical recovery factors during fiscal 2015, for the plant at Granny Smith.

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

  Year
commissioned
    Comminution phase   Treatment phase   Capacity(1)(2)     Average
milled for
fiscal 2015
    Approximate
recovery
factor for
fiscal 2015 (3)
 
                  (tonnes/month)        

Granny Smith Processing Facility

    1990      Crushing and SAG
and Ball milling
  Leaching/CIP,
gravity circuit
and refinery
    283,000        121,000        92.7

 

Notes:

(1) Nameplate capacity as stated by the manufacturer. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.

 

69


Table of Contents
(2) The plant has gone through a number of upgrades and re-configurations over the years and has treated ore from different sources. The throughput capacity is in excess of three million tonnes per annum, however it is currently operated on a campaign basis of up to approximately 1.5 million tonnes per annum, and is only used to treat the ore from the Wallaby underground mine.
(3) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

Capital Expenditure

On an IFRS basis, (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements) Gold Fields spent A$96.3 million, or U.S.$72.4 million, on capital expenditures at Granny Smith in fiscal 2015, primarily on mine development, exploration activity and improvements to the processing facility. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately A$118.2 million, or U.S.$86.7 million, for capital expenditures at Granny Smith in fiscal 2016. These funds are principally earmarked for exploration, capital development and a ventilation shaft and associated infrastructure.

Darlot

Introduction

Darlot is located in the Eastern Yilgarn Craton, approximately 55 kilometers southeast of Leinster and some 700 kilometers northeast of Perth in Western Australia. It holds exploration licenses, prospecting licenses and mining leases covering a total area of approximately 13,100 hectares. Darlot is currently an underground operation. The Darlot operation obtains electricity pursuant to a contract with an electricity generating contractor that expires in March 2020 and has access to water, rail, air and road infrastructure. Consumables and supplies are trucked in locally from both Perth and Kalgoorlie.

History

Gold was first discovered in the Lake Darlot region in an alluvial field in late 1894, which triggered a gold rush that lasted until 1913. Initial mining focused on alluvial deposits and production from these areas is poorly documented.

Modern exploration commenced in the late 1970s and focused on a re-evaluation of historical mining camps, and extensions and repetitions of known mineralized veins.

During August 1996, while diamond drilling a 320 meter by 320 meter step-out program, a drill hole intersected a 33 meter section at a grade of 8.0g/t Au. This discovery drill hole for the Centenary orebody was approximately 1.2 kilometers east of the Darlot open pit. Underground development to the Centenary orebody from Darlot was initiated during December 1996 and by December 1998 stoping activities commenced. The Centenary orebody thereafter became the primary production source. As noted above, Gold Fields acquired the mine in October 2013.

Geology

Darlot is located in the Eastern Yilgarn Craton in Western Australia. The Yilgarn Craton is Archean-aged and comprises north-northwesterly trending greenstone belts and granitic intrusions. The Darlot Centenary deposit is located within the Mount Margaret mineral field which lies to the southern end of the Yandal Greenstone Belt.

The Centenary orebody is located approximately 1.2 kilometers east of the Darlot open pit and has been defined from approximately 150 to 700 meters below surface. Gold mineralization occurs within sub-horizontal to 20 degree westerly dipping stacked quartz veins bounded to the west by the Oval Fault and to the east by the Lords Fault.

 

70


Table of Contents

Mining

The underground mine is accessed via two portals within the Darlot open pit, namely the Centenary and Millennium declines. A third decline named Federation with access to the underground mine is accessed from the Centenary decline. The mine is sub-divided into two mining areas, the Darlot lodes and Centenary orebody. The former is the down-dip extension of lodes, mined in the pit whereas the latter is located approximately 1.2 kilometers from the open pit. The Darlot lodes and Centenary orebody are further sub-divided into various lodes and mining areas. A number of laddered raises connect levels to a fresh air base and declines. Decline and lateral development is by electro-hydraulic twin boom jumbos. Ore is transported to the processing plant by haul trucks operating through the two declines. Gold production takes place at Darlot solely from underground operations.

In fiscal 2015, Darlot faced constraints caused by mining scattered remnant areas over a relatively large footprint, while developing towards the higher grade Lords South Lower virgin ore body. Notwithstanding the difficulties associated with mining in remnant areas, Darlot continued its strategy of self-funding an exploration program in order to extend the mine’s life.

In fiscal 2015, the mine focused on these exploration programs to replace production depletion and to extend the life-of-mine. During the year, the mine initiated stoping in the Lords South Lower area with positive grade reconciliations. Incremental expansion options have also been identified. Darlot also drilled the Centenary Oval area, delivering a small maiden inferred resource during fiscal 2015.

Further resource conversion drilling was advanced by the end of fiscal 2015. In addition, the mine undertook a significant ramp up of surface exploration activities, inclusive of detailed structural and geophysical targeting, aimed at identifying potential ore bodies at depth analogous to the Centenary depth ore body. The exploration program in fiscal 2015 focused on both underground and surface prospective areas dependent on exploration success and technical evaluations. A total of 50,278m of drilling was completed. Additional near-mine exploration targets for fiscal 2016 include further extensions to Lords and the Centenary areas.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Darlot for the three-month period from October 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 (the period of Gold Fields’ ownership of the mine in fiscal 2013), fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015.

 

     Three months
ended
December 31,
2013
     Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2015  

Production

        

Tonnes (‘000)

     158         525         457   

Recovered grade (g/t)

     3.9         5.0         5.3   

Gold produced (‘000 oz)(1)

     20         84         78   

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

     26.0         106.2         91.3   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation)(2)

     21.6         81.9         59.8   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     1,132         1,222         1,057   

All-in costs net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     1,132         1,222         1,057   

 

Notes:

(1) In fiscal 2013, production is reported from October 1, 2013, the date on which Gold Fields effectively acquired the mine.
(2)

For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), to its AISC and AIC net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold

 

71


Table of Contents
  sold for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”. AIC and AISC are calculated per ounce of gold sold, excluding gold equivalent ounces. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”.

In fiscal 2015, gold production decreased by 7.1% to 0.078 million ounces from 0.084 million ounces in fiscal 2014, due to lower tonnes mined and processed partially offset by higher grades mined in the New Lords South Lower deposit, where production commenced during the second half of the year. Operating costs decreased by 27.0% to U.S.$59.8 million from U.S.$81.9 million in fiscal 2014 due to lower tonnes mined and processed, cost control measures and a depreciating Australian dollar. Total AIC in Australian dollar terms increased by 4% due to lower gold production and higher capital expenditures, partially offset by lower operating costs. In U.S. dollar terms, total AIC decreased to U.S.$1,057/oz in fiscal 2015 compared with U.S.$1,222/oz in fiscal 2014, due to the depreciation of the Australian dollar.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserves estimates at Darlot and that there are no changes to the current mine plan, Darlot’s December 31, 2015 proven and probable reserves of 0.04 million ounces will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2016. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management”, there are numerous factors which can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan.

Darlot is engaged in underground mining and is thus subject to all of the underground mining risks discussed in “Risk Factors”. The primary safety risk at Darlot is falls of ground at the underground operations, which is addressed through the use of ground support and sequencing of mine operations to improve overall stability of the ground. For more information about workplace injuries at Darlot, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Health and Safety—Safety” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—TRIFR, Fatalities and Fatal Injury Frequency Rate”.

There were no strikes or material work stoppages at Darlot in fiscal 2015 or to date in fiscal 2016.

Processing

Darlot has a mill that treats primary ore. The table below sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, as well as average tonnes milled per month and metallurgical recovery factors during fiscal 2015, for the plant at Darlot.

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

   Year commissioned      Comminution phase    Treatment
phase
     Capacity(1)      Average
milled for
fiscal 2015
     Approximate
recovery factor
for fiscal 2015(2)
 
            (tonnes/month)         

Darlot Mill

     1988       Three stage crushing and
two stage ball mills
     CIL         64,000         38,050         95.3

 

Notes:

(1) Nameplate capacity as stated by the manufacturer. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.
(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

 

72


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditure

On an IFRS basis (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), Gold Fields spent A$26.6 million, or U.S.$20.0 million, on capital expenditures at Darlot in fiscal 2015, primarily on development of the Lords South Lower ore body and exploration. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately A$10.4 million, or U.S.$7.6 million, for capital expenditures at Darlot in fiscal 2016. These funds are principally earmarked for exploration and capital development.

Far Southeast Scoping Study

In September 2010, Gold Fields entered into two option agreements with Lepanto Consolidated Mining Company, or Lepanto, the 60% owner, and Liberty Express Assets, or Liberty, the 40% owner of the gold-copper Far Southeast Project, or FSE, in the Philippines, granting Gold Fields an option to acquire a total 60% interest in FSE for a total consideration of $340 million, or the Liberty and Lepanto options. After paying option fees of $10 million and making two down-payments of $44 million and $66 million in September 2010 and September 2011 respectively, Gold Fields exercised its 40% option in March 2012 by acquiring Liberty’s 40% interest in FSE after making a further $110 million payment. Gold Fields continues to hold its option to acquire an additional 20% stake in FSE from Lepanto for a further $110 million, which, if exercised, would increase its total interest in FSE to 60%.

The Liberty and Lepanto options were initially granted to Gold Fields for the later of 18 months from signature in September 2010 or the date of receiving a Financial or Technical Assistance Agreement, or FTAA, for the project. A FTAA allows a foreign corporation to control a majority interest in a Philippine mining project. Notwithstanding this provision, Gold Fields had the discretion to exercise either option prior to the FTAA being granted as it did by exercising its Liberty option to acquire ownership of 40% of FSE.

The FTAA application for the FSE project was filed in November 2011. The application requires free, prior and informed consent, or FPIC, of the Kankana-ey indigenous people for Gold Fields’ exploration activities. In July 2013, the Kankana-ey people’s elders voted in favor of FPIC for the project. In February 2015, a memorandum of agreement was signed with the communities, and the Kankana-ey people’s elders passed a resolution in favor of granting a FTAA to FSGRI, the joint venture company of Lepanto and Gold Fields. Gold Fields targets completion of the FTAA process in 2016 or 2017, subject to Philippine legal and regulatory approvals.

The FTAA for the FSE project is to be converted and excised from existing Mineral Production Sharing Agreements, or MPSAs, which are agreements between the government and a contractor that grant the holder the exclusive right to conduct mining operations within the contract area. In converting the existing MPSAs, the FTAA’s initial term will be that of the remaining period of the relevant MPSA. Most of the FSE deposit occurs in one MPSA, 001-90, that is jointly held by Lepanto and FSGRI. To preempt the expiration of the initial 25 year term of MPSA 001-90 in March 2015, Lepanto and FSGRI applied for the renewal of MPSA 001-90 in June 2014. In February 2015, Lepanto and FSGRI commenced arbitration proceedings against the Philippine Government to determine whether FPIC is also required for the renewal of MPSA 001-90. In November 2015, the arbitral panel determined that FPIC is not required for the renewal of MPSA 001-90. This determination is being contested by the Republic of the Philippines, which has filed a petition to vacate the arbitral award.

Americas Operations

Prior to fiscal 2013, Gold Fields owned a 98.5% economic interest in the Cerro Corona mine through its shareholding in La Cima. Gold Fields increased its economic interest in La Cima to 99.53% through a reduction in capital carried out in December 2013. Following the dissolution of the GIP division in fiscal 2013, Gold Fields relocated its exploration projects to its existing regional structures. As part of this restructuring, the Woodjam

 

73


Table of Contents

Project, Salares Norte and Piedra, and the Chucapaca Feasibility Study were relocated to Americas operations. Woodjam and the Chucapaca Feasibility Study have been sold since the restructuring.

Cerro Corona

Introduction

The Cerro Corona mine became operational by the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2008. It forms part of a porphyry copper-gold deposit situated within the Hualgayoc Mining District in northern Peru. It is located in the highest part of the Western Cordillera of the Andes, in northern Peru, close to the headwaters of the Atlantic continental basin. Cerro Corona is located approximately 80 kilometers by road north of the City of Cajamarca. La Cima holds mining concessions covering a total area of approximately 4,400 hectares and Cerro Corona is being developed over an area of approximately 1,300 hectares of superficial land (the rights to which are held by Gold Fields). Cerro Corona’s electricity is supplied through a long-term contract with a Peruvian power supplier and transported through the national power transmission system and a 34 kilometer transmission line constructed by the project. Cerro Corona’s water requirements are provided primarily by retention of rainfall and pit dewatering; water is continuously recycled.

History

In December 2003, Gold Fields, through a subsidiary, signed a definitive agreement to purchase an 80.7% economic and 92% voting interest in the Cerro Corona mine from a Peruvian family-owned company, Sociedad Minera Corona S.A., or SMC. The agreement called for a reorganization whereby the assets of Cerro Corona were transferred to La Cima, in July 2004. Following the approval of an environmental impact assessment on December 2, 2005, Gold Fields completed the purchase of the 92% voting interest (80.7% economic interest) in La Cima in January 2006, for a total consideration of $40.5 million. La Cima subsequently obtained all requisite additional permits to construct the mine. Construction commenced in May 2006.

Geology

The Cerro Corona gold-copper deposit is hosted by a 600- to 700-meter diameter sub-vertical cylindrical-shaped quartz diorite porphyry stock emplaced into mid-Cretaceous limestone and marls and siliclastic rocks. Within the porphyry, gold-copper mineralization is primarily hosted by extensive zones of stockwork veining. There are at least two phases of diorite placement, only one of which is mineralized. The non-mineralized diorite is generally regarded as the last phase, and is referred to as “barren core.” The latest re-modeling suggests that the Cerro Corona porphyry is probably composed of four or five satellite stocks with the last two being barren. The intrusive has been emplaced at the intersection of Andean-parallel and Andeannormal (transandean) structures. Supergene oxidation and leaching processes at Cerro Corona have led to the development of a weak to moderate copper enrichment blanket, allowing for the subdivision of the deposit, from the surface downward, into an oxide zone, a mixed oxide-sulphide zone, a secondary enriched (supergene) sulphide zone and a primary (hypogene) sulphide zone.

Mining

The Cerro Corona deposit is mined by conventional, bulk surface mining methods. The Cerro Corona operation involves a single surface mine. This ore is treated in a conventional milling and sulphide flotation concentrator capable of treating 6.7 million tonnes per annum of ore and producing between 100,000 and 150,000 tonnes per annum of concentrate containing copper and gold, which is treated mainly at smelters in Japan and Germany.

The single largest contractor employer is San Martin Contratistas Generales S.A., or San Martin. San Martin carries out all mining activities. All mine planning, excavation and head grade and engineering specifications to

 

74


Table of Contents

meet the required design performance through the life of mine are directly managed by La Cima personnel. Other contractors provide camp administration and catering, security, safety and laboratory operations. In addition, approximately 500 temporary contractors are involved in the construction of the tailings facility.

In fiscal 2015, Cerro Corona’s gold equivalent production decreased by 9% (but the operation remained the Group’s lowest cost producer by all-in cost per ounce, mainly producing high-margin gold and copper) due to a decrease in gold and copper grades as well as a lower gold equivalent price ratio.

A pre-feasibility study has been completed to determine if the prevailing tailings storage facility constraint on Cerro Corona’s mineral reserves could be lifted and allow for the placement of additional tailing material over the life of mine. The study builds on previous work by incorporating the latest design updates for the tailings storage facility, including optimization of the mine in the potential expanded case, as well as the assessment of additional new opportunities. Additional work on this study is scheduled in fiscal 2016.

The option to process both oxide stockpiles and sulphide ore through the current sulphide plant in conjunction with each other is under review. During fiscal 2015, a number of studies with respect to treating the oxide stockpiles were conducted, including the completion of the flotation test work.

In fiscal 2014, Gold Fields extended its electricity supply agreement with private utility Kallpa Generacion S.A. to supply power to the mine until 2027, significantly increasing Cerro Corona’s long-term energy security.

Detailed below are the operating and production results at Cerro Corona in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015.

 

     Fiscal
2013
     Fiscal
2014
     Fiscal
2015
 

Production

        

Tonnes (‘000)

     6,571         6,797         6,710   

Gold Head grade (g/t)

     1.13         1.06         1.07   

Copper Head grade (%)

     0.55         0.58         0.52   

Combined yield (g/t)

     1.5         1.5         1.4   

Gold produced (‘000 oz)

     159         151         159   

Copper produced (‘000 tonnes)

     30         32         29 (1) 

Gold equivalent ounces (‘000 eq oz)

     317         327         296   

Results of operations ($ million)

        

Revenues

     390.9         375.5         292.2   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation)(2)

     161.3         158.2         143.8   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     206         316         718   

All-in costs net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     206         316         718   

All-in sustaining cost gross of by-product revenue per equivalent ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     707         702         777   

All-in costs gross of by-product revenue per equivalent ounce of gold sold ($)(2)

     707         702         777   

 

Notes:

(1) Equates to 136,700 ounces on a gold equivalent basis at a price of $1,163 per ounce of gold and $5,533 per tonne of copper.
(2) For a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), to its AISC and AIC net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost”.

In fiscal 2015, total managed gold equivalent production decreased by 9% to 0.296 million equivalent ounces from 0.327 million equivalent ounces in fiscal 2014, mainly as a result of the lower copper price and a

 

75


Table of Contents

planned decline in copper grades, as per the life of mine plan. Net operating costs decreased by 9.1% to U.S.$143.8 million from U.S.$158.2 million in fiscal 2014, mainly the result of cost management measures and lower ore tonnes mined. AISC and AIC amounted to U.S.$718/oz in fiscal 2015 compared with U.S.$316/oz in fiscal 2014 due to lower gold sold, lower by-product credits and higher capital expenditure, partially offset by lower net operating costs. AISC and AIC, on a gold equivalent basis, totaled U.S.$777/oz in fiscal 2015 compared with U.S.$702/oz in fiscal 2014 due to the same reasons as above as well as lower equivalent ounces sold.

Assuming that Gold Fields does not increase or decrease reserve estimates at Cerro Corona and that there are no changes to the current mine plan, Cerro Corona’s December 31, 2015 proven and probable reserves of 1.54 million ounces of gold and 534 million pounds of copper (of which, 1.54 million ounces of gold and 532 million pounds of copper are attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to non-controlling shareholders at La Cima) will be sufficient to maintain production through approximately fiscal 2023. However, as discussed earlier in “Risk Factors” and “—Mine Planning and Management”, there are numerous factors that can affect reserve estimates and the mine plan, which could thus materially change the life of mine.

The Cerro Corona mine involves open pit mining, and is thus subject to all of the risks associated with open pit mining discussed in “Risk Factors”. For more information about workplace injuries at Cerro Corona, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Health and Safety—Safety” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—TRIFR, Fatalities and Fatal Injury Frequency Rate”.

Cerro Corona experienced no work stoppages in fiscal 2015 and has experienced none to date since December 31, 2015.

Processing

The following table sets forth year commissioned, processing techniques and processing capacity per month, for the processing plant at Cerro Corona:

Processing Techniques

 

Plant

   Year
commissioned
     Comminution
phase
   Treatment
phase
   Capacity (1)      Average milled
for fiscal 2015
     Approximate
recovery factor
for fiscal 2015(2)
 
                      (tonnes/month)         

Main Plant

     2008       SAG/ball milling    Conventional
sulphide
floatation circuit
     560,000         559,000        
 
Gold 72%
Copper 86%
  
  

 

Notes:

(1) Nameplate capacity as designed. Plant/Mill nameplate capacities are based on a number of operating assumptions, including assumptions regarding the blend of soft and hard ores processed, that can change and which may result in an increased level of throughput over and above the designed nameplate capacity.
(2) Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole percent.

In July 2014, two new mobile jaw crushers were installed to facilitate the delivery of six-inch material to the SAG mill. With these crushers, Gold Fields expects to maintain current plant throughput despite increasing hardness of the ore as mining from the pit goes deeper.

Capital Expenditure

On an IFRS basis, (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements) Gold Fields spent U.S.$65 million on capital expenditures at Cerro Corona in

 

76


Table of Contents

fiscal 2015, consisting primarily of the ongoing construction of the tailings management facility as well as the construction of a new camp as the existing camp will be flooded later in fiscal 2016, as the tailings dam expands. Gold Fields has budgeted approximately U.S.$53.7 million for capital expenditures at Cerro Corona for fiscal 2016, primarily on tailing dam storage and waste storage construction.

Salares Norte and Piedra

In Chile, Gold Fields exercised an option, as part of an agreement, in February 2012 to acquire 100% of two properties, Salares Norte and Piedra, from SBX Asesorias e Inversiones, a private Chilean company, and the concessions were registered under the name Minera Gold Fields Salares Norte Limitada, a wholly owned subsidiary of Gold Fields. The project was promoted to “Advanced Drilling” status in July 2012. The Salares Norte advanced drilling project is focused on a gold-silver deposit in the Atacama region of northern Chile. Mineralization is contained within a high-sulphidation epithermal system, offering high-grade oxide mineralization. The project is located within a core 900ha concession area and Gold Fields has options to purchase two adjoining concessions that would add a further 2,100ha. In addition to Salares Norte, Piedra and the associated options mentioned above, Minera Gold Fields Salares Norte Limitada and other Gold Fields subsidiaries in Chile, also control mineral rights to approximately 77,800 hectares of other concessions and option agreements in the Salares Norte region.

In fiscal 2013, Gold Fields reported a maiden inferred mineral resource. Preliminary indications, supported by metallurgical test work, suggest carbon-in-leach processing could deliver recovery rates of around 90%. Furthermore, the project is located in a favorable mining jurisdiction.

Water security is not expected to pose a material challenge to project execution and operation but it is an issue that requires proactive management. In the first quarter of fiscal 2014, Gold Fields filed a water rights claim before the General Water Bureau for a nearby reservoir that could potentially yield 166 liters per second, which would be sufficient for future operations. The remote location of the site means there will likely be minimal community impacts. Indigenous Colla presence has not been identified in the project area. The closest community is located about 100km from the project, along the access road.

Collectively, these qualities mean Salares Norte offers significant potential in terms of future cash generation. As such, the decision has been made to retain it within Gold Fields’ growth portfolio. Further drilling and studies will continue in fiscal 2016 in the amount of approximately U.S.$51 million.

Woodjam Project

See “—Developments since December 31, 2014”.

Insurance

Gold Fields’ insurance policies provide coverage for general liability, accidental loss or damage to its property, business interruption in the form of fixed operating costs or standing charges, material damage and other losses. Gold Fields does not insure all potential losses associated with its operations as some insurance premiums are considered to be too high, some risks are considered too remote to insure and some types of insurance cover are not available. Should an event occur for which there is no or limited insurance cover, this could affect Gold Fields’ cash flows and profitability.

Management believes that the scope and amount of insurance coverage is adequate, taking into account the probability and potential severity of each identified risk. Gold Fields’ insurance coverage is consistent with customary practice for a gold mining company of its size with multinational operations. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ insurance coverage may not adequately satisfy all potential claims in the future”.

 

77


Table of Contents

The Gold Mining Industry

Background

Gold is a dense, relatively soft and rare precious metal which occurs in natural form as nuggets or grains in ore, underground veins and alluvial deposits. Gold mining operations include both underground and open pit operations with gold currently able to be commercially extracted from ore grades in amounts as low as 0.5 grams/metric tonne (open pit). The majority of gold production is used for jewelry production and for investment purposes, in the latter case because some investors view it as a store of value against inflation. In addition, certain physical properties of gold, including its malleability, ductility, electric conductivity, resistance to corrosion and reflectivity, make it the metal of choice in a number of industrial applications.

Global Markets

Demand

The two main categories of demand for gold are fabrication (primarily jewelry) and investment (private and governmental). Gold demand over the last few years has been mainly driven by China and India, which accounted for 54% of the total global demand in 2015, 2014 and 2013. The price of gold has fallen by around 45% between 2011 and 2015. Since 2015, it has recovered and in early March 2016 was trading at levels of around U.S.$1,200 per ounce to U.S.$1,250 per ounce. More than any other variable, the gold price is the key dynamic informing Gold Fields’ business strategy and the volatility of the price over the past few years has been one of the key reasons for the strategic restructuring undertaken by the Company.

Much of the traditional investor case for gold as a safe haven has come under pressure over the past four years. In 2012, investor demand eased as it became apparent that many of the feared economic worst-case scenarios were unlikely to materialize. The gold price subsequently fell, as the equity and real estate markets started to offer stronger returns. As a result, many investors sold their physical gold holdings in 2013 and 2014, resulting in a sharp drop in the gold price.

The gold price continued to decline in 2015 by 8% year-on-year amid slowing demand and fears of an interest rate hike in the United States. On balance, the negative supply and demand trends have seen the average gold price received by Gold Fields decline to U.S.$1,140/oz in 2015 from a high of U.S.$1,656/oz in 2012.

While much of the gold price’s short-term movements are the result of market sentiment, the longer-term movements remain underpinned by supply and demand fundamentals. Based on these fundamentals, management believes that the gold price will improve over the next few years though it will undoubtedly experience more short-term volatility.

According to the WGC, gold demand was little changed from last year, declining from 4,414 tonnes in 2014 to 4,258 tonnes in 2015.

However, in the longer term, management believes that key demand fundamentals will assert themselves due to:

 

   

Ongoing growth in emerging market demand for physical gold, in China, India and other countries. Jewelery demand in both countries rebounded in the second half of last year continuing a long-term trend which confirmed the inherent affinity of consumers in those countries to gold;

 

   

A continued build-up of gold reserves by the world’s central banks (or, at least, maintaining their current holdings) amid economic and political uncertainty and reserve diversification away from the U.S. Dollar. Net purchases by central banks and other official institutions totaled 588 tonnes in 2015, in line with the strong purchases of around 600 tonnes per annum for each of the preceding three years; and

 

   

The continued need for a safe haven asset in times of economic and political uncertainty. Though this may not have been as prevalent a factor over the past five years as previously used to be the case, the gold price’s

 

78


Table of Contents
 

more recent recovery to levels of around U.S.$1,250 per ounce has been driven amid investor uncertainty in global stock markets.

Supply

Supply of gold consists of new production from mining, the recycling of gold scrap and releases from existing stocks of bullion. Mine production represents the most important source of supply. Management believes that long-term gold supply issues will act to support a recovery in the gold price. According to the WGC, total gold supply declined by 7% in the fourth quarter of 2015, due to an estimated 4% drop in global mine output, the largest quarterly reduction since 2008. Total mine production for 2015 at 3,176 tonnes was only 1% higher than 2014 production, its slowest annual increase since 2008.

This trend is set to continue. The GFMS consultancy predicts a further drop in mine production in 2016, due to lower production at more mature mines, a decline in average grades at most gold operations and a lack of new mines coming on stream. Many analysts believe peak mine production was reached in 2015, coinciding with a high in gold discoveries in the mid-1990s and assuming an average 20-year development cycle. Goldman Sachs has stated that there may be only 20 years of known mineable reserves of gold left.

Price

The market for gold is relatively liquid compared to other commodity markets, with London being the world’s largest gold trading market. Gold is also actively traded via futures and forward contracts. The price of gold has historically been significantly affected by macroeconomic factors, such as inflation, exchange rates, reserves policy and by global political and economic events, rather than simple supply/demand dynamics. Gold is often purchased as a store of value in periods of price inflation and weakening currency. The price of gold has historically been less volatile than that of most other commodities. However, after almost a decade of steady increases in the gold price due to rising investment demand against a backdrop of relatively flat supply, the price of gold traded at lower levels in 2014, amid increased economic volatility in the United States. In 2015, the price of gold fell by 10%. The closing gold price on December 31, 2015 was U.S.$1,062 per ounce. In 2015, the spot gold price was as high as U.S.$1,296 and as low as U.S.$1,060.

Top Producers

Based on fiscal 2015 production, the first, second, third and fourth largest gold producers in the world were Barrick, Newmont, AngloGold Ashanti and Goldcorp, respectively. According to publicly available sources, at March 28, 2016, December 31, 2015, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively, Barrick had 20 operations in eight countries, Newmont had 15 operations in six countries, AngloGold Ashanti had 19 operations in nine countries and Goldcorp had 15 operations in five countries. In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields was the seventh largest gold producer in the world.

Environmental and Regulatory Matters

South Africa

Environmental

Gold Fields’ South African operations are subject to various laws relevant to its activities that relate to the protection of the environment. South Africa’s Constitution grants the people of South Africa the right to an environment that is not harmful to human health or well being and to the protection of that environment for the benefit of present and future generations through reasonable legislative and other measures. The South African Constitution and the National Environmental Management Act, No. 107 of 1998, or NEMA, as well as various other related pieces of legislation enacted, grant legal standing to a wide range of interest groups to bring legal proceedings to enforce their environmental rights, which are enforceable against private entities as well as the South African government.

 

79


Table of Contents

South African environmental legislation commonly requires businesses whose operations may have an impact on the environment to obtain permits, authorizations and other approvals for those operations. The applicable environmental legislation also imposes general compliance requirements and incorporates the “polluter pays” principle. On September 2, 2014 a number of amendments to the environmental laws were published. Such amendments were aimed at, amongst other things, resolving the problem of fragmented regulation of the mining industry, by creating what is known as the “One Environmental System”. Although the amendments were published on September 2, 2014, some of them only became effective on December 8, 2014. Prior to these amendments, there was debate as to whether an environmental authorization was required for mining operations if a mining entity had an environmental management plan/program, or EMP, approved by the DMR. This debate was settled by the amendments to the environmental laws, which have made it clear that in terms of the “One Environmental System”, as of December 8, 2014, environmental authorizations are required for prospecting/mining operations and related activities, in addition to an EMP. The DMR is now the competent authority to grant environmental authorizations under NEMA. However, the competent officials at the Department of Environmental Affairs, or DEA, remain the appellate authority. Directors may be held liable under provisions of the NEMA for any environmental degradation and/or the remediation thereof.

The Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Bill was published on December 27, 2012 for public comment. A second version of this Bill was published in June 2013 and although the Parliamentary process is complete, the Bill has yet to be published as an Amendment Act as the President has referred it back to Parliament because in his view, certain of its provisions were not in accordance with the Constitution of South Africa. See “—Mineral Rights”. This Bill contains further proposed amendments to allow for a smooth transition to the “One Environmental System”. Another proposed amendment to the MPRDA is for the holder of a mining right, previous holder of an old order right, or previous owner of works that has ceased to exist to remain liable for any latent or residual environmental liability, pollution, ecological degradation, the pumping and treatment of extraneous water which may become known in the future, notwithstanding the issuance of a closure certificate in terms of the MPRDA. The NEMA has been amended to provide that every holder, holder of an old order right or owner of works will remain responsible for any environmental liability, pollution or ecological degradation, the pumping and treatment of polluted or extraneous water and the management and sustainable closure thereof, notwithstanding the issuing of a closure certificate.

South African mining companies are required by law to undertake rehabilitation work as part of their ongoing operations in accordance with an approved EMP, which supports a mine closure plan. Gold Fields funds these environmental rehabilitation costs as part of its operating cash flows, and its long-term closure costs are funded by making cash contributions into an environmental trust fund with the difference between the closure provision made to date and the final closure cost estimate funded through insurance guarantees. Gold Fields is currently in the process of amending its EMPs and has also submitted a performance assessment report in respect of its rehabilitation work in South Africa. Gold Fields is evaluating the transitional provisions in the Regulations Pertaining to the Financial Provision for Prospecting, Exploration, Mining or Production Operations, which were published in terms of NEMA on November 20, 2015, through discussions with the Chamber and the respective government departments.

In line with the achievement of the “One Environmental System”, the National Water Act was also amended. Due to the past delays surrounding the processing of water use licenses, the NWA now requires the Minister of Water and Sanitation to align and integrate the process for consideration of a water use license with the timeframes and processes appurtenant to applications for prospecting and mining rights under the MPRDA, as well as environmental authorizations of the NEMA. Another amendment to the NWA is the insertion of a provision to the effect that a person aggrieved in regard to a decision made on an application for a water use license (particularly for prospecting or mining) can appeal directly to the Minister of Water and Sanitation.

Further, under the National Water Act, No. 36 of 1998, or the National Water Act, all water in the hydrological cycle is under the custodianship of the South African government held in trust for the people of South Africa and water users have been required to re-register their water uses under the National Water Act. In

 

80


Table of Contents

addition, the National Water Act governs waste and waste water discharges which may affect a water resource. The South African government uses various policy instruments and mechanisms, such as the water use license regime and the proposed waste discharge charge system, to ensure compliance with prescribed standards and water management practices according to the user pays and polluter pays principles, and to shift some of the treatment and clean-up cost back to the polluters. Gold Fields continues to use all reasonable and practical measures to remove underground water to permit the routine safe functioning of South Deep. South Deep was issued with a water use license in November 2011 by the DWS. Certain conditions and other aspects of the approved license were identified as requiring modification and an application to address these was submitted to the DWS in February 2012. A further amended water use license application was submitted to the DWS in November 2013, primarily to reflect the results of a re-assessment of expected water use requirements and a changing water balance. No response was received from the DWS in relation to the 2013 amendment. In November 2014, an agreement was reached with the DWS to withdraw the 2013 amendment and to submit an updated amendment application in May 2015. The May 2015 amendment application reflects the proposed changes to the approved 2011 water use license conditions. In addition, the updated amendment reflects a variety of water management projects and initiatives that were implemented during fiscal 2014 and that are planned for implementation during fiscal 2015 and beyond. A presentation was provided to the DWS in March 2015 to appraise them of the proposed structure and content of the new amendment, prior to the re-submission in May 2015. A decision on the application is currently expected in the third quarter of fiscal 2016. The existing approved license will remain in place while the application is processed by the DWS.

Under the National Environmental Management Air Quality Act, No. 39 of 2004, or Air Quality Act, the South African government has established minimum emission standards for certain activities which result in air emissions and for which atmospheric emissions licenses, or AELs, must be held. The Amended Minimum Emissions Standards related to the list of activities resulting in atmospheric emissions, or Listed Activities, were released by the Minister of Water and Environmental Affairs and came into operation on November 22, 2013. Existing plants were required to comply with the Minimum Emissions Standards by April 1, 2015. Newly granted AELs under the Air Quality Act will incorporate the Minimum Emissions Standards as conditions. Non-compliance with the Minimum Emissions Standards is an offense under the Air Quality Act. South Deep mine undertakes activities which result in atmospheric emissions, as provided for by the Air Quality Act, and holds a registration certificate authorizing such activities under previous legislation. South Deep has submitted the necessary application for a new license under the Air Quality Act in respect of some of the emitting activities undertaken at South Deep. South Deep submitted an application for an AEL in March 2013. A meeting was held in March 2014 with the West Rand District Municipality to discuss the AEL application. The outcome of this meeting required South Deep’s application to be amended to include Listed Activities. Gold Fields resubmitted an amended AEL application to the West Rand District Municipality, following which a provisional AEL for South Deep was granted pursuant to section 40(1)(a) of the Air Quality Act in respect of South Deep’s three listed activities. The provisional AEL was valid for a period of one year of operation from November 13, 2014 and an extension was granted in November 2015, which will remain valid until the final AEL is issued. The application for the final AEL was filed in November 2015. Gold Fields is drafting a plan to ensure it is in compliance with the applicable requirements of the Air Quality Act, including the new Minimum Emissions Standards.

The introduction of a carbon tax has been pending since 2011 and the most recent indication of the government’s intention to introduce the tax is the publication for comment of the draft Carbon Tax Bill in November 2015 which anticipates that the carbon tax will be implemented on January 1, 2017. The carbon tax design requires the calculation of liability to be based on the volume of fossil fuel input which results in Scope 1 greenhouse gas emissions, and for such liability to commence at a marginal rate of R120 per tonne of CO2-e, increasing by 10% per annum. The design also anticipates tax free exemptions ranging between 60% and 95%, with various allowances that would permit a tax liable entity to further mitigate its liability. Accordingly, the effective tax rate will vary between R6 and R48 per tonne of CO2-e. Such allowances include an increased tax free threshold for trade exposed sectors, recognition of emission reduction efforts, additional allowance for participating in the national carbon budgeting system, carbon offset allowances and the use of carbon offsets

 

81


Table of Contents

against a carbon tax liability. If South Deep is liable to pay carbon tax, it is expected to qualify for at least 80% of the allowances. As such, its exposure is expected to be initially calculated (in the first year of carbon tax exposure) on 20% of the mine’s Scope 1 emissions which have been estimated to be 7,101 tonnes of CO2-e in fiscal 2015. Based on these emissions, the potential tax liability in 2016 is estimated at approximately U.S.$12,200. However, and notwithstanding some five years in development of the design, the precise implications of the carbon tax to South Deep are currently still unknown, and it is anticipated that greater certainty will be forthcoming during the course of 2016. The uncertainties relating to the carbon tax include:

 

   

whether Eskom will pass the carbon tax through tariff adjustments;

 

   

whether Scope 1 emissions from on-site diesel powered emergency generators would be exempt from the tax;

 

   

whether the current environmental levy on grid electricity would be reduced or entirely removed; and

 

   

the method by which a fuel price adjustment would be implemented to include a carbon tax.

Recent comments from the Davis Tax Review Committee set up by the Minister of Finance acknowledged the importance of the carbon tax for the future strength of the economy in the context of the international response to climate change and recommended that the carbon tax be implemented from 2017. Given the uncertainties around the carbon tax design and the financial impact of the tax, the Committee advised that the tax be implemented with a 100% threshold in the first phase, which runs up to 2020. On the other hand, Treasury has indicated (in the 2016 Budget Review) that the means of dealing with the economic impact of the tax will be economy-wide revenue-neutrality, which means that some emitters will potentially still be liable to pay a carbon tax the revenue from which will be recycled through the economy. As of the date of this annual report, the final design was still pending.

The National Environmental Management Waste Act, No. 59 of 2008, or the Waste Act, commenced on July 1, 2009, with the exception of certain sections relating to contaminated land which came into force on May 2, 2014. Responsible waste management has become a priority for the DEA. Gold Fields is currently working with the DEA in order to ensure it is in compliance with the Waste Act. South Deep has one waste disposal facility which is currently dormant. The site consists of different waste streams, including waste that has radiation levels that are slightly above background levels, being the naturally occurring levels in geology. There is now a duty to rehabilitate this dormant site. South Deep must ensure that it has the appropriate waste management licenses and environmental authorizations for the closure and rehabilitation of all its waste sites. To this end, South Deep applied for two waste licenses in respect of its waste disposal facilities and salvage yard. On June 2, 2014, amendments to the Waste Act were published, which had the effect that as of December 8, 2014, residue deposits and residue stockpiles would be brought within the Waste Act’s scope of operation. Accordingly, as of December 8, 2014, in terms of the “One Environmental System”, residue stockpiles and residue deposits are now subject to regulation under the Waste Act and waste management licenses for activities relating to their establishment and reclamation will need to be obtained, subject to the transitional provisions in the amendments which were published in July 24, 2015. Such licenses will need to be obtained from the relevant officials at the DMR, who will become competent authorities under the Waste Act to issue such licenses for mining operations. The Regulations regarding the Planning and Management of Residue Stockpiles and Residue Deposits which were published on July 24, 2015 are also likely to have a financial impact on the management of these facilities, since they impose various classifications and associated liner requirements for new residue stockpiles and deposits. This is a fundamental shift in regulation as the Waste Act previously excluded residue deposits and residue stockpiles from its ambit. The 2013 Amendment Bill to the MPRDA also proposes the amendment of the definition of residue stockpiles to include historic mines and dumps created before the implementation of the MPRDA.

Gold Fields undertakes activities which are regulated by the National Nuclear Regulator Act, No. 47 of 1999, or the NNR Act. The NNR Act requires Gold Fields to obtain authorization from the National Nuclear Regulator, or NNR, and undertake activities in accordance with the conditions of such authorizations. Prior to the Spin-off, Gold Fields’ South African mining operations possessed and maintained Certificates of Registration

 

82


Table of Contents

issued by the NNR. After the Spin-off, South Deep continues to possess and maintain its Certificate of Registration, or CoR, as required under the NNR Act.

Although South Africa has a comprehensive environmental regulatory framework, enforcement of environmental law has traditionally been poor. The DEA and the DWS have indicated that enforcement will improve and that Environmental Management Inspectors will be provided with greater resources going forward. As of December 8, 2014, under the “One Environmental System”, separate Environmental Management Inspectors were appointed under the DMR to regulate environmental compliance of the mining industry. Although the DMR is still in the process of growing its inspectorate, related departments such as the DWS have generally shown an increased willingness to enforce the provisions of the NWA through the issue of pre-directives under the NWA.

Health and Safety

The principal objective of the South African Mine Health and Safety Act No. 29 of 1996, or the Mine Health and Safety Act, is to provide for the protection of the health and safety of employees and other persons at mines. The Mine Health and Safety Act requires employers and others to ensure their operating and non-operating mines provide a safe and healthy working environment, as far as reasonably practicable. The Mine Health and Safety Act provides for penalties and a system of administrative fines for non-compliance with the provisions thereof. The Mine Health and Safety Act further provides for employee participation through the establishment of health and safety committees and by requiring the appointment of health and safety representatives. It also provides for an employee’s right to refuse dangerous work. Finally, it describes the powers and functions of the Mine Health and Safety Inspectorate, or MHSI (which inspectorate is part of the DMR and the process of enforcement). The Mine Health and Safety Act authorizes the MHSI to restrict or stop work at any mine and require an employer to take steps to minimize health and safety risks at any mine. Under the Mine Health and Safety Act, an employer is obliged, among other things, to ensure, as far as reasonably practicable, that its mines are designed, constructed and equipped to provide conditions for safe operation and a healthy working environment. The employer is also required to ensure, as far as reasonably practicable, that its mines are commissioned, operated, maintained and decommissioned in such a way that employees can perform their work without endangering their health and safety or that of any other person. Every employer must ensure, as far as reasonably practicable, that persons who are not employees, but who may be directly affected by the activities at a mine, are not exposed to any hazards to their health and safety.

Any person, which may include an employer, who fails to comply with a provision of the Mine Health and Safety Act commits an offense and may be charged and, if successfully prosecuted, fined or imprisoned, or both. In addition, inspectors from the MHSI have the right to halt any part, or all, of the operations of a mine in the event of any circumstances, which the inspector has reason to believe endangers the health and safety of any person at the mine. The MHSI also has the power to impose administrative fines upon an employer in the event of a breach of the Mine Health and Safety Act. The maximum administrative fine that may be imposed is R1 million per offense.

The principal health risks associated with Gold Fields’ mining operations in South Africa arise from occupational exposure and community environmental exposure to silica dust, noise, heat and certain hazardous substances, including toxic gases, water, soil or air contamination and radioactive particulates. The most significant occupational diseases affecting Gold Fields’ workforce include lung diseases (such as silicosis, tuberculosis, a combination of the two and COAD) as well as NIHL. The Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act, No. 78 of 1973 (South Africa), or the ODMWA, governs the payment of compensation and medical costs related to certain illnesses, such as silicosis, contracted by persons employed in mines or at sites where activities ancillary to mining are conducted. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ operations are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations, which could impose additional costs and compliance requirements and Gold Fields may face claims and liability for breaches, or alleged breaches, of such regulations and other applicable laws”.

 

83


Table of Contents

Until recently, a provision in the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act No. 130 of 1993, or the COIDA, precluded an employee from recovering any civil damages from the employer for an occupational injury or disease resulting in his disablement or death. ODMWA governs the payment of compensation and medical costs for certain illnesses, such as silicosis, contracted by those employed in mines or at sites where activities ancillary to mining are conducted. Recently, the South African Constitutional Court ruled that a claim for compensation under ODMWA does not prevent the employee from seeking to recover damages from the employer as a civil action under common law. While issues, such as negligence and causation, need to be proved by the claimant on a case-by-case basis, such a ruling could expose Gold Fields to claims related to occupational hazards and diseases (including silicosis or other ailments alleged to arise due to exposure to hazardous materials and substances), which may be in the form of an individual claim, a class action or similar group claim. Although risks associated with alleged occupational exposure are likely to be greater, such actions may also arise in connection with the alleged incidence of such diseases in communities proximate to Gold Fields’ mines. A consolidated application has been brought against several South African mining companies, including Gold Fields, for the certification of a class action on behalf of current and former mineworkers (and their dependents) who have allegedly contracted silicosis while working for one or more of the mining companies in South Africa. See “—Legal Proceedings and Investigations”.

If a significant number of such claims were suitably established against it, the payment of compensation for the claims could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, Gold Fields may incur significant additional costs arising out of these issues, including costs relating to the payment of fees, increased levies or other contributions in respect of compensatory or other funds established (if any) and expenditures arising out of its efforts to remediate these matters or to resolve any outstanding claims or other potential action.

Mineral Rights

The MPRDA

The MPRDA came into effect on May 1, 2004. It can be said that the MPRDA consists of two parts, the first being mineral prospecting and mining and the second being petroleum exploration and production. Attached to the Act itself are the Transitional Provisions contained in Schedule II of the Act. In terms of the MPRDA, the mineral and petroleum resources of South Africa belong to the nation and the state (as custodian of the nation’s resources), which is entitled to grant prospecting and mining rights. The objective of the MPRDA is, among other things, to promote equitable access to the nation’s mineral resources by South Africans, expand opportunities for historically disadvantaged persons who wish to participate in the South African mining industry, advance social and economic development, and create an internationally competitive and efficient administrative and regulatory regime, based on the universally accepted principle, and consistent with common international practice, that mineral resources are part of a nation’s patrimony. Mining companies are required to apply for the right to mine and/or prospect.

Under the MPRDA, prospecting rights may be granted for an initial maximum period of five years and can be renewed once upon application for a further period not exceeding three years. Mining rights are valid for a maximum period of 30 years, and can be renewed upon application for further periods, each of which may not exceed 30 years. A wide range of factors and principles, including proposals relating to black economic empowerment and social responsibility, will be considered by the Minister of Mineral Resources when exercising his discretion whether to grant these applications. A prospecting or mining right can be suspended or canceled if the holder conducts mining operations in breach of the MPRDA, a term or condition of the right or an environmental authorization (which may include an approved environmental authorization, environmental management plan or environmental management program deemed to be an environmental authorization, as the case may be), or if the holder of the right submits false, incorrect or misleading information to the DMR. The MPRDA sets out a process which must be followed before the Minister of Mineral Resources is entitled to suspend or cancel the prospecting or mining right. In May 2010, the DMR approved the conversion of the South

 

84


Table of Contents

Deep old order mining right into a new-order mining right. Included in this approval was an additional portion of ground known as Uncle Harry’s, which is contiguous to South Deep. The durations of the South Deep mining right and the Uncle Harry’s mining right are both 30 years.

The MPRDA empowered the Minister of Mineral Resources to develop the Mining Charter, which is a set of guidelines that lays out the framework, targets and timetable for effecting entry of HDSAs into the mining industry and to allow such South Africans to benefit from the exploitation of South Africa’s mineral resources.

Among other things, the Mining Charter envisages the transfer of 26% of the ownership of South African mining industry assets to HDSAs within 10 years (i.e. by the end of 2014). Ownership can comprise active involvement, through HDSA-controlled companies (where HDSAs own at least 50% plus one share of the company and have management control), strategic joint ventures or partnerships (where HDSAs own at least 25% plus one vote of the joint venture or partnership interest and there is joint management and control) or collective investment vehicles, the majority ownership of which is HDSA based, or passive involvement, particularly through broad-based vehicles such as employee stock option plans. The Mining Charter also required mining companies to submit annual, audited reports on progress toward their commitments, as part of an ongoing review process. In addition to this process, the South African government had indicated that the Mining Charter would be reviewed during fiscal 2015, however, a number of important aspects of the Mining Charter remain to be finalized.

Following a review of the mining industry’s compliance with the 2009 targets set in the original Mining Charter, or the 2009 Review, the DMR released the Amended Mining Charter on September 13, 2010. Amendments to the original Mining Charter in the Amended Mining Charter include, among other things, guidelines that require mining companies to: (i) facilitate local beneficiation of mineral commodities; (ii) procure a minimum of 40% of capital goods, 70% of services and 50% of consumable goods from HDSA suppliers (i.e. suppliers in which a minimum of 25% plus one vote of their share capital must be owned by HDSAs) by 2014 (exclusive of non-discretionary procurement expenditure); (iii) ensure that multinational suppliers of capital goods contribute a minimum of 0.5% of their annual income generated from South African mining companies into a social development fund from 2010 towards the socio-economic development of South African communities; (iv) achieve a minimum of 40% HDSA demographic representation by 2014 at top management (board) level, senior management (executive committee) level, middle management level, junior management level and core and critical skills; (v) invest up to 5% of annual payroll in essential skills development activities; and (vi) implement measures to improve the standards of housing and living conditions for mineworkers by converting or upgrading mineworkers’ hostels into family units, attaining an occupancy rate of one person per room and facilitating home ownership options for all mineworkers in consultation with organized labor, all of which must be achieved by 2014. In addition, mining companies are required to monitor and evaluate their compliance to the Amended Mining Charter and must submit annual compliance reports to the DMR. The Scorecard for the Broad-Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining Industry attached to the Amended Mining Charter, or the Scorecard, makes provision for a phased-in approach for compliance with the above targets over the five year period ending in 2014. For measurement purposes, the Scorecard allocates various weightings to the different elements of the Amended Mining Charter. According to the text of the Amended Mining Charter, failure to comply with its provisions will amount to a breach of the MPRDA and may result in the cancelation or suspension of a mining company’s existing mining rights. This is in conflict with the provisions of the MPRDA.

In accordance with the MPRDA, on April 29, 2009 the DMR published the Code relating to the socio-economic transformation of the mining industry, or the Mining Code. The current industry position is that the DMR does not apply the Codes and mining companies are subject only to the provisions of the MPRDA.

In the same vein as the 2009 Review, during the course of fiscal 2014, the DMR appointed a private entity to conduct Amended Mining Charter compliance audits on its behalf, in respect of a number of mining companies. Mining companies were required to complete questionnaires and templates as a means of reporting

 

85


Table of Contents

on their compliance with fiscal 2014 targets as set in the Amended Mining Charter. However, it is generally understood that the DMR disregarded or abandoned this audit process. It is therefore unclear what the status of the process is and what the outcomes were. It is also unclear whether or not the information provided during this audit process will be considered or used by the DMR for any purpose in the future. It appears that the information gathering mechanism has been substituted by the DMR’s own formal request for information and data on Amended Mining Charter compliance in terms of section 29 of the MPRDA. The DMR directed mining companies to populate an electronic reporting template, but this template has raised a number of concerns due to its inflexible approach towards the assessment of compliance with the Amended Mining Charter. The template applies a mechanical process in that it asks specific questions and requires the completion of certain information, without making provision for the detailing of complex facts or historical transactions entered into in pursuance of meeting the Mining Charter HDSA ownership element. On March 15, 2016, the DMR announced that all mining companies would be required to complete these templates by April 30, 2016.

With the 2014 HDSA ownership target date contemplated in the Amended Mining Charter having passed, the DMR’s application of the Amended Mining Charter and its assessment of compliance therewith in respect of the ownership element is concerning. There are concerns in the mining industry that the approach followed by the DMR poses a risk of government action against many mining entities, which will threaten security of tenure, in that government may order the suspension or cancelation of mining rights in instances of deemed non-compliance with the requirements of the Amended Mining Charter.

Specifically, on March 31, 2015, the Chamber reported that the DMR believes that empowerment transactions by mining companies concluded after 2004 where the HDSA ownership level has fallen due to HDSA disposal of assets or for other reasons, should not be included in the calculation of HDSA ownership for the purposes of, among other things, the 26% HDSA ownership guideline under the Mining Charter. The position of Gold Fields is consistent with that of the Chamber, and is that such empowerment transactions should be included in the calculation of HDSA ownership. The DMR and the Chamber have agreed to approach the South African courts to seek a declaratory order which will provide a ruling on the relevant legislation and the status of the Mining Charter. On June 5, 2015 and pursuant to such agreement, the Chamber brought the Main Application. In February 2016, the Consolidation Application was filed by a third party, Malan Scholes Inc., to consolidate the Main Application with its own application for a declaratory order on the empowerment aspects of the Mining Charter. The Chamber indicated that it would oppose the Consolidation Application on the basis that the right to relief in the respective applications does not depend substantially on the same questions of law or fact. The Consolidation Application was heard on March 16, 2016. Judgment was reserved in the Consolidation Application and the court consequently postponed the Main Application. The Consolidation Application therefore now delays the hearing of the Main Application extending the period of uncertainty regarding the interpretation of the Mining Charter.

If the DMR were to prevail in the Main Application, mining companies, including Gold Fields, may be required to undertake further transactions in order to increase their HDSA ownership which would result in the dilution of existing shareholders. In such a case, mining companies may be required to maintain a minimum HDSA ownership level indefinitely. If the Chamber were to prevail in court, the DMR may enact new regulations to, among other things, increase HDSA ownership requirements for mining companies which would result in the dilution of existing shareholders. The position taken by the DMR also poses a risk that government may order the suspension or cancellation of mining rights for mining companies deemed not to be in compliance with the guidelines of the Amended Mining Charter. It is doubtful that they may lawfully do so in view of the Mining Charter’s questionable legal status and enforceability, among other things. At the Investing in Africa Mining Indaba conference in February 2016, the Minister of Mineral Resources indicated that the third Mining Charter or “Mining Charter III” would be released in the first half of 2016. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ mineral rights are subject to legislation, which could impose significant costs and burdens and which impose certain ownership requirements, the interpretation of which are subject of dispute”.

The Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Act, 2008, or the MPRDAA, was assented to by the President on April 19, 2009 and was to come into effect on a date to be proclaimed by the President.

 

86


Table of Contents

From April 19, 2009 to May 31, 2013, the fate of the MPRDAA was unclear and it was thought that the government would not proceed with the MPRDAA. On May 31, 2013, it was published in the government gazette that the MPRDAA would come into effect on June 7, 2013. This proclamation was amended such that only certain sections of the MPRDAA took effect as of June 7, 2013. Because Gold Fields is already the holder of the South Deep mining right, the amendments introduced by the MPRDAA have limited impact on the current regulation of the South Deep mine.

In December 2012, the first draft of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Bill, or the MPRDB, was published for comment. While the stated purpose of the MPRDB is, among other things, to remove ambiguities and enhance sanctions, the MPRDB has been criticized by stakeholders in the mining industry. Comments on the MPRDB were submitted and a second draft, known as the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Bill B15-2013 was published on May 31, 2013. A third draft, the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Bill B15B-2013 was approved by the National Assembly of Parliament on March 12, 2014 and by NCOP on March 27, 2014. The President has not assented to the MPRDB as he has found that in its current form, it did not accord with the Constitution of South Africa. In January 2015, the President therefore referred the MPRDB back to Parliament for reconsideration and Parliament has yet to produce a new draft of the MPRDB. On March 3, 2016, Parliament announced that it had referred the MPRDB to the National House of Traditional Leaders who have until the end of March 2016 to comment on the MPRDB. It is not publicly known which version of the MPRDB was sent to the National House of Traditional Leaders for comment. The first issue highlighted by the Presidency pertains to the elevation of the Mining Code and the Amended Mining Charter to the status of national legislation. The second issue highlighted by the Presidency is the fact that certain provisions of the MPRDB leave South Africa vulnerable to attack in international fora. The President is of the view that these provisions seem to be inconsistent with South Africa’s obligations under the General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs, or GATT, and the Trade, Development and Cooperation Agreement, or TDCA, to the extent that they appear to impose quantitative restrictions on exports in contravention of GATT and TDCA. The third and fourth issues highlighted by the President are the fact that there was insufficient public participation conducted and that the relevant traditional authorities were not consulted in regard to the possible impacts on customary law or the customs of traditional communities.

Once the President assents to the MPRDB, it will become an Act of Parliament and will come into effect on a date to be proclaimed by the President.

There is a large degree of uncertainty regarding the changes that will be brought about should the MPRDB be made an Act of Parliament. The MPRDB sought to introduce a requirement that the consent of the Minister of Mineral Resources would be required for the transfer of any interest in an unlisted company (previously required only for the transfer of a controlling interest) or any controlling interest in a listed company (previously not required), in respect of which companies hold a prospecting right or mining right. There has been much concern in this regard, as this amendment does not take into account the practicalities involved in the trading of shares of listed entities or that the proposed amendments may impede general corporate actions. There are also uncertainties in respect of the proposed introduction of provisions pertaining to the compulsory beneficiation of minerals within South Africa. The concern in this respect is that the Minister of Mineral Resources will have broad discretionary powers to prescribe the levels required for beneficiation in promoting the beneficiation of minerals. Further uncertainty also exists in respect of the introduction of provisions authorizing the Minister of Mineral Resources to declare certain minerals as “strategic” minerals, having regard to the national interest, the strategic nature of the mineral in question and the need to promote the sustainable development of the nation’s mineral resources. Concern in this regard goes to the fact that the declaration of specific minerals as “strategic” minerals will result in restrictions on the export thereof and that the proposed discretionary powers of the Minister of Mineral Resources in this regard are broad and unchecked. The manner and extent to which all of these issues will be dealt with following a further revision of the MPRDB remains to be seen.

The Chamber has emphasized the need for certainty with regard to the proposed amendments to the MPRDA to enable mining companies to plan and raise finance. The Chamber also believes that previous

 

87


Table of Contents

agreements reached with regard to certain sections of the Revised MPRDB must remain unchanged. There can, however, be no guarantee that such previously agreed sections will remain unchanged. At the Investing in Africa Mining Indaba conference held in February 2016, the Minister of Mineral Resources indicated that the MPRDB would be finalized in the first half of 2016.

The BBBEE Act and the BBBEE Amendment Act

The BBBEE Act established a national policy on broad-based black economic empowerment with the objective of increasing the participation of HDSAs in the economy. The BBBEE Act provides for various measures to promote black economic empowerment, including empowering the Minister of Trade and Industry to issue the BBBEE Codes with which organs of state and public entities and parties interacting with them or obtaining rights and licenses from them would be required to comply. There has been some debate as to whether or to what extent the mining industry was subject to the BBBEE Act and the policies and codes provided for thereunder. On October 24, 2014, the BBBEE Amendment Act No. 46 of 2013 was brought into operation. The BBBEE Amendment Act inserts a new provision in the BBBEE Act, whereby the BBBEE Act would trump the provisions of any other law in South Africa which conflicts with the provisions of the BBBEE Act, provided such conflicting law was in force immediately prior to the effective date of the BBBEE Amendment Act. The BBBEE Amendment Act also stipulates that this provision would only be effective one year after the BBBEE Amendment Act is brought into effect. This provision came into effect on October 24, 2015 and on October 27, 2015, the Minister for Trade and Industry published a government gazette notice declaring an exemption in favor of the DMR from applying the requirements contained in section 10(1) of the BBBEE Act for a period of 12 months. The exemption can be read as confirmation that the South African Department of Trade and Industry sees the BBBEE codes as “applicable” to the Mining Industry after the exemption is lifted on October 27, 2016. In any event it is not clear whether the DMR is likely to continue implementing the Mining Charter in its current form or whether it will apply the BBBEE Act or whether it would follow the BBBEE Codes.

This raises the question of whether the BBBEE Act and the BBBEE Codes may overrule the Mining Charter in the future. There is no clarity on this point at this stage. The revised Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Codes of Good Practice, or the Revised BEE Codes, became available for voluntary use on October 11, 2013 and became effective on May 1, 2015. Both the BBBEE Amendment Act and the Revised BEE Codes expressly stipulate that, where an economic sector in South Africa has a Sector Code in place for BEE purposes, companies in that sector must comply with the Sector Code. For purposes of the BBBEE Act, the Mining Charter is not a Sector Code. On February 17, 2016, the Minister of Trade and Industry published a gazette notice which repealed or confirmed the validity of a number of Sector Codes. The omission of the Mining Charter from the notice can be interpreted as confirmation that the Mining Charter is not contemplated as a Sector Code. This supports the interpretation BBBEE Act did not intend to trump the Mining Charter. While it remains to be seen how this will be interpreted, it appears that the BBBEE Act and the BBBEE Codes will not overrule the Mining Charter in the future. Although the Mining Charter is not a Sector Code, Gold Fields regularly reviews its status against the provisions and obligations of the Revised BEE Code, or Codes, to internally measure what its compliance would be if it were subject to the Codes. To date, we believe we would be compliant with the Codes; however there is no certainty as to whether the current obligations would supersede the Mining Charter or whether there would be a revision of the current Mining Charter.

The Royalty Act

The Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, No. 28 of 2008, or the Royalty Act, imposes a royalty on refined and unrefined minerals payable to the South African government.

The royalty in respect of refined minerals (which include gold and platinum) is calculated by dividing earnings before interest and taxes, or EBIT, by the product of 12.5 times gross revenue calculated as a percentage, plus an additional 0.5%. EBIT refers to taxable mining income (with certain exceptions such as no deduction for interest payable and foreign exchange losses) before assessed losses but after capital expenditure.

 

88


Table of Contents

A maximum royalty of 5% of revenue has been introduced for refined minerals. Gold Fields currently pays a royalty based on the refined minerals royalty calculation as applied to its gross revenue.

The Minister of Finance has appointed the Davis Tax Review Committee to look into and review the current mining tax regime. The Committee’s First Interim Report on Mining, which was released for public comment on August 13, 2015, proposed no changes to the royalty regime but recommended the discontinuation of the upfront capital expenditure write-off regime in favor of an accelerated capital expenditure depreciation regime. In addition, the report recommended retaining the so called “gold formula” for existing gold mines only, as new gold mines would be unlikely to be established in circumstances where profits are marginal or where gold mines would conduct mining of the type intended to be encouraged by the formula. An alternative recommendation was to phase out the gold formula for all mines over a reasonable period of time. The Committee also recommended to phase out the additional capital allowances available to gold mines in order to bring the gold mining corporate income tax regime in line with the tax system applicable to all taxpayers.

Exchange Controls

South African law provides for Exchange Control Regulations which, among other things, restrict the outward flow of capital from the CMA. The Exchange Control Regulations, which are administered by the Financial Surveillance Department of the SARB, are applied throughout the CMA and regulate international transactions involving South African residents, including companies. The South African government has committed itself to gradually relaxing exchange controls and various relaxations have occurred in recent years.

SARB approval is required for Gold Fields and its South African subsidiaries to receive and/or repay loans to non-residents of the CMA.

Funds raised outside of the CMA by Gold Fields’ non-South African resident subsidiaries (whether through debt or equity) can be used for overseas expansion, subject to any conditions imposed by the SARB. Gold Fields and its South African subsidiaries would, however, require SARB approval in order to provide guarantees for the obligations of any of Gold Fields’ subsidiaries with regard to funds obtained from non-residents of the CMA. Debt raised outside the CMA by Gold Fields’ non-South African subsidiaries must be repaid or serviced by those foreign subsidiaries. Absent SARB approval, income earned in South Africa by Gold Fields and its South African subsidiaries cannot be used to repay or service such foreign debts. Unless specific SARB approval has been obtained, income earned by one of Gold Fields’ foreign subsidiaries cannot be used to finance the operations of another foreign subsidiary.

Transfers of funds from South Africa for the purchase of shares in offshore entities or for the creation or expansion of business ventures offshore require exchange control approval. However, if the investment is a new outward foreign direct investment where the total cost does not exceed R1 billion per company per calendar year, the investment application may, without specific SARB approval, be processed by an authorized dealer, subject to all existing criteria and reporting obligations.

Gold Fields must obtain approval from the SARB regarding any capital raising involving a currency other than the Rand. In connection with its approval, it is possible that the SARB may impose conditions on Gold Fields’ use of the proceeds of any such capital raising, such as limits on Gold Fields’ ability to retain the proceeds of the capital raising outside South Africa or requirements that Gold Fields seeks further SARB approval prior to applying any such funds to a specific use.

Ghana

Environmental

The laws and regulations relating to the environment in Ghana have their roots in the 1992 Constitution which charges both the state and others with a duty to take appropriate measures to protect and safeguard the

 

89


Table of Contents

natural environment. Mining companies are required, under the Minerals and Mining Act, Environmental Assessment Regulations 1999 (LI 1652) and Water Use Regulations 2001 (LI 1692), to obtain all necessary approvals from the Environmental Protection Agency, or Ghanaian EPA, a body set up under the Environmental Protection Agency Act 1994 (Act 490), and, where applicable, the Water Resources Commission before undertaking mining operations. The Minerals and Mining Act also requires that mining operations in Ghana comply with all laws for the protection of the environment.

Under the relevant environmental laws and regulations, mining operations are required to undergo an environmental impact assessment process and obtain approval for an environmental permit prior to commencing operations. Environmental management plans, or EMPs, are first submitted to the Ghanaian EPA 18 months after the initial issuance of the permit and then every three years thereafter. The plan must include details of the likely impacts of the operation on the environment and local communities, as well as a comprehensive plan and timetable for actions to lessen and remediate adverse impacts. Approval of the management plan results in the issuance of an environmental certificate.

The laws also require mining operations to rehabilitate land disturbed as a result of mining operations pursuant to an environmental reclamation plan agreed with the Ghanaian regulatory authorities. The reclamation plan includes two cost estimates, namely the cost of rehabilitating the mining area for the life of the mine as well as the cost of rehabilitating the mine as at the date of the reclamation plan. These estimates are reviewed annually and updated every two years. The Environmental Assessment Regulations, 1999 (LI 1652) requires each mining company to post a reclamation bond. The terms of each reclamation bond are determined by a Reclamation Security Agreement between that company and the Ghanaian EPA. Mining companies are typically required to secure a percentage (typically between 50% and 100%) of the current estimated rehabilitation costs by posting reclamation bonds underwritten by banks and restricted cash. Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso maintain reclamation bonds underwritten by banks and restricted cash in order to secure a percentage of their total mine closure liability.

The Tarkwa and Damang mines have existing approvals to operate tailings storage facilities at Tarkwa and Damang, respectively. Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso periodically apply to the Ghanaian EPA for approval to raise the walls at their existing tailings storage facilities, and also submit Environmental Plans to the Ghanaian EPA for the issuance of their environmental certificates. As long as the necessary filings have been made, mining companies are usually permitted to continue operations while their applications are being considered. Gold Fields Ghana has applied for a permit for a new tailings storage facility at Tarkwa, and the review and approval process by the EPA is currently ongoing.

Health and Safety

A mining company is statutorily obligated to, among other things, take steps to ensure that the mine is managed in accordance with applicable legislation, including the Minerals and Mining (Health, Safety and Technical) Regulations, 2012 (L.I 2173), to ensure the safety and wellbeing of its employees. Additionally, both the Tarkwa and Damang mines are required, under the terms of their respective mining leases, to comply with the reasonable instructions of the Chief Inspector of Mines regarding health and safety at the mines. A violation of the provisions of the health and safety regulations or failure to comply with the reasonable instructions of the Chief Inspector of Mines could lead to, among other things, a shutdown of all or a portion of the mine or the imposition of more stringent compliance procedures. The Tarkwa and Damang mines have potential liability arising from injuries to, or deaths of, workers, including, in some cases, workers employed by their contractors. Although Ghanaian law provides statutory workers’ compensation for injuries or fatalities to workers, it is not the exclusive means by which workers or their personal representatives may claim compensation. Both companies’ allotted insurance for health and safety claims and the relevant workers’ compensation may not fully cover them in respect of all liability arising from any future health and safety claims, since employees may still resort to other claims through the Ghanaian courts and/or legal system.

 

90


Table of Contents

Mineral Rights

Gold Fields Ghana has two major mining leases in respect of its mining operations, namely the Tarkwa property lease and the Teberebie property lease. There are three mining leases under the Tarkwa property lease, all of which were granted in 1997 and will expire in 2027, and two mining leases under the Teberebie property lease, which were granted between 1988 and 1992, and expire in 2018. Under the provisions of the Minerals and Mining Law, 1986 (PNDCL 153), or the Minerals and Mining Law, and the terms of the mining leases, all of the mining leases under the Tarkwa and Teberebie properties are renewable by agreement between Gold Fields Ghana and the Government of Ghana. The Minerals Commission has approved Gold Fields Ghana’s application for an extension of the Teberebie leases to 2036 and has made recommendations to the Minister responsible for Lands and Natural Resources to grant the extension. Gold Fields Ghana has fully paid for the fees associated with the extension.

Abosso holds the mining lease in respect of the Damang mine which was granted in 1995 and expires in 2025, as well as the mining lease in respect of the Lima South mine that was granted in 2006 and expires in 2017. As with the Tarkwa and Teberebie mining leases, these leases are renewable under their terms and the provisions of the Minerals and Mining Law by agreement between Abosso and the government of Ghana. Gold Fields expects to submit an application for renewal of Lima South in the last quarter of 2016.

The Minerals and Mining Act, 2006 (Act 703), or the Minerals and Mining Act, came into force on March 31, 2006. Although the Minerals and Mining Act repealed the Minerals and Mining Law, and the amendments to it, the Minerals and Mining Act provides that leases, permits and licenses granted or issued under the repealed laws will continue under those laws unless the Minister responsible for minerals provides otherwise by regulation. It also provides that the Minister responsible for minerals shall grant the extension of the term of a lease on conditions specified in writing as long as the holder of mineral rights has materially complied with its obligations under the Act. Management believes that all of Gold Fields’ operations in Ghana are materially compliant with the relevant legislative requirements. Therefore, unless and until any new regulations are passed in respect of Gold Fields’ mineral rights, the Minerals and Mining Law will continue to apply to Gold Fields’ current operations in Ghana.

The major provisions of the Minerals and Mining Act include:

 

   

the government of Ghana’s right to a free carried interest in mineral operations of 10% and the right to a special share (discussed below); and

 

   

mining companies which have invested or intend to invest at least U.S.$500 million (as Gold Fields has) may benefit from stability and development agreements, relating to both existing and new operations, which will serve to protect holders of current and future mining leases for a period not exceeding 15 years against changes in laws and regulations generally and, in particular, relating to customs and other duties, levels of payment of taxes, royalties and exchange control provisions, transfer of capital and dividend remittances. A development agreement may contain further provisions relating to the mineral operations and environmental issues. Each stability and development agreement is subject to the ratification of parliament.

In 2010, the Minerals and Mining Act was amended to provide for a fixed royalty rate of 5% of the total revenue earned from minerals obtained, with effect from March 17, 2010. Although payment of the royalty rate became effective in March 2010, Gold Fields did not begin submitting the required payment until April 1, 2011 due to a moratorium on the tax burden for mining leases in place prior to commencement of the Act, which ended on March 31, 2011.

The Ghanaian parliament passed an Act that, effective March 9, 2012, increased taxes on mining companies. These changes included introducing a separate tax category for companies engaged in mining, which raised the applicable corporate tax rate from 25% to 35% and reduced the capital allowance regime from 80% for the first year with reductions to a uniform regime of 20% over five years. Under a new Income Tax Act enacted in 2015

 

91


Table of Contents

(Act 896), unutilized capital allowance cannot be deferred if not used in the tax year. Further, a draft bill was proposed which sought to impose a windfall profit tax of 10% of the cash balance of a company engaged in mining activities. The planned windfall tax has, however, been on hold indefinitely since January 2014.

On March 17, 2016, the Parliament of Ghana ratified development agreements between Gold Fields Ghana, Abosso and the Government of Ghana. Parliamentary proceedings leading to the ratification were officially published on Parliament’s website on March 21, 2016. The development agreements provide for, among other things, a fixed tax rate of 32.5%, beginning on March 17, 2016, and exemption from certain import duties. In addition, Gold Fields is to pay royalties on a sliding scale, replacing the current fixed rate, with effect from January 1, 2017. Additionally, under the development agreements, Gold Fields agreed to forgo the previous exemptions from withholding tax under the Deed of Warranty between Abosso and the Government of Ghana and the Project Development Agreement between Gold Fields Ghana and the Government of Ghana. Under the old Abosso Deed of Warranty, there was no withholding tax applicable on payments from the external account in connection with interest and other borrowing costs/fees, payments to suppliers, consultants and contractors of goods or services and dividends to external shareholders. With respect to the Tarkwa Project Development Agreement, there was no withholding tax on dividends and capital repayments to non-resident shareholders, interest, commitment or other fee or capital redemption payment in foreign currency from non-Ghana resident lenders.

Under the development agreements, Gold Fields committed to pay compensation for assets used at Tarkwa since the divestiture of the Ghanaian State Gold Mining Company and, in years where a dividend is not declared and paid, to make a payment of 5% of profits after tax in the relevant year to the government (which will be offset against the eventual dividend payment).

Government Option to Acquire Shares of Mining Companies

Under Ghanaian law, the government is entitled to a 10% interest in any Ghanaian company which holds a mining lease in Ghana, without the payment of consideration for the shares therein. The government of Ghana has already received this 10% interest in each of Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso. The government also has the option, under the Minerals and Mining Law, of acquiring an additional 20% interest in the share capital of mining companies whose rights were granted under the Minerals and Mining Law at a price agreed upon by the parties, at the fair market value at the time the option is exercised, or as may be determined by international arbitration. The government of Ghana exercised this option in respect of Gold Fields Ghana and subsequently transferred the interest. The government of Ghana retains this option to purchase an additional 20% of the share capital of Abosso. As far as management is aware, the government of Ghana has not exercised this option for any other gold mining company in the past, other than Gold Fields Ghana.

Under the Minerals and Mining Law, which continues to apply to Gold Fields Ghana’s operations, and under the Minerals and Mining Act, the government has a further option to acquire a “special share” in a mining company for no consideration or in exchange for such consideration as the government and that company shall agree. This interest, when acquired, constitutes a special share which gives the government the right to attend and speak at any general meeting of shareholders, but does not entitle the government to any voting rights. The special share does not entitle the government to distributions of profits of the company which issues it to the government. The written consent of the government is required to make any amendment to a company’s regulations relating to the government’s option to acquire a special share. Although the government of Ghana has agreed not to exercise this option in respect of Gold Fields Ghana, it has retained this option for Abosso.

Exchange Controls

Under Ghana’s mining laws, the Bank of Ghana or the Minister for Finance may permit the holder of a mining lease to retain a percentage of its foreign exchange earnings for certain expenses in bank accounts in

 

92


Table of Contents

Ghana. Under a foreign exchange retention account agreement with the government of Ghana, Gold Fields Ghana is required to repatriate 20% of its revenues derived from the Tarkwa mine to Ghana and use the repatriated revenues in Ghana or maintain them in a Ghanaian bank account. Management believes that Gold Fields Ghana is entitled to rely on the provisions of the foreign exchange retention account agreement for the duration of the Tarkwa mining leases. Abosso is currently obligated to repatriate 25% of its revenue to Ghana, although the level of repatriation under the deed of warranty between Abosso and the government of Ghana is subject to renegotiation every two years. The most recent negotiations were concluded in February 2003. Since then, there have been no requests for negotiations by either side; until Abosso’s repatriation level is renegotiated, it will remain the same. While management has no reason to believe that the repatriation level will increase as a result of the next set of negotiations, there is no agreed ceiling on the repatriation level, and it could be increased.

The Bank of Ghana issued notices on February 4, 2014 and June 13, 2014 that imposed further restrictions on the operation of Foreign Exchange Accounts and Foreign Currency Accounts. However, on August 8, 2014, it reversed virtually all the restrictions that it had imposed through these notices.

Increased Electricity Costs

On December 11, 2015, the Public Utilities Regulatory Commission increased the average electricity tariffs for the transmission grid (GRIDCo) by approximately 59.2%, increasing the tariff paid by Tarkwa only from U.S.$0.01539/kWh to U.S.$0.024252/kWh. In addition, the new Energy Sector Levies Act enacted in 2015 (Act 899) imposed a levy of 5% per kilowatt hour of electricity, on both public lighting and national electrification, applicable to all consumers.

Australia

Environmental

Gold Fields’ gold operations in Australia are primarily subject to the environmental laws and regulations of the State of Western Australia which require, among other things, that Gold Fields obtains necessary environmental approvals, environmental licenses, works approvals and mining approvals to implement and carry out its mining operations. In addition, under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Act 1999 (Cth), it may be necessary to obtain separate approval from the federal government if any new project (including some expansions of existing facilities) is deemed to be a “controlled action” having, or likely to have, any significant impact on “matters of national environmental significance” under that Act.

At the state level, Gold Fields is subject to the Environmental Protection Act 1986 (WA), or EP Act, under which it is obliged to prevent and abate pollution and environmental harm. The EP Act also prescribes sanctions and penalties for a range of environmental offenses, including orders which may effectively suspend certain operations or activities.

Under Part IV of the EP Act, a proposal that is likely to have a significant effect on the environment must be referred to the Western Australian Environmental Protection Authority, or the Western Australian EPA, which undertakes the environmental impact assessment, or EIA, of the proposal. An EIA is a systematic and orderly evaluation of a new proposal (including an expansion of an existing development) and its impact on the environment. The assessment includes considering ways in which the proposal, if implemented, could avoid or reduce any impact on the environment. There are two levels of assessment—Public Environmental Review and Assessment on Proponent Information. The Western Australian Minister for the Environment must decide whether or not to approve the proposal and, if approved, what conditions are appropriate to regulate the implementation of the proposal.

In addition to this approval, under Part V of the EP Act, a works approval and environmental license must be obtained from the Department of Environment Regulation, or DER, for the construction and operation of

 

93


Table of Contents

facilities with significant potential to cause pollution, such as the ore processing facility, tailings storage facility, landfill and waste water treatment plant.

Gold Fields is also required to obtain a water license from the Western Australian Department of Water to extract water for its mining activities.

Prior to the commencement or expansion of any mining operations, Gold Fields is also required to prepare a mining proposal in accordance with published guidance material and submit the mining proposal to the Western Australian Department of Mines and Petroleum, or DMP, for approval under the Mining Act 1978 (WA), or Mining Act. Once approved by the DMP, the requirement to comply with the mining proposal becomes a condition of the mining tenement.

Gold Fields is required to prepare and submit an Annual Environmental Report to the DER and DMP under the conditions attached to its environmental approvals, licenses and mining tenements.

During the operational life of its mines, Gold Fields is required by law to make provisions for the ongoing rehabilitation of its mines and to provide for the cost of post-closure rehabilitation and monitoring once mining operations cease. Under the Mining Act, Gold Fields has previously been required to guarantee its environmental obligations by providing the Western Australian government with unconditional bank-guaranteed performance bonds. From July 1, 2014, Gold Fields has been required to pay an annual levy into a mining rehabilitation fund administered by the DMP instead of providing performance bonds. The annual levy payable by Gold Fields is 1% of an estimate of the cost per hectare to rehabilitate the disturbed land.

The funds held by the DMP in the mining rehabilitation fund are used to rehabilitate abandoned mines, and are not refundable or reimbursable to the contributing entities for their own rehabilitation liabilities.

The Clean Energy Act 2011 (Cth) and associated legislation established a national carbon pricing scheme, or Scheme, which was in effect from July 1, 2012 until June 30, 2014, when it was repealed. The Scheme ceased to apply to Gold Fields’ operations in Australia from July 1, 2014. However, the transitional arrangements associated with the repeal required liable entities to satisfy their liability obligations for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014.

Under the Scheme, entities that had operational control over facilities (i.e. activities) that emitted more than 25,000 tonnes of CO2-e per annum in greenhouse gas emissions covered by the Scheme were directly regulated, and were required to acquire and surrender carbon units to cover those emissions. Darlot was required to register its carbon emissions for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 and has complied with its obligations to purchase and surrender carbon credits in accordance with the transitional arrangements associated with the repeal of the Scheme.

Under the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting scheme, Gold Fields Australia has operational control over the four Australian operations which have combined emissions exceeding 125kt CO2-e each fiscal year. Accordingly, Gold Field Australia is required to report as the registered “controlling corporation” for the purposes of the scheme.

The Australian government replaced the Carbon Pricing Scheme with the Emissions Reduction Fund which is a voluntary scheme that aims to provide financial incentives for polluters to reduce, abate or sequester greenhouse gas emissions. Gold Fields registered the Granny Smith Gas Power Station Project with the Emissions Reduction Fund for carbon abatement in May 2015 under the Industrial Fuel and Energy Efficiency Method. Gold Fields intends to enter a reverse auction with the Clean Energy Regulator in April 2016 under the Emissions Reduction Fund in order to sell the project’s carbon abatement to the Australian government.

 

94


Table of Contents

Health and Safety

The Mines Safety and Inspection Act 1994 (WA), or the Safety and Inspection Act, and the Mines Safety and Inspection Regulations 1995 (WA) together regulate the duties of employers and employees in the mining industry with regard to occupational health and safety and outline offenses and penalties for breach. Resources Safety, a division of the DMP, administers this legislation. Under the approach utilized by Resources Safety, it is the responsibility of each employer to manage safety (i.e. a general duty of care exists in mines located in Western Australia). A violation of the safety laws or failure to comply with the instructions of the relevant health and safety authorities is a criminal offense that could lead to, among other things, a temporary shutdown of all or a portion of the mine, a loss of the right to mine, or the imposition of costly compliance procedures and/or financial penalties.

The Work Health and Safety Bill 2014 (WA), or the WHS Bill (which is based on the federal Model Work Health and Safety Act), has been drafted in respect of general industry and was open for public consultation until January 2015. Further modifications were required as a result of the consultation process, and the WHS Bill is yet to be finalized. However, it is anticipated that the WHS Bill will not be identical to the Model Work Health and Safety Act. In mid-2015, the DMP released a “mock up” of a harmonized Work Health and Safety (Resources) Bill 2015 (WA), or the WHS Resources Bill, to consolidate the safety provisions of existing mining, petroleum and major hazard facilities legislation into one statute that will supplement the WHS Bill. The WHS Resources Bill will contain specific clauses to regulate the resources industry and is expected to be introduced into Parliament in early 2016, and commence on January 1, 2017. The WHS Resources Bill will replace the current mines safety legislation referred to above.

Mineral Rights

In Australia, the ownership of land is separate from the ownership of most minerals (including gold), which are the property of the states and are thus regulated by the state governments. The Mining Act is the principal piece of legislation governing exploration and mining on land in Western Australia. Licenses and leases for, among other things, prospecting, exploration and mining must be obtained pursuant to the requirements of the Mining Act before the relevant activity can begin.

Prospecting licenses, exploration licenses and mining leases are subject to prescribed minimum annual expenditure commitments. Royalties are payable to the state based on the amount of ore produced or obtained from a mining tenement. A quarterly production report must be filed and royalties are calculated ad valorem at a fixed rate of 2.5% of royalty value in respect of gold, and at other rates (depending on the relevant mineral) in respect of ore produced or obtained from a mining tenement. The royalty value of gold is the amount of gold produced during each month in a relevant quarter multiplied by the average gold spot price for that month. Despite the discussion above, no royalty is payable in respect of the first 2,500 ounces of gold metal produced during a financial year from gold-bearing material produced or obtained from the same gold royalty project.

Land Claims

In 1992, the High Court of Australia recognized a form of native title which protects the rights of indigenous people in relation to land and water in certain circumstances. As a result of this decision, the Native Title Act 1993 (Cth), or Native Title Act, was enacted to recognize and protect existing native title by providing a mechanism for the determination of native title claims and a statutory right for Aboriginal groups or persons to negotiate, object, and/or be consulted when, among other things, there is an expansion of, or change to, the rights and interests in the land which affect native title and which constitute a “future act” under the Native Title Act. The existence of these claims does not necessarily prevent continued mining under existing tenements. Tenements granted prior to January 1, 1994 are not “future acts” and do not need to comply with the aforementioned consultation or negotiation procedures.

 

95


Table of Contents

As a general rule, tenements granted (or in some cases re-granted) after January 1, 1994 need to comply with this process. However, in Western Australia, some tenements were granted without complying with this consultation or negotiation process on the basis of then prevailing Western Australian legislation. This legislation was subsequently found to be invalid as it conflicted with the Native Title Act which is Commonwealth legislation. Subsequent legislation was passed (Titles Validation Amendment Act 1999 (WA)) validating the grant of tenements between January 1, 1994 and December 23, 1996, provided certain conditions were met under the Native Title Act.

Certain of Gold Fields’ tenements are currently subject to native title claims and a determination of native title. However, most of Gold Fields’ tenements were granted prior to January 1, 1994. Where tenements were granted between January 1, 1994 and December 23, 1996, Gold Fields believes it has complied with the conditions set out by the Native Title Act for those tenements to be validly granted. On those tenements granted after December 23, 1996, Gold Fields has either entered into agreements with the claimant parties which provide the Company with security of tenure, or utilized a valid exemption from the consultation and negotiation process under the Native Title Act. Therefore, any existing or future grant of native title over any of these tenements will not have a material effect on Gold Fields’ tenure during the operation of these agreements. See “—Legal Proceedings and Investigations”.

Peru

Regulatory

The regulatory framework governing the development of mining activities in Peru mainly consists of the General Mining Act (Ley General de Minería), or the LGM, and regulations relating to mining procedures, health and safety, environmental protection, and mining investment and guarantees. Mining activities as defined by the LGM include surveying, prospecting, exploration, exploitation, general workings, beneficiation, trading and transportation of ore.

In addition to general taxation, mining companies are also subject to a special tax regime established in 2011 through the amendment of the Mining Royalty Law and enactment of the Special Mining Tax Law and the Special Mining Charge Law.

Regulatory and Supervisory Entities

In general terms, the principal regulator of mining activities in Peru is the Ministry of Energy and Mines, or MEM, through its General Bureau of Mining (Dirección General de Minería), or DGM, and its General Bureau of Mining and Environmental Affairs (Dirección General de Asuntos Ambientales Mineros).

Additionally, since December 28, 2015, the National Environmental Certification Service for Sustainable Investment, or SENACE, has been authorized to review and approve the Environmental Impact Assessment studies of projects that have a national or multi-regional influence, and that may generate significant environmental impacts.

Other relevant regulatory institutions include the INGEMMET, the OSINERGMIN, the OEFA, the National Water Authority, the Ministry of Culture and the National Superintendence of Labor Inspection, or SUNAFIL.

Concessions

In accordance with the LGM, mining activities (except surveying, prospecting and trading) must be performed exclusively under the concession system. A concession confers upon its holder the exclusive right to develop a specific mining activity within a defined area. The LGM establishes four types of concessions:

 

96


Table of Contents

Mining Concessions

A mining concession is a real property interest independent and separate from surface land located within the coordinates of the concession. Holders of mining concessions or of any pending claims for mining concessions must comply with payment of an annual mining good standing fee, or Mining Good Standing Fee, of U.S.$3.00 per year per hectare in order to maintain the concessions in good standing. The payment starts from the year in which the claim was filed and must be paid for as long as the concessions are held. Holders of mining concessions are also required to meet minimum annual production targets prescribed by law, which will have to be demonstrated in the Annual Consolidated Statement filed with the MEM. Titleholders are entitled to group multiple concessions into Administrative Economic Units to comply with the minimum production requirement, provided certain conditions are met. In the case of mining concessions obtained prior to October 2008, the minimum annual production target for concessions to mine metals is equivalent to U.S.$100.00 per hectare per year.

In the case of mining concessions obtained starting in October 2008, the minimum annual production target for metallic concessions is equivalent to one Fiscal Payment Unit, or UIT, per hectare per year. The UIT is fixed on a yearly basis and is set to equal S/.3,950, or approximately U.S.$1,127.00, in 2016. Gold Fields La Cima owns mining concessions acquired before and after October 2008 and therefore is subject to both production target requirements. Gold Fields La Cima is currently in compliance with both requirements.

Beneficiation Concessions

Beneficiation or process concessions confer the right to extract or concentrate the valuable substances of an aggregate of minerals and/or to smelt, purify or refine metals through a set of physical, chemical and/or physicochemical processes. As with mining concessions, holders of beneficiation concessions are required to pay the Mining Good Standing Fee, which is calculated on the basis of the production capacity of the processing plant. Gold Fields La Cima was granted a permit for a processing plant with a capacity of 22,320 tonnes per day by the Ministry of Energy and Mines. The current installed capacity of the processing plant is 19,680 tonnes per day. In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields La Cima paid a S/. 38,045370, or approximately U.S.$11,189.91, Mining Good Standing Fee in connection with its beneficiation concessions.

General Working Concessions

General workings concessions confer the right to render ancillary services to two or more mining concession holders. The following are considered ancillary services: ventilation, drainage, hoisting or extraction in favor of two or more concessions of different concessionaires.

Ore Transportation Concessions

Ore transportation concessions confer the right to install and operate a system for the continuous massive transportation of mineral products between one or more mining centers and a port or beneficiation plant, or a refinery, or along one or more stretches of these routes. The ore transportation system must be non-conventional, such as conveyor belts, pipelines or cable cars, among others. Conventional transportation systems are authorized by the Ministry of Transport and Communications.

Mining Royalty and Other Special Mining Taxes and Charges

In addition to general taxation, mining companies are subject to a special tax regime established, in its current form, in September 2011. With respect to the general taxation regime, relevant changes have been introduced with effect from January 1, 2015 to corporate and dividends income tax rates. For fiscal 2015 and 2016, the corporate tax rate has been reduced from 30% to 28%. In turn, the dividends tax rate applicable to

 

97


Table of Contents

non-resident shareholders of Peruvian companies has increased from 4.1% to 6.8% for such years. These reductions are not applicable to Gold Fields La Cima and Gold Fields Corona (BVI) as they have executed Legal Stability Agreements with PROINVERSION which have stabilized the income tax rates in force on the date of their execution. Gold Fields La Cima and Gold Fields Corona (BVI) may decide to waive the stability provided by the Legal Stability Agreements and submit to the general taxation regime if deemed convenient.

For 2017 and 2018, the corporate tax rate will be 27% and the dividends tax rate will be increased to 8%. These new rates will apply to Gold Fields La Cima and Gold Fields Corona (BVI) since their Stability Agreements expire on FY 2017. From 2019 onwards, the applicable corporate tax rate will be 26% and the dividends tax rate will be 9.3%.

The special tax regime is structured around the Mining Royalty Law, the Special Mining Tax Law and the Special Mining Charge Law. The Mining Royalty Law established payment of a mining royalty by owners of mining concessions for the exploitation of metallic and non-metallic resources. This mining royalty was originally calculated on the basis of revenues obtained from the sales of minerals. However, in September 2011, an amendment to the Mining Royalty Law was approved establishing that, as of October 2011, the mining royalty will be determined by applying a sliding scale rate (ranging from 1% to 12%, previously 1% to 3% of sales) based on the quarterly operating profits of mining companies. Mining royalties are deductible for income tax purposes.

Also, in September 2011, the Special Mining Tax Law and the Special Mining Charge Law were enacted. The Special Mining Tax is payable by mining companies that have not executed a Mining Tax Stability Agreement with the Ministry of Energy and Mines, or MEM. The Special Mining Tax is calculated by applying a sliding scale of rates (ranging from 2% to 8.4%) based on the quarterly operating profits of the mining company and is deductible for income tax purposes. This Special Mining Tax applies to Gold Fields La Cima as the company has not executed a Mining Tax Stability Agreement with the MEM. While the Company has not executed a Mining Tax Stability Agreement, it does maintain a Legal Stability Agreement executed with PROINVERSION.

The Special Mining Charge is similar to the Special Mining Tax but applies to mining companies that have executed a Mining Tax Stability Agreement with the MEM and the sliding scale of rates range from 4% to 13.12% based on the quarterly operating profits of mining companies. The Special Mining Charge does not apply to Gold Fields La Cima.

In addition to the above, beginning with their annual income in calendar 2012, mining companies must contribute an amount equivalent to 0.5% of their annual income before taxes to fund the Complementary Retirement Fund for Mining, Metal and Iron and Steel. Gold Fields La Cima disputes the applicability of this provision. Accordingly, it initiated an arbitration against the Peruvian Government in fiscal 2014, under the arbitration clause of its Legal Stability Agreement. The arbitration panel has been formed and the proceedings are still in their initial phase.

Also, since July 2012, mining companies are required to pay an annual supervisory contribution to the OSINERGMIN and OEFA which is set by Supreme Decree. The sum of both contributions may not exceed an amount equivalent to 1% of the total value of annual invoicing for concentrate sales, after deducting VAT. For 2015, contributions to the OSINERGMIN and OEFA are equivalent to 0.19% and 0.15% of annual invoicing respectively. In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields La Cima paid a total of U.S.$949,531.72 million in such contributions. Gold Fields La Cima has paid these contributions under protest and has filed two constitutional actions before OEFA and OSINERGMIN disputing these contributions as unconstitutional and illegal. These actions are still in progress.

 

98


Table of Contents

Environmental

The environmental impact of mining activities in Peru is regulated by the Regulations on Environmental Protection and Management for Mining Exploitation, Beneficiation, General Labor, Transportation and Storage Activities, which entered into force on March 14, 2015 with the publication of the relevant terms of reference.

According to the above regulations, the following environmental instruments are required to be produced in order to perform mining activities:

 

   

Environmental Impact Declaration, or DIA, and Semi-Detailed Environmental Impact Assessment, or SD-EIA: DIAs and SD-EIAs are required for mining exploration projects, according to the magnitude and impact that the activities intended to be carried out may have on the environment. DIAs and SD-EIAs contain detailed environmental and social information on the area where exploration activities will be carried out, on the project and works to be performed, and on the measures that will be taken to control and mitigate any environmental impacts caused. Recent legislation has been enacted establishing that the initiation of exploration activities needs to have been previously authorized by the DGM. A SD-EIA or DIA is required for such authorization to be obtained.

 

   

Environmental Impact Assessment, or EIA: EIAs are required for new projects, expansions of existing operations and projects moving from the exploration stage to development. EIAs must evaluate the physical, biological, socio-economic and cultural impacts on the environment resulting from the operation of mining projects.

A law regulating mine closures requires mining companies to ensure the availability of the resources necessary for the execution of an adequate mine closure plan, including a mine closure estimate, in order to prevent, minimize and control the risks to and negative effects on health, personal safety and environment that may be generated or may continue after the cessation of mining operations. Furthermore, the law obligates holders of mining concessions to furnish guarantees in favor of the MEM to ensure that they will carry out their mine closure plans in accordance with the environmental protection regulations and to ensure that the MEM has the necessary funds to execute the mine closure plan in the event of non-compliance by the holder of the mining concession. Mine concession holders may satisfy these requirements by providing to the MEM stand-by letters of credit (bank guarantees) to cover the amount of any mine closure plan. Gold Fields La Cima’s mine closure plan for Cerro Corona was approved in 2008 and subsequently amended in 2010, 2011, 2013 and 2014. This mine closure plan is guaranteed by a bond letter of approximately U.S.$25.6 million, issued by Credit Bank Peru.

Water Quality Standards

In December 2015, the Ministry of Environment passed Supreme Decree N° 15-2015-MINAM, or the Supreme Decree, which modified the Environmental Quality Standards, or the ECA, applicable to water courses. The Supreme Decree is binding from the date of its publication. This regulation established less stringent new parameters in physical and chemical, inorganic, organic, microbiological and parasitological compounds, compared to the previously approved ECA. Under the Supreme Decree, holders of mining activities that are conducting environmental studies had to report to the MEM by February 17, 2016 on whether such instruments complied with the amended ECA, or if they required an adjustment.

Gold Fields La Cima is currently evaluating a water treatment system for the tailings storage facility for Cerro Corona. This process has involved consideration of new technologies available for water treatment, including a reverse osmosis plant, ettringite (a form of hydrous calcium aluminum sulfate mineral), high density sludge, evaporators and ionic interchange. As part of the evaluation of technologies, Gold Fields La Cima conducted a pilot program, involving a reverse osmosis system that included ultrafiltration and brine treatment. The results of the pilot program were favorable in terms of sulfate removal but not for brine treatment. Gold Fields La Cima invested U.S. $0.6 million in the pilot program during fiscal 2013, with a further expenditure of around U.S.$1 million in fiscal 2014.

 

99


Table of Contents

On March 6, 2015, Gold Fields La Cima obtained the authorization to relocate the water source of the Tomas Spring, which is located inside the final footprint of the tailings storage facility for Cerro Corona, to a higher elevation above the final footprint, in order to continue with the planned expansion of the facility. On May 23, 2014, Gold Fields La Cima received formal authorization from the Manuel Vasquez Association to relocate the Tomas Spring and to start the permit application process with the water regulator in respect of the relocation. Currently, Gold Fields has all the governmental permissions and permits to relocate the water source of the Tomas Spring.

Other matters subject to regulation include, but are not limited to, transportation of ore or hazardous substances, water use and discharges, power use and generation, use and storage of explosives, housing and other facilities for workers, reclamation, labor standards and mine safety and occupational health.

Soil Quality Standards

In April 2013, the government of Peru approved soil quality standards for all industries, including extractive industries. These standards established that all companies that generate an impact on soil as a consequence of their activities must submit a report identifying areas of soil pollution to the MEM by April 2015 and, if applicable, a remediation plan within two years from the date of approval of such report. On April 10, 2015, Gold Fields La Cima submitted to the MEM a report describing the identified contaminated soils. Gold Fields La Cima is awaiting a response from the MEM to initiate remediation actions, to the extent any such actions will be applicable.

Environmental Sanctioning Regime

In July 2014, Law 30230 was enacted to promote investment. Among the measures introduced by Law 30230 included the establishment of a three year moratorium on the imposition of environmental fines by OEFA. During this moratorium, OEFA will prioritize the imposition of corrective measures and will only be entitled to impose environmental sanctions in the following exceptional cases: (i) very serious offenses that generate a real and severe damage to human life and health; (ii) activities carried out without a proper environmental instrument, or without the required licenses, or in prohibited areas; (iii) commission of the same infringement within a period of six months.

Social Matters

According to the Environmental Act, every individual is entitled to take part in a responsible manner in decision-making processes related to, and in the establishment and application of, environmental policies and measures, including those related to environmental components, adopted at each government level.

 

   

Citizen Participation: The mining industry in Peru is governed by citizen participation regulations that provide for the responsible participation of individuals in the definition and application of measures, actions and decisions by competent authorities which relate to the sustainable operation of mining activities in the country. Mining operators must establish citizen participation mechanisms throughout the life of their projects, from initial exploration to mine closure. The legislation contemplates different types of mechanisms for citizen participation. These include public hearings, informational workshops, opinion surveys, suggestion boxes, technical panels, roundtables, participatory monitoring and permanent office information services, among others.

 

   

Right to Prior Consultation: On August 31, 2011, the Peruvian government approved the Law of Prior Consultation to Indigenous or Tribal Populations recognized in Convention 169 of the International Labor Organization. This law establishes that the Peruvian government must consult in advance with indigenous or tribal populations on legislative or administrative measures (including pending claims for mining concessions) that may directly affect the collective rights related to their physical existence,

 

100


Table of Contents
 

cultural identity, quality of life or development. This duty of consultation is owed by the Peruvian government, not Gold Fields or investors.

While the final decision to move forward with legislative or administrative measures on which consultation is sought rests with the Peruvian government, even in the absence of agreement, the Peruvian government has an obligation to take all necessary measures to ensure that the collective rights of indigenous or tribal populations are protected.

Sustainable Development

Introduction

If not managed optimally, the environmental and social impacts associated with mining have the potential to affect both the physical environment and Gold Fields’ key stakeholders. Environmental and social incidents can materially impact Gold Fields’ ability to receive or renew its regulatory licenses to operate as well as societal acceptance of its operations. The potentially adverse reputational impacts of such incidents are also significant.

In Gold Fields’ fiscal 2015 Group Performance Scorecard, the Company has grouped these issues under the topic of Social License to Operate, which focuses on the following material issues to the business:

 

   

Environmental stewardship, comprising Energy & Carbon management, Climate change, Water, Waste and Mine Closure; and

 

   

Societal acceptance, comprising Stakeholder engagement, Community relations & Shared Value and Human rights.

Environmental stewardship

Gold Fields’ approach to environmental management is determined by relevant local legislation and regulations, its sustainable development framework, as well as the ISO 14001 international environmental management standard; the ten principles of the International Council on Mining and Metals, or ICMM; and the United Nations Global Compact, or UNGC (in particular the UNGC 10 Principles). All of the Group’s operations are ISO 14001 certified.

During fiscal 2015, the Group spent U.S.$35 million on environmental management, compared to U.S.$27 million in fiscal 2014. The Group’s total gross closure liabilities in fiscal 2015 were estimated at U.S.$353 million, compared to U.S.$391 million in fiscal 2014.

In fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, Gold Fields implemented four new Group-level guidelines which reflect the environmental priorities for Gold Fields.

These guidelines will help ensure the application of consistently good environmental management practices across the Group while allowing a degree of regional adaptation to suit local circumstances.

To ensure Group-wide conformance with the guidelines, each operation conducted self-assessments to ascertain the levels of conformance with the guidelines. Action plans have been put in place to address any gaps during fiscal 2016.

Operational level grievance mechanisms as well as regular community relations and stakeholder engagement forums allow stakeholders to communicate environmental issues and complaints against the Company.

 

101


Table of Contents

Environmental incidents

Gold Fields reports environmental incidents using a Level 1 (most minor) to 5 (most severe) scale. Gold Fields has not recorded any Level 4 or 5 environmental incidents in the past five years. During fiscal 2015, Gold Fields did, however, experience 67 Level 2 environmental incidents (2014: 58) and five Level 3 environmental incidents (2014: four). The details of the Level 3 incidents, at South Deep and Tarkwa in Ghana, were as follows:

 

   

South Deep, August 24: The mine noted ongoing exceedances of the authorized limits for ammonia nitrogen and suspended solids during the daily discharge of treated sewage effluent into the Leeuspruit river (as authorized by South Deep’s water use license) due to two of the aerators not operating. The aerators were repaired;

 

   

South Deep, October 12: The mine noted ongoing exceedances of the authorized limit for ammonia during the daily discharge of treated sewage plant effluent into the Leeuspruit, again due to a non-operational aerator. The aerator was repaired. In order to prevent a recurrence of aerator related issues, the planned maintenance schedule has been enhanced;

 

   

Tarkwa mine, June 16: The left track of an excavator lifted a piece of rock that struck the hydraulic shut-up valve. About 1,544 liters of hydraulic oil was spilled, which was collected and all contaminated material was disposed of in accordance with the mines waste management procedures;

 

   

Tarkwa mine, October 8: Approximately 2,939 liters of oil was spilled when an excavator’s hydraulic hose underneath the counter-weight burst. This occurred when the excavator got bogged down while working in a pit. The oil and contaminated material was promptly cleaned up in accordance with the mines waste management procedures and the hose replaced; and

 

   

Tarkwa mine, November 8: The right track of an excavator lifted a piece of rock that perforated the fuel tank of the excavator. About 1,200 liters of fuel leaked into the ground and was trapped in an in-situ layer of an impermeable dyke. The contaminated soils were then dug up for appropriate disposal.

The table below depicts the Group environmental performance for the periods indicated.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Environmental incidents (Level 2)

     67         58         49   

Environmental incidents (Level 3)

     5         4         3   

Water withdrawal (Ml)(1)

     35,247         30,207         30,302   

Gross closure costs (provisions) (U.S.$m)

     353         391         355   

CO2 emissions (scope 1 and 2) (‘000 tonnes)(5)(7)

     1,323         1,258         1,235   

CO2 emissions (scope 3) (‘000 tonnes)(5)(7)

     431         436         496   

Electricity (MWh)(1)

     1,322,353         1,338,074         1,382,105   

Diesel (TJ)(1)

     6,930         6,066         5,509   

Carbon emission intensity (tonnes CO2-e/oz)(3)

     0.59         0.55         0.61   

NOx, SOx and other emissions (tonnes)(4)

     21,073         20,084         17,942   

Cyanide consumption (tonnes)(6)

     7,820         10,660         13,660   

Mining waste (‘000 tonnes)

     167,357         138,522         190,007   

Materials (‘000 tonnes)

     145         144         176   

 

Notes:

(1) The numbers disclosed only include our operations, as regional and the corporate head offices are not considered to be material.
(2) Granny Smith has authorization to discharge ground water into Lake Carey and the Tarkwa mine treats and discharges the water from its heap leach facilities into the environment. At Damang, water was pumped from the inactive Rex pit, treated via a series of ponds and trenches for pH adjustment before being discharged into an ambient water body.
(3) Scope 1 and 2 only.

 

102


Table of Contents
(4) Numbers differ in comparison to what has been reported in previous years due to applying air emission conversion factors that are based on global averages as determined by the Environmental Protection Agency.
(5) The CO2 emissions numbers include head offices.
(6) Reduction in cyanide consumption is due to campaign milling at St. Ives, as well as change in ore type and business improvement initiatives at Tarkwa.
(7) Scope 1 emissions are those arising directly from sources managed by the company. Scope 2 emissions are indirect emissions generated in the production of electricity used by the company. Scope 3 emissions arise as a consequence of the activities of the company, such as air travel.
(8) No water was discharged at our St. Ives and Agnew mines in 2013, while the closure of the South Heap Leach at Tarkwa also led to a drop in water discharged.

Societal acceptance

The success of Gold Fields’ business is critically dependent on our relationship with key external stakeholders that determines both its regulatory environment and its social licenses to operate. These stakeholders include governments at a national, regional and local level and, above all, the communities that host Gold Fields’ mines. Gold Fields, therefore, devotes considerable resources and energies in securing and maintaining these licenses.

This is not merely a compliance based approach but one that seeks to ensure that we secure the long-term support and acceptance of governments and communities through the sustainable development of Gold Fields’ mines and projects. Gold Fields’ believes that it generates and shares significant value for the societies in which it operates.

Despite a third year of a considerably lower gold price environment, in fiscal 2015, Gold Fields continued to distribute a similar level of value (compared with the prior years) to a wide range of stakeholders, including employees, host governments, host communities, businesses and suppliers as well as the providers of capital.

In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields’ total value distribution, reported according to WGC methodology, was U.S.$2.515 billion (2014: U.S.$2.650 billion), with 67% going to businesses and suppliers (2014: 69%), 8% to governments (2014: 7%), 16% to employees (2014: 18%), 9% to capital providers (2014: 5%) and 1% on Socioeconomic Development spend (2014: 1%), mostly in host communities. The slight decline in the total value distribution was largely due to a cutback in spending with business suppliers and partners amid lower operational expenditures.

Energy and carbon

The management of energy use and the related costs is a business imperative for us, even more challenging in the context of declining ore grades, dynamic mining conditions and increasing energy tariffs in our regions. As such, energy management (comprising both electricity and fuel) remains a top priority – in terms of controlling both costs and carbon emissions as well as ensuring security of supply.

Group energy spending as a percentage of operating costs increased to 22% in fiscal 2015 (2014: 21%), however this reflected mostly the Group’s reduction in operating costs. Actual energy spend declined to U.S.$312 million (2014: U.S.$361 million).

While Gold Fields mined more tonnes in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014, mining intensity remained flat at 0.07 GJ/ tonnes-mined, while our energy intensity per ounce produced increased by 9% to 5.02 GJ/oz from 4.56 GJ/oz in fiscal 2014. This was largely due to declining ore grades and the increased use of diesel power generators to ensure security of supply at our Ghanaian operations.

 

103


Table of Contents

Through energy efficiency and business optimization initiatives, Group cumulative energy savings reached 777,914GJ between fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2015. This was a 7% improvement on what we had budgeted for over that period, resulting in U.S.$30 million in cumulative cost savings and avoidance of 109,000 CO2-equivalent tonnes in carbon emissions.

Integrated Energy and Carbon Management Strategy

Gold Fields integrates energy and carbon management into all aspects of its business through its Integrated Energy and Carbon Management Strategy. This strategy seeks to ensure energy security; decrease carbon emissions; explore immediate and long-term energy efficiency opportunities, and investigate and implement viable sources of renewable energy.

During fiscal 2015, all regions were tasked with developing and implementing five year energy security plans, with the South Deep and Ghanaian mines being identified as facing the greatest energy-security risks. But these operations also present the most significant opportunities for renewable energy integration.

Gold Fields remains committed to renewable energy solutions at its operations as well as new mine developments. During the year, Gold Fields initiated a renewable energy project at South Deep and installed solar power at its head office in Johannesburg to meet half its electricity demand. For all new projects, Gold Fields has set a target of an average of 20% renewable energy generation for all new mine developments, the Salares Norte project in Chile is actively seeking renewable energy sources as part of its ongoing activities.

Energy and carbon performance, with a strong focus on costs savings, and energy security – including the evaluation of renewable energy—were contained in the balanced scorecards of senior and line management in fiscal 2015.

Some of the salient features of the Group’s energy and carbon performance during the year were:

 

   

Diesel consumption rose from 169,000 kiloliters in 2014 to 193,000 kiloliters amid among others, increased reliance on diesel generators at our Ghanaian mines and declining ore grades at a number of our operations;

 

   

Gold Fields’ diesel spend declined in line with the lower oil prices, while the stronger U.S. Dollar against the Australian Dollar and the South African Rand resulted in lower power and fuel costs, which are denominated in U.S. Dollars;

 

   

Total electricity consumption for the Group was steady at 1,322,353 MWh compared with 1,338,075 MWh in fiscal 2014, reflecting significant energy savings at our Australian mines and a shift towards diesel generated power at our Ghanaian mines;

 

   

Total energy consumption increased by 7% from 10,465,746 GJ in 2014 to 11,240,369 GJ in fiscal 2015 due to higher diesel usage; and

 

   

Total carbon emissions increased by 3.4% (59,120 CO2-equivalent tonnes) to 1,753,163 CO2-equivalent tonnes from 1,694,043 in fiscal 2014 CO2-equivalent tonnes.

With energy accounting for 22% of operating costs, Group-wide, energy efficiencies and energy savings are critical components of Gold Fields’ cost savings initiatives. Energy savings from initiatives are recognized for 36 months, after which they become part of the baseline. Rolling energy savings performance targets are set at the beginning of each year, considering operational business plans. For fiscal 2016 we are targeting savings of 6% on Gold Fields’ initial energy consumption estimate of 10,992 TJ.

Some of the most successful energy savings initiatives during fiscal 2015 included:

 

   

Campaign milling initiative at St. Ives and Granny Smith;

 

104


Table of Contents
   

Throughput improvement on the comminution circuit at Damang, which led to improved energy crushing efficiencies;

 

   

Installation of polymer liner material in the milling circuit at Cerro Corona; and

 

   

An energy efficiency fans retrofit program at South Deep.

Regional energy performance and security

In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields developed regional five year energy security plans. Gold Fields’ regional operations face varying degrees of energy supply interruptions and tariff volatility. These factors as well as low-carbon energy availabilities were assessed in the development of the energy security plans.

 

105


Table of Contents

The table below depicts the regional and Group energy and carbon performance for the periods indicated.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2015     2014      2013(1)  

Diesel consumption (kiloliters)

       

Americas

     13,455 (3)      9,939         13,127   

Australia

     76,867        75,034         32,709   

South Africa

     2,457        2,419         4,279   

West Africa

     99,739        81,423         102,829   

Group

     192,517        168,815         152,943   

Electricity purchased (MWh)

       

Americas

     145,361        143,441         148,217   

Australia

     277,521        296,989         234,613   

South Africa

     484,256        476,767         549,788   

West Africa

     415,215        420,878         449,487   

Group

     1,322,353        1,338,075         1,382,106   

Total energy consumption (GJ)(2)

       

Americas

     1,012,363        876,812         1,009,890   

Australia

     3,250,575        3,285,225         2,056,610   

South Africa

     1,835,467        1,807,258         2,137,095   

West Africa

     5,141,964        4,496,451         5,365,150   

Group

     11,240,369        10,465,746         10,568,746   

Energy intensity (GJ/oz produced)

       

Americas

     3.42        2.69         3.19   

Australia

     3.28        3.18         3.40   

South Africa

     9.27        9.01         7.07   

West Africa

     6.82        6.11         6.83   

Group

     5.02        4.56         5.26   

Total energy costs (U.S.$m)

       

Americas

     21.08        22.61         26.91   

Australia

     96.43        130.43         54.25   

South Africa

     31.00        33.11         40.56   

West Africa

     163.16        175.14         184.22   

Group

     311.67        361.29         305.94   

Energy costs as % of operating expenses (%)

       

Americas

     15        14         17   

Australia

     18        18         10   

South Africa

     13        13         13   

West Africa

     31        32         29   

Group

     22        21         18   

CO2 emissions (tonnes) (Scope 1 – 3)(4)

       

Americas

     124,030        100,645         110,598   

Australia

     536,782        537,662         331,803   

South Africa

     531,078        539,057         611,248   

West Africa

     561,273        516,679         677,706   

Group

     1,753,163        1,694,043         1,731,355   

Emission intensity (tonnes CO2 -e/oz)

       

Americas

     0.27        0.19         0.22   

Australia

     0.39        0.37         0.37   

South Africa

     2.73        2.48         1.85   

West Africa

     0.49        0.43         0.49   

Group

     0.59        0.55         0.62   

 

Notes:

(1) Australia figures exclude the Yilgarn South Assets.

 

106


Table of Contents
(2) The sum of direct and indirect energy consumption reflects a conversion factor used by Granny Smith and Darlot power stations. If the conversion factor is not applied, total energy consumption was 11,797,812 GJ in fiscal 2015 (2014: 10,997,560 GJ).
(3) Higher diesel consumption at Cerro Corona is due to increased haulage distances because of the deepening of the pit.
(4) Includes head offices.

Americas region

Energy security is not a material issue at our Cerro Corona mine, which has an electricity supply agreement with independent power provider (IPP) Kallpa until 2027. Since Kallpa uses gas as its power-source it also contributes to low carbon intensity.

Cerro Corona has therefore focused on energy management and from fiscal 2016 onwards, operational energy performance targets will be correlated with key operational issues such as ore hardness and hauling distances.

Australia region

Gold Fields’ Australian operations have limited, but stable, power supply options due to the remote nature of their operations. Both Agnew and St. Ives have power purchasing agreements, or PPA, with BHP Nickel West, which will guarantee energy supplies until 2019 and 2023, respectively. The PPAs are based on gas-generated electricity, which will help reduce the carbon intensity of these mines. This is also the case for Darlot.

At Granny Smith, all the necessary approvals for the construction of the gas fired power station, along a new gas pipeline being constructed for the nearby Tropicana mine, have been secured. Construction of the gas pipeline has commenced and commissioning of the power station is on track for April 2016. Gold Fields has entered into a 10 year PPA. The cost of the power station is estimated at A$4.5 million (U.S.$3.3 million). Once completed we expect savings of around A$1 million (U.S.$730,000) a year at current oil prices.

In terms of energy efficiency, the Australian operations performed well with total energy consumption down from 3.29 million GJ in 2014 to 3.25 million GJ, against a target of 3.20 million GJ, led by lower electricity usage. The energy initiatives continued to be focused on the reduction of electricity consumption through campaign milling at Granny Smith and St. Ives, as well as the shutdown of the Lawlers processing plant. This led to absolute energy savings of 9.6% against a regional target of 10% for fiscal 2015.

South Africa region

Given the rolling load shedding that South Africa experienced in fiscal 2015 and the uncertainties with regard to the electricity prices, South Deep’s energy plans aim to build resilience in its power supplies and manage the price risks. Eskom continues to face power supply constraints, due to:

 

   

Historical under-investment in generating capacity;

 

   

A maintenance backlog on the ageing generation fleet of power stations; and

 

   

Delays in the construction of the Medupi and Kusile coal-fired power stations.

In this context, Eskom carried out load-shedding across the national grid whenever its available generation capacity could not meet national demand. South Deep has entered into a load-curtailment program with Eskom. This requires South Deep to reduce demand by up to 25%, depending on the severity of the shortage, for a specified period when the national grid is unable to maintain its load. As South Deep is not yet operating at full capacity, the mine has managed to carry out its principal mining activities without interruption, limiting the impact on production and development during fiscal 2015. The mine also uses standby diesel generators for critical periods to ensure the safety of our employees, should load-shedding become unavoidable.

 

107


Table of Contents

In March 2016, NERSA granted Eskom a tariff increase of 9.4% for 2016 on top of above inflation hikes over the previous years.

As part of its five year energy security plan, South Deep is mitigating the impact of such price rises through further energy efficiency improvements and seeking alternative energy sources. These form part of its five year energy security plan, whose implementation commenced in early fiscal 2015, with 25% of the plan completed by the end of the year.

An essential component of the plan is the use of solar power at the mine. After extensive techno-economic studies undertaken by the Richard Branson-sponsored Carbon War Room—Rocky Mountain Institute, or CWR-RMI, South Deep last year issued an initial Expression of Interest for a 40MW photovoltaic, or PV, on-site solar electricity generation plant. Since then, ten firm proposals were made by IPPs and Gold Fields expects to make a final decision by mid-2016.

Key requirements of the proposals were:

 

   

Bidders had to include social initiatives in their proposals that will benefit Gold Fields’ host communities;

 

   

The pricing proposal had to trend in line with projected inflation rates and ideally meet Eskom grid price parity (at estimated 2018 tariff levels); and

 

   

Black economic empowerment ownership.

South Deep will provide the land for the solar plant and consider entering into a 25 year PPA in accordance with the selection criteria.

At South Deep, energy consumption per tonne processed has improved by 10% between fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, though overall energy consumption was up by 2% to 1.84 million GJ. Electricity accounts for 13% of operating expenses at South Deep, which is below the Group average of 22%. Gold Fields does not envisage a significant increase in this share as the mine has a large fixed component of energy consumption.

West Africa region

Tarkwa and Damang continue to source their power from the VRA and the ECG. Power supply in Ghana remains severely constrained due to several factors:

 

   

Hydro-power schemes contribute some 47% of Ghana’s power, but with dam levels still dropping rapidly, national security of electricity supply remains under threat;

 

   

Delays in the completion of Ghana’s planned gas processing plants;

 

   

Reduced gas imports due to growing domestic demand in Nigeria; and

 

   

Maintenance challenges at thermal power plants.

As a consequence:

 

   

Daily load-shedding of between 25%—33% of the mines’ electricity consumption was introduced during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and persisted throughout fiscal 2015;

 

   

The ECG increased tariffs during the year, while the VRA tariffs were reduced as a result of lower prices; and

 

   

Power shortages are anticipated to continue in the medium term as electricity demand in Ghana is expected to surpass generation capacity by 2020.

 

108


Table of Contents

To address the current loadshedding requirements, Tarkwa and Damang initiated a number of actions during fiscal 2015 as part of their five year energy security plan:

 

   

Making more extensive use of diesel generators at Damang, amid relatively lower diesel prices; and

 

   

Reaching a power management agreement with the Power Ministry for our Ghanaian mines to, when requested, reduce load at Damang, which, as opposed to Tarkwa, is not running at full capacity.

An important mitigating strategy is a PPA with independent U.S.-based power producer, Genser Energy. Implementation of this plan commenced in fiscal 2015 and permits have been received from the Environmental Protection Agency for the construction of two Genser-owned gas turbine power plants near the mines. The key features of the Genser agreement are:

 

   

It is a 20 year PPA for an initial 40MW with 20MW of power being provided from duel-fuel turbines (primarily gas, with an option for coal condensate) at both Tarkwa and Damang. Both Tarkwa’s and Damang’s 20MW installations are expected to be on-line by the second half of fiscal 2016. An additional 20MW is planned for installation at Tarkwa by January 2018; and

 

   

The plants will have sufficient on-site gas storage capacity to mitigate any gas supply disruptions. The Genser plants will significantly improve the power supply situation at Tarkwa, which has a total load of 36MW, and Damang, which has a total load of 17MW.

 

   

By January 2018, Genser should be in a position to provide 100% of the power supply needs at these operations. Surplus power produced by Genser could be wheeled to other consumers should Gold Fields elect to do so. The plants were scheduled to be commissioned in February 2015, but were delayed primarily due to financing delays experienced by Genser.

During fiscal 2015, the extensive use of diesel generators pushed energy spend at our Ghanaian mines to around 35% of its operating expenditure, the highest in the Gold Fields Group. This was despite the relatively lower cost of diesel as this was offset by higher statutory fuel levies. Total energy consumption at both mines rose from 4.49 million GJ in fiscal 2014 to 5.14 million GJ in fiscal 2015 as diesel consumption surged from 81,423 kiloliters to 99,739 kiloliters.

Energy efficiency initiatives introduced in fiscal 2015 yielded savings of 186,514 GJ and emission reductions of 12,354 tonnes of CO2, representing cost savings of around U.S.$7 million.

Carbon emissions

Carbon emissions and climate change represent a material issue for Gold Fields. This is due to:

 

   

The long-term risks posed by climate change both to the Group’s own operations and to wider society;

 

   

Growing efforts to regulate carbon emissions in a range of jurisdictions; and

 

   

The taxes increasingly attached by governments to non-renewable energy consumption.

Gold Fields’ total Scope 1-3 CO2 emissions during fiscal 2015 amounted to 1,753,163 tonnes (2014: 1,694,043 tonnes), leading to a commensurate increase in our emission intensity from 0.55 CO2-equivalent tonnes/oz in fiscal 2014 to 0.59 CO2-equivalent tonnes/oz in fiscal 2015.

Emission intensity varies widely from 0.27 CO2-equivalent tonnes/oz in Peru, which relies on gas for the bulk of its energy requirements, to 2.73 CO2-equivalent tonnes/oz in South Africa, which relies almost exclusively on coal-powered electricity for its energy supplies.

During fiscal 2015, Gold Fields’ total CO2 emissions were 3.4% higher than in fiscal 2014, largely due to the greater use of diesel at our Ghanaian operations. For fiscal 2016 Gold Fields is looking at intensifying its efforts for improved energy and carbon management through a number of new initiatives, ranging from deepening its understanding of energy drivers at its mines to increased staff awareness and training.

 

109


Table of Contents

Gold Fields will continue to investigate opportunities for low carbon energy supplies at a number of its operations, including South Deep, Tarkwa and Damang as well as Granny Smith. At the latter, construction of a gas plant has begun, which has been registered with the Australian Emissions Reduction Fund, or ERF, to achieve savings of around 13,000 CO2-equivalent tonnes a year once it is fully operational, which is expected in mid-2016. The ERF credits can be sold with the price depending on ruling auction prices – currently estimated at around A$12/tonne. Given that the total abatement will be 91,000 tonnes, this could generate revenue of around A$1 million (U.S.$730,000) over seven years.

The South Deep energy efficient fans retrofit program was registered with the UN Carbon Development Mechanism in 2013. The program will enter its first validation stage in 2016. During 2016, Gold Fields will also be undertaking risk-based climate change assessments at its operations to identify the ones that are most vulnerable to the impact of climate change and develop short-term and long-term adaptation measures.

Carbon and climate change reporting

Gold Fields responds on an annual basis to the international Carbon Disclosure Project’s, or CDP, climate change and water questionnaires. This information, along with that of other organizations, is aggregated to produce the Carbon Disclosure Leadership Index, or CDLI, and Carbon Performance Leadership Index, or CPLI.

In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields achieved a disclosure score of 100% in the CDLI and a performance rating of A- in the CPLI. Both are an improvement on fiscal 2014, when the Gold Fields disclosure score was 96% and the CPLI rating a B. The CDP, in fiscal 2015, also recognized consistent performers between fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2015. Gold Fields was recognized as one of four companies for being in the CPLI for three or more years and one of seven companies for being in the CDLI for six or more years.

Global and national climate change initiatives

In the build up to the 2015 Conference of the Parties, or COP 21, negotiations in Paris, the ICMM, of which Gold Fields is a member, released a statement in support of the negotiations and clarified the position of the industry with regard to climate change. At the COP 21 negotiations, countries reached a globally binding agreement that would seek to limit global temperature increases over the next few decades.

Key implications for Gold Fields include:

 

   

Across all Gold Fields’ operating regions, governments have proposed stringent greenhouse gas emission targets (pre-2020 and in some instances post-2020), with increasing renewable energy and energy efficiency drives;

 

   

The implementation of carbon taxes is likely to be accelerated to enable countries to achieve their emission reduction targets. Gold Fields is facing carbon taxes in South Africa, though their implementation is only likely from fiscal 2017 onwards;

 

   

Chile, Peru and Ghana have proposed additional climate adaptation measures, such as reforestation, potentially presenting an opportunity for old mining land re-use;

 

   

Where applicable our operations comply with or will comply with emissions reporting requirements. Australian operations already comply with greenhouse gas reporting requirements, such as the Australian National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting, and South Africa’s South Deep operation will have to comply with, and the South African National Atmosphere Emissions Inventory Systems, once it is legislated;

 

   

Countries have to review and update their Nationally Determined Commitments every five years from 2020 to report on country progress towards meeting the emission reduction commitments. Companies are expected to align their reporting systems to be able to supply Government with the relevant data; and

 

   

Carbon pricing and a trading scheme were included in the agreement, though details were not provided.

 

110


Table of Contents

Following the COP 21 Paris Agreement, Gold Fields signed the Paris Pledge for Action to demonstrate its broad support for the worldwide efforts to reduce global carbon emissions. Gold Fields believes, however, that any regulatory interventions have to be economically sustainable for the industry and any revenues generated used to benefit the environment in general.

Gold Fields has noted that the South African draft Carbon Tax Bill, which was released in November 2015, is currently targeting only GHG emissions according to the IPCC methodology. This would not affect South Deep which does not yet produce its own power from fossil fuel-based sources, except through a potential pass through from Eskom, the state’s power utility that provides the bulk of the mine’s power.

Water

Water management is a critical long-term issue for the mining industry for a number of reasons:

 

   

Water is an important vector for the potential spread of pollution (whether as a result of an immediate incident or the gradual build-up and movement of contaminants over time), making it a critical compliance issue as well as being a risk to the environment and human health if not responsibly managed;

 

   

Mining can require large volumes of water, and often takes place in locations that are already water-stressed; and

 

   

Poor water management can have significant social and political consequences, where local communities are affected by, among other issues, water scarcity, high levels of agricultural activity and a lack of effective water infrastructure.

In this context, Gold Fields remains committed to responsible water stewardship, which enables shared benefits for its stakeholders and security of supply for its operations. Key enabling factors to achieve effective water stewardship include publicly reporting its water usage and material water risks and engaging pro-actively with affected stakeholders.

In addition, Gold Fields adopts a catchment-based water management approach. This means understanding the social, cultural, economic and environmental value of water at the catchment scale to identify material water stewardship risks and provide context for operational water management. At an operational level Gold Fields’ mines are tasked with managing operational water inputs (both qualitatively and quantitatively) and maximizing resource sustainability to achieve operational flexibility and cost savings.

Water withdrawal across the Group increased to 35.2 million liters, compared to 30.2 million liters in fiscal 2014, and water withdrawal per ounce produced was up from 13.16 kiloliters in fiscal 2014 to 15.77 kiloliters in fiscal 2015. The main reasons for the increased water withdrawal were:

 

   

Higher usage at South Deep due to the start-up of the water-intensive re-mining process and less water available from the return dams due to the dry summer period;

 

   

Increased water withdrawal at St. Ives due to opening up of the Invincible, Neptune and A5 ore bodies;

 

   

Higher levels of dewatering from the Waroonga pit at Agnew as mining at the operation is progressing deeper and into new areas. Furthermore, the dry hot summer of 2015 increased evaporation rates from the processing circuit; and

 

   

Water abstraction at Granny Smith by an outside company.

Though more water was drawn into the system, water recycled and re-used improved by 1.64% during fiscal 2015.

 

111


Table of Contents

Water management

Each operation implements an Environmental Management System, or EMS, through which it assesses, manages, monitors and reports on water use and quality—including discharges, where these occur.

All of Gold Fields’ operations are required to have an operational and predictive water balance in place. The water balance is a fundamental tool for understanding current and future water management requirements. Water balances enable decision-making regarding the current and future security of Gold Fields’ water supply, as well as other operational and social concerns, such as modelling storm events to determine the impact on dam water levels and the potential risk of unplanned discharges.

Whether mines are water-positive, water-balanced or water-negative depends on a number of dynamic variables. These include climatic variables such as seasonal rainfall and evaporation rates, the volume of water entering underground workings or open-pits (e.g. via aquifers and surface run-off respectively) and the type of processing employed (e.g. heap leach or carbon-in-leach processing).

Gold Fields applies the following measures to manage the water balance at its mines and to promote water stewardship:

 

   

Regional application of the new Group water management guideline, including the development and implementation of water management action plans;

 

   

Implementation of physical measures to manage storm water run-off, and separation of clean water and mine water;

 

   

Maintenance of water containment capacity (including the containment of inflow surges);

 

   

Water treatment, including reverse osmosis; and

 

   

Promotion of water reuse and recycling and conservation initiatives Group-wide.

Water re-use, recycling and conservation

Identifying opportunities to enhance water re-use, recycling and conservation practices at all of Gold Fields operations was a Group balanced scorecard objective for fiscal 2015 and beyond. Enhancement of these practices can deliver multiple benefits, including cost savings, reduced impact in water scarce areas, improved regulatory compliance, identification and mitigation of water-related risks, reduction of mine closure liabilities and enhancing Gold Fields social license to operate.

Across the Group, 20 initiatives have been identified, of which 16 will be implemented during fiscal 2016. The remaining four initiatives require further studies. Some of the most high-profile initiatives include:

 

   

Use of in-pit tailings storage at the Tarkwa mine instead of building new above-ground tailings storage facilities, or TSFs. In-pit tailings storage has a higher potential for recycling and re-use of water than conventional tailings facilities as there is less evaporation and the tailings density is greater. In addition, the capital costs are likely to be less in terms of both construction and associated community relocation costs. In-pit tailings disposal has been in use at Gold Fields’ operations in Australia and recently regulatory approval has been received for in-pit tailings disposal at St. Ives;

 

   

Treatment of nitrates in the pit water at the Damang mine, using floating mats of plants that absorb the nitrates as nutrients;

 

   

Development of a post-closure water management plan at South Deep, taking into consideration Gold Fields’ surrounding mines, whose underground water may enter the mine’s underground workings, after they have closed;

 

112


Table of Contents
   

Replacement of the two low-volume underdrainage capture ponds with pumping wells at Cerro Corona, which are more efficient in capturing potential seepage from the TSF; and

 

   

Upgrading, where necessary, of all operational water balances to ensure they have dynamic and predictive capabilities by the end of fiscal 2016. This is also a Group balanced scorecard objective.

Acid mine drainage

AD is formed when certain sulphide minerals in rocks are exposed to oxidizing conditions (such as the presence of oxygen, combined with water). AD can occur under natural conditions or as a result of the sulphide minerals that are encountered and exposed to oxidation during mining or during storage in waste rock dumps, ore stockpiles or tailings dams. The acidic water that forms usually contains iron and other metals if they are contained in the host rock.

Gold Fields implements a range of measures to prevent or contain AD at its operations and takes effective remedial action where incidents are identified. There were no material cases of AD reported in fiscal 2015.

Nonetheless, in the context of broader historical AD legacy issues in the Gauteng area, South Deep has taken a proactive approach to long-term AD management through its comprehensive water management plan. This involves ongoing water monitoring, containment of any AD generation on the old tailings facilities and water treatment solutions that purify surplus fissure and process water to a potable standard.

In fiscal 2015, additional technical studies were initiated as a solution for managing potential AD generation in the underground workings post closure. Underground AD generation is well managed during the operational phase by ongoing pumping to the surface of the underground water.

Other key water management initiatives implemented in fiscal 2015 at South Deep include:

 

   

Plume mitigation measures have been piloted at the Doornport TSF and groundwater extraction wells at the old TSFs;

 

   

Further revegetation of the mine’s two historic TSFs, which has further reduced the generation of wind-blown dust to well below the legislated airborne dust level limits; and

 

   

The removal of the old South Shaft Waste Rock Dump, which was a potential source of AD and other contamination, is almost complete. Rehabilitation of the footprint area commenced in fiscal 2015.

Cerro Corona’s tailings and waste rock facilities were designed to avoid and mitigate the risks of AD. In addition, the mines closure plan contains various strategies, which are updated at least every two years as new technical information becomes available. A more detailed post-closure water management plan will be developed during fiscal 2016 to add to the existing body of technical work.

AD issues have also been identified at the Damang mine, however these are confined to one pit. Additional technical studies have been commissioned in fiscal 2016 to better manage the AD at mine closure.

Although Gold Fields has commissioned various technical studies to identify the steps required to prevent or mitigate the potentially material AD impacts at its Cerro Corona and South Deep operations, none of these studies has allowed Gold Fields to generate a reliable estimate of the total potential impact on the Company.

Immaterial levels of AD have been identified at the Tarkwa and St. Ives mines.

 

113


Table of Contents

Regional water initiatives

Americas region

Water security poses a significant long-term challenge at Cerro Corona as the mine operates in a national context of poorly developed water infrastructure, water quality degradation and serious water related activism at both a local and regional level. Although Cerro Corona has not as yet been materially affected by such activism, this has had a serious impact on other operators in the Cajamarca region. As such, Cerro Corona has proactively implemented a range of responsible water management initiatives, including:

 

   

Rainwater storage and reuse: Rainwater is stored at Cerro Corona’s TSF within a closed-circuit water system, treated and reused by the operation. This enhances the mine’s water supply, while minimizing both the amount of water discharged and the amount of local groundwater abstracted;

 

   

Community water supplies: Cerro Corona has committed to providing local communities with additional, potable water during the dry season and has completed a number of projects focused on water provision to nearby communities as well as improving existing municipal water systems; and

 

   

Water monitoring: Cerro Corona works closely with community-elected representatives to monitor water quality and quantity at the Las Tomas spring and authorized discharge points around the operation.

Such approaches have, in combination with effective community engagement practices and the generation of shared local value, played a key role in protecting Cerro Corona from the kinds of social tensions affecting other nearby mining operations.

Australia region

Water security poses a potentially significant challenge for the region’s mines, all of which are based in arid areas of Western Australia. During fiscal 2015, Gold Fields Australia proactively ensured that existing supply agreements have been extended to all its operations. This work will continue into fiscal 2016.

At St. Ives, legal proceedings were commenced in fiscal 2014 against Nickel West, operated by BHP Billiton, relating to the continued supply of potable water to the St. Ives operations. In early fiscal 2015, an agreement was reached to settle all outstanding disputes. St. Ives has also entered into secondary water supply agreements with other parties, including the Western Australian Water Corporation, to meet its ongoing requirements.

South Africa region

Water management is a sensitive public issue in South Africa, particularly in the Gauteng area (where South Deep is situated), which suffers from the historical environmental legacy of more than a century of intensive, deep-level gold mining. This legacy means that there are high levels of AD in and around Johannesburg, most of which is caused by now-defunct companies and operations.

While not contributing to local AD, there are concerns that South Deep’s long life will mean that the mine is the “last man standing” as Gauteng’s AD issues become more acute and social and regulatory pressure to act on the issue grows.

South Africa currently finds itself in a drought cycle that is one of the worst in 40 years and which, some experts indicate, could continue for between three to five years. The implementation of water re-use, recycling and conservation practices is therefore particularly critical at the mine.

 

114


Table of Contents

South Deep compiled a risk-based water scarcity management plan in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, which evaluates the key drought related risks and proposes a variety of solutions to ensure that the mine continues to obtain a secure supply of water for its employees and production purposes, while minimizing the impact of its water use on the environment and other water users in the catchment. In the short-term these measures include:

 

   

Considering options to obtain water supplies from neighboring mines;

 

   

Further improving storage and distribution of recycled water within the South Deep water system; and

 

   

Investigating the potential of withdrawing underground water from old workings behind South Deep plugs, that minimize the inflows of water from interconnected mines.

The drought has also had an adverse impact on the three reverse osmosis, or RO, plants installed at South Deep over the past two years to treat process water and reduce the intake of Rand Water supply. The plants have not been operational since October 2015, due to water shortages.

Before the stoppage, the three plants had treated about two to four million liters per day, thereby cutting the mine’s water purchase costs by an estimated R120,000 to R150,000/month. The RO plants also have the benefit of increasing the overall supply of water for other local users as well as reducing the overall amount of water in the mine’s system and the risk of dam overflows during periods of heavy rains. South Deep is currently engaging neighboring mines to secure more process water to resume the RO plants and reduce intake from the regional water utility.

In fiscal 2015, South Deep completed the first phase of its stormwater management plan. This included the construction of concrete channels to separate clean stormwater in the surrounding catchment from water running off the backfill plant area and surrounding areas. This has helped to minimize the risk of unplanned, off-footprint water discharges from the old return water dams during the rainy season due to the diversion of clean stormwater away from the dams. The next phase of the project which is the upgrade and lining of the return water dam at the old TSFs is scheduled to commence in fiscal 2017.

South Deep has signed a memorandum of understanding with a U.S.-based technology company to pilot an in-line continuous water monitoring system in fiscal 2016 that can provide real-time data on heavy metals and other contaminants. The technology will allow for significantly enhanced response times to any water quality related issues, through an early warning detection system.

West Africa region

Gold Fields’ Ghanaian operations, Tarkwa in particular, face some challenges in water management, including intense periods of precipitation, particularly during southern Ghana’s two rainy seasons, and the significant footprint of the Tarkwa mine, meaning that there is a large watershed to manage.

This footprint includes the extensive surface area of Tarkwa’s North and South Heap Leach facilities. While both facilities were closed in fiscal 2014, a significant amount of interaction continues to take place between rainwater and the stacked ore. During fiscal 2015, stored contaminated water was being recycled on the South Heap Leach pads temporarily to improve water quality, through the absorption of ions by the vegetative cover (plants) on the heaps.

A second response by the mine was the construction of pipes and the transportation of contaminated water from the South ponds to the North Reverse RO plant, since the South RO plant had been decommissioned to save costs. The rinsing of the North heaps with process water continued. Excess water from the North heaps is treated at the North RO plant and discharged.

The operation of the RO plant, which was established at the behest of Ghana’s Environmental Protection Agency, produces concentrated brine, which is being temporarily stored on site in the TSFs. As part of the

 

115


Table of Contents

investigation into the permanent elimination of brine through plant absorption, a 13 hectare test plot of rubber trees (one of the major tree species cultivated in the region) was established at the North Heap Leach facility in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, and is being irrigated with brine. This will be monitored in terms of its suitability as a long-term solution for brine management.

In late fiscal 2014, Tarkwa submitted its long-term decommissioning plan of the North and South heap leach facilities to the EPA. Subsequent to the submission, the regulator requested technical studies on the end use of the heaps. These studies were completed in fiscal 2015 and submitted to the EPA. Gold Fields is currently awaiting a formal response.

Waste and tailings

The most significant output materials used by Gold Fields operations are tailings, waste rock, chemical waste and hydrocarbon waste, all of which are managed. Gold mining requires large volumes of blasting agents, including hydrochloric acid, lime, cyanide, cement and caustic soda (sodium hydroxide), all of which are used on an ongoing basis. Of these, cyanide represents the most potentially hazardous substance. All of Gold Fields’ operations, except Cerro Corona, are fully compliant with the requirements of the International Cyanide Management Code, or ICMC. Cerro Corona produces ore concentrate and does not require ICMC certification. ICMC certification also extends to Gold Fields’ transport providers.

All Gold Fields’ operations have tailings management plans in place, including closure and post-closure management plans. All TSFs and associated pipeline and pumping infrastructure are subject to ISO 14001 certification, external tailings audits, as well as regular inspection and formal annual reporting. TSFs are also subject to Group-wide inspection by independent experts at least once every three years, or more frequently where required by local circumstances or regulations

Gold Fields’ last Group-wide TSF audit was conducted in fiscal 2014, which included all 15 operational and 10 dormant TSFs, by an independent, expert consultancy and found that all facilities were well managed and were either already aligned with global good practice, or had plans in place for alignment. The audit found that the Gold Fields’ TSFs were within the top quartile of industry leading practice in terms of design, operation, and management.

In response to the recent high profile tailings dam failures at Mount Polley on August 4, 2014 and Samarco on November 5, 2015, which have resulted in increased scrutiny of the industry’s tailings management practices, the ICMM initiated a global review of TSF standards and critical control processes across its member companies. Gold Fields CEO Nick Holland is acting as the CEO sponsor for the review and Gold Fields also chairs the member company working-group. Gold Fields is committed to implementing any additional measures to improve TSF management that may emanate from the review.

To date Gold Fields has applied the following measures at its operations to minimize the risks posed by TSFs to the environment, which include:

 

   

Pollution containment facilities to capture run-off water from the TSF surfaces, together with solution trenches to capture shallow groundwater seepage;

 

   

Recycling systems to allow the reuse of tailings water in metallurgical processes;

 

   

Monitoring of groundwater plume quality and migration (where applicable) and, where pollution is detected, installing measures to contain plumes; and

 

   

Planting vegetation, installing netting and applying chemical suppressants on slope faces to control dust and erosion.

 

116


Table of Contents

More broadly, Gold Fields is taking proactive steps to anticipate constraints relating to the development of future TSFs and the replacement of existing ones. Production activities are dependent on a mine having sufficient TSF capacity. Securing new TSF capacity, as well as obtaining permits for operational activities such as wall raises, can involve lengthy permitting processes with local environmental agencies, and can also require negotiations with local communities.

In fiscal 2015, the Group took the following steps to ensure that its operations continued to enjoy a sustainable TSF pipeline to support future production:

 

   

In Australia, our St. Ives mine received final environmental approval from the regulator for the proposed Leviathan in-pit tailings facility, which is expected to realize around A$50 million (U.S.$37 million) in savings for tailings facility construction and closure liabilities over the life-of-mine. In addition, operational cost reductions are estimated to total up to A$5 million (U.S.$3.7 million) a year. Construction started in the first quarter of fiscal 2016;

 

   

In fiscal 2014, Gold Fields concluded lengthy negotiations with the EPA over the development of future TSFs at Tarkwa. This resulted in Gold Fields securing formal, written permission to raise two of the existing TSFs at Tarkwa, or TSF 1 and TSF 2. During 2015, the wall raise at TSF 1 was completed, while construction at TSF 2 is nearing completion. These extensions will provide the mine with adequate tailings capacity for the next two years. TSF 3 has been earmarked for closure in fiscal 2017. These three TSFs currently provide the mine with capacity for tailings storage of 13.5 million tonnes per annum;

 

   

To cater for its longer-term production profile Tarkwa has been in talks with the EPA about two new TSFs, or TSF 5 and TSF 6. In late 2015 the mine received verbal go-ahead for site clearing and preparation of TSF 5. This work commenced in January 2016, while the environmental review and approval processes are ongoing. TSF 6 is in the pre-feasibility stage;

 

   

During fiscal 2015, Damang completed the wall raising at the East TSF, which will provide adequate capacity until fiscal 2017. A decision to commission the new Far East TSF will depend on the current investigation into the mine’s longer-term operational future; and

 

   

At Cerro Corona, the Las Tomas spring was relocated to allow for the expansion of the TSF after the relevant approvals were received. An audit by the regulator in August 2015 found that the relocation has been carried out in line with the approvals requirements.

Meanwhile, both underground and open-pit operations produce substantial volumes of waste rock. This is kept in managed waste rock dumps, which are subject to comprehensive rehabilitation through the application of cover material, usually topsoil and vegetation, once they are no longer in use.

South Deep completed the removal of the old South Shaft waste rock dump in early 2015. While tailings output was stable, there was an increase in waste rock across the Group largely due to increased stripping at the Invincible, Neptune and A5 open pits at St. Ives.

Mine closure

The total gross mine closure liability for Gold Fields has decreased by 10% from U.S.$391 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$353 million in fiscal 2015. This decrease can be attributed to a range of factors including:

 

   

Significantly weaker Australian Dollar and South African Rand exchange rates against the U.S. Dollar. In Rand terms, the South Deep estimate increased by 17%, however, with the conversion to U.S. Dollars, the amount shows a 10% reduction against the prior year;

 

   

For Gold Fields Australia, in addition to the decrease resulting from the conversion of Australian Dollars to U.S. Dollars, the final closure cost shows a drop of A$5.6 million as a result of obtaining approval from the regulator to combine the Agnew and Lawlers closure plans; and

 

117


Table of Contents
   

A significant decrease at Cerro Corona Mine (U.S.$6 million), which resulted from a change in methodology for closing the tailings facility.

The funding methods used in each region to make provision for the mine closure cost estimates are:

 

   

Ghana—reclamation bonds underwritten by banks and restricted cash;

 

   

South Africa—contributions into environmental trust funds and guarantees;

 

   

Australia—mine rehabilitation fund levy; and

 

   

Peru—bank guarantees.

Going forward, Gold Fields is planning to further enhance its integrated approach to mine closure management with a focus on social closure and post-closure water management. The program is currently being developed and implementation is scheduled for fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017.

The percentage contribution to the total closure liability per region as well as the percentage secured through the above-listed mechanisms for fiscal 2015 are:

 

Region

   % of Group      Nominal
Total(1)
     Amount
secured
     % Secured  
     (%)      (U.S.$)      (%)  

Australia

     53         186,007,171         0         0 (1) 

South Africa

     8         28,959,039         28,959,039         100   

West Africa

     26         91,519,303         64,117,934         70   

Americas

     13         46,663,873         20,998,743         38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

     100         353,149,387         102,123,785         29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1) Due to legislative changes in Western Australia that came into effect in in July 2014, there is no longer a legal obligation to have unconditional performance bonds in place for mine closure liabilities. Companies are now required to pay a levy to the state based on the total mine closure liability. This levy is 1% of the total liability per mine, paid annually. This levy goes into a state administered fund known as the Mine Rehabilitation Fund and is similar to the U.S. Superfund where monies and interest from the fund will be used to rehabilitate legacy sites or sites that have prematurely closed or been abandoned. Company specific liabilities for active mines are therefore unfunded.

Government relations

As the issuer of mining licenses, developers of policy and overseers of regulation, host governments are among Gold Fields’ most important stakeholders. Engagement with national governments typically takes place on a collective basis through local chambers of mines. Gold Fields also regularly engages with regional regulatory authorities and local government in its host communities. Gold Fields does not provide financial contributions to political parties and lobby groups unless explicitly approved by the Gold Fields Board of Directors.

Taxation and the maximization of national mineral benefits

It is natural and right that governments seek to maximize the social benefits that accrue from the extraction of finite natural resources. As a matter of policy Gold Fields fully complies with the fiscal and taxation regulations and laws of the countries it operates in, understanding that these fiscal contributions are critical to fund governments, its employees and public sector infrastructure and projects.

Nonetheless, attempts to secure these benefits through higher levels of targeted taxation can in the long-term have the opposite effect. Indeed, the weak commodities market, including the low price of gold, is throwing into

 

118


Table of Contents

sharp focus just how damaging short-term attempts to secure a greater proportion of companies’ earnings can be. Mining investment is falling, new growth projects are being left undeveloped and existing projects are facing closure—even without additional fiscal uncertainty. The implications for longer-term national and host community development are obvious.

Fiscal challenges in Ghana

Despite challenges related to the fiscal regime for the mining sector in Ghana, Gold Fields was the second largest corporate contributor to public revenue in Ghana in fiscal 2015, paying U.S.$86 million in direct taxes, royalties and dividends.

However, commercial pressures, combined with low gold prices, impacted Gold Fields’ expansion plans. In fiscal 2014, Gold Fields reduced its exploration activities in Ghana to near-mine activities only, and in fiscal 2015 the fiscal framework continued to be a key consideration with regard to the future of the Damang mine.

As a result of Gold Fields’ persistence in constructively engaging with the Government of Ghana regarding the implementation of a common fiscal framework for mining companies, the Government approved a development agreement for both the Tarkwa and Damang mines in March 2016, effectively levelling the industry playing field. The approval of the development agreement is expected to ensure parity between Gold Fields and its peers in Ghana’s mining industry.

It is expected that a level playing field and a supportive and globally competitive tax regime would significantly improve fiscal predictability for the Ghanaian mining sector, which is critical for long-term investment planning. See “—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—Ghana—Mineral Rights”.

Royalties in Australia

During fiscal 2015, Gold Fields joined with its peers in Western Australia to campaign against a review of the royalties charged on mining, which had been proposed by the government of the state. The campaign, entitled ‘Heart of Gold’, highlighted the industry’s contribution to the economy and job creation. In March 2015, the government announced that there would be no increases to the royalties on gold mining.

Fiscal uncertainty in South Africa

Gold Fields’ operation in South Africa is guided primarily by the MPRDA. In fiscal 2013 critical amendments to the MPRDA were tabled by the government in the MPRDA Amendment Bill, but the bill was sent back to Parliament for consideration. A change of minister and director general in the Department of Mineral Resources in fiscal 2015 and differing policy priorities by various government departments, have also created significant uncertainty for current and potential investors.

One of the key requirements of the MPRDA is to facilitate meaningful and substantial participation of HDSAs in the mining industry. To provide guidance on this open-ended requirement, the Mining Charter, as revised in 2010, was published providing for a range of empowerment actions and a corollary time frame. All mining rights holders (including South Deep as the mining rights holder) are required to submit an annual compliance assessment to the DMR on progress made against meeting the annual targets in the Charter. Gold Fields continues to comply with this process.

 

119


Table of Contents

Government had indicated that the Mining Charter would be reviewed during 2015 but a number of important aspects of the Charter remain to be finalized, key of which is the BEE ownership of mining companies and the evaluation of previous BEE transactions carried out by the industry. The Chamber, representing the vast majority of mining companies in South Africa, applied to the High Court of South Africa for a declaratory order, and was heard on March 15 and 16, 2016. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ mineral rights are subject to legislation, which could impose significant costs and burdens and which impose certain ownership requirements, the interpretation of which are the subject of dispute.”

Consideration of the implementation of the Department of Trade and Industry’s amended Codes of Good Practice on the mining industry is also important, specially alignment between the Mining Charter and the Codes of Good Practice. In October 2014, the BBBEE Act, which gives effect to the Codes of Good Practice, was amended introducing a ‘trumping’ clause to bring about alignment to the BBBEE Act for all disparate legislation regulating the measurement of BEE. On 30 October 2015, the DMR announced that the mining industry will be exempt for 12 months from the provisions in the BBBEE Act, while alignment between the Mining Charter and Codes of Good Practice is being sought.

The Chamber is also engaging with government directly on the long-term sustainability of the industry and a number of other issues confronting the sector. A tripartite forum, called Project Phakisa—comprising industry, government and organized labor—was established during fiscal 2015 followed by extensive engagement programs to map out future growth and empowerment of the South African mining industry.

Gold Fields is fully in support of these efforts and has actively participated in Project Phakisa. However, amid the continued regulatory uncertainty it is difficult to envisage strong investor support for the industry, which is essential if the investment is to be forthcoming to fund an expansion of the sector.

Social license to operate

Many mining companies face increasing pressures over their social license to operate, that is, the acceptance or approval of their activities by local stakeholders. While formal permission to operate is ultimately granted by host governments; the practical reality is that many operations also need the permission of host communities and other influential stakeholders to carry out their operations effectively and profitably.

As such, it is important to Gold Fields to avoid, minimize and manage the negative impacts of its operations on stakeholders while also maximizing the positive benefits. In current market conditions—which have the potential to curtail the ability of Gold Fields to deliver local benefits—active stakeholder engagement, in combination with the Company’s shared value development approach, is particularly important as it shifts the focus from spending to the delivery of positive social and business impacts.

In this context, Gold Fields actively identifies and engages with the representatives of the following groups on a regular basis, both formally and informally:

 

   

Central, regional and local government and their agencies;

 

   

Community-based organizations;

 

   

Non-governmental organizations;

 

   

Civil society;

 

   

Organized labor; and

 

   

Local businesses.

Such engagement is guided by:

 

   

Applicable legislation and regulation;

 

   

The Mining Charter and South Deep’s SLP;

 

120


Table of Contents
   

The ICMMs 10 Principles, Community Development Toolkit and Position Statement on Indigenous Peoples;

 

   

The UN Global Compact’s 10 Principles; and

 

   

The AA1000 Stakeholder Engagement Standard

All of Gold Fields’ operations are required to implement culturally appropriate stakeholder engagement plans for all stages of the life-of-mine.

Gold Fields requires all mines to establish mechanisms through which communities can voice their grievances and complaints about the Group, its behavior or that of its employees on social and environmental issues, and have these issues assessed and resolved. For more information, see “Information on the Company—Strategy—Group Performance Scorecard”.

Property

As of December 31, 2015, Gold Fields held rights over the following mining and exploration areas/tenements, including those held as joint ventures:

Gold Fields’ operative mining areas as of December 31, 2015

 

Operation

   Size
(hectares)
 

South Africa

  

South Deep

     4,268   

Ghana

  

Tarkwa

     20,825   

Damang

     23,666   

Australia

  

St. Ives

     119,784   

Agnew/Lawlers

     74,409   

Granny Smith

     78,985   

Darlot

     13,064   

Peru

  

Cerro Corona

     4,365   

Gold Fields leases its corporate headquarters in Sandton. The MPRDA vests the right to prospect and mine in the Republic of South Africa with administration by the government of South Africa. During May 2010, the DMR approved the conversion of the South Deep old order mining rights into a new order mining right. Included in this approval was an additional portion of ground known as Uncle Harry’s, which is contiguous to South Deep. Gold Fields also owns most of the surface rights with respect to its South African mining properties. Where Gold Fields conducts surface operations on land the surface rights of which it does not own, it does so in accordance with applicable mining and property laws. In addition, Gold Fields owns prospecting and surface rights contiguous to its operations in South Africa. As required under the MPRDA, Gold Fields has registered its surface rights utilized for mining purposes. Gold Fields has received prospecting rights on properties which it has identified as being able to contribute, now or in the future, to its business and will apply to convert those prospecting rights to mining rights under the MPRDA, when appropriate. These rights, historically known as the Fochville East, Kalbasfontein, WA4 and Wildebeestkuil prospecting rights, are in the process of being consolidated and known as the South Deep Contiguous Areas. See “—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights”.

Gold Fields’ West Africa operations comprise two legally registered entities, namely Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso. Gold Fields Ghana obtained the mining rights for the Tarkwa property from the government of Ghana in

 

121


Table of Contents

1993. In August 2000, with the consent of the government of Ghana, Gold Fields Ghana was assigned the mining rights for the northern portion of the Teberebie property. The Tarkwa rights expire in 2027, while the Teberebie rights expire in 2018. The Minerals Commission has approved Gold Fields Ghana’s application for an extension of the Teberebie rights to 2036, and has recommended that the Minister responsible for Natural Resources should grant the extension. Gold Fields Ghana has fully paid for the fees associated with the extension. Abosso holds the right to mine at the Damang property under a mining lease from the government of Ghana which expires in 2025. Gold Fields may exploit all surface and underground gold at all three sites until the rights expire, provided that Gold Fields pays the government of Ghana a quarterly royalty.

In Western Australia, land that is the subject of mining rights is leased from the state. West Australian mining leases have an initial term of 21 years with one automatic 21 year renewal period and thereafter an indefinite number of 21 year renewals with government approval. In relation to gold produced from the mining leases at St. Ives, Agnew, Granny Smith and Darlot, Gold Fields pays an annual royalty to the state of 2.5% of revenue.

In Peru, exploration and extraction activities can only be performed in duly authorized areas. Authorization is granted by the Peruvian government when a mining concession is issued. Mining concessions expire if the titleholder does not exploit the concessions for a period of 15 years, unless the titleholder demonstrates to the authorities that this was through no fault of its own, in which case the authorities may allow the titleholder to begin to exploit the concession within the next 5 years that follow. The titleholder must comply with specific obligations, such as paying annual fees of U.S.$3.00 per hectare, meeting minimum investment requirements, paying a monthly royalty according to the value of the produced concentrates and other requirements. The mining concessions owned by Cerro Corona cover an area of 4,365 hectares, while the surface rights cover 1,244 hectares. See “—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—Peru—Mining Concessions”.

 

122


Table of Contents

The maps presented below show the location of Gold Fields’ operations.

South Africa Operation

 

LOGO

 

123


Table of Contents

West Africa Operations

 

LOGO    LOGO

 

124


Table of Contents

Australia Operations

 

LOGO

 

125


Table of Contents
LOGO    LOGO

 

126


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

127


Table of Contents

Americas Operation

 

LOGO

Legal Proceedings and Investigations

Randgold and Exploration Summons

On August 21, 2008, GFO, formerly known as Western Areas Limited, or WAL, a subsidiary of Gold Fields, received a summons from Randgold and Exploration Company Limited, or R&E, and African Strategic Investment Holdings Limited. The summons claims that during the period that WAL was under the control of Brett Kebble, Roger Kebble and others, WAL assisted in the unlawful disposal of shares owned by R&E in Randgold Resources Limited, or Resources, and Afrikander Lease Limited, now known as Uranium One. The claims have been computed in various ways. The highest claims have been computed on the basis of the highest

 

128


Table of Contents

prices of Resources and Uranium One shares between the dates of the alleged thefts and March 2008 (between R11 billion and R12 billion, or approximately between U.S.$700 million to U.S.$800 million). The alternative claims have been computed on the basis of the actual amounts allegedly received by GFO to fund its operations (approximately R519 million, or U.S.$34 million).

During the third quarter of fiscal 2015, simultaneously with delivering its plea, GFO joined certain third parties to the action (namely JCI Limited, J C Lamprecht, R A R Kebble and the deceased and insolvent estate of B K Kebble), in order to enable it to claim compensation against such third parties in the event that the plaintiffs are successful in one or more of their claims. In addition, notices in terms of section 2(2)(b) of the Apportionment of Damages Act, 1956 were served on various parties by GFO, in order to enable it to make a claim for a contribution against such parties in terms of the Apportionment of Damages Act, should the plaintiffs be successful in one or more of its claims.

The claims lie only against GFO, whose only interest is a 50% stake in the South Deep mine. This alleged liability is historic and relates to a period of time prior to the purchase of the company by the Group. GFO’s assessment remains that it has sustainable defenses to these claims and accordingly, GFO’s attorneys were instructed to vigorously defend the claims. Accordingly, no adjustment for any effects on the Company that may result from the outcome of the summons, if any, has been made in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Silicosis

The principal health risks associated with Gold Fields’ mining operations in South Africa arise from occupational exposure to silica dust, noise, heat and certain hazardous chemicals. The most significant occupational diseases affecting Gold Fields’ workforce include lung diseases (such as silicosis, tuberculosis, COAD, as well as NIHL. ODMWA governs the compensation paid to mining employees who contract certain illnesses, such as silicosis. In 2011 the South African Constitutional Court ruled that a claim for compensation under ODMWA does not prevent employees from seeking compensation from their employer in a civil action under common law (either as individuals or as a class). While issues such as negligence and causation need to be proved on a case by case basis, it is possible that such ruling could expose Gold Fields to claims related to occupational hazards and diseases (including silicosis), which may be in the form of a class or similar group action. If Gold Fields were to face a significant number of such claims and the claims were suitably established against it, the payment of compensation for the claims could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ results of operations and financial condition. In addition, Gold Fields may incur significant additional costs arising out of these issues, including costs relating to the payment of fees, levies or other contributions in respect of compensatory or other funds established (if any) and expenditures arising out of its efforts to resolve any outstanding claims or other potential action.

During 2012 and 2014, two court applications were served on Gold Fields and its subsidiaries (as well as other mining companies) by various applicants purporting to represent classes of mine workers (and where deceased, their dependents) who were previously employed by or who are employees of, amongst others, Gold Fields or any of its subsidiaries and who allegedly contracted silicosis and/or tuberculosis.

These are applications in terms of which the court is asked to certify a class action to be instituted by the applicants on behalf of the classes of affected people. According to the applicants, these are the first and preliminary steps in a process, where if the court were to certify the class action, the applicants will in the second stage bring an action wherein they will attempt to hold Gold Fields and other mining companies liable for silicosis and/or tuberculosis and the resultant consequences. The applicants contemplate dealing in the second stage with what the applicants describe as common legal and factual issues regarding the claims arising for the whole of the classes. If the applicants are successful in the second stage, they envisage that individual members of the classes could later submit individual claims for damages against Gold Fields and the other mining companies. These applications do not identify the number of claims that could be instituted against Gold Fields and the other mining companies or the quantum of damages the applicants may seek.

 

129


Table of Contents

Gold Fields has opposed the applications.

The two class actions were consolidated into one application on October 17, 2014. In terms of the consolidated application, the court is asked to allow the class actions to be certified. The consolidated application was heard during the weeks of October 12 and 19, 2015. Judgment has been reserved. If certification is granted, it will be the first step in a process whereby the applicants will, on behalf of the class or classes, seek to hold Gold Fields and the other mining companies liable for silicosis and/or tuberculosis and the resultant consequences. Any such claims will be defended.

In addition to the consolidated application, an individual action has been instituted against Gold Fields and one other mining company in terms of which the plaintiff claims R25.0 million (U.S.$2 million) in damages (and interest on that amount at 15.5% from May 2014 to the date of payment and costs) arising from his alleged contraction of silicosis which he claims was caused by the defendants. Gold Fields has entered an appearance to defend the individual action and has pleaded to the claim. In January 2014, the plaintiff delivered an application to join three other mining companies (including the owners of Gold Fields’ South Deep operation) to the action. The joinder was effected and Gold Fields delivered a revised plea on behalf of the joined Gold Fields defendants. The plaintiff has since applied to amend his particulars of claim which amendment is being opposed. While the plaintiff enrolled the trial for hearing on May 23, 2016, the matter has been removed from the trial roll. Gold Fields is proceeding with trial preparation in the normal course.

The ultimate outcome of these matters cannot presently be determined and, accordingly, no adjustment for any effects on the Company that may result from these actions, if any, has been made in the consolidated financial statements.

Occupational lung disease

The industry working group formed in 2014 to address issues relating to compensation and medical care for occupational lung disease in the South African gold mining industry, had extensive engagements with a wide range of stakeholders in 2015, including government, organized labor, other mining companies and legal representatives of claimants who have filed legal suits against the companies.

The companies, Anglo American South Africa, AngloGold Ashanti, African Rainbow Minerals, Gold Fields, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, or Harmony, and Sibanye Gold, believe that fairness and sustainability are crucial elements of any solution and are working together with these stakeholders to design and implement a comprehensive solution that is both fair to past, present and future gold mining employees and also sustainable for the sector.

The companies are among respondent companies in a number of lawsuits related to occupational lung disease, but do not believe that they are liable in respect of the claims brought, and they are defending these. The companies have been working for many years to try to eliminate the incidence of occupational lung disease at their mines. These efforts continue. Essentially, the companies are seeking a comprehensive solution which deals both with legacy compensation issues and future legal frameworks which are fair to employees, while also ensuring the future sustainability of companies in the industry.

Ngadju Native Title Claim

Gold Fields advised the market on July 7, 2015 that a decision had been handed down by a single judge of the Federal Court of Australia on July 3, 2015, in which the court had accepted the submissions of the Ngadju People that the re-grant of certain St. Ives’ tenements by the State of Western Australia in 2004 was not compliant with the correct processes set out in the Native Title Act 1993 (Cth), and as such, the re-granted tenements were inconsistent with the Ngadju People’s natives title rights.

 

130


Table of Contents

The decision did not affect the grant of mining tenure to St. Ives under the Mining Act 1978 (WA). St. Ives still validly holds all of the tenements which underpin its mining operations at St. Ives, and as these proceedings are not an action against St. Ives for failure to take certain steps, the Court has no ability to impose any sort of penalty against St. Ives.

On March 29, 2016, Gold Fields announced that the full court of the Federal Court of Australia overturned its July 2015 decision. As such, the Federal Court confirmed that St. Ives’ re-granted tenements were valid for the purposes of the Native Title Act. In addition, the Federal Court found that although St. Ives and the Ngadju People have coexisting tenement holder rights, the rights of St. Ives would prevail in the event that any inconsistencies materialize. It is not clear whether the Ngadju People will appeal this decision.

Gold Fields remains strongly of the view that it has at all times complied with its obligations under the Native Title Act 1993 (Cth) in respect of its dealings with these tenements. The Company will take all steps necessary to ensure that the St. Ives operations are unaffected while this matter is resolved.

Accordingly, no adjustment for any effects on the Company that may result from the proceedings, if any, has been made in the consolidated financial statements.

Regulatory Investigations

Gold Fields was informed in September 2013 that it was the subject of a regulatory investigation in the United States by the SEC relating to the BEE transaction associated with the granting of the mining rights for its South Deep operation.

On June 22, 2015, Gold Fields notified shareholders that it was informed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, Unit of the SEC that it has concluded its investigation in connection with the BEE transaction related to South Deep and, based on the information available to it, the FCPA Unit would not recommend to the SEC that enforcement action be taken against Gold Fields. The notice informing Gold Fields of this decision was provided under the guidelines set out in the final paragraph of the Securities Act Release No 5310, which states in part that the notice “must in no way be construed as indicating that the party has been exonerated or that no action may ultimately result from the staff’s investigation”.

In South Africa, in 2013 the Directorate for Priority Crime Investigation, or the Hawks, informed the Company that it has started a preliminary investigation into the BEE transaction to determine whether or not to proceed with a formal investigation, following a complaint by the Democratic Alliance, a political party in South Africa. The investigation is still in process and it is not possible to determine what effect the ultimate outcome of this investigation, any regulatory findings and any related developments may have on the Company, or the timing thereof.

Accordingly, no adjustment for any effects on the Company that may result from the outcome of these investigations, if any, has been made in the consolidated financial statements.

South Deep tax dispute

During the third quarter of fiscal 2014, the South African Revenue Service, or SARS, issued a Finalization of Audit Letter, or the Audit Letter, stating that SARS had restated GFIJVH’s additional capital allowance balance reflected on its 2011 tax return from $1,014.2 million to nil. The tax effect of this amount is $304.3 million, being the amount referred to above as the additional capital allowance.

 

131


Table of Contents

The additional capital allowance was claimed by GFIJVH in terms of section 36(11)(c) of the South African Income Tax Act, 1962 (“the Act”). The additional capital allowance provides an incentive for new mining development and only applies to unredeemed capital expenditure. The additional capital allowance allows a 12% capital allowance over and above actual capital expenditure incurred on developing a deep level gold mine, as well as a further annual 12% allowance on the mine’s unredeemed capital expenditure balance brought forward, until the year that the mine starts earning mining taxable income (i.e., when all tax losses and unredeemed capital expenditure have been fully utilized).

In order to qualify for the additional capital allowance, South Deep must qualify as a “post-1990 gold mine,” which is defined in the South African Income Tax Act. A post-1990 gold mine, according to the Act, is defined as “a gold mine which, in the opinion of the Director-General: Mineral and Energy Affairs, is an independent workable proposition and in respect of which a mining authorization for gold mining was issued for the first time after March 14, 1990”.

During 1999, the Director General: Minerals and Energy Affairs, or DME, and SARS confirmed, in writing, that GFIJVH is a “post-1990 gold mine” as defined, and therefore qualified for the additional capital allowance. Relying on these representations, GFIJVH subsequently filed its tax returns on this basis, as confirmed by the DME and SARS.

In the Audit Letter, SARS stated that both the DME and SARS erred in issuing the confirmations mentioned above, and that GFIJVH does not qualify as a “post-1990 gold mine” and therefore does not qualify for the additional capital allowance.

The Group has taken legal advice on the matter and was advised by external senior counsel that SARS should not be allowed to disallow the claiming of the additional capital allowance. GFIJVH has in the meantime not only formally appealed against the position taken by SARS, but also filed an application in the High Court and will vigorously defend its position.

Accordingly, no adjustment for any effects on the Company that may result from the proceedings, if any, has been made in the consolidated financial statements.

Other than the proceedings and investigations described above, Gold Fields is not a party to any material legal or arbitration proceedings, nor is any of its property the subject of pending material legal proceedings.

 

132


Table of Contents

Glossary of Mining Terms

The following explanations are not intended as technical definitions, but rather are intended to assist the reader in understanding some of the terms used in this annual report.

“Adjusted EBITDA” means operating profit before interest, royalties, taxes, depreciation and amortization, foreign exchange gains and losses, financial instruments gains and losses and non-recurring items (impairment of investments and assets, impairment of stockpiles and consumables, restructuring costs and profit and loss on disposal of assets), all as calculated in accordance with IFRS.

“Adjusted net cash flow” means cash flows from operations less South Deep BEE dividend, less net capital expenditure and environmental payments, all as calculated in accordance with IFRS.

All-in costs” means all-in sustaining costs plus additional costs relating to growth, including non-sustaining capital expenditure and exploration, evaluation and feasibility costs not associated with current operations.

All-in sustaining costs” means operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, plus all costs not included therein relating to sustaining current production including sustaining capital expenditure.

Backfill” means material, generally sourced from tailings or waste rock, used to refill mined-out areas to increase the long-term stability of mines and mitigate the effects of seismicity.

Carbon in leach”, or “CIL” means a process similar to CIP (described below) except that the ore slurries are not leached with cyanide prior to carbon loading. Instead, the leaching and carbon loading occur simultaneously.

Carbon in pulp”, or “CIP” means a common process used to extract gold from cyanide leach slurries. The process consists of carbon granules suspended in the slurry and flowing counter-current to the process slurry in multiple-staged agitated tanks. The process slurry, which has been leached with cyanide prior to the CIP process, contains soluble gold. The soluble gold is absorbed onto the carbon granules which are subsequently separated from the slurry by screening. The gold is then recovered from the carbon by electrowinning onto steel wool cathodes or by a similar process.

Cleaning” means the process of removing broken rock from a mine.

Comminution” means the breaking, crushing or grinding of ore by mechanical means.

Cut-off grade” means the grade which distinguishes the material within the ore body that is to be extracted and treated from the remainder.

Decline” or “incline” means a sloping underground opening for machine access from the surface to an underground mine or from level to level in a mine. Declines and inclines are often driven in a spiral to access different elevations in the mine.

Depletion” means the decrease in quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production.

Development” means activities (including shaft sinking and on-reef and off-reef tunneling) required to prepare for mining activities and maintain a planned production level and those costs incurred to enable the conversion of mineralization to reserves.

Dilution” means the mixing of waste rock with ore, resulting in a decrease in the overall grade.

Dissolution” means the process whereby a metal is dissolved and becomes amenable to separation from the gangue material.

 

133


Table of Contents

Electrowinning” means the process of removing gold from solution by the action of electric currents.

Elution” means removal of the gold from the activated carbon.

Exploration” means activities associated with ascertaining the existence, location, extent or quality of mineralization, including economic and technical evaluations of mineralization.

Flotation” means the process whereby certain chemicals are added to the material fed to the leach circuit in order to float the desired minerals to produce a concentrate of the mineral to be processed. This process can be carried out in column flotation cells.

Free cash flow margin, or FCF Margin” means revenue less cash outflow divided by revenue expressed as a percentage. It is calculated as follows:

 

Revenue (gold only = revenue as per the income statement less by-product revenue as per AIC)

    xxx   

Less: Cash outflow

    (xxx

- AIC

    (xxx

Adjusted for

   

Share-based payments (as non-cash)

    xx   

Long-term employee benefits

    xx   

Exploration, feasibility and evaluation costs outside of existing operations

    xx   

- Tax paid (excluding royalties)

    (xx

Free cash flow

    xx   
 

 

 

 

Free cash flow margin

    x
 

 

 

 

Gold sold only - ounces

    xxx   

 

Gangue” means commercially valueless material remaining after ore extraction from rock.

Gold reserves” means the gold contained within proven and probable reserves on the basis of recoverable material (reported as mill delivered tonnes and head grade).

Grade” means the quantity of metal per unit mass of ore expressed as a percentage or, for gold, as grams of gold per tonne of ore.

Greenfield” means a potential mining site of unknown quality.

Grinding” means reducing rock to the consistency of fine sand by crushing and abrading in a rotating steel grinding mill.

Head grade” means the grade of the ore as delivered to the metallurgical plant.

Heap leaching” means a relatively low-cost technique for extracting metals from ore by percolating leaching solutions through heaps of ore placed on impervious pads. Generally used on low-grade ores.

Hypogene” means ore or mineral deposits formed by ascending fluids within the earth.

In situ” means within unbroken rock or still in the ground.

Kriging” means an estimation technique used in the evaluation of ore reserves.

Leaching” means dissolution of gold from the crushed and milled material, including reclaimed slime, for absorption and concentration onto the activated carbon.

Level” means the workings or tunnels of an underground mine which are on the same horizontal plane.

Life of mine”, or “LoM” means the expected remaining years of production, based on production rates and ore reserves.

 

134


Table of Contents

London afternoon fixing price” means the afternoon session open fixing of the gold price which takes place daily in London and is set by a board comprising five financial institutions.

Mark-to-market” means the current fair value of a derivative based on current market prices, or to calculate the current fair value of a derivative based on current market prices, as the case may be.

Measures” means conversion factors from metric units to U.S. units are provided below.

 

Metric unit

       

U.S. equivalent

1 tonne

   = 1 t    = 1.10231 short tons

1 gram

   = 1 g    = 0.03215 ounces

1 gram per tonne

   = 1 g/t    = 0.02917 ounces per short ton

1 kilogram per tonne

   = 1 kg/t    = 29.16642 ounces per short ton

1 kilometer

   = 1 km    = 0.62137 miles

1 meter

   = 1 m    = 3.28084 feet

1 centimeter

   = 1 cm    = 0.39370 inches

1 millimeter

   = 1 mm    = 0.03937 inches

1 hectare

   = 1 ha    = 2.47104 acres

Metallurgical plant” means a processing plant used to treat ore and extract the contained gold.

Metallurgical recovery factor” means the proportion of metal in the ore delivered to the mill, that is recovered by the metallurgical process or processes.

Metallurgy” means, in the context of this document, the science of extracting metals from ores and preparing them for sale.

Mill delivered tonnes” means a quantity, expressed in tonnes, of ore delivered to the metallurgical plant.

Milling”, or “mill” means the comminution of the ore, although the term has come to cover the broad range of machinery inside the treatment plant where the gold is separated from the ore.

Mine call factor” means the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the specific product recovered at the mill (plus residue) to the specific product contained in an ore body calculated based on an operation’s measuring and valuation methods.

Mineralization” means the presence of a target mineral in a mass of host rock.

MPa” means a unit measurement of stress or pressure within the earth’s crust used to profile tectonic stress, which can impact ground stability and ground support requirements in underground mining.

mSV” means a unit measurement of ionizing radiation dose, used to measure the health effect of low levels of ionizing radiation on the human body.

Net debt” means total borrowing less cash and cash equivalents, both as calculated in accordance with IFRS.

Net smelter return”, or “NSR” means the volume of refined gold sold during the relevant period multiplied by the average spot gold price and the average exchange rate for the period, less refining, transport and insurance costs.

Normalized earnings” means net earnings, excluding foreign exchange gains and losses, financial instruments gains and losses and non-recurring items (impairment of investments and assets, impairment of stockpiles and consumables, restructuring costs and profit and loss on disposal of assets), net of tax, all as calculated in accordance with IFRS.

Open pit” means mining in which the ore is extracted from a pit. The geometry of the pit may vary with the characteristics of the ore body.

 

135


Table of Contents

Operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation” means Gold Fields’ operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements).

Ore” means a mixture of material containing minerals from which at least one of the minerals can be mined and processed at an economic profit.

Ore body” means a well defined mass of material of sufficient mineral content to make extraction economically viable.

Ore grade” means the average amount of gold contained in a tonne of gold-bearing ore expressed in grams per tonne.

Ore reserves”, or “reserves” means that part of a mineral deposit which could be economically and legally extracted or produced at the time of the reserve determination.

Ounce” means one troy ounce, which equals 31.1035 grams.

Overburden” means the soil and rock that must be removed in order to expose an ore deposit.

Paste filling” means a technique whereby cemented paste fill is placed in mined out voids to improve and maintain ground stability, minimize waste dilution and maximize extraction of the ore.

Porphyry” means an igneous rock of any composition that contains larger, well-formed mineral grains in a finer-grained groundmass.

Probable reserves” means reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proven reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proven reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.

Production stockpile” means the selective accumulation of low grade material which is actively managed as part of the current mining operations.

Prospect” means to investigate a site with insufficient data available on mineralization to determine if minerals are economically recoverable.

Prospecting right” means permission to explore an area for minerals.

Proven reserves” means reserves for which: (1) quantity is computed from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or boreholes; (2) grade and/or quality are computed from the results of detailed sampling; and (3) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely and the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth and mineral content of reserves are well-established.

Reef” means a gold-bearing sedimentary horizon, normally a conglomerate band, that may contain economic levels of gold.

Refining” means the final stage of metal production in which final impurities are removed from the molten metal by introducing air and fluxes. The impurities are removed as gases or slag.

Rehabilitation” means the process of restoring mined land to a condition approximating its original state.

Rock dump” means the historical accumulation of low grade material derived in the course of mining which is processed in order to take advantage of spare processing capacity.

Run of Mine”, or “RoM” means a loose term to describe ore of average grade.

 

136


Table of Contents

Sampling” means taking small pieces of rock at intervals along exposed mineralization for assay (to determine the mineral content).

Seismicity” means a sudden movement within a given volume of rock that radiates detectable seismic waves. The amplitude and frequency of seismic waves radiated from such a source depend, in general, on the strength and state of stress of the rock, the size of the source of seismic radiation, and the magnitude and the rate at which the rock moves during the fracturing process.

Semi-autogenous grinding”, or “SAG mill”, means a piece of machinery used to crush and grind ore which uses a mixture of steel balls and the ore itself to achieve comminution. The mill is shaped like a cylinder causing the grinding media and the ore itself to impact upon the ore.

Shaft” means a shaft providing principal access to the underground workings for transporting personnel, equipment, supplies, ore and waste. A shaft is also used for ventilation and as an auxiliary exit. It may be equipped with a surface hoist system that lowers and raises conveyances for men, materials and ore in the shaft. A shaft generally has more than one conveyancing compartment.

Slimes” means the finer fraction of tailings discharged from a processing plant after the valuable minerals have been recovered.

Slurry” means a fluid comprising fine solids suspended in a solution (generally water containing additives).

Smelting” means thermal processing whereby molten metal is liberated from beneficiated ore or concentrate with impurities separating as lighter slag.

Spot price” means the current price of a metal for immediate delivery.

Stockpile” means a store of unprocessed ore.

Stope” means the underground excavation within the ore body where the main gold production takes place.

Stratigraphic” means the study of rock layers (strata) and layering (stratification) and is primarily used in the study of sedimentary and layered volcanic rocks. Stratigraphic modeling is often important in profiling the regional and local geology that has played a controlling role in gold mineralization and ore body generation.

Stripping” means the process of removing overburden to mine ore.

Sulfide” means a mineral characterized by the linkages of sulfur with a metal or semi-metal, such as pyrite (iron sulfide). Also a zone in which sulfide minerals occur.

Supergene” means ores or ore minerals formed where descending surface water oxidizes mineralized rock and redistributes the ore minerals, often concentrating them in zones.

Tailings” means finely ground rock from which valuable minerals have been extracted by milling.

Tailings dam” means dams or dumps created from tailings or slimes.

Tonne” means one tonne is equal to 1,000 kilograms (also known as a “metric” tonne).

Tonnage” means quantities where the tonne is an appropriate unit of measure. Typically used to measure reserves of gold-bearing material in situ or quantities of ore and waste material mined, transported or milled.

Waste” means rock mined with an insufficient gold content to justify processing.

Yield” means the actual grade of ore realized after the mining and treatment process.

 

137


Table of Contents

ITEM 4A: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 

138


Table of Contents

ITEM 5: OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with Gold Fields’ consolidated financial statements, including the notes, appearing elsewhere in this annual report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below and elsewhere in this annual report includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Forward-looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report.

Overview

Gold Fields is a significant producer of gold and a major holder of gold reserves in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Peru. In Peru, Gold Fields also produces copper. Gold Fields is primarily involved in underground and surface gold and surface copper mining and related activities, including exploration, extraction, processing and smelting.

In fiscal 2015, the South African, West African, Australasian and American operations produced 9%, 34%, 44% and 13% of Gold Fields’ total gold production, respectively.

Gold Fields’ South African operation is South Deep. Gold Fields also owns the St. Ives, Agnew/Lawlers, Granny Smith and Darlot gold mining operations in Australia and has a 90.0% interest in each of the Tarkwa gold mine and the Damang gold mine in Ghana. Gold Fields also owns a 99.5% interest in the Cerro Corona mine in Peru. On October 1, 2013, Gold Fields acquired the Yilgarn South Assets from Barrick. See “Information on the Company—Gold Fields’ Mining Operations—Australasia Operations”. In addition, Gold Fields has gold and other precious metal exploration activities and interests in Africa, Eurasia, Australasia and the Americas.

As of December 31, 2015, Gold Fields reported attributable proven and probable gold and copper reserves of approximately 46.1 million ounces of gold and 532 million pounds of copper, as compared to the 48.1 million ounces of gold and 620 million pounds of copper, reported as of December 31, 2014.

Total gold production was 2.236 million ounces of gold equivalents in fiscal 2015, 2.159 million ounces of which were attributable to Gold Fields with the remainder attributable to non-controlling shareholders in Gold Fields Ghana, Abosso and La Cima, relating to the Tarkwa, Damang and Cerro Corona mining operations, respectively. Total gold production was 2.294 million ounces of gold equivalent in fiscal 2014, 2.219 million ounces of which were attributable to Gold Fields with the remainder attributable to non-controlling shareholders in Gold Fields Ghana, Abosso and La Cima, relating to the Tarkwa, Damang and Cerro Corona mining operations, respectively.

In fiscal 2015, production at South Deep, decreased by 1% from 6,237 kilograms (200,500 ounces) in fiscal 2014 to 6,160 kilograms (198,000 ounces) in fiscal 2015 mainly due to lower grades, partially offset by increased volumes.

Production at the operations outside of South Africa decreased by 3%. In the West African region, gold production increased by 2% from 736,000 ounces in fiscal 2014 to 753,900 ounces in fiscal 2015. At Tarkwa, gold production increased by 5% from 558,300 ounces to 586,100 ounces mainly due to higher grade. At Damang, gold production decreased by 6% from 177,800 ounces to 167,800 ounces mainly due to lower grades, partially offset by increased volumes. In the Australia region, gold production decreased by 4% from 1,031,100 ounces in fiscal 2014 to 988,000 ounces in fiscal 2015. At St. Ives, gold production increased by 3% from 361,700 ounces to 371,900 ounces mainly due to higher grades mined and processed. At Agnew/Lawlers, gold production decreased by 13% from 270,700 ounces to 236,600 ounces mainly due to lower tonnes mined and processed as well as lower grade. At Darlot, gold production decreased by 6% from 83,600 ounces to 78,400

 

139


Table of Contents

ounces due to lower tonnes mined and processed, partially offset by higher grade. At Granny Smith, gold production decreased by 4% from 315,200 ounces to 301,100 ounces mainly due to lower grades and volumes processed. Gold equivalent production at Cerro Corona decreased by 9% from 326,600 ounces in fiscal 2014 to 295,600 ounces in fiscal 2015 mainly due to a decrease in gold and copper grades as well as the lower gold equivalent price ratio.

Disposal of Chucapaca

On August 19, 2014, Gold Fields sold its 51% stake in Canteras del Hallazgo S.A.C (CDH), the company that manages the Chucapaca exploration project in southern Peru, to Compañía de Minas Buenaventura S.A.A. (Buenaventura). Buenaventura is Peru’s largest publicly traded, precious metals mining company and previously owned 49% in CDH. The consideration received was U.S.$81.0 million in cash and a 1.5% net smelter royalty on future sales of gold, copper and silver produced in the current Chucapaca concession. No value was attributed to the 1.5% net smelter royalty in calculating the sales price due to the uncertainty associated with realizing any future royalties given that the Chucapaca project is still in the exploration phase. This sale resulted in a profit of U.S.$72.8 million being recognized in profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries in the consolidated statement of operations.

Disposal of Yanfolila

On July 2, 2014, Gold Fields sold its 85% interest in the Yanfolila exploration project in Mali to London-listed Hummingbird for U.S.$21.1 million in the form of 21,258,503 Hummingbird shares (representing a 25.1% holding at the time), resulting in Hummingbird being accounted for as an equity accounted investee. This sale resulted in a profit of U.S.$5.1 million being recognized in profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries in the consolidated statement of operations.

Yilgarn South Assets acquisition

On October 1, 2013, Gold Fields completed the acquisition of the Yilgarn South Assets from Barrick. Gold Fields acquired the assets for a total net consideration of U.S.$262.0 million after adjustments for working capital and employee entitlements. In accordance with the sale and purchase agreement, Gold Fields elected to satisfy the consideration by delivering 28.7 million of its common shares (which was based on the five-day volume weighted average price, or VWAP, for the ADR’s trading on the NYSE prior to closing). The balance of U.S.$135.0 million was paid from cash resources held by Gold Fields in Australia.

The Spin-off

On the Spin-off date, being February 18, 2013, Gold Fields completed the Spin-off. The Spin-off was achieved by way of Gold Fields making a distribution on a pro rata basis of one Sibanye Gold ordinary share for every one Gold Fields share (whether held in the form of shares, ADRs or international depositary receipts) to Gold Fields shareholders, registered as such in Gold Fields’ register at close of business on February 15, 2013 in terms of section 46 of the South African Companies Act and section 46 of the South African Income Tax Act. The Board of Gold Fields passed the resolution necessary to implement the Spin-off on December 12, 2012. Sibanye Gold shares listed on the JSE and on the NYSE on February 11, 2013.

Prior to the Spin-off, Gold Fields provided purchasing, corporate communications, human resources and benefits management, treasury and finance, investor relations, internal audit, legal and tax advice, compliance regarding internal controls and information technology functions to Sibanye Gold.

Following the Spin-off, Gold Fields continued to provide some of these services to Sibanye Gold and Sibanye Gold continued to provide some services to Gold Fields on a transitional basis for a period of up to one year, which ended in February 2014, pursuant to the Transitional Services Agreement.

 

140


Table of Contents

The financial results of Sibanye Gold, which include the KDC and Beatrix mines, were presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for fiscal year 2013. The discussion of financial results of Gold Fields in this Operating and Financial Review and Prospects relates only to continuing operations unless otherwise stated.

Revenues

Substantially all of Gold Fields’ revenues are derived from the sale of gold and copper. As a result, Gold Fields’ revenues are directly related to the prices of gold and copper. Historically, the prices of gold and copper have fluctuated widely. The gold and copper prices are affected by numerous factors over which Gold Fields does not have control. See “Risk Factors—Changes in the market price for gold, and to a lesser extent copper, which in the past have fluctuated widely, affect the profitability of Gold Fields’ operations and the cash flows generated by those operations.” The volatility of gold and copper prices is illustrated in the following tables, which show the annual high, low and average of the London afternoon fixing price of gold and the London Metal Exchange cash settlement price for copper in U.S. dollars for the past 12 calendar years and to date in calendar year 2016:

 

     Price per ounce(1)  

Gold

   High      Low      Average  
     ($/oz)  

2004

     454         375         409   

2005

     537         411         445   

2006

     725         525         604   

2007

     834         607         687   

2008

     1,011         713         872   

2009

     1,213         810         972   

2010

     1,421         1,058         1,224   

2011

     1,895         1,319         1,571   

2012

     1,792         1,540         1,669   

2013

     1,694         1,192         1,409   

2014

     1,385         1,142         1,266   

2015

     1,296         1,060         1,167   

2016 (through April 6, 2016)

     1,278         1,077         1,185   

 

Source: I-Net

Note:

(1) Rounded to the nearest U.S. dollar.

 

141


Table of Contents

On April 6, 2016, the London afternoon fixing price of gold was U.S.$1,221 per ounce.

 

     Price per tonne(1)  

Copper

   High      Low      Average  
     ($/t)  

2004

     3,287         2,337         2,867   

2005

     4,650         3,072         3,687   

2006

     8,788         4,537         6,728   

2007

     8,301         5,226         7,128   

2008

     8,985         2,770         6,952   

2009

     7,346         3,051         5,164   

2010

     9,740         6,091         7,539   

2011

     9,986         7,062         8,836   

2012

     8,658         7,252         7,951   

2013

     8,243         6,638         7,324   

2014

     7,440         6,306         6,861   

2015

     6,401         4,347         5,376   

2016 (through April 6, 2016)

     5,080         4,347         4,680   

 

Source: I-Net

Note:

(1) Rounded to the nearest U.S. dollar.

On April 6, 2016, the LME cash settlement price for copper was U.S.$4,775 per tonne.

As a general rule, Gold Fields sells the gold it produces at market prices to obtain the maximum benefit from prevailing gold prices and does not enter into hedging arrangements such as forward sales or derivatives which establish a price in advance for the sale of its future gold production. Hedges can be undertaken in one or more of the following circumstances: to protect cash flows at times of significant capital expenditures; for specific debt servicing requirements; and to safeguard the viability of higher cost operations. During fiscal 2015 and at December 31, 2015, Gold Fields had no commodity hedging arrangements in place. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Commodity Price Sensitivity”. Significant changes in the prices of gold and copper over a sustained period of time may lead Gold Fields to increase or decrease its production in the near-term, which could have a material impact on Gold Fields’ revenues.

Sales of copper concentrate are “provisionally priced”—that is, the selling price is subject to final adjustment at the end of a period normally ranging from 30 to 90 days after delivery to the customer, based on market prices at the relevant quotation points stipulated in the contract.

Revenue on provisionally priced copper concentrate sales is recorded on the date of shipment, net of refining and treatment charges, using the forward London Metal Exchange price to the estimated final pricing date, adjusted for the specific terms of the agreements. Variations between the price used to recognize revenue and the actual final price received can be caused by changes in prevailing copper and gold prices and result in an embedded derivative. The host contract is the receivable from the sale of copper concentrate at the forward London Metal Exchange price at the time of sale. The embedded derivative, which does not qualify for hedge accounting, is marked-to-market each period until final settlement occurs, with changes in fair value classified as provisional price adjustments and included as a component of revenue while the contract itself is recorded in accounts receivable.

 

142


Table of Contents

Gold Fields’ Realized Gold and Copper Prices

The following table sets out the average, the high and the low London afternoon fixing price per ounce of gold and Gold Fields’ average U.S. dollar realized gold price during the past three fiscal years. Gold Fields’ average realized gold price per equivalent ounce is calculated using the actual price per ounce of gold received on gold sold and the actual amount of revenue received on sales of copper, expressed in terms of the price per gold equivalent ounce. For a description of how gold equivalent ounces are determined, see “Defined Terms and Conventions.”

 

     Fiscal  

Realized Gold Price(1)

   2013      2014      2015  

Average

     1,409         1,266         1,167   

High

     1,694         1,385         1,296   

Low

     1,192         1,142         1,060   

Gold Fields’ average realized gold price(2)

     1,386         1,249         1,140   

 

Notes:

(1) Prices stated per ounce.
(2) Gold Fields’ average realized gold price may differ from the average gold price due to the timing of its sales of gold within each year.

Over the period from 2013 to 2015, the gold price has declined from an average price of $1,409/oz. to $1,167/oz. which has had an impact on Gold Fields’ revenues and costs.

The following table sets out the average, the high and the low London Metal Exchange cash settlement price per tonne for copper and Gold Fields’ average U.S. dollar realized copper price for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015.

 

     Fiscal  

Realized Copper Price(1)

   2013      2014      2015  

Average

     7,324         6,861         5,376   

High

     8,243         7,440         6,401   

Low

     6,638         6,306         4,347   

Gold Fields’ average realized copper price(2)

     6,575         6,827         4,787   

 

Notes:

(1) Prices stated per tonne.
(2) Gold Fields’ average realized copper price may differ from the average copper price due to the timing of its sales of copper within each year and is net of treatment and refining charges.

Production

Gold Fields’ revenues are primarily driven by its production levels and the price it realizes on the sale of gold. Production levels are affected by a number of factors, some of which are described below. Total managed production at Gold Fields’ continuing operations decreased from 2.29 million ounces in fiscal 2014 to 2.24 million ounces in fiscal 2015, having increased from 2.10 million ounces in fiscal 2013 to 2.29 million ounces in fiscal 2014. The decrease in production between fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 was due to lower production at all of the mines except for Tarkwa and St. Ives. The increase in production between fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 was mainly due to the inclusion of a full year’s production from the Yilgarn South Assets in 2014 compared to only one quarter in 2013.

Labor Impact

In recent years, Gold Fields has experienced greater union activity in some of the countries in which it operates, including the entry of rival unions, which has resulted in more frequent industrial disputes, including

 

143


Table of Contents

violent protests, intra-union violence and clashes with police authorities, and has impacted labor relations. In the third quarter of fiscal 2013, South Deep was affected by a three day wage related industrial action. South Deep has a relatively well educated labor force with a component of skilled and semi-skilled employees who receive remuneration packages that are competitive and highly incentivized. There is also no evidence to date that the Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union, which has been responsible for extensive strike action at South Africa’s gold and platinum mines, has established a material presence at the South Deep mine. The NUM is the dominant union, providing relatively stable relations.

Further, on April 3, 2013, employees at Gold Fields’ Ghanaian operations engaged in a work stoppage that led to a halt in production, which resulted in a loss of approximately 21,700 ounces. On April 8, 2013, the strike ended and production resumed after management and the GMWU reached a settlement regarding the process for resolving certain issues raised by union petitions. There were no work stoppages as a result of strikes during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ operations and profits have been and may be adversely affected by union activity and new and existing labor laws”.

Health and Safety Impact

Gold Fields’ operations are also subject to various health and safety laws and regulations that impose various duties on Gold Fields’ mines while granting the authorities broad powers to, among other things, close or suspend operations at unsafe mines and order corrective action relating to health and safety matters. Additionally, it is Gold Fields’ policy to halt production at its operations when serious accidents occur in order to rectify dangerous situations and, if necessary, retrain workers. During fiscal 2015, Gold Fields operations suffered three safety related work stoppages, two related to the fatalities in March and May and the third one related to a serious accident in April. During fiscal 2014, Gold Fields operations suffered two safety stoppages. In South Africa, Gold Fields has actively engaged with the DMR on the protocols applied to safety-related mine closures. See “Risk Factors—Gold Fields’ operations are subject to environmental and health and safety regulations, which could impose additional costs and compliance requirements and Gold Fields may face claims and liability for breaches, or alleged breaches, of such regulations and other applicable laws”.

Gold Fields expects that each of these factors will continue to impact production levels in the future.

Costs

Over the last three fiscal years, Gold Fields’ production costs consisted primarily of labor and contractor costs, power, water and consumable stores, which include explosives, timber, diesel fuel, other petroleum products and other consumables. Gold Fields expects that its total costs, particularly the input costs noted above, are likely to continue to increase in the near future driven by general economic trends, market dynamics and other regulatory changes.

In order to counter the effect of increasing costs in the mining industry, the Group rationalized and prioritized capital expenditure without undermining the sustainability of its operations and continued prioritization of cash generation over production volumes. The Group also undertook further reductions in labor costs. One of Gold Fields’ strategic priorities relates to the proactive management of costs with a view of achieving a 15% FCF margin at a U.S.$1,300 per ounce gold price.

In addition, in order to enable Gold Fields to increase its focus on providing shareholders with increased returns against the gold price, a portfolio review was concluded in fiscal 2013. It focused on cash flow growth (not just growth in ounces), and rigorous prioritization of capital expenditure and exploration spend based on expected risk-adjusted return on investment. The portfolio review resulted in, among other things, a reduction in unprofitable production at a number of mines including St. Ives, Damang and Tarkwa, as well as the planned or actual disposal of a number of the Group’s growth projects. See “Information on the Company—Planned Disposals”.

 

144


Table of Contents

The discussions below concerns itself with continuing operations only.

The Gold Fields’ South African operation is labor intensive due to the use of deep level underground mining methods. As a result, over the last three fiscal years labor has represented on average approximately 30% of AIC at the South African operation. In fiscal 2015, labor represented approximately 35% of AIC at the South African operation.

Negotiations with the South African mining unions in the year ended December 31, 2011 resulted in above-inflation wage increases of between 8.0% and 10.0%, depending upon the category of employee. Such negotiations historically have occurred every two years. However, the labor unrest in 2012 resulted in South African mining industry participants undergoing negotiations with workers and labor unions outside this period. These ad-hoc negotiations resulted in a settlement proposal made by a number of gold mining companies in South Africa, including Gold Fields. Through the Chamber, Gold Fields agreed with the trade unions to an earlier implementation of a number of provisions of the wage agreement reached in 2011 that were agreed to by all parties, culminating in an adjustment to wages in the relevant bargaining units of around 2.5% per annum, relating to changes to job grades and entry-level wages. In addition, gold mining companies, trade unions and government set up a working group for a wide-ranging review of working practices, productivity improvements and socio-economic conditions in the gold mining industry, which fed into the 2013 round of wage negotiations. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—Wage Agreements—2011-2013 Agreement.” Despite the fact that returning employees will receive the benefit of this settlement, Gold Fields’ employees may continue to take industrial action to protest and seek redress in connection with a variety of issues, including pay and working conditions.

At the wage talks with organized labor which commenced on March 19, 2015, Gold Fields offered an all-inclusive package which included a scarce skills allowance and a housing allowance. On April 10, 2015, the Group signed a three year wage and other conditions of employment agreement with the NUM and UASA, the registered trade unions at South Deep. The agreement will result in average annual wage increases of 10% over the three year period of the deal. The first increase took effect on April 1, 2015. See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees—Labor Relations—South Africa—Wage Agreements”.

At the South African operation, power and water made up on average approximately 8% of AIC over the last three fiscal years. In fiscal 2015, power and water costs made up 9% of AIC at the South African operation. Eskom applied to NERSA for a 16% average tariff increase on each of April 1, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, and NERSA granted Eskom an average increase of 8% for each of the years. The actual legislated increase applicable to the South African mining industry effective April 1, 2014 was 8%. However, the increase on April 1, 2015 was 12.69%, being 8% plus 4.69% due to the clawing back by Eskom of prudent costs from the “Regulatory Clearing Account” in respect of the three year period from April 2010 to March 2013. In fiscal 2016, Eskom requested permission to raise the power tariff by 25% in order to make up a cash shortfall. NERSA approved an increase of 9.4% effective April 1, 2016. It is not clear what increases will be granted in the future.

Both Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso concluded tariff negotiations for 2014 and 2015 with their respective power suppliers (the state electricity supplier, the VRA, supplies power to Gold Fields Ghana and the ECG provides power to Abosso). The ECG’s tariff for the period January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013 was U.S.$0.1809/kWh. The ECG’s tariff from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 was $0.216/kWh and from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 was U.S.$0.23/kWh. Following negotiations with management, the ECG agreed to decrease its tariff to U.S.$0.20/kWh from August 1, 2015 to January 31, 2016. There has been no revision of this tariff to date due to continuing negotiations. Gold Fields Ghana has agreed tariffs with the VRA with a base tariff of U.S.$0.1674/kWh with effect from January 1, 2015 using a tariff model which inputs actual variables (including the generation mix and input prices) of the previous quarter to determine the tariff for the current quarter. The average VRA tariff for fiscal 2015 was U.S.$0.1357/kWh.

Gold Fields Ghana has concluded a PSPA with the VRA. However, Gold Fields Ghana and the VRA have agreed to revise the PSPA to incorporate material regulatory events, including the introduction of the Wholesale Electricity Market by the Energy Commission.

 

145


Table of Contents

In order to reduce their reliance on power supplied by the VRA and the ECG, Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso entered into a ten year PPA with independent power producer Genser Energy, or Genser. Under the PPA, Genser agreed to commission a ‘clean coal’ power generation facility at Tarkwa. This power supply is expected to eventually replace all or a significant proportion of Tarkwa and Damang’s current supply from the VRA and the ECG. Over the ten year contract, the PPA could potentially save around 47% on the cost of power currently supplied by the VRA and the ECG. The PPA will, however, increase the company’s carbon emissions, by replacing electricity currently generated mainly through hydropower with coal-generated electricity. See “Risk Factors—Power cost increases may adversely affect Gold Fields’ business, operating results and financial condition”.

In 2015, the Ghanaian government imposed a 33% power-shedding program on all mining and industrial companies. In response, Gold Fields Ghana has signed an amendment to its PPA with Genser, whereby the Genser will install three 11MW solar turbines at Tarkwa and four 5.5MW turbines at Damang. These plants are scheduled to be operational by July 2016.

On December 11, 2015, the Public Utilities Regulatory Commission increased the average electricity tariffs by approximately 59.2%. In addition, the new Energy Sector Levies Act enacted in 2015 (Act 899) imposed a levy of 5% per kilowatt hour of electricity on both public lighting and national electrification applicable to all consumers.

Contractor costs represented on average 7% of AIC at Tarkwa over the last three fiscal years, and 5% of AIC during fiscal 2015. Over the last three fiscal years, contractor costs represented on average 15% of AIC at Damang with 18% in fiscal 2015. Direct labor costs represent on average a further 12% of AIC at Tarkwa over the last three fiscal years and 14% in fiscal 2015. Over the last three fiscal years, direct labor costs represented on average 15% at Damang and 15% in fiscal 2015.

Gold Fields’ operations in Ghana consume large quantities of diesel fuel for the running of their mining fleet. The cost of diesel fuel is directly related to the oil price and any movement in the oil price will have an impact on the cost of diesel fuel and therefore the cost of running the mining fleet. Over the last three fiscal years, fuel costs have represented approximately 12% of AIC at the Ghana operations. In fiscal 2015, fuel costs represented 11% of AIC at the Ghana operations. Fuel use is proportionately higher at the Ghana operations than at other operations because open pit mining in general requires more fuel usage than underground mining and because of the configuration of the Ghana operations, including the scale of certain of the pits and the distances between the pits and the plants.

At Cerro Corona, contractor cost represented on average 25% of AIC over the last three fiscal years and 23% of AIC during fiscal 2015. Direct labor costs represent on average a further 17% of AIC over the last three fiscal years and 15% in fiscal 2015. Power and water made up on average a further 5% of AIC over the last three fiscal years and 5% in fiscal 2015.

At the Australasian operations, mining operations were historically conducted by outside contractors. However, at Agnew, owner mining at the underground operations commenced in May 2010, while development is still conducted by outside contractors at the Waroonga underground mine only. At St. Ives, owner mining commenced in July 2011 at the underground operations and in July 2012 at the surface operations, but development is still conducted by contractors. Over the last three fiscal years, total contractor costs represented on average 22% at St. Ives and 30% at Agnew of AIC and direct labor costs represented on average a further 17% at St. Ives and 16% at Agnew of AIC. In fiscal 2015, contractors and direct labor cost represented 19% and 16% at St. Ives and 38% and 16% at Agnew/Lawlers, respectively. Power and water made up, on average, a further 7% and 6% of AIC over the last three fiscal years and 9% and 7% of AIC in fiscal 2015 at St. Ives and Agnew, respectively. At the Yilgarn South Assets, mining operations and development are conducted through owner mining. Over the last three fiscal years, contractors and direct labor cost represented, on average, 17% and 25% at Granny Smith and 15% and 35% at Darlot, respectively. In fiscal 2015, contractors and direct labor cost represented 15% and 25% at Granny Smith and 16% and 35% at Darlot, respectively. Power and water made up, on average, a further 10% and 8% of AIC over the last three fiscal years and 8% and 9% of AIC in fiscal 2015 at Granny Smith and Darlot, respectively.

 

146


Table of Contents

The remainder of Gold Fields’ total costs consists primarily of amortization and depreciation, exploration costs and selling, administration and general and corporate charges.

All-in Sustaining and All-in Cost

The WGC has worked closely with its member companies to develop definitions for “all-in sustaining costs” and “all-in costs”. The WGC is not a regulatory industry organization and does not have the authority to develop accounting standards or disclosure requirements. Gold Fields ceased being a member of the WGC in fiscal 2014. “All-in sustaining costs” and “All-in costs” are non-GAAP measures. These non-GAAP measures are intended to provide further transparency into the costs associated with producing and selling an ounce of gold. The new standard was released by the WGC on June 27, 2013. It is expected that these new metrics will be helpful to investors, governments, local communities and other stakeholders in understanding the economics of gold mining. The “all-in sustaining costs” incorporates costs related to sustaining current production. The “all-in costs” include additional costs which relate to the growth of the Group. All-in sustaining costs, as defined by the WGC, are operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation as calculated in accordance with IFRS (as included in the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements), plus all costs not included therein relating to sustaining current production including sustaining capital expenditure. The value of by-product revenues such as silver and copper is deducted from operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation costs as it effectively reduces the cost of gold production. All-in costs starts with all-in sustaining costs and adds additional costs which relate to the growth of the Group, including non-sustaining capital expenditure and exploration, evaluation and feasibility costs not associated with current operations.

Gold Fields voluntarily adopted and implemented these metrics as from the second quarter of fiscal 2013. All-in sustaining costs (AISC) and all-in cost (AIC) are reported on a per ounce of gold basis, net of by-product revenues (as per the WGC definition) as well as on a per ounce of gold equivalent basis, gross of by-product revenues.

As from fiscal 2014, Gold Fields exclusively reports its costs in accordance with the new WGC definition for AISC and AIC and no longer reports total cash cost and notional cash expenditure.

An investor should not consider AISC and AIC or operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation in isolation or as alternatives to production costs, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. AISC and AIC as presented in this annual report may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of performance of other companies.

The Company prepares its financial records in accordance with IFRS and such IFRS information for the Group and by segment is what the Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews in allocating resources and making investment decisions. Therefore, the calculation of AISC and AIC that follows uses IFRS information (operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation) as a starting point which agrees to the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

147


Table of Contents

The following tables set out a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation, as calculated in accordance with IFRS, to its AISC and AIC net of by-product revenues per ounce of gold sold for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013. The following tables also set out AISC and AIC gross of by-product revenue on a gold equivalent ounce basis for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

    AISC and AIC, net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold  
    For the year ended December 31, 2015  
    South
Deep
    Tarkwa     Damang     St. Ives     Agnew/
Lawlers
    Darlot     Granny
Smith
    Cerro
Corona
    Corporate
Group(1)
 
    (in $ million except as otherwise stated)  

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation)

    236.6        334.2        184.3        195.0        142.6        59.8        135.9        143.8        (0.8     1,431.3   

Add:

                   

Gold inventory change

    —          (7.3     2.1        25.3        (1.1     (0.6     5.4        1.0        —          24.9   

Inventory write-off

      —          8.0        —          —          —          —          —          —          8.0   

Royalties

    1.2        34.0        9.7        10.7        6.6        2.1        8.7        3.1        —          76.0   

Realized gains and losses on commodity cost hedges

    —          —          —          5.0        1.5        0.5        5.2        —          —          12.1   

Community/social responsibility costs

    1.7        2.1        0.2        —          —          —          —          8.3        —          12.2   

Non-cash remuneration (share-based payments)

    1.0        1.5        0.3        1.2        0.7        0.2        0.4        1.2        4.4        10.9   

Cash remuneration (long-term employee benefits)

    1.0        1.4        0.4        0.2        0.5        0.2        0.3        0.8        0.6        5.3   

Other

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          8.5        8.5   

By-product revenue(2)

    (0.4     (5.5     —          (0.5     (0.3     (0.2     (0.1     (113.8     —          (120.7

Rehabilitation amortization and interest

    0.8        3.7        0.6        8.9        3.4        0.8        1.8        4.9        —          25.0   

Sustaining capital expenditure(3)

    53.2        204.2        16.9        114.5        73.0        20.0        72.4        64.8        —          619.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in sustaining costs(1)

    295.1        568.2        222.5        360.2        226.8        82.9        230.0        114.0        12.7        2,113.3   

Exploration, feasibility and evaluation costs(4)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          26.0        26.0   

Non-sustaining capital expenditure(3)

    13.7        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          0.5        14.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in costs(1)

    308.8        568.2        222.5        360.2        226.8        82.9        230.0        114.0        39.2        2,153.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gold only ounces sold (‘000oz)

    198.0        586.1        167.8        371.9        236.6        78.4        301.1        158.8        —          2,098.8   

All-in sustaining cost

    295.1        568.2        222.5        360.2        226.8        82.9        230.0        114.0        12.7        2,113.3   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold ($/oz)

    1,490        970        1,326        969        959        1,057        764        718        —          1,007   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in costs

    308.8        568.2        222.5        360.2        226.8        82.9        230.0        114.0        39.2        2,153.5   

All-in costs net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold
sold ($)

    1,559        970        1,326        969        959        1,057        764        718        —          1,026   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

148


Table of Contents
    AISC and AIC, gross of by-product revenue per ounce of gold  
    For the year ended December 31, 2015  
   
 
South
Deep
  
  
    Tarkwa        Damang        St. Ives       
 
Agnew/
Lawlers
  
  
    Darlot       
 
Granny
Smith
  
  
   
 
Cerro
Corona
  
  
    Corporate        Group(1)   
    (in $ million except as otherwise stated)   

All in sustaining costs (per table above)

    295.1        568.2        222.5        360.2        226.8        82.9        230.0        114.0        12.7        2,113.3   

add back by-product revenue(2)

    0.4        5.5        —          0.5        0.3        0.2        0.1        113.8        —          120.7   

All-in sustaining costs gross of by-product revenue

    295.5        573.7        222.5        360.7        227.1        83.1        230.1        227.8        12.7        2,234.0   

All-in costs (per table above)

    308.8        568.2        222.5        360.2        226.8        82.9        230.0        114.0        39.2        2,153.5   

add back by-product revenue(2)

    0.4        5.5        —          0.5        0.3        0.2        0.1        113.8        —          120.7   

All-in costs gross of by-product revenue

    309.2        573.7        222.5        360.7        227.1        83.1        230.1        227.8        39.2        2,274.2   

Gold equivalent ounces sold

    198.0        586.1        167.8        371.9        236.6        78.4        301.1        293.8        —          2,233.3   

All-in sustaining costs gross of by-product revenue ($/equivalent oz)

    1,492        979        1,326        970        960        1,059        764        777        —          1,000   

All-in costs gross of by-product revenue ($/equivalent oz)

    1,561        979        1,326        970        960        1,059        764        777        —          1,018   

 

Notes:

(1) This total may not reflect the sum of the line items due to rounding.
(2) By-product revenue at Cerro Corona relates to copper. For all the other operations, by-product revenue relates to silver.
(3) Sustaining capital expenditure represents the majority of capital expenditures at existing operations, including underground mine development costs, ongoing replacement of mine equipment and other capital facilities and other capital expenditures at existing operations and is calculated as total capital expenditure for IFRS as per Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements, less non-sustaining capital expenditures. Non-sustaining capital expenditures represent capital expenditures for major growth projects as well as enhancement capital for significant infrastructure improvements at existing operations.
(4) Includes exploration, feasibility and evaluation and share of equity accounted losses of Far Southeast Gold Resources Incorporated, or FSE, per IFRS.

 

149


Table of Contents
    AISC and AIC, net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold  
    For the year ended December 31, 2014  
    South
Deep
    Tarkwa     Damang     St. Ives     Agnew/
Lawlers
    Darlot     Granny
Smith
    Cerro
Corona
    Corporate
Group(1)
 
    (in $ million except as otherwise stated)  

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation)

    245.5        373.9        177.6        292.3        173.0        81.9        182.6        158.2        —          1,684.9   

Add:

                   

Gold inventory change

    —          (2.3     2.1        (9.9     (0.3     1.7        —          1.5        —          (7.2

Royalties

    1.3        35.3        11.2        11.6        8.3        2.7        10.0        5.8        —          86.1   

Realized gains and losses on commodity cost hedges

    —          —          —          0.1        (0.1     —          0.3        —          —          0.3   

Community/social responsibility costs

    3.9        1.2        0.2        —          —          —          —          7.0        —          12.3   

Non-cash remuneration (share-based payments)

    2.8        4.2        0.6        2.7        1.3        0.5        1.0        2.6        10.2        26.0   

Cash remuneration (long-term employee benefits)

    0.6        1.5        0.2        1.2        0.7        0.4        0.7        1.2        2.1        8.7   

Other

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          10.6        10.6   

By-product revenue(2)

    (0.5     (0.5     (0.1     (0.5     (0.3     (0.3     (0.1     (182.1     —          (184.5

Rehabilitation amortization and interest

    1.8        9.0        1.1        6.1        2.0        0.5        1.7        3.3        —          25.5   

Sustaining capital expenditure(3)

    54.9        174.1        16.0        117.5        83.4        14.7        58.9        51.0        —          570.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in sustaining costs(1)

    310.3        596.5        208.9        421.0        267.9        102.2        255.1        48.5        22.9        2,232.9   

Exploration, feasibility and evaluation costs(4)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          34.6        34.6   

Non-sustaining capital expenditure(3)

    37.0        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          1.5        38.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in costs(1)

    347.2        596.5        208.9        421.0        267.9        102.2        255.1        48.5        59.0        2,306.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gold only ounces sold (‘000oz)

    200.5        558.3        177.8        361.7        270.7        83.6        315.2        153.6        —          2,121.4   

All-in sustaining cost

    310.3        596.5        208.9        421.0        267.9        102.2        255.1        48.5        22.9        2,232.9   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold ($/oz)

    1,548        1,068        1,175        1,164        990        1,222        809        316        —          1,053   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in costs

    347.2        596.5        208.9        421.0        267.9        102.2        255.1        48.5        59.0        2,306.0   

All-in costs net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold ($)

    1,732        1,068        1,175        1,164        990        1,222        809        316        —          1,087   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

150


Table of Contents
    AISC and AIC, gross of by-product revenue per ounce of gold  
    For the year ended December 31, 2014  
    South
Deep
    Tarkwa     Damang     St. Ives     Agnew/
Lawlers
    Darlot     Granny
Smith
    Cerro
Corona
    Corporate     Group(1)  
    (in $ million except as otherwise stated)  

All in sustaining costs (per table above)

    310.3        596.5        208.9        421.0        267.9        102.2        255.1        48.5        22.9        2,232.9   

add back by-product revenue(2)

    0.5        0.5        0.1        0.5        0.3        0.3        0.1        182.1        —          184.5   

All-in sustaining costs gross of by-product revenue

    310.8        597.0        209.0        421.5        268.3        102.5        255.2        230.6        22.9        2,417.4   

All-in costs (per table above)

    347.2        596.5        208.9        421.0        267.9        102.2        255.1        48.5        59.0        2,306.0   

add back by-product revenue(2)

    0.5        0.5        0.1        0.5        0.3        0.3        0.1        182.1        —          184.5   

All-in costs gross of by-product revenue

    347.7        597.0        209.0        421.5        268.3        102.5        255.2        230.6        59.0        2,490.5   

Gold equivalent ounces sold

    200.5        558.3        177.8        361.7        270.7        83.6        315.2        328.6        —          2,296.2   

All-in sustaining costs gross of by-product revenue ($/equivalent oz)

    1,550        1,069        1,175        1,165        991        1,225        810        702        —          1,053   

All-in costs gross of by-product revenue ($/equivalent oz)

    1,734        1,069        1,175        1,165        991        1,225        810        702        —          1,086   

 

Notes:

(1) This total may not reflect the sum of the line items due to rounding.
(2) By-product revenue at Cerro Corona relates to copper. For all the other operations, by-product revenue relates to silver.
(3) Sustaining capital expenditure represents the majority of capital expenditures at existing operations, including underground mine development costs, ongoing replacement of mine equipment and other capital facilities and other capital expenditures at existing operations and is calculated as total capital expenditure for IFRS as per Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements, less non-sustaining capital expenditures. Non-sustaining capital expenditures represent capital expenditures for major growth projects as well as enhancement capital for significant infrastructure improvements at existing operations.
(4) Includes exploration, feasibility and evaluation and share of equity accounted losses of FSE per IFRS.

 

151


Table of Contents
    AISC and AIC, net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold  
    For the year ended December 31, 2013  
    South
Deep
    Tarkwa     Damang     St. Ives     Agnew/
Lawlers
    Darlot     Granny
Smith
    Cerro
Corona
    Corporate     Group(1)  
    (in $ million except as otherwise stated)  

Operating costs(excluding amortization and depreciation)

    321.8        473.7        171.1        345.5        135.0        21.6        48.8        161.3        —          1,678.7   

Add:

                   

Gold inventory change

    —          30.8        (11.1     (8.8     1.2        (1.3     (3.7     (18.8     —          (11.8

Inventory write-off

    —          42.8        16.1        —          —          —          —          —          —          58.9   

Royalties

    2.1        44.7        10.8        13.9        7.6        0.6        2.1        8.9        —          90.5   

Realized gains and losses on commodity cost hedges

    —          —          —          (0.2     —          —          —          —          —          (0.2

Community/social responsibility costs

    2.2        9.1        0.2        —          —          —          —          7.6        —          19.1   

Non-cash remuneration (share-based payments)

    4.4        5.4        1.3        3.8        1.6        —          0.1        3.7        20.1        40.5   

By-product revenue(2)

    (0.8     (0.7     (0.1     (0.8     (0.5     —          —          (188.2     —          (191.1

Rehabilitation amortization and interest

    0.4        3.4        0.2        4.6        0.8        —          0.2        1.7        —          11.3   

Sustaining capital expenditure(3)

    135.4        207.0        50.1        132.3        52.3        1.5        7.8        56.3        —          642.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in sustaining costs(1)

    465.6        816.1        238.6        490.3        198.0        22.3        55.2        32.4        20.1        2,338.6   

Exploration, feasibility and evaluation costs(4)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          122.4        122.4   

Non sustaining capital expenditure(3)

    67.0        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          22.7        89.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in costs(1)

    532.6        816.1        238.6        490.3        198.0        22.3        55.2        32.4        165.2        2,550.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gold only ounces sold (‘000oz)

    302.1        632.2        153.1        402.7        215.6        19.7        62.2        157.3        —          1,944.9   

All-in sustaining cost

    465.6        816.1        238.6        490.3        198.0        22.3        55.2        32.4        20.1        2,338.6   

All-in sustaining cost net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold ($/oz)

    1,541        1,291        1,558        1,218        919        1,132        888        206        —          1,202   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in costs

    532.6        816.1        238.6        490.3        198.0        22.3        55.2        32.4        165.2        2,550.8   

All-in costs net of by-product revenue per ounce of gold sold ($)

    1,763        1,291        1,558        1,218        919        1,132        888        206        —          1,312   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents
    AISC and AIC, gross of by-product revenue per ounce of gold  
    For the year ended December 31, 2013  
    South
Deep
    Tarkwa     Damang     St. Ives     Agnew/
Lawlers
    Darlot     Granny
Smith
    Cerro
Corona
    Corporate     Group(1)  
    (in $ million except as otherwise stated)  

All in sustaining costs (per table above)

    465.6        816.1        238.6        490.3        198.0        22.3        55.2        32.4        20.1        2,338.6   

add back by-product revenue(2)

    0.8        0.7        0.1        0.8        0.5        —          —          188.2        —          191.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in sustaining costs gross of by-product revenue

    466.4        816.8        238.7        491.1        198.5        22.3        55.2        220.6        20.1        2,529.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in costs (per table above)

    532.6        816.1        238.6        490.3        198.0        22.3        55.2        32.4        165.2        2,550.8   

add back by-product revenue(2)

    0.8        0.7        0.1        0.8        0.5        —          —          188.2        —          191.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in costs gross of by-product revenue

    533.4        816.8        238.7        491.1        198.5        22.3        55.2        220.6        165.2        2,741.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gold equivalent ounces sold

    302.1        632.2        153.1        402.7        215.6        19.7        62.2        309.4        —          2,097.1   

All-in sustaining costs gross of by-product revenue ($/equivalent oz)

    1,544        1,292        1,559        1,220        921        1,132        888        713        —          1,206   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All-in costs gross of by-product revenue ($/equivalent oz)

    1,766        1,292        1,559        1,220        921        1,132        888        713        —          1,307   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1) This total may not reflect the sum of the line items due to rounding.
(2) By-product revenue at Cerro Corona relates to copper. For all the other operations, by-product revenue relates to silver.
(3) Sustaining capital expenditure represents the majority of capital expenditures at existing operations, including underground mine development costs, ongoing replacement of mine equipment and other capital facilities and other capital expenditures at existing operations and is calculated as total capital expenditure for IFRS as per Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements, less non-sustaining capital expenditures. Non-sustaining capital expenditures represent capital expenditures for major growth projects as well as enhancement capital for significant infrastructure improvements at existing operations.
(4) Includes exploration, feasibility and evaluation, share of equity accounted losses of FSE and only 51% of capital expenditure in Chucapaca, being the Group’s share of the project per IFRS.

AISC net of by-product revenues decreased from U.S.$1,053 per ounce of gold in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1,007 per ounce of gold in fiscal 2015, mainly due to lower operating costs, the weaker average Rand to U.S. dollar and Australian dollar to U.S. dollar gold price, partially offset by lower by-product credits and higher capital expenditure. AIC net of by-product revenues decreased from U.S.$1,087 per ounce of gold in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1,026 per ounce of gold in fiscal 2015, mainly due to lower exploration, feasibility and evaluation costs and lower non-sustaining capital expenditure.

AISC gross of by-product revenues decreased from U.S.$1,053 per equivalent ounce of gold in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1,000 per equivalent ounce of gold in fiscal 2015, mainly due to lower operating costs, the weaker average Rand to U.S. dollar and Australian dollar to U.S. dollar gold price, partially offset by higher capital expenditure. AIC gross of by-product revenues decreased from U.S.$1,086 per equivalent ounce of gold in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1,018 per equivalent ounce of gold in fiscal 2015, due to lower exploration, feasibility and evaluation costs and lower non-sustaining capital expenditure.

AISC net of by-product revenues decreased from U.S.$1,202 per ounce of gold in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$1,053 per ounce of gold in fiscal 2014, mainly due to no inventory write-offs in 2014 and lower sustaining capital expenditure partially offset by the lower by-product revenue. AIC net of by-product revenues decreased from U.S.$1,312 per ounce of gold in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$1,087 per ounce of gold in fiscal 2014, due to the lower exploration, feasibility and evaluation costs and lower non-sustaining capital expenditure.

 

153


Table of Contents

AISC gross of by-product revenues decreased from U.S.$1,206 per equivalent ounce of gold in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$1,053 per equivalent ounce of gold in fiscal 2014, mainly due to no inventory write-offs in 2014 and lower sustaining capital expenditure. AIC gross of by-product revenues decreased from U.S.$1,307 per equivalent ounce of gold in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$1,086 per equivalent ounce of gold in fiscal 2014, due to lower exploration, feasibility and evaluation costs and lower non-sustaining capital expenditure.

Royalties

South Africa

The Royalty Act was promulgated on November 24, 2008 and came into operation on March 1, 2010. The Royalty Act imposes a royalty on refined and unrefined minerals payable to the South African government.

The royalty in respect of refined minerals (which include gold and platinum) is calculated by dividing EBIT by the product of 12.5 times gross revenue calculated as a percentage, plus an additional 0.5%. EBIT refers to taxable mining income (with certain exceptions such as no deduction for interest payable and foreign exchange losses) before assessed losses but after capital expenditure. A maximum royalty of 5% is levied on refined minerals.

The royalty in respect of unrefined minerals (which include uranium) is calculated by dividing EBIT by the product of nine times gross revenue calculated as a percentage, plus an additional 0.5%. A maximum royalty of 7% is levied on unrefined minerals.

Where unrefined mineral resources (such as uranium) constitute less than 10% in value of the total composite mineral resources, the royalty rate in respect of refined mineral resources may be used for all gross sales and a separate calculation of EBIT for each class of mineral resources is not required. For Gold Fields, this means that currently it will pay a royalty based on the refined minerals royalty calculation as applied to its gross revenue. The rate of royalty tax payable for both fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, was approximately 0.5% of revenue.

Ghana

Because minerals are owned by the Republic of Ghana and held in trust by the President, the Tarkwa and Damang operations (Gold Fields Ghana and Abosso, respectively) are subject to a gold royalty which is set at 5% of total revenue earned from minerals obtained. On March 17, 2016, the Parliament of Ghana ratified development agreements between Gold Fields Ghana, Abosso and the Government of Ghana. Under the development agreements, Gold Fields is to pay royalties on a sliding scale, replacing the current fixed rate, with effect from January 1, 2017. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—Ghana—Mineral Rights.”

Australia

Royalties are payable to the state based on the amount of gold produced from a mining tenement. Royalties are payable quarterly at a fixed rate of 2.5% of the royalty value of gold sold. The royalty value of gold is the amount of gold produced during the month multiplied by the average gold spot price for the month.

Peru

In 2011, the Peruvian Congress approved a new mining royalty law which established a mining royalty that owners of mining concessions must pay to the Peruvian government for the exploitation of metallic and non-metallic resources. The royalties are calculated with reference to the operating margin and ranging from 1% (for operating margins less than 10%) to 12% (for operating margins of more than 80%). Under the new regime, La Cima’s effective royalty rate for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 was 4.0% and 3.3% of operating profit, respectively.

 

 

154


Table of Contents

Income and Mining Taxes

South Africa

Generally, South Africa imposes tax on the worldwide income (including capital gains) of all of Gold Fields’ South African incorporated and tax resident entities. Certain classes of passive income such as interest and royalties, and certain capital gains, derived by Controlled Foreign Companies, or CFC, could be subject to South African tax on a notional imputation basis. CFC’s generally constitute a foreign company in which Gold Fields owns or controls more than 50% of the shareholding.

Gold Fields pays taxes on its taxable income generated by its mining and non-mining tax entities. Under South African law, gold mining companies and non-gold mining companies are taxed at different rates. Companies in the Group not carrying on the direct gold mining operations are taxed at a statutory rate of 28%.

Gold Fields Operations Limited or GFO, and GFI Joint Venture Holdings (Proprietary) Limited or GFIJVH, jointly own the South Deep Mine and constitute gold mining companies for South African taxation purposes. These companies are subject to the gold formula on their mining income.

 

The applicable formula takes the form Y

  =   34 – 170
              x

Where:

 

Y

   =    the tax rate to be determined

x

   =    the ratio of taxable income to the total income (expressed as a percentage)

The effective mining tax rate for GFO and GFIJVH, owners of the South Deep mine, has been calculated at 30% (2014: 30%).

Ghana

Ghanaian resident entities are subject to tax on the basis of income derived from, accruing in, received in, or brought into Ghana. The standard corporate income tax rate applicable to mining companies is currently 35%.

Under the project development agreement (entered into between the Ghanaian government and Gold Fields Ghana) and the deed of warranty (entered into between the Ghanaian government and Abosso), the government has agreed that no withholding tax shall be deducted from the payment of any dividend or capital repayment declared by Gold Fields Ghana or Abosso which is due and payable to any shareholder not normally resident in Ghana.

The 2015 Income Tax Act (Act 896) was signed into law on September 1, 2015 and implemented on January 1, 2016.

Although the new tax act has not changed the 35% corporate income tax rate applicable to mining companies, it has modified the basis of taxation in Ghana. Under the new legislation, Ghanaian residents are taxed based on their worldwide income, subject to double tax and other credits. As such, the rules relating to income sourced only in Ghana are no longer applicable. Mining tax rules were consolidated in the 2015 Income Tax Act. Additional provisions, relating to ring-fencing, depreciable assets for mining purposes and non-deferral of capital allowances were included in the new legislation.

 

 

155


Table of Contents

Withholding tax rates on payments to local persons have been revised to 3% for goods and 7.5% for services, respectively. Withholding tax in respect of payments to non-residents remains at 8% for dividends and 20% for services, notwithstanding applicable double tax treaties. Ghana has double tax treaties with nine jurisdictions, including South Africa.

The tax authorities are expected to issue practice and guidance notes to aid the implementation of the 2015 Income Tax Act.

Gold Fields’ agreements with government continue to be in force at the end of fiscal 2015 such that tax is not withheld on payments of dividends or capital repayments. On March 17, 2016, the Parliament of Ghana ratified development agreements between Gold Fields Ghana, Abosso and the Government of Ghana. The development agreements provide for the stabilization of the tax regime that was in effect on January 1, 2016. The development agreements also provide for, among other things, a fixed tax rate of 32.5%, beginning on March 17, 2016, and exemption from certain import duties. In addition, Gold Fields is to pay royalties on a sliding scale, replacing the current fixed rate, with effect from January 1, 2017. Additionally, under the development agreements, Gold Fields agreed to forgo the previous exemptions from withholding tax under the Deed of Warranty between Abosso and the Government of Ghana and the Project Development Agreement between Gold Fields Ghana and the Government of Ghana. Under the old Abosso Deed of Warranty, there was no withholding tax applicable on payments from the external account in connection with interest and other borrowing costs/fees, payments to suppliers, consultants and contractors of goods or services and dividends to external shareholders. With respect to the Tarkwa Project Development Agreement, there was no withholding tax on dividends and capital repayments to non-resident shareholders, interest, commitment or other fee or capital redemption payment in foreign currency from non-Ghana resident lenders.

Australia

Generally, Australia imposes tax on the worldwide income (including capital gains) of all of Gold Fields’ Australian incorporated and tax resident entities. The current income tax rate for companies is 30%. Exploration expenditure is deductible in full as incurred and other capital expenditure is generally deductible over the effective lives of the assets acquired. The Australian Uniform Capital Allowance system allows tax deductions for the decline in value of depreciable assets and certain other capital expenditures.

Gold Fields Australia and its eligible related Australian sister companies, together with all wholly-owned Australian subsidiaries, have elected to be treated as a tax consolidated group for taxation purposes. As a tax consolidated group, a single tax return is lodged for the group based on the consolidated results of all companies within the group.

Withholding tax is payable on dividends, interest and royalties paid by Australian residents to non-residents. In the case of dividend payments to non-residents, withholding tax at a rate of 30% will apply. However, where the recipient of the dividend is a resident of a country with which Australia has concluded a double taxation agreement, the rate of withholding tax is generally limited to between 5% and 15%, depending on the applicable agreement and percentage shareholding. Where dividends are paid out of profits that have been subject to Australian corporate tax there is no withholding tax, regardless of whether a double taxation agreement is in place.

Peru

Peruvian taxes for resident individuals and domiciled corporations are based on their worldwide income, and for non-resident individuals and non-domiciled corporations are based on their Peruvian income source. The general income tax rate applicable to domiciled corporations is 28% on taxable income (27% for periods 2017 and 2018, and 26% from 2019 onwards), and to non-resident corporations is 30%. The income tax applied to interest paid to non-residents is 4.99%. The dividends tax rate (to residents and non-residents) is 6.8% (8% for

 

156


Table of Contents

2017 and 2018, and 9.3% from 2019 onwards). Capital gains are also taxed as ordinary income for domiciled corporations.

Tax losses may be carried forward by a domiciled corporation using one of the following methods:

 

   

losses may be carried forward and used in full in the subsequent four tax years. The balance of tax losses carried forward and not used during these four tax years is forfeited; or

 

   

losses can be carried forward, and applied on up to 50% of the net income in the subsequent tax year. The balance of the assessed losses may be carried forward and applied on this basis until the balance is fully used up, with no time limit on the carry forward.

On October 4, 2007, La Cima and its parent company, Gold Fields Corona (BVI) Limited, or Gold Fields Corona, signed Investment Stability Agreements with the relevant governmental authorities in Peru. These agreements, among other subjects, guaranteed the current income tax regime, including a 4.1% withholding tax rate on dividends of non-domiciled corporations and a 30% income tax rate, for a period of 10 years.

Peru’s revised royalty regime introduced in 2011 requires all mining companies to pay royalties on the exploitation of metallic and non-metallic resources. The revised royalty regime distinguishes between a company with formal stability agreements and those without such agreements. The Investor Stability Agreements signed by Gold Fields Corona and La Cima do not constitute a tax stability agreement for purposes of the new fiscal scheme.

Companies without signed Tax Stability agreements, such as La Cima, now pay a new royalty (which effectively replaces the existing royalty regime) calculated with reference to the operating margin and ranging from 1% (for operating margins of less than 10%) to 12% (for operating margins of more than 80%). All companies are also subject to a “Special mining tax”, or IEM, ranging from 2% (for operating margins of less than 10%) to 8.4% (for operating margins of more than 85%). La Cima’s effective IEM rate for fiscal 2015 was 2.6% of revenue.

Companies with signed Tax Stability agreements who did not previously pay royalties are now subject to a Special Levy on Mining, or GEM, ranging from 4% for operating margins of less than 10% to 13.12% for operating margins of more than 85%. This does not apply to La Cima.

On December 31, 2014, tax law 30296 was approved for fiscal periods 2015 and beyond, impacting income tax and dividends income tax as shown below:

 

Year

   Corporate income tax
rate (1)
    Withholding tax rate on
dividends (1)
 

Up to 2014

     30     4.1

2015 to 2016

     28     6.8

2017 to 2018

     27     8.0

From 2019

     26     9.3

 

Note:

(1) Due to the current Investment Stability agreements, the above rates will only apply to La Cima from 2017.

Exchange Rates

Gold Fields’ Australian and South African revenues and costs are very sensitive to the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate and the Rand/U.S. dollar exchange rate, because revenues are generated using a gold price denominated in U.S. dollars, while the costs of the Australian and South African operations are incurred principally in Australian dollars and Rand, respectively. Depreciation of the Australian dollar and Rand against the U.S. dollar reduces Gold Fields’ average costs when they are translated into U.S. dollars, thereby increasing

 

157


Table of Contents

the operating margin of the Australian and South African operations. Conversely, appreciation of the Australian dollar and Rand results in Australian and South African operating costs being translated into U.S. dollars at a lower Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate and Rand/U.S. dollar exchange rate, resulting in lower operating margins. The impact on profitability of any change in the value of the Australian dollar and Rand against the U.S. dollar can be substantial. Furthermore, the exchange rates obtained when converting U.S. dollars to Australian dollar and Rand are set by foreign exchange markets, over which Gold Fields has no control. For more information regarding fluctuations in the value of the Australian dollar and Rand against the U.S. dollar, see “Key Information—Exchange Rates.” In fiscal 2015, movements in the U.S. dollar/Rand exchange rate had a significant impact on Gold Fields’ results of operations as the Rand weakened 17% against the U.S. dollar, from an average of R10.82 per U.S.$1.00 in fiscal 2014 to R12.68 per U.S.$1.00 in fiscal 2015. The Australian dollar weakened 17% against the U.S. dollar, from an average of U.S.$1.00 per A$0.0.90 in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1.00 per $0.75 in fiscal 2015.

With respect to its operations in Ghana and Peru, a substantial portion of Gold Fields’ operating costs (including wages) are either directly incurred in U.S. dollars or are translated to U.S. dollars. Accordingly, fluctuations in the Ghanaian Cedi and Peruvian Nuevos Soles do not materially impact operating results for the Ghana and Peru operations.

During fiscal 2015, Gold Fields had no currency forward contracts.

During fiscal 2014, Gold Fields had the following currency forward contract:

 

   

On October 1, 2014 South Deep entered into a U.S.$/Rand zero-cost collar for U.S.$7.5 million per month for a period of six months starting October 2014. A floor of R11.2 and an average cap over the period of R12.0567 was achieved. As at December 31, 2014, the fair value of the collar was nil.

During fiscal 2013, Gold Fields had the following currency forward contract:

 

   

U.S.$120 million of expected gold revenue for the September and December 2013 quarters was sold forward on behalf of South Deep mine in May 2013 at an average forward rate of R9.9732, with monthly deliveries of U.S.$20 million starting July 22, 2013 until December 21, 2013.

See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Foreign Currency Sensitivity—Foreign Currency Hedging Experience”.

Inflation

A period of significant inflation could adversely affect Gold Fields’ results and financial condition. For example, in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, the inflation rate in South Africa was 4.6% and 6.2%, respectively. Further, over the past several years, production costs, especially wages and electricity costs, have increased considerably. The effect of these increases has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, the profitability of Gold Fields’ South Deep operations.

In fiscal 2015, the Group continued rationalizing and prioritizing capital expenditure without undermining the sustainability of its operations and continued prioritization of cash generation over production volumes. The Group undertook further reductions in labor costs through completing the retrenchment process in Ghana following the closure of the heap leach facilities at Tarkwa and right-sizing at the Australian operations following the closure of the Cave Rocks underground mine at St. Ives. In addition, the Group implemented various business improvement initiatives to reduce costs across all regions.

In fiscal 2014, the Group rationalized and prioritized capital expenditure without undermining the sustainability of its operations and continued prioritization of cash generation over production volumes. The Group undertook further reductions in labor costs through the implementation of a voluntary separation program

 

158


Table of Contents

at South Deep, retrenchments in Ghana following the closure of the heap leach facilities at Tarkwa and transition to a two shift system in Damang and right-sizing at the Australian operations following the Yilgarn South asset acquisition. In addition, the Group growth portfolio was further rationalized through the sale of Yanfolila and Chucapaca.

Further, the majority of Gold Fields’ costs at the South African operations are in Rand and revenues from gold sales are in U.S. dollars. Generally, when inflation is high, the Rand devalues thereby increasing Rand revenues and potentially offsetting the increase in costs. However, there can be no guarantee that any cost-saving measures or the effects of any potential devaluation will offset the effects of increased inflation and production costs.

The same applies to the Australian operations with regard to the link between Australian dollars and U.S. dollars. The Peruvian and Ghanaian operations, on the other hand, are affected by inflation without a potential similar effect on revenue proceeds, thereby increasing the impact of inflation on the operating margins.

Capital Expenditures

Gold Fields will continue to be required to make capital investments in both new and existing infrastructure and opportunities and, therefore, management will be required to continue to balance the demands for capital expenditure in the business and allocate Gold Fields’ resources in a focused manner to achieve its sustainable growth objectives.

Capital expenditure decreased by U.S.$46.0 million, or 9.6%, from U.S.$480.5 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$434.5 million in fiscal 2015.

The figures above represent U.S. GAAP capital expenditure. However, the Company prepares its financial records in accordance with IFRS and such IFRS information for the Group and by segment is what the Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews in allocating resources and making investment decisions. Therefore, the discussion that follows on capital expenditure focuses on such IFRS information which agrees to the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

On an IFRS basis, capital expenditure increased by U.S.$25.2 million, or 4.1%, from U.S.$608.9 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$634.1 million in fiscal 2015. Set out below are the capital expenditures made by Gold Fields during fiscal 2015.

South African Operation

Gold Fields spent R848.4 million (U.S.$66.9 million) on capital expenditures at the South Deep operation in fiscal 2015 and expects to spend approximately R999.2 million (U.S.$70.7 million) on capital expenditures at South Deep in fiscal 2016.

Ghanaian Operations

Gold Fields spent U.S.$204.2 million on capital expenditures at the Tarkwa operation in fiscal 2015 and has budgeted U.S.$128.1 million for capital expenditures at Tarkwa for fiscal 2016.

Gold Fields spent U.S.$16.9 million on capital expenditures at the Damang mine in fiscal 2015 and has budgeted U.S.$30.0 million of capital expenditures at Damang for fiscal 2016.

Australian Operations

Gold Fields spent A$152.2 million (U.S.$114.5 million) on capital expenditures at St. Ives in fiscal 2015 and has budgeted A$219.5 million (U.S.$161.0 million) for capital expenditures at St. Ives in fiscal 2016.

 

159


Table of Contents

Gold Fields spent A$97.1 million (U.S.$73.0 million) on capital expenditures at Agnew/Lawlers in fiscal 2015 and has budgeted A$87.4 million (U.S.$64.1 million ) for capital expenditures at Agnew for fiscal 2016.

Gold Fields spent A$26.6 million (U.S.$20.0 million) on capital expenditures at Darlot in fiscal 2015 and has budgeted A$10.4 million (U.S.$7.6 million) for capital expenditures at Darlot for fiscal 2016.

Gold Fields spent A$96.3 million (U.S.$72.4 million) on capital expenditures at Granny Smith in fiscal 2015 and has budgeted A$118.2 million (U.S.$86.7 million) for capital expenditures at Granny Smith for fiscal 2016.

Peruvian Operations

Gold Fields spent U.S.$64.8 million on capital expenditures at Cerro Corona in fiscal 2015 and has budgeted U.S.$53.7 million for capital expenditures at Cerro Corona for fiscal 2016.

The actual expenditures for the future periods noted above may be different from the amounts set out above and the amount of actual capital expenditure will depend on a number of factors, such as production volumes, the price of gold, copper and other minerals mined by Gold Fields and general economic conditions. Some of the factors are outside of the control of Gold Fields. Please see “Risk Factors” and “Information on the Company” for further information.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Gold Fields’ significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to its consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. Some of Gold Fields’ accounting policies require the application of significant judgments and estimates by management that can affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. By their nature, these judgments are subject to a degree of uncertainty and are based on Gold Fields’ historical experience, terms of existing contracts, management’s view on trends in the gold mining industry, information from outside sources and other assumptions that Gold Fields considers to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Gold Fields’ significant accounting policies that are subject to significant judgments, estimates and assumptions are summarized below.

Business combinations

Management accounts for its business acquisitions under the acquisition method of accounting. The total value of the consideration paid for acquisitions is allocated to the underlying net assets acquired, based on their respective estimated fair values determined by using internal or external valuations. Management uses a number of valuation methods to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired, including discounted cash flows, external market values, valuations on recent transactions or a combination thereof, and believes that it uses the most appropriate measure or a combination of measures to value each asset or liability.

In addition, management believes that it uses the most appropriate valuation assumptions underlying each of those valuation methods based on current information available, including discount rates, market risk rates, entity risk rates and cash flow assumptions. The accounting policy for valuation of business acquisitions is considered critical because judgments made in determining the estimated fair value and expected useful lives assigned to each class of assets and liabilities acquired can significantly impact the value of the asset or liability, including the impact on deferred taxes, the respective amortization periods and ultimately net profit. Therefore the use of other valuation methods, as well as other assumptions underlying these valuation methods, could significantly impact the determination of financial position and the results of operations.

 

160


Table of Contents

Depreciation, depletion and amortization of mining assets

Depreciation, depletion and amortization charges are calculated using the units-of-production method and are based on Gold Fields’ current gold production as a percentage of total expected gold production over the lives of Gold Fields’ mines. An item is considered to be produced at the time it is removed from the mine. The lives of the mines are estimated by Gold Fields’ mineral resources department using interpretations of mineral reserves, as determined in accordance with the SEC’s industry guide number 7.

Depreciation, depletion and amortization at Gold Fields’ remaining South African operation are calculated using above-infrastructure proven and probable reserves only, which, because of its reserve base and long life of 81 years, are less sensitive to changes in reserve assumptions. Accordingly, at this location, it is Gold Fields’ policy to update its depreciation, depletion and amortization calculations only once the new ore reserve declarations have been approved by Gold Fields’ Board. However, if Gold Fields’ management becomes aware of significant changes in its above-infrastructure reserves ahead of the scheduled updates, management would not hesitate to immediately update its depreciation, depletion and amortization calculations and then subsequently notify the Board.

A similar approach is followed at Gold Fields’ operations in Ghana and Peru, due to the longer life of the primary ore body. At Gold Fields’ Australian operations, where mine-life ranges from two to seven years, proven and probable reserves used for the calculation of depreciation, depletion and amortization are more susceptible to changes in reserve estimates. At these locations, Gold Fields’ depreciation, depletion and amortization calculations are updated on a more regular basis (at least quarterly) for all known changes in proven and probable reserves. The nature of the ore body, and the on-going information being gathered in connection with the ore body, facilitates these updates.

The estimates of the total expected future lives of Gold Fields’ mines could be different from the actual amount of gold mined in the future and the actual lives of the mines due to changes in the factors used in determining Gold Fields’ mineral reserves. Changes in management’s estimates of the total expected future lives of Gold Fields’ mines would therefore impact the depreciation, depletion and amortization charge recorded in Gold Fields’ consolidated financial statements. Changes due to acquisitions, sales or closures of shafts expected to have a material impact on Gold Fields’ depreciation, depletion and amortization calculations are incorporated in those calculations as soon as they become known.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Gold Fields reviews and tests the carrying amounts of assets when events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Assets are grouped at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities.

Under U.S. GAAP, the impairment model for long-lived assets consists of two steps. The impairment analysis first compares the total estimated cash flows on an undiscounted basis to the carrying amount of the asset including goodwill, if any. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, a second step is performed. The Group records an impairment as a charge to earnings if discounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying amount.

The lowest level at which such cash flows are generated are generally at an individual operating mine, even if the individual operating mine is included in a larger mine complex.

If there are indications that an impairment may have occurred, Gold Fields prepares estimates of expected future cash flows for each group of assets. Expected future cash flows reflect:

 

   

estimated sales proceeds from the production and sale of recoverable gold and copper contained in proven and probable reserves;

 

161


Table of Contents
   

expected future commodity prices and currency exchange rates (considering historical averages, current prices, forward pricing curves and related factors). In impairment assessments conducted in fiscal 2015, the Group used an expected long-term gold price of U.S.$1,300 and A$1,550 per ounce and R500,000 per kilogram, and expected long-term exchange rates of R11.96 to U.S.$1.00 and A$0.84 to U.S.$1.00 for the life of mine. The Group used an expected long-term copper price of U.S.$6,610 per tonne for the life of mine;

 

   

expected future operating costs and capital expenditures to produce proven and probable gold reserves based on mine plans that assume current plant capacity, but exclude the impact of inflation; and

 

   

expected cash flows associated with value beyond proven and probable reserves.

Gold Fields records a reduction of a group of assets to fair value as a charge to earnings if expected future cash flows are less than the carrying amount. The process of determining fair value is subjective as gold mining companies typically trade at a market capitalization that is based on a multiple of net asset value and requires management to make numerous assumptions. Gold Fields estimates fair value by discounting the expected future cash flows using a discount factor that incorporates a market-related rate of interest for a term consistent with the period of expected cash flows.

Expected future cash flows are inherently uncertain, and could materially change over time. They are significantly affected by reserve estimates, together with economic factors such as gold prices and currency exchange rates, estimates of costs to produce reserves and future sustaining capital.

Because of the significant capital investment that is required at many mines, if an impairment occurs, it could materially impact earnings. Due to the long-life nature of many mines, the difference between total estimated discounted net cash flows and carrying value can be substantial. An impairment is only recorded when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds the total estimated discounted net cash flows. Therefore, although the value of a mine may decline gradually over multiple reporting periods, the application of impairment accounting rules could lead to recognition of the full amount of the decline in value in one period. Due to the highly uncertain nature of future cash flows, the determination of when to record an impairment charge can be very subjective. Management makes this determination using available evidence, taking into account current expectations for each mining property.

For acquired exploration-stage properties, the purchase price is capitalized, but post-acquisition exploration expenditures are expensed. The future economic viability of exploration-stage properties largely depends upon the outcome of exploration activity, which can take a number of years to complete for large properties. Management monitors the results of exploration activity over time to assess whether an impairment may have occurred. The measurement of any impairment is made more difficult because there is not an active market for exploration properties, and because it is not possible to use discounted cash flow techniques due to the very limited information that is available to accurately model future cash flows.

In general, if an impairment occurs at an exploration stage property, it would probably have minimal value and most of the acquisition cost may have to be written down.

Gold Fields recorded asset impairments and write-offs (excluding inventories) amounting to U.S.$154.0 million in fiscal 2013, U.S.$12.7 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$92.1 million in fiscal 2015.

Impairment of goodwill

Gold Fields acquired the South Deep mine on December 1, 2006. Goodwill related to this acquisition is reflected in the balance sheet in the U.S. dollar reporting currency at U.S.$579.0 million. Gold Fields performs its annual impairment test of goodwill related to the South Deep mine at the end of each fiscal period.

 

162


Table of Contents

Under U.S. GAAP, the goodwill impairment test consists of two steps. The first step, which compares the reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying amount, is used as a screening process to identify potential goodwill impairment. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, the second step of the impairment test must be completed to measure the amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill impairment loss, if any. During this step, the reporting unit’s fair value is assigned to the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, using the initial acquisition accounting guidance in ACS 805, in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is then compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill to determine the goodwill impairment loss to be recognized, if any.

The fair value represents a discounted cash flow valuation based on expected future cash flows. The expected future cash flows used to determine the fair value of the reporting unit are inherently uncertain and could materially change over time. They are significantly affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, reserves and production estimates, together with economic factors such as the spot gold price and foreign currency exchange rates, estimates of production costs, future capital expenditure and discount rates. Therefore it is possible that outcomes within the next financial year that are materially different from the assumptions used in the impairment testing process could require an adjustment to the carrying values.

Management’s estimates and assumptions to estimate the fair value of the South Deep reporting unit include:

 

   

estimated sales proceeds from the production and sale of recoverable ounces of gold contained in proven and probable reserves;

 

   

expected future commodity prices and currency exchange rates (considering historical averages, current prices, forward pricing curves and related factors). In impairment assessments conducted in fiscal 2015, the Group used an expected long-term gold price of U.S.$1,300 per ounce and R500,000 per kilogram (2014: U.S.$1,300 per ounce and R420,000 per kilogram) and expected long-term exchange rates of R11.96 to U.S.$1.00 for life of mine (2014: R10.00 to U.S.$1.00);

 

   

expected future operating costs and capital expenditures to produce proven and probable gold reserves based on mine plans that assume current plant capacity, but exclude the impact of inflation;

 

   

a nominal discount rate of 14.5% (2014: 13.0%). A nominal discount rate is used due to the fact that South Deep is not in a tax paying position; and

 

   

market value, at U.S.$69.0 per ounce (2014: U.S.$63.7 per ounce) used for resource with infrastructure.

Gold Fields has determined that the fair value of the South Deep mine is in excess of its carrying value of U.S.$2,034.0 million and the goodwill related to the South Deep mine was therefore not considered impaired.

Income Taxes

Management establishes a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets where it is more likely than not that some or all deferred tax assets will not be realized based on projections. These determinations are based on the projected taxable income and realization of tax allowances, tax losses and unredeemed capital expenditure. In the event that these tax assets are not realized, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be required, which would be charged to income in the period that the determination was made. Likewise, should management determine that Gold Fields would be able to realize tax assets in the future in excess of the recorded amount, an adjustment to reduce the valuation allowance would be recorded generally as a credit to income in the period that the determination is made.

Gold Fields is periodically required to estimate the tax basis of assets and liabilities. Where tax laws and regulations are either unclear or subject to varying interpretations, it is possible that changes in these estimates

 

163


Table of Contents

could occur that materially affect the amounts of deferred income tax assets and liabilities recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities generally have a direct impact on earnings in the period of changes. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements which appear elsewhere in this annual report.

Gold Fields recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

Derivative financial instruments

The determination of the fair value of derivative financial instruments, when marked-to-market, takes into account estimates such as interest rates, commodity prices and foreign currency exchange rates under prevailing market conditions, depending on the nature of the financial derivatives.

These estimates may differ materially from actual interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates prevailing at the maturity dates of the financial derivatives and, therefore, may materially influence the values assigned to the financial derivatives, which may result in a charge to or an increase in Gold Fields’ earnings through maturity of the financial derivatives.

Environmental rehabilitation costs

Gold Fields makes provision for environmental rehabilitation costs and related liabilities when environmental disturbances occur, based on management’s interpretations of current environmental and regulatory requirements. The provisions are recorded by discounting the expected cash flows associated with the environmental rehabilitation using a discount factor that reflects a credit-adjusted risk-free rate of interest. The principal factors that can cause expected cash flows to change are: the construction of new processing facilities; changes in the quantities of material in reserves and a corresponding change in the life-of-mine plan; changing ore characteristics that ultimately impact the environment; changes in water quality that impact the extent of water treatment required; and changes in laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment. In general, as the end of the mine life becomes nearer, the reliability of expected cash flows increases, but, earlier in the mine life, the estimation of rehabilitation liabilities is inherently more subjective. Significant judgments and estimates are made when estimating the fair value of rehabilitation liabilities. In addition, expected cash flows relating to rehabilitation liabilities could occur over periods up to the planned life of mine at the time the estimate is made and the assessment of the extent of environmental remediation work is highly subjective.

While management believes that the environmental rehabilitation provisions made are adequate and that the interpretations applied are appropriate, the amounts estimated for the future liabilities may, when considering the factors discussed above, differ materially from the costs that will actually be incurred to rehabilitate Gold Fields’ mine sites in the future.

Stockpiles, gold-in-process, heap leach pads and product inventories

Costs that are incurred in or benefit the production process are accumulated as stockpiles, gold-in-process, ore on leach pads and product inventories. Lower of cost or net realizable value tests are performed at least annually and represent the estimated future sales price of the product based on prevailing and long-term metals prices, less estimated costs to complete production and bring the product to sale.

Stockpiles are measured by estimating the number of tonnes added and removed from the stockpile, the number of contained gold ounces based on assay data, and the estimated recovery percentage based on the expected processing method. Stockpile tonnages are verified by periodic surveys.

 

164


Table of Contents

Although the quantities of recoverable metal are reconciled by comparing the grades of ore to the quantities of gold actually recovered (metallurgical balancing), the nature of the process inherently limits the ability to precisely monitor recoverability levels. As a result, the metallurgical balancing process is constantly monitored and the engineering estimates are refined based on actual results over time.

Concentrate inventories represent concentrate available for shipment. The concentrate inventory is valued at the average cost, including an allocated portion of amortization. Costs are added to and removed from the concentrate inventory based on tonnes of concentrate and are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Management’s determination of the percentage gold and copper content and the total quantity by weight of gold and copper in the concentrate depends on assay and laboratory results for the content and survey for the quantity.

The recovery of gold from certain oxide ores is best achieved through the heap leaching process. Under this method, ore is placed on leach pads where it is permeated with a chemical solution, which dissolves the gold contained in the ore. The resulting “pregnant” solution is further processed in a leach plant where the gold in solution is recovered. For accounting purposes, value is added to leach pads based on current mining costs, including applicable depreciation and amortization relating to mining operations. Value is removed from the leach pad as ounces are recovered in circuit at the leach plant based on the average cost per recoverable ounce of gold on the leach pad.

The engineering estimates of recoverable gold on the heap leach pads are calculated from quantities of ore placed on the pads (measured tonnes added to the leach pads), the grade of ore placed on the leach pads (based on assay data) and a recovery percentage (based on the leach process and the ore type). In general, the leach pad production cycles project recoveries of approximately 50% to 70% of the placed recoverable ounces in the first year of leaching, declining each year thereafter until the leaching process is completed.

Although the quantities of recoverable gold placed on the leach pads are reconciled by comparing the grades of ore placed on the pads to the quantities of gold actually recovered (metallurgical balancing), the nature of the leaching process inherently limits the ability to precisely monitor inventory levels. As a result, the metallurgical balancing process is constantly monitored and engineering estimates are refined based on actual results over time. Variations between actual and estimated quantities resulting from changes in assumptions and estimates that do not result in write-downs to market are accounted for on a prospective basis. The ultimate recovery of gold from the pad will not be known until the leaching process is terminated.

Gold Fields recorded a write-down of inventories to net realizable value of U.S.$61.3 million in fiscal 2013, U.S.$1.3 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$8.0 million in fiscal 2015.

Share-based compensation — equity-settled

U.S. GAAP requires Gold Fields to determine the fair value of shares and share options as of the date of the grant, which is then amortized as share-based compensation expense in the statement of operations over the vesting period of the option grant. Gold Fields determines the grant-date fair value of shares and options using a Black-Scholes or Monte Carlo simulation valuation model, which requires Gold Fields to make assumptions regarding the estimated term of the option, share price volatility, expected forfeiture rates and Gold Fields’ expected dividend yield.

While Gold Fields’ management believes that these assumptions are appropriate, the use of different assumptions could have a material impact on the fair value of the option grant and the related recognition of share-based compensation expense in the consolidated income statement. Gold Fields’ options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options and therefore fair values may also differ.

Share-based compensation charges are included in production costs, corporate expenditure, exploration expenditure and other costs where compensation costs of the underlying employees are classified.

 

165


Table of Contents

Share-based compensation — cash-settled

The group operates a long-term incentive plan. The vesting of the awards is based on total shareholder return and FCF margin. These are accounted for as follows: a) the total shareholder return portion is treated as a share-based compensation plan. Compensation costs for all share-based payments are based on the fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Stock-Based Compensation, b) the FCF margin portion is treated as a deferred compensation plan. Compensation costs are accrued over the period of service when management considers the achievement of the performance condition probable in accordance with the provisions of ASC 710, Deferred Compensation.

Reserves for contingencies and litigation

The Group’s current estimated liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The actual costs may vary significantly from estimates for a variety of reasons. As additional information becomes available, the Group will assess the potential liability related to loss contingencies and revise our estimates. Such revisions in estimates of the liabilities for loss contingencies could materially impact the results of operation and financial position. See Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements for legal proceedings and other contingencies.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

Discontinued operations

During April 2014, the ASC guidance related to reporting discontinued operations and disclosures of disposals of components of an entity was updated. The update changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations and limits discontinued operations reporting to disposals of components of an entity that represent strategic shifts that have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. The new standard is effective for any disposals of components of a company in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company implemented the provisions of ASU 2014-08 as of January 1, 2015. The updated guidance did not impact Gold Fields’ financial statements.

Debt issuance costs

During April 2015, the ASC guidance related to presentation of debt issuance costs was updated. The update requires the entity to present debt issuance costs as a reduction from the related debt liability. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be applied retrospectively. The Company implemented the provisions of ASU 2015-03 as of January 1, 2015. The updated guidance did not materially impact Gold Fields’ financial statements.

Measurement of inventory

During June 2015, the ASC guidance related to changes in the measurement principle for inventory was updated. The update requires the entity to change the measurement principle for inventory from the lower of cost or market to the lower of cost and net realizable value. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be applied prospectively. The Company implemented the provisions of ASU 2015-11 as of January 1, 2015. The updated guidance did not materially impact Gold Fields’ financial statements.

Classification of deferred taxes

During November 2015, the ASC guidance related to changes in the balance sheet classification of deferred taxes was updated. The update requires the entity to present all deferred tax assets and liabilities as non-current.

 

166


Table of Contents

The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, early adoption is permitted. The new standard may be applied retrospectively or prospectively. The Company elected to apply the new standard retrospectively from January 1, 2014.

The updated guidance resulted in the comparative balances for current deferred income and mining tax assets and liabilities of $6.9 million and $10.3 million, respectively, being reclassified as non-current.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

Revenue

During May 2014, the ASC guidance related to revenue from contracts with customers was updated. The update requires an entity to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. An entity should also disclose sufficient quantitative and qualitative information to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Gold Fields will implement the provisions of ASU 2014-09 and ASU 2015-14 as of January 1, 2018. Management is currently reviewing the impact of the updated guidance on the financial statements.

Going concern

During August 2014, the ASC guidance related to how an entity should assess its ability to meet its obligations was updated. The update requires an entity to perform a going concern assessment by evaluating its ability to meet its obligations for a look-forward period of one year from the financial statement issuance date. If it is probable that the entity will be unable to meet its obligations within the look-forward period, incremental substantial doubt disclosure is required if the probability is not mitigated by managements plans. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Gold Fields will implement the provisions of ASU 2014-16 as of January 1, 2017. Gold Fields does not expect that the updated guidance will impact its financial statements.

Results of Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

Revenues

Product sales decreased by U.S.$323.4 million, or 11.3%, from U.S.$2,868.8 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$2,545.4 million in fiscal 2015. The decrease in revenue was mainly due to a decrease of 8.7% in the average U.S. dollar gold price for the year from U.S.$1,249 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1,140 per ounce in fiscal 2015, a 29.9% decrease in the average U.S. dollar copper price from U.S.$6,827 per tonne in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$4,787 per tonne in fiscal 2015 and a decrease in gold sales of 2.7% from 2,296,200 equivalent ounces in fiscal 2014 to 2,233,300 equivalent ounces in fiscal 2015. The Rand weakened by 17.2% to the U.S. dollar from an average of R10.82 in fiscal 2014 to R12.68 in fiscal 2015 and the average A$ to U.S. dollar exchange rate weakened by 16.7% from an average of A$1 per U.S.$0.90 in fiscal 2014 to A$1 per U.S.$0.75 in fiscal 2015.

In Peru, copper production is converted to equivalent gold ounces on a monthly basis using average copper and gold prices for the month in which the copper was produced.

At South Deep in South Africa, gold sales were lower, decreasing by 1.2% from 6,237 kilograms (200,500 ounces) to 6,160 kilograms (198,000 ounces) mainly due to lower grades, partially offset by increased volumes.

 

167


Table of Contents

At the Ghana operations, total gold sales increased by 2.4% from 736,000 ounces in fiscal 2014 to 753,900 ounces in fiscal 2015. Gold sales at Tarkwa increased by 5.0% from 558,300 ounces to 586,100 ounces mainly due to higher grade. Damang’s gold sales decreased by 5.6% from 177,800 ounces to 167,800 ounces mainly due to lower grades, partially offset by increased volumes.

At the Cerro Corona operation in Peru, copper production decreased by 11.1% from 32,300 tonnes to 28,700 tonnes and gold production increased by 5.4% from 150,800 ounces to 158,900 ounces. As a result, gold equivalent sales decreased by 10.7% from 328,600 equivalent ounces to 293,300 equivalent ounces due to a decrease in copper grades as well as a lower gold equivalent price ratio.

At the Australasian operations, total gold sales decreased by 4.2% from 1,031,100 ounces in fiscal 2014 to 988,000 ounces in fiscal 2015. Sales at St. Ives increased by 2.8% from 361,700 ounces to 371,900 ounces mainly due to higher grades mined and processed. At Agnew/Lawlers, gold sales decreased by 12.6% from 270,700 ounces to 236,600 ounces mainly due to lower tonnes mined and processed as well as lower grade. Gold sales at Darlot decreased by 6.2% from 83,600 ounces to 78,400 ounces mainly due to lower tonnes mined and processed, partially offset by higher grade. At Granny Smith gold sales decreased by 4.5% from 315,200 ounces to 301,100 ounces mainly due to lower grades and volumes processed.

 

     Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2015  
     Gold
equivalent
ounces
sold
     Gold
equivalent
ounces
sold
 
     (‘000 oz)         

South Africa

     201         198   

South Deep

     201         198   

Ghana

     736         754   

Tarkwa(1)

     558         586   

Damang(2)

     178         168   

Peru

     329         293   

Cerro Corona(3)

     329         293   

Australia

     1,031         988   

St. Ives

     362         372   

Agnew/Lawlers

     271         237   

Darlot

     83         78   

Granny Smith

     315         301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(4)(5)

     2,296         2,233   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1) In fiscal 2014 and 2015, 0.502 million equivalent ounces and 0.527 million equivalent ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Tarkwa operation.
(2) In fiscal 2014 and 2015, 0.160 million equivalent ounces and 0.151 million equivalent ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Damang operation.
(3) In fiscal 2014 and 2015, 0.327 million equivalent ounces and 0.292 million equivalent ounces of sales were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Cerro Corona operation.
(4) In fiscal 2014 and 2015, 2.221 million equivalent ounces and 2,156 million equivalent ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Ghana and Peru operations.
(5) The total may not reflect the sum of the line items due to rounding.

 

168


Table of Contents

Production costs

Production costs decreased by U.S.$147.8 million, or 8.2%, from U.S.$1,808.1 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1,660.3 million in fiscal 2015.

The figures above represent U.S. GAAP production costs. However, the Company prepares its financial records in accordance with IFRS and such IFRS information for the Group and by segment is what the Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews in allocating resources and making investment decisions. Therefore, the discussion that follows on operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) and gold inventory charge focuses on such IFRS information which agrees to the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

Operating costs (excluding depreciation and amortization)

Operating costs (excluding depreciation and amortization) decreased by U.S.$253.6 million or 15.1%, from U.S.$1,684.9 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1,431.3 million in fiscal 2015.

At South Deep, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) increased by 12.9% from R2,656.5 million (U.S.$245.5 million) to R3,000.2 million (U.S.$236.6 million). This increase of R343.7 million was mainly due to annual wage increases and normal inflationary increases.

At the Ghana operations, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) decreased by 6.0% from U.S.$551.4 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$518.5 million in fiscal 2015. This decrease of U.S.$32.9 million, which was mainly at Tarkwa, was due to ongoing business improvement initiatives and the lower oil price. At Tarkwa, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) decreased by 10.6% from U.S.$373.9 million to U.S.$334.2 million and at Damang, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) increased by 3.8% from U.S.$177.6 million to U.S.$184.3 million.

At the Cerro Corona operation in Peru, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) decreased by 9.1% from U.S.$158.2 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$143.8 million in fiscal 2015, mainly due to lower ore tonnes mined.

At the Australian operations, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) decreased by 12.3% from A$808.2 million (U.S.$729.8 million) in fiscal 2014 to A$708.8 million (U.S.$533.2 million) in fiscal 2015, mainly due to lower production. At St. Ives, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) decreased by 19.9% from A$323.7 million (U.S.$292.3 million) to A$259.2 million (U.S.$195.0 million). This decrease of A$64.5 million was mainly due to restructuring, after the Cave Rocks mine moved into care and maintenance in May 2015, reduced tonnage from Athena underground, lower costs at the Lefroy mill since the introduction of campaign milling in March 2015 and lower surface cartage costs resulting from shorter tramming distances after the Cave Rocks closure. At Agnew/Lawlers, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) decreased by 1.1% from A$191.6 million (U.S.$173.0 million) to A$189.5 million (U.S.$142.6 million). This decrease of A$2.1 million was mainly due to cost saving initiatives. Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) at Darlot decreased by 12.3% from A$90.7 million (U.S.$81.9 million) to A$79.5 million (U.S.$59.8 million), primarily due to lower mining and processing costs and continued rationalization of costs. At Granny Smith, operating costs decreased by 10.7% from A$202.3 million (U.S.$182.6 million) to A$180.7 million (U.S.$135.9 million), due to lower mining and processing costs.

Gold inventory change

The gold inventory credit to costs of U.S.$7.2 million in fiscal 2014 compared to a charge to costs of U.S.$24.9 million in fiscal 2015.

At Tarkwa, the gold inventory credit of U.S.$2.3 million in fiscal 2014 compared with a credit of U.S.$7.3 million in fiscal 2015, both due to an increase in inventory.

 

169


Table of Contents

At Damang, the gold inventory charge of U.S.$2.1 million in fiscal 2015 was similar to 2014, both due to a draw-down of stockpiles.

At Cerro Corona, the gold inventory charge of U.S.$1.5 million in fiscal 2014 compared with a charge of U.S.$1.0 million in fiscal 2015, both due to a drawdown of sulphide stockpiles.

At St. Ives, the credit to costs of A$11.0 million (U.S.$9.9 million) in fiscal 2014 compared with a charge to costs of A$33.7 million (U.S.$25.3 million) in fiscal 2015. This was mainly due to a drawdown of Neptune stockpiles of A$33.7 million (U.S.$25.3 million) in fiscal 2015 compared with a build-up of A$11.0 million (U.S.$9.9 million) in 2014.

At Agnew, the gold inventory charge of A$0.3 million (U.S.$0.3 million) in fiscal 2014 compared with a credit of A$1.5 million (U.S.$1.1 million) in fiscal 2015. The credit in fiscal 2015 was due to a build-up of inventory.

At Darlot, the charge to costs of A$1.9 million (U.S.$1.7 million) in fiscal 2014 compared to a credit to costs of A$0.9 million (U.S.$0.6 million) in fiscal 2015 as a result of a build-up of inventory in fiscal 2015 compared with a drawdown in 2014.

At Granny Smith, the charge of A$7.2 million (U.S.$5.4 million) in fiscal 2015 was due to a drawdown of inventory. This compared with a charge of A$nil (U.S.$nil) in 2014.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization charges decreased by U.S.$82.9 million, or 12.2%, from U.S.$677.3 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$594.4 million in fiscal 2015. Depreciation and amortization is calculated on the units-of-production method and is based on current gold production as a percentage of total expected gold production over the lives of the different mines.

The figures above represent U.S. GAAP depreciation and amortization. However, the Company prepares its financial records in accordance with IFRS and such IFRS information for the Group and by segment is what the Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews in allocating resources and making investment decisions. Therefore, the table and the discussion that follows on depreciation and amortization focuses on such IFRS information which agrees to the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

The table below depicts the changes from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015 for proven and probable managed gold and equivalent reserves and for the life of mine for each operation and the resulting impact on the amortization charge in fiscal 2014 and 2015, respectively. The amortization in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 was based on the reserves as at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The life-of-mine information is based on the operations’ strategic plans, adjusted for proven and probable reserve balances. In basic terms, amortization is calculated using the life of mine for each operation, which is based on: (1) the proven and probable reserves for the operation at the start of the relevant year (which are taken to be the same as at the end of the prior fiscal year and using reserves); and (2) the amount of gold produced by the operation during the year. The ore reserve statement as at December 31, 2015 became effective on January 1, 2016.

 

170


Table of Contents
    Proved and probable mineral reserves as of     Life of mine     Amortization for the year
ended
 
    December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2015
 
    (‘000 oz)     (years)     ($ million)  

South Africa region

             

South Deep

    38,200        38,000        37,300        73        81        74.5        67.9   

West African region

             

Tarkwa(1)

    7,300        7,500        6,700        17        16        141.6        162.3   

Damang(2)

    1,100        1,200        1,000        6        5        20.9        26.4   

Americas region

             

Cerro Corona(3)

    3,700        3,000        2,800        9        8        79.6        100.1   

Australasian region

             

St. Ives

    2,000        1,800        1,500        6        5        140.5        109.9   

Agnew/Lawlers

    1,000        900        700        5        4        96.4        62.0   

Darlot

    200        100        30        2        0.5        16.6        25.8   

Granny Smith

    800        900        1,300        5        9        84.6        54.1   

Corporate and other

    —          —          —          —          —          2.0        1.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reserves(4)

    54,300        53,400        51,330            656.7        609.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1) As of December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 mineral reserves of 6.546 million ounces, 6.742 million ounces and 6.071 million ounces of gold, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Tarkwa operation.
(2) As of December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 mineral reserves of 0.966 million ounces, 1.111 million ounces and 0.876 million ounces of gold, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Damang operation.
(3) As of December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 mineral reserves of 3.683 million ounces, 2.988 million ounces and 2.763 million ounces of equivalent gold were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Cerro Corona operation.
(4) As of December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 mineral reserves of 49.363 million ounces, 48.123 million ounces and 47.292 million ounces of gold, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the West Africa and Americas operations.

Depreciation and amortization decreased by 7.1%, from U.S.$656.7 million to U.S.$609.9 million in fiscal 2015.

In South Africa, amortization at South Deep increased by 6.8% from R806.2 million (U.S.$74.5 million) in fiscal 2014 to R861.0 million (U.S.$67.9 million) in fiscal 2015 mainly due to additions to property, plant and equipment and reassessment of useful lives of certain assets.

At the West African operations, amortization increased by 16.1% from U.S.$162.5 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$188.7 million in fiscal 2015. Tarkwa increased by 14.6% from U.S.$141.6 million to U.S.$162.3 million due to additions to property, plant and equipment. Damang increased by 26.3% from U.S.$20.9 million to U.S.$26.4 million due to an increase in volume mined.

In South America, amortization at Cerro Corona increased by 25.8% from U.S.$79.6 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$100.1 million in fiscal 2015. This significant increase in depreciation from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015 was due to additions to property, plant and equipment and reassessment of useful lives of certain assets.

At the Australian operations, amortization decreased by 10.6% from A$374.4 million (U.S.$338.1 million) in fiscal 2014 to A$334.7 million (U.S.$251.8 million) in fiscal 2015 due to lower production. At St. Ives, amortization decreased by 6.0% from A$155.5 million (U.S.$140.5 million) to A$146.1 million (U.S.$109.9 million) in fiscal 2015 due to the change in estimate in the depreciation calculation from July 1,

 

171


Table of Contents

2014. Agnew/Lawlers decreased by 22.8% from A$106.7 million (U.S.$96.4 million) to A$82.4 million (U.S.$62.0 million) in fiscal 2015 mainly due to lower production. Amortization at Darlot increased by 86.4% from A$18.4 million (U.S.$16.6 million) to A$34.3 million (U.S.$25.8 million), as a result of the change in life of mine reserves. At Granny Smith amortization decreased by 23.2% from A$93.6 million (U.S.$84.6 million) to A$71.9 million (U.S.$54.1 million), due to lower production.

The discussion that follows focuses on U.S. GAAP figures as disclosed in the consolidated statement of operations.

Corporate expenditure

Corporate expenditure decreased by U.S.$6.8 million, or 24.9%, from U.S.$27.3 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$20.5 million in fiscal 2015. The decrease was due to deliberate cost savings initiatives in response to the lower gold price. Corporate expenditure consists primarily of general corporate overhead and corporate service department costs, primarily in the areas of technical services, human resources and finance, which are used by the operations. Corporate expenditure also includes business development costs. In Rand terms, corporate expenditure decreased from R294.9 million in fiscal 2014 to R259.7 million in fiscal 2015 due to deliberate savings in response to the lower gold price.

For IFRS and management reporting purposes, corporate expenditure is included in operating costs (excluding depreciation and amortization).

Employee termination costs

Employee termination costs decreased by U.S.$32.8 million, or 77.7%, from U.S.$42.2 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$9.4 in fiscal 2015. The termination costs in fiscal 2015 related primarily to separation packages in Tarkwa and St. Ives. The termination costs in fiscal 2014 related primarily to restructuring at all the operations.

Exploration expenditure

Exploration expenditure decreased by U.S.$11.5 million, or 31.8%, from U.S.$36.2 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$24.7 million in fiscal 2015. The U.S.$24.7 million in fiscal 2015 comprised mainly U.S.$1.0 million on APP in Finland, U.S.$16.0 million on Salares Norte in Chile and U.S.$6.0 million was spent on exploration office costs.

The U.S.$36.2 million in fiscal 2014 comprised mainly U.S.$3.0 million on APP in Finland, U.S.$11.0 million on Salares Norte in Chile, U.S.$3.0 million on Chucapaca in Peru and U.S.$15.0 million was spent on exploration office costs. In addition, U.S.$4.0 million related to brownfields exploration in Australia.

Subject to continued exploration success, exploration spend is expected to be U.S.$118.1 million in fiscal 2016 comprising brownfields exploration of U.S.$63.1 million (Australia U.S.$63.1 million) and greenfields exploration of U.S.$55.0 million.

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment decreased by U.S.$1.2 million, or 92.3%, from U.S.$1.3 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$0.1 million in fiscal 2015.

The major disposals in fiscal 2015 related to the sale of redundant assets at St. Ives, Agnew, Darlot, Granny Smith, Tarkwa, Cerro Corona and South Deep, whereas in fiscal 2014, they related to the sale of redundant assets at St. Ives, Darlot, Granny Smith, Tarkwa, Cerro Corona and South Deep.

 

172


Table of Contents

Asset impairments and write-offs

Asset impairments and write-offs increased by U.S.$86.1 million, or 615.0%, from U.S.$14.0 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$100.1 million in fiscal 2015.

The asset impairments and write-offs charge of U.S.$100.1 million in fiscal 2015 comprised:

 

   

U.S.$8.0 million net realizable write-downs of stockpiles in Damang;

 

   

U.S.$6.7 million write-downs of redundant assets at Cerro Corona;

 

   

U.S.$13.8 million asset group impairment at Darlot; and

 

   

U.S.$71.6 million asset group impairment at Cerro Corona.

The impairment calculations for the Darlot asset group impairment in fiscal 2015 were based on the following estimates and assumptions:

 

   

A.$ gold price of A.$1,500 per ounce for fiscal 2016;

 

   

A real discount rate of 4.1%;

 

   

Proved and probable reserves as per the most recent life-of-mine plan (0.5 years); and

 

   

Operating costs and capital expenditure estimates as per the most recent life-of-mine plan.

The impairment calculations for the Cerro Corona asset group impairment in fiscal 2015 were based on the following estimates and assumptions:

 

   

U.S.$ gold price of U.S.$1,100 per ounce for fiscal 2016, U.S.$ gold price of U.S.$1,200 per ounce for fiscal 2017 and U.S.$ gold price of U.S.$1,300 per ounce for fiscal 2018 onwards;

 

   

A real discount rate of 5.6%;

 

   

Proved and probable reserves as per the most recent life-of-mine plan (8 years);

 

   

Operating costs and capital expenditure estimates as per the most recent life-of-mine plan; and

 

   

Market value, at U.S.$69.0 per equivalent ounce, used for resource valuation.

The asset impairments and write-offs charge of U.S.$14.0 million in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

   

U.S.$12.7 million write-downs of redundant assets at South Deep, St. Ives and Agnew; and

 

   

U.S.$1.3 million write-downs of consumables to market value at Lawlers.

There were no impairments of asset groups during fiscal 2014.

 

173


Table of Contents

Royalties

Royalties decreased by U.S.$10.1 million, or 11.7%, from U.S.$86.1 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$76.0 million in fiscal 2015. Royalties in fiscal 2015 decreased in line with lower revenues in Ghana and the lower operating margin of Cerro Corona. The royalty in Australia remained stable in Australian dollar terms from fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2015, however, decreased in U.S. dollar terms due to the weakening of the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar in fiscal 2015.

 

     Fiscal
2015
     Fiscal
2014
 
     ($ million)  

South Africa

     1.2         1.3   

West Africa

     43.7         46.5   

Australia

     28.0         32.5   

Peru

     3.1         5.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     76.0         86.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accretion expense on provision for environmental rehabilitation

At all of its operations, Gold Fields makes full provision for environmental rehabilitation based on the net present value of the estimated cost of restoring the environmental disturbance that has occurred up to the balance sheet date. The rehabilitation charge decreased by U.S.$1.5 million, or 9.7%, from U.S.$15.4 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$13.9 million in fiscal 2015.

For its South African and Ghanaian operations, Gold Fields contributes to environmental trust funds it has established to provide for any environmental rehabilitation obligations and expected closure costs relating to its mining operations. The amounts invested in the trust funds are classified as non-current assets and any income earned on these assets is accounted for as interest income. For the Australian and Peruvian operations Gold Fields does not contribute to a trust fund.

Interest and dividends

Interest and dividend income increased by U.S.$2.1 million, or 50%, from U.S.$4.2 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$6.3 million in fiscal 2015. The increase was mainly due to higher cash balances at the international operations in fiscal 2015.

The interest and dividends received in fiscal 2015 of U.S.$6.3 million comprised U.S.$0.4 million on amounts invested in the South African environmental rehabilitation trust fund and U.S.$5.9 million on other cash and cash equivalent balances.

The interest and dividends received in fiscal 2014 of U.S.$4.2 million comprised U.S.$0.1 million dividends received, U.S.$0.5 million on monies invested in the South African and Ghanaian environmental rehabilitation trust funds and U.S.$3.6 million on other cash and cash equivalent balances.

Interest received on the funds invested in rehabilitation trust funds decreased by U.S.$0.1 million, or 20.0%, from U.S.$0.5 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$0.4 million in fiscal 2015. The decrease was mainly due to weakening of the South African Rand.

Interest on cash balances increased by U.S.$2.3 million, or 63.9%, from U.S.$3.6 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$5.9 million in fiscal 2015 mainly due to higher cash balances at the international operations in fiscal 2015.

 

174


Table of Contents

Finance expense

Finance expense decreased by U.S.$9.6 million, or 11.9%, from U.S.$80.8 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$71.2 million in fiscal 2015.

Net finance expense in fiscal 2015 consisted of gross interest payments of U.S.$87.8 million (2014: U.S.$105.0 million), partially offset by interest capitalized of U.S.$16.6 million (U.S.$24.2 million).

The interest expense in fiscal 2015 and 2014 comprised:

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  
     ($ million)  

Interest on the U.S.$1 billion 4.875% guaranteed notes due October 7, 2020

     50.1        50.0   

Sibanye Gold guarantee fee

     0.9        5.0   

Interest on R1,500 million Nedbank Revolving Credit Facility, R500 million Rand Merchant Bank Revolving Credit Facility and various uncommitted facilities

     3.1        17.6   

Interest on the U.S.$200 million Non-Revolving Senior Secured Term Loan

     —          2.0   

Interest on the U.S.$200 million Revolving Senior credit facility

     2.7        —    

Interest on the U.S.$1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities

     27.5        25.5   

Interest on the U.S.$70 million Senior Secured Revolving credit facility

     1.8        2.9   

Other interest charges

     1.7        2.0   

Interest capitalized

     (16.6     (24.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     71.2        80.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest on the U.S.$1 billion guaranteed notes remained flat at U.S.$50.1 million in fiscal 2015.

The Sibanye Gold guarantee fee of U.S.$5 million became payable to Sibanye Gold in 2013 after the Spin-off of Sibanye Gold in February 2013. On April 24, 2015 Sibanye Gold was released as guarantor, resulting in a pro-rata guarantee fee of U.S.$0.9 million in fiscal 2015 compared to U.S.$5.0 million in fiscal 2014.

Interest on borrowings to fund capital expenditure and operating costs at the South African operations decreased from U.S.$17.6 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$3.1 million in fiscal 2015 due to repayments of the South African borrowings in the first quarter of fiscal 2015.

On December 19, 2014, the outstanding balance under the U.S.$200 million Non-Revolving Senior Secured Term Loan was refinanced by drawing down under the U.S.$200 million Revolving Senior Secured Credit Facility. Interest on these facilities increased marginally from U.S.$2.0 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$2.7 million in fiscal 2015.

Interest on the U.S.$1,510 million term loan increased from U.S.$25.5 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$27.5 million in fiscal 2015 due to additional borrowings during fiscal 2015.

Interest on the U.S.$70 million Senior secured revolving credit facility decreased from U.S.$2.9 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1.8 million in fiscal 2015.

Other interest decreased marginally from U.S.$2.0 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1.7 million in fiscal 2015.

Interest on borrowings incurred in respect of assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use is capitalized to the date on which the assets are substantially completed and ready for their intended use, at which time they will be amortized over the lives of the corresponding assets. During fiscal 2015, U.S.$16.6 million was capitalized in respect of the South Deep’s mine development and ventilation shaft deepening projects compared to U.S.$24.2 million in fiscal 2014 in respect of the same.

 

175


Table of Contents

Loss on financial instruments

Loss on financial instruments decreased by U.S.$6.8 million, or 59.1%, from U.S.$11.5 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$4.7 million in fiscal 2015.

The loss of U.S.$4.7 million in fiscal 2015 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Loss on Australian oil derivative contracts

     (4.7
  

 

 

 
     (4.7
  

 

 

 

The loss of U.S.$11.5 million in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Gain on South Deep forward exchange contract

     0.1   

Loss on Australian oil derivative contracts

     (11.6
  

 

 

 
     (11.5
  

 

 

 

Foreign exchange gains

Foreign exchange gains increased by U.S.$1.1 million, or 13.1%, from U.S.$8.4 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$9.5 million in fiscal 2015.

The gains of U.S.$9.5 million in fiscal 2015 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Exchange gain on cash and working capital balances held in currencies other than the functional currencies of the Gold Fields various subsidiary companies

     9.5   
  

 

 

 
     9.5   
  

 

 

 

The gains of U.S.$8.4 million in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Exchange gain on cash and working capital balances held in currencies other than the functional currencies of the Gold Fields various subsidiary companies

     8.4   
  

 

 

 
     8.4   
  

 

 

 

Profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries

During fiscal 2015 and 2014, Gold Fields liquidated certain non-current investments. The profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries decreased by U.S.$77.9 million, or 99.9%, from U.S.$78.0 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$0.1 million in fiscal 2015.

The profit of U.S.$0.1 million in fiscal 2015 resulted from the following sales:

 

     $ million  

Profit on disposal of Woodjam exploration project

     0.1   
  

 

 

 
     0.1   
  

 

 

 

 

176


Table of Contents

The profit of U.S.$78.0 million in fiscal 2014 resulted from the following sales:

 

     $ million  

Profit on disposal of shares in Robust Resources Limited

     1.8   

Additional loss on sale of the Group’s interest in Talas (exploration project)

     (1.7

Profit on disposal of Yanfolila

     5.1   

Profit on disposal of Chucapaca(1)

     72.8   
  

 

 

 
     78.0   
  

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1) On August 19, 2014, Gold Fields sold its 51% stake in Canteras del Hallazgo S.A.C (CDH), the company that manages the Chucapaca exploration project in southern Peru, to its joint venture partner in the project, Compañía de Minas Buenaventura S.A.A. (Buenaventura). Buenaventura is Peru’s largest publicly traded, precious metals mining company and previously owned 49% in CDH. The sales price was U.S.$81.0 million in cash.

Impairment of investments

The charge in fiscal 2014 increased by U.S.$31.1 million, or 457.4%, from U.S.$6.8 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$37.9 million in fiscal 2015.

The charge of U.S.$37.9 million in fiscal 2015 relates to:

 

     $ million  

Impairment of various offshore listed exploration investments to their market values

     7.9   

Arctic Platinum project(1)

     30.0   
  

 

 

 
     37.9   
  

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1) Following the Group’s decision during fiscal 2013 to dispose of non-core projects, Arctic Platinum was actively marketed for sale. During fiscal 2015, Arctic Platinum was impaired to its fair value by U.S.$30.0 million, resulting in a carrying value of U.S.$1 million at December 31, 2015.

The charge of U.S.$6.8 million in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Impairment of various offshore listed exploration investments to their market values

     0.9   

Rand Refinery Limited

     4.1   

Aurigin Resources Incorporated

     1.8   
  

 

 

 
     6.8   
  

 

 

 

Other expenses

Other expenses represent miscellaneous corporate expenditure not allocated to the operations, net of miscellaneous revenue items such as scrap sales and rental income. Other expenses decreased by U.S.$17.0 million, or 38.5%, from U.S.$44.2 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$27.2 million in fiscal 2015.

Other expenses of U.S.$27.2 million in fiscal 2015 are comprised mainly of:

 

   

Social contributions and sponsorships of U.S.$12.2 million;

 

177


Table of Contents
   

Global compliance costs of U.S.$3.6 million; and

 

   

Facility charges of U.S.$1.7 million on the South African Rand borrowings.

Other expenses of U.S.$44.2 million in fiscal 2014 are comprised mainly of:

 

   

Social contributions and sponsorships of U.S.$12.3 million;

 

   

Legal fees amounting to U.S.$7.1 million as a result of the Gold Fields Board examination relating to the South Deep Black Economic Empowerment transaction and regulatory investigation of the same issue; and

 

   

Information technology conversion costs at the Yilgarn South Assets of U.S.$5.0 million.

Income and mining tax expense

Income and mining tax expense increased by U.S.$33.4 million, or 27.5%, from U.S.$121.6 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$155.0 million in fiscal 2015. The table below sets forth Gold Fields’ effective tax rate for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, including normal and deferred tax.

 

     Fiscal  
     2015     2014  

Effective tax rate

     196.0     112.4

In fiscal 2015, the effective tax expense rate of 196.0% was higher than the maximum South African mining statutory tax rate of 34% mainly due to the tax effect of the following:

 

   

U.S.$112.6 million valuation allowance raised against unredeemed capital expenditure and net operating losses;

 

   

U.S.$19.5 million non-deductible expenditure comprising mainly U.S.$11.5 million of impairments, U.S.$1.1 million of legal and consulting fees and U.S.$6.9 million of various Peruvian non-deductible expenses;

 

   

U.S.$6.8 million non-deductible exploration and feasibility and evaluation costs;

 

   

U.S.$3.3 million non-deductible share-based compensation;

 

   

U.S.$23.7 million non-deductible interest expense; and

 

   

U.S.$3.8 million deferred tax adjustment on changes in tax rates at Cerro Corona.

The above were primarily offset by the following tax-effected charges:

 

   

U.S.$4.4 million adjustment to reflect the actual realized company tax rates in South Africa and offshore; and

 

   

U.S.$6.4 million deferred tax released on unremitted earnings.

In fiscal 2014, the effective tax expense rate of 112.4% was higher than the maximum South African mining statutory tax rate of 34% mainly due to the tax effect of the following:

 

   

U.S.$38.3 million valuation allowance raised against unredeemed capital expenditure and net operating losses;

 

   

U.S.$18.0 million non-deductible expenditure comprising mainly U.S.$1.8 million of impairments, U.S.$2.0 million of legal and consulting fees and U.S.$7.0 million of various Peruvian non-deductible expenses;

 

   

U.S.$9.6 million non-deductible exploration and feasibility and evaluation costs;

 

   

U.S.$6.2 million non-deductible share-based compensation;

 

178


Table of Contents
   

U.S.$24.4 million non-deductible interest expense; and

 

   

U.S.$7.0 million deferred tax raised on unremitted earnings.

The above were primarily offset by the following tax-effected charges:

 

   

U.S.$1.7 million adjustment to reflect the actual realized company tax rates in South Africa and offshore; and

 

   

U.S.$23.4 million non-taxable profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries.

Impairment of investment in equity investee

Impairment of investment in equity investee increased by U.S.$102.1 million from U.S.$7.4 in fiscal 2014 compared to U.S.$109.5 million in fiscal 2015.

The impairment in fiscal 2015 of U.S.$109.5 comprised:

 

   

U.S.$7.5 million related to Hummingbird Resources Plc, which was impaired to its fair value, as determined by quoted market prices;

 

   

U.S.$101.4 million of the Group’s investment in Far South East to its recoverable amount following the identification of impairment indicators at December 31, 2015. The fair value was indirectly derived from the market value of Lepanto, being the 60% shareholder of FSE; and

 

   

U.S.$0.6 million related to Bezant Resources Plc, or Bezant, which was impaired to its fair value, as determined by quoted market prices.

The impairment of U.S.$7.4 million in fiscal 2014 related to Bezant, which was impaired by $7.4 million to its fair value, as determined by its quoted market price. This impairment is considered other than temporary as the carrying value was below the fair value for an extended period of time.

Share of equity investees’ losses, net of tax

Share of equity investees’ losses decreased by U.S.$ 0.6 million, or 13.6%, from U.S.$4.4 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$3.8 million in fiscal 2015.

Gold Fields equity accounts for three associates: Rusoro Mining Limited, or Rusoro, Bezant, Hummingbird Resources Plc, or Hummingbird (up to July 1, 2015, the date of reclassification to available-for-sale investments) and one joint venture, being FSE (fiscal 2014: Rusoro, Bezant, Hummingbird and FSE).

The charge of U.S.$3.8 million in fiscal 2015 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Share of equity accounted losses of Rusoro

     —     

Share of equity accounted losses of FSE

     (3.3

Share of equity accounted profits of Bezant

     (0.2

Share of equity accounted losses of Hummingbird

     (0.3
  

 

 

 
     (3.8
  

 

 

 

 

179


Table of Contents

The charge of U.S.$4.4 million in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Share of equity accounted losses of Rusoro

     —     

Share of equity accounted losses of FSE

     (3.6

Share of equity accounted profits of Bezant

     1.2   

Share of equity accounted losses of Hummingbird

     (2.0
  

 

 

 
     (4.4
  

 

 

 

The Group’s 26.4% share of after-tax losses accounted for in Rusoro was U.S.$nil in fiscal 2015 and in fiscal 2014. The carrying value of the investment is U.S.$nil at December 31, 2015, after losses incurred in prior years.

Gold Fields paid U.S.$10.0 million in option fees to Lepanto during the six-month period ended December 31, 2010. In addition, Gold Fields paid non-refundable down payments of U.S.$66.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 and U.S.$44.0 million during the six month period ended December 31, 2010 to Liberty in accordance with the agreement concluded whereby the Group has the option to acquire 60% of FSE. On March 31, 2012, Gold Fields acquired 40% of the issued share capital of FSE by contributing an additional U.S.$110.0 million in accordance with the agreement’s terms. The Group’s share of losses in FSE was U.S.$3.3 million in fiscal 2015 and U.S.$3.6 million in fiscal 2014.

In January 2013, the Group purchased an associate stake in Bezant for U.S.$7.5 million. The Group’s 21.6% share of after-tax losses in Bezant was U.S.$0.2 million in fiscal 2015, compared with a profit of U.S.$1.2 million in fiscal 2014.

During fiscal 2014, Gold Fields sold its 85% interest in the Yanfolila project in Mali to London-listed Hummingbird for U.S.$21.1 million which was settled in the form of 21,258,503 Hummingbird shares. The Group’s 25.1% share of after-tax losses in Hummingbird was U.S.$0.3 million in fiscal 2015 and U.S.$2.0 million in fiscal 2014. On July 1, 2015, the Group’s holding was diluted from 25.1% to 19.9% following the issue of new shares by Hummingbird. In line with the Group’s accounting policy, this resulted in Hummingbird no longer being accounted for as an equity-accounted investee and was re-classified to available-for-sale financial investments from July 1, 2015.

Loss from continuing operations

As a result of the above, loss from continuing operations increased by U.S.$322.2 million from U.S.$25.2 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$ 347.4 million in fiscal 2015.

Net loss

As a result of the factors discussed above, Gold Fields’ net loss increased by U.S.$322.2 million from U.S.$25.2 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$347.4 million in fiscal 2015.

Net (loss)/income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was U.S.$2.0 million in fiscal 2014 compared to a loss of U.S.$2.4 million in fiscal 2015. The loss in fiscal 2015 was mainly due to the losses at Damang and impairment charges at Cerro Corona as discussed above.

The noncontrolling interests in Gold Fields Ghana (Tarkwa) and Abosso Goldfields (Damang) remained at 10% during fiscal 2015 and at La Cima (Cerro Corona) noncontrolling interest remained at 0.5% during fiscal 2015.

 

180


Table of Contents

Gold Fields sold its 49.0% interest in Canteras del Hallazgo for U.S.$81.0 million during fiscal 2014.

The amounts making up the noncontrolling interests in fiscal 2015 and 2014 were:

 

     Effective(1)
interest
    Fiscal 2015     Effective(1)
interest
    Fiscal 2014  

Gold Fields Ghana Limited—Tarkwa

     10     3.5        10     2.8   

Abosso Goldfields—Damang

     10     (5.5     10     0.3   

La Cima—Cerro Corona

     0.5     (0.4     0.5     0.3   

Canteras del Hallazgo

     —       —          49     (1.4
    

 

 

     

 

 

 
       (2.4       2.0   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1) Average for the year.

Net loss attributable to Gold Fields shareholders

As a result of the factors discussed above, net loss increased by U.S.$317.8 million from U.S.$27.2 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$345.0 million in fiscal 2015.

Years Ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

Revenues

Product sales decreased by U.S.$37.5 million, or 1.3%, from U.S.$2,906.3 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$2,868.8 million in fiscal 2014. The decrease in product sales was primarily due to a decrease in the average realized gold price of 9.9% from U.S.$1,386 per ounce in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$1,249 per ounce in fiscal 2014, partially offset by an increase of 0.199 million equivalent ounces, or 9.5%, in total equivalent gold sold, from 2.097 million ounces in fiscal 2013 to 2.296 million ounces in fiscal 2014 and an increase in the average realized copper price of 3.8% from U.S.$6,575 per tonne to U.S.$6,827 per tonne.

In Peru, copper production is converted to equivalent gold ounces on a monthly basis using average copper and gold prices for the month in which the copper was produced.

At South Deep, gold sales decreased by 33.4% from 0.302 million ounces in fiscal 2013 to 0.201 million ounces in fiscal 2014. This was due to decreased underground mining volumes resulting from the extensive ground support remediation program introduced in May 2014. The decrease in the gold sales was due to a 44.6% decrease in reef tonnes broken and a 45.9% decrease in destress production year on year.

At the West African operations, total gold sales decreased by 6.3% from 0.79 million ounces in fiscal 2013 to 0.74 million ounces in fiscal 2014. Tarkwa decreased by 11.1% from 0.63 million ounces in fiscal 2013 to 0.56 million ounces in fiscal 2014 due to cessation of crushing and stacking operations at the heap leach facilities. Damang’s gold sales increased by 16.3% from 0.153 million ounces to 0.178 million ounces due to higher head grade mined in fiscal 2014 and higher throughput.

At the Americas operation, total gold equivalent sales increased by 6.5% from 0.31 million gold equivalent ounces in fiscal 2013 to 0.33 million gold equivalent ounces in fiscal 2014, mainly due to an increase in ore processed and higher copper grades.

At the Australasian operations, total gold sales increased by 47.1% from 0.70 million ounces in fiscal 2013 to 1.03 million ounces in fiscal 2014 mainly due to the inclusion of the Yilgarn South Assets for the full year in fiscal 2014 as opposed to only one quarter in fiscal 2013. At St. Ives, gold sales decreased by 10.0% from

 

181


Table of Contents

0.40 million ounces to 0.36 million ounces mainly due to the closure of Argo and lower underground head grade. At Agnew/ Lawlers, gold sales increased by 25.5% from 0.216 million ounces in fiscal 2013 to 0.271 million ounces in fiscal 2014 due to the inclusion of Lawlers for the full year in fiscal 2014 as opposed to only one quarter in fiscal 2013. At Darlot and Granny Smith, gold sales increased from 0.02 million ounces to 0.08 million ounces, and from 0.06 million ounces to 0.315 million ounces, respectively, due to being included for the full year in fiscal 2014 as opposed to only one quarter in fiscal 2013.

 

     Fiscal 2013      Fiscal 2014  
     Gold
equivalent
ounces
sold
     Gold
equivalent
ounces
sold
 
     (‘000 oz)         

South Africa

     302         201   

South Deep

     302         201   

Ghana

     785         736   

Tarkwa(1)

     632         558   

Damang(2)

     153         178   

Peru

     309         329   

Cerro Corona(3)

     309         329   

Australia

     700         1,031   

St. Ives

     403         362   

Agnew/Lawlers

     216         271   

Darlot

     20         83   

Granny Smith

     62         315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(4)(5)

     2,097         2,296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1) In fiscal 2013 and 2014, 0.569 million equivalent ounces and 0.502 million equivalent ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Tarkwa operation.
(2) In fiscal 2013 and 2014, 0.138 million equivalent ounces and 0.160 million equivalent ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Damang operation.
(3) In fiscal 2013 and 2014, 0.306 million equivalent ounces and 0.327 million equivalent ounces of sales were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Cerro Corona operation.
(4) In fiscal 2013 and 2014, 2.015 million equivalent ounces and 2.221 million equivalent ounces of sales, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Ghana and Peru operations.
(5) The total may not reflect the sum of the line items due to rounding.

Production costs

Production costs decreased by U.S.$11.8 million, or 0.6%, from U.S.$1,819.9 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$1,808.1 million in fiscal 2014.

The figures above represent U.S. GAAP production costs. However, the Company prepares its financial records in accordance with IFRS and such IFRS information for the Group and by segment is what the Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews in allocating resources and making investment decisions. Therefore, the discussion that follows on operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) and gold inventory change focuses on such IFRS information which agrees to the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

182


Table of Contents

Operating costs (excluding depreciation and amortization)

Operating costs (excluding depreciation and amortization) increased marginally from U.S.$1,678.7 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$1,684.9 million in fiscal 2014.

At the South Deep operation in South Africa, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) decreased by 14.0% from R3,089.1 million (U.S.$321.8 million) to R2,656.5 million (U.S.$245.5 million). This decrease of R432.6 million (U.S.$76.3 million) was mainly due to lower production as well as cost restructuring partially offset by annual wage increases and normal inflationary increases.

At the Ghana operations, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) decreased by 14.5% from U.S.$644.8 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$551.4 million in fiscal 2014. This decrease of U.S.$93.4 million was mainly at Tarkwa due to lower production, good cost control and lower contractor and consumable costs due to the closure of the heap leach facilities. This was partially offset by increased costs at Damang due to the increased production as well as normal inflationary increases and annual wage increases at both operations. At Tarkwa, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) decreased by 21.1% from U.S.$473.7 million to U.S.$373.9 million and at Damang, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) increased by 3.8% from U.S.$171.1 million to U.S.$177.6 million.

At the Cerro Corona operation in Peru, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) decreased by 1.9% from U.S.$161.3 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$158.2 million in fiscal 2014, mainly due to a decrease in workers statutory participation in profits.

At the Australian operations, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) increased by 42.0% from A$569.2 million (U.S.$550.8 million) in fiscal 2013 to A$808.2 million (U.S.$729.8 million) in fiscal 2014, mainly due to the inclusion of the Yilgarn South Assets for the full year in fiscal 2014, as opposed to only one quarter in fiscal 2013. At St. Ives, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) decreased by 9.4% from A$357.1 million (U.S.$345.5 million) to A$323.7 million (U.S.$292.3 million). This decrease of A$33.4 million was mainly due to a decrease in surface operational waste tonnes mined and cost improvements. At Agnew/Lawlers, operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) increased by 37.3% from A$139.5 million (U.S.$135.0 million) to A$191.6 million (U.S.$173.0 million). This increase of A$52.1 million was mainly due to the inclusion of Lawlers for the full year in fiscal 2014 compared to only one quarter in fiscal 2013. Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) at Darlot increased by 306.7% from A$22.3 million (U.S.$21.6 million) to A$90.7 million (U.S.$81.9 million) and at Granny Smith it increased by 301.4% from A$50.4 million (U.S.$48.8 million) to A$202.3million (U.S.$182.6 million), both due to the operations being included for the full year in fiscal 2014 compared to only one quarter in fiscal 2013.

Gold inventory change

The gold inventory credit to costs decreased by 39.0% from U.S.$11.8 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$7.2 million in fiscal 2014.

At Tarkwa, the gold inventory debit of U.S.$30.8 million in fiscal 2013 compared with a credit of U.S.$2.3 million in fiscal 2014. The credit in fiscal 2014 was due to an increase in inventory during the year. The charge in fiscal 2013 was due to a draw-down of inventory.

At Damang, the gold inventory credit of U.S.$11.1 million in fiscal 2013 was due to an increase in stockpiles compared with a charge of U.S.$2.1 million in fiscal 2014 due to a draw-down of stockpiles.

At Cerro Corona, the gold inventory credit of U.S.$18.8 million in fiscal 2013 compared with a charge of U.S.$1.5 million in fiscal 2014. The credit in fiscal 2013 was due to a build-up of sulphide stockpiles, while the charge in fiscal 2014 was due to a drawdown of sulphide stockpiles.

 

183


Table of Contents

At St. Ives, the credit to costs of A$9.1 million (U.S.$8.8 million) in fiscal 2013 compared with A$11.0 million (U.S.$9.9 million) in fiscal 2014. Both credits were as a result of a build-up in run-of-mine stockpiles.

At Agnew, the gold inventory charge of A$1.2 million (U.S.$1.2 million) in fiscal 2013 compared with A$0.3 million (U.S.$0.3 million) in fiscal 2014. The charge in fiscal 2013 was due to processing of the Songvang open pit stockpiles built-up in fiscal 2011, partially offset by the addition of the Lawlers stockpiles.

At Darlot, the credit to costs of A$1.4 million (U.S.$1.3 million) in fiscal 2013 as a result of a build-up in run-of-mine stockpiles compared with a charge of A$1.9 million (U.S.$1.7 million) in fiscal 2014 due to a drawdown in run-of-mine stockpiles.

At Granny Smith, the credit to costs of A$3.8 million (U.S.$3.7 million) in fiscal 2013 compared with A$nil (U.S.$nil) in fiscal 2014. The credit in fiscal 2013 was as a result of a build-up in run-of-mine stockpiles.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization charges increased by U.S.$108.8 million, or 19.1%, from U.S.$568.5 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$677.3 million in fiscal 2014. Depreciation and amortization is calculated on the units-of-production method and is based on current gold production as a percentage of total expected gold production over the lives of the different mines.

The figures above represent U.S. GAAP depreciation and amortization. However, the Company prepares its financial records in accordance with IFRS and such IFRS information for the Group and by segment is what the Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews in allocating resources and making investment decisions. Therefore, the table and the discussion that follows on depreciation and amortization focuses on such IFRS information which agrees to the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

The table below depicts the changes from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 for proven and probable managed gold and equivalent reserves and for the life of mine for each operation and the resulting impact on the amortization charge in fiscal 2013 and 2014, respectively. The life-of-mine information is based on the operations’ strategic plans, adjusted for proven and probable reserve balances. In basic terms, amortization is calculated using the life of mine for each operation, which is based on: (1) the proven and probable reserves for the operation at the start of the relevant year (which are taken to be the same as at the end of the prior fiscal year and using reserves); and (2) the amount of gold produced by the operation during the year. The ore reserve statement as at December 31, 2014 became effective on January 1, 2015.

 

184


Table of Contents
    Proved and probable
reserves as of
    Life of mine     Amortization for
the year ended
 
    December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2014
 
    (‘000 oz)     (years)     ($ million)  

South Africa region

             

South Deep

    39,100        38,200        38,000        74        73        98.9        74.5   

West African region

             

Tarkwa(1)

    10,100        7,300        7,500        17        17        137.6        141.6   

Damang(2)

    4,100        1,100        1,200        6        6        30.6        20.9   

Americas region

             

Cerro Corona(3)

    5,200        3,700        3,200        10        9        48.8        79.6   

Australasian region

             

St. Ives

    2,200        2,000        1,800        6        6        194.3        140.5   

Agnew/Lawlers

    1,200        1,000        900        4        5        71.1        96.4   

Darlot

    —          200        100        2        2        3.6        16.6   

Granny Smith

    —          800        900        7        5        21.0        84.6   

Corporate and other

    —          —          —          —          —          5.0        2.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reserves(4)

    61,900        54,300        53,600            610.9        656.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1) As of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 reserves of 9.073 million ounces, 6.546 million ounces and 6.742 million ounces of gold, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Tarkwa operation.
(2) As of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 reserves of 3.681 million ounces, 0.966 million ounces and 1.111 million ounces of gold, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Damang operation.
(3) As of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 reserves of 5.100 million ounces, 3.683 million ounces and 3.179 million ounces of equivalent gold were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the Cerro Corona operation.
(4) As of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 reserves of 57.888 million ounces, 48.608 million ounces and 48.123 million ounces of gold, respectively, were attributable to Gold Fields, with the remainder attributable to noncontrolling shareholders in the West Africa and Americas operations.

Depreciation and amortization increased by 8%, from U.S.$610.9 million to U.S.$656.7 million in fiscal 2014.

In South Africa, amortization at South Deep decreased by 15.1% from R949.8 million (U.S.$98.9 million) in fiscal 2013 to R806.2 million (U.S.$74.5 million) in fiscal 2014 mainly due to lower production which is used in the calculation of amortization.

At the West African operations, amortization decreased by 3.4% from U.S.$168.3 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$162.5 million in fiscal 2014. Tarkwa increased by 2.9% from U.S.$137.6 million to U.S.$141.6 million due to additions to property, plant and equipment. Damang decreased by 31.7% from U.S.$30.6 million to U.S.$20.9 million due to a decrease in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment following the impairment of assets in fiscal 2013.

In South America, amortization at Cerro Corona increased by 63.1% from U.S.$48.8 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$79.6 million in fiscal 2014. This significant increase in depreciation from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014 was due to the change in the life of mine reserves, which form the basis of the units of production amortization calculation.

 

185


Table of Contents

At the Australian operations, amortization increased by 25.0% from A$299.6 million (U.S.$290.0 million) in fiscal 2013 to A$374.4 million (U.S.$338.1 million) in fiscal 2014 due to the inclusion of the Yilgarn South Assets for the full year in fiscal 2014, partially offset by the change in estimate in the depreciation calculation at all the Australian operations. At St. Ives, amortization decreased by 22.5% from A$200.7 million (U.S.$194.3 million) to A$155.5 million (U.S.$140.5 million) in fiscal 2014 due to the decrease in production. Agnew/Lawlers increased by 45.4% from A$73.4 million (U.S.$71.1 million) to A$106.7 million (U.S.$96.4 million) in fiscal 2014 mainly due to the inclusion of Lawlers for the full year in fiscal 2014 compared to one quarter in fiscal 2013. Amortization at Darlot increased by 397.3% from A$3.7 million (U.S.$3.6 million) to A$18.4 million (U.S.$16.6 million) and Granny Smith increased by 331.3% from A$21.7 million (U.S.$21.0 million) to A$93.6 million (U.S.$84.6 million), both due to being included for the full year in fiscal 2014 compared to one quarter in fiscal 2013.

The discussion that follows focuses on U.S. GAAP figures as disclosed in the consolidated statement of operations.

Corporate expenditure

Corporate expenditure decreased from U.S.$39.4 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$27.3 million in fiscal 2014, a decrease of 30.7%. The decrease was due to a deliberate cost savings initiative in response to the lower gold price. Corporate expenditure consists primarily of general corporate overhead and corporate service department costs, primarily in the areas of technical services, human resources and finance, which are used by the operations. Corporate expenditure also includes business development costs. In Rand terms, corporate expenditure decreased from R378.2 million in fiscal 2013 to R294.9 million in fiscal 2014 mainly due to deliberate savings in response to the lower gold price.

For IFRS and management reporting purposes, corporate expenditure is included in operating costs (excluding depreciation and amortization).

Employee termination costs

Employee termination costs increased from U.S.$35.5 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$42.2 in fiscal 2014, an increase of 18.9%. The termination costs in fiscal 2014 related primarily to restructuring at all the operations. The termination costs in fiscal 2013 related primarily to restructuring at all the operations as well as the closure of the GIP division in response to the lower gold price.

Exploration expenditure

Exploration expenditure decreased from U.S.$77.9 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$36.2 million in fiscal 2014, a decrease of 53.5%. This decrease in fiscal 2014 was due to the closure of the GIP division and deliberate reduction in exploration activities from September 2013. The U.S.$36.2 million in fiscal 2014 comprised mainly U.S.$3.0 million on APP in Finland, U.S.$11.0 million on Salares Norte in Chile, U.S.$3.0 million on Chucapaca in Peru and U.S.$15 million was spent on exploration office costs. In addition, U.S.$4.0 million related to brownfields exploration in Australia.

The U.S.$77.9 million in fiscal 2013 comprised mainly U.S.$3.0 million on Yanfolila in Mali, U.S.$11.0 million on APP in Finland, U.S.$23.0 million on Salares Norte in Chile, U.S.$4.0 million on Pedernales in Chile, U.S.$2 million on Woodjam in Canada, U.S.$2.0 million on Taguas in Argentina, U.S.$5.0 million on Talas in Kyrgyzstan and U.S.$5.0 million on Asosa in Ethiopia and U.S.$12.0 million was spent on exploration office costs. In addition, U.S.$10.0 million related to brownfields exploration in Australia.

Subject to continued exploration success, exploration expenditure is expected to be U.S.$41.9 million in fiscal 2015, comprising near-mine exploration of U.S.$13.7 million and projects exploration of U.S.$28.2 million.

 

186


Table of Contents

Feasibility and evaluation costs

The Group did not incur any expenditure on feasibility and evaluation in fiscal 2014, compared with U.S.$68.0 million in fiscal 2013, due to the deliberate reduction in feasibility and evaluation activities, resulting from the closure of the GIP division.

The U.S.$68.0 million in fiscal 2013 comprised U.S.$15.3 million on Chucapaca in Peru on a 100% basis, U.S.$17.0 million on Yanfolila in Mali, U.S.$5.0 million on the sulphide and oxide plant study costs in Peru and U.S.$30.7 million on corporate development and strategic project costs and general office costs in the various countries the Group operates in.

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment was a profit of U.S.$10.2 million in fiscal 2013 compared to a loss of U.S.$1.3 million in fiscal 2014.

The major disposals in fiscal 2014 related to the sale of redundant assets at St. Ives, Darlot, Granny Smith, Tarkwa, Cerro Corona and South Deep, whereas in fiscal 2013, they related to the sale of redundant assets at St. Ives, Agnew, Cerro Corona, Tarkwa and South Deep.

Asset impairments and write-offs

There was U.S.$215.3 million in asset impairments and write-offs in fiscal 2013 compared with U.S.$14.0 million in fiscal 2014.

The asset impairments and write-offs charge of U.S.$14.0 million in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

   

U.S.$12.7 million write-downs of redundant assets at South Deep, St. Ives and Agnew; and

 

   

U.S.$1.3 million write-downs of consumables to market value at Lawlers.

There were no impairments of asset groups during fiscal 2014.

The asset impairments and write-offs charge of U.S.$215.3 million in fiscal 2013 comprised:

 

   

U.S.$53.0 million impairment at the Damang asset group;

 

   

U.S.$63.0 million at Tarkwa due to the cessation of the North Heap Leach operations (this comprised the write-down of inventory to market value amounting to U.S.$42.8 million as well as the write-off of related assets amounting to U.S.$20.2 million);

 

   

U.S.$26.8 million at Tarkwa related to long lead items such as the ball mill of U.S.$22.2 million and components of U.S.$4.6 million for TEP 6 (it was decided not to advance the TEP 6 project as a result of inadequate returns and capital rationing);

 

   

U.S.$18.5 million write-downs of stockpiles and consumables to market value at Tarkwa and Damang;

 

   

U.S.$14.8 million write-off of redundant assets at Tarkwa, Cerro Corona and Agnew;

 

   

U.S.$29.7 million at the Yanfolila project which was written down to fair value less cost to sell after a decision was made to dispose of the project; and

 

   

U.S.$9.5 million write-off of the Group’s option payment to Bezant Resources Plc, or Bezant, of (due to the Group’s decision not to pursue the Guinaoang deposit).

The impairment calculations for the Damang asset group in fiscal 2013 were based on the following estimates and assumptions:

 

187


Table of Contents
   

Long-term gold price of U.S.$1,300 per ounce;

 

   

A real discount rate of 8.0%;

 

   

Proved and probable reserves as per the most recent life-of-mine plan;

 

   

Operating costs and capital expenditure estimates as per the most recent life-of-mine plan; and

 

   

Market value, at U.S.$26.0, used for resource valuation.

Royalties

Royalties decreased by 4.9% from U.S.$90.5 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$86.1 million in fiscal 2014. Royalties in fiscal 2014 decreased in line with lower revenues and profits in South Africa, Ghana and Peru. The royalty in Australia increased due to the inclusion of the Yilgarn South Assets for a year in fiscal 2014.

 

     Fiscal
2014
     Fiscal
2013
 
     ($ million)  

South Africa

     1.3         2.1   

West Africa

     46.5         55.5   

Australia

     32.5         24.1   

Peru

     5.8         8.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     86.1         90.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accretion expense on provision for environmental rehabilitation

At all of its operations, Gold Fields makes full provision for environmental rehabilitation based on the net present value of the estimated cost of restoring the environmental disturbance that has occurred up to the balance sheet date. The rehabilitation charge increased by U.S.$5.0 million, or 48.1%, from U.S.$10.4 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$15.4 million in fiscal 2014.

For its South African and Ghanaian operations, Gold Fields contributes to environmental trust funds it has established to provide for any environmental rehabilitation obligations and expected closure costs relating to its mining operations. The amounts invested in the trust funds are classified as non-current assets and any income earned on these assets is accounted for as interest income. For the Australian and Peruvian operations Gold Fields does not contribute to a trust fund.

Interest and dividends

Interest and dividend income decreased by U.S.$4.3 million, or 50.6%, from U.S.$8.5 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$4.2 million in fiscal 2014. The decrease was mainly due to lower average cash balances at the international operations in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013.

The interest and dividends received in fiscal 2014 of U.S.$4.2 million comprised U.S.$0.1 million dividends received, U.S.$0.5 million on monies invested in the South African and Ghanaian environmental rehabilitation trust funds and U.S.$3.6 million on other cash and cash equivalent balances.

The interest and dividends received in fiscal 2013 of U.S.$8.5 million comprised U.S.$0.5 million on monies invested in the South African and Ghanaian environmental rehabilitation trust funds and U.S.$8.0 million on other cash and cash equivalent balances.

Interest received on the funds invested in rehabilitation trust funds remained flat at U.S.$0.5 million.

 

188


Table of Contents

Interest on cash balances decreased from U.S.$8.0 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$3.6 million in fiscal 2014 mainly due to the lower average cash balances at the international operations in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013.

Finance expense

Finance expense increased by U.S.$8.4 million, or 11.6%, from U.S.$72.4 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$80.8 million in fiscal 2014.

Net finance expense in fiscal 2014 consisted of gross interest payments of U.S.$105.0 million (2013: U.S.$90.7 million) partially offset by interest capitalized of U.S.$24.2 million (2013: U.S.$18.3 million).

The interest expense in fiscal 2014 and 2013 comprised:

 

     Fiscal
2014
    Fiscal
2013
 
     ($ million)  

Interest on the U.S.$1 billion 4.875% guaranteed notes due October 7, 2020

     50.0        49.9   

Sibanye Gold guarantee fee

     5.0        5.0   

Interest on R1,500 million Nedbank Revolving Credit Facility, R500 million Rand Merchant Bank Revolving Credit Facility and various uncommitted facilities

     17.6        9.2   

Interest on the U.S.$200 million Non-Revolving Senior Secured Term Loan

     2.0        2.2   

Interest on the U.S.$1 billion Syndicated Revolving credit facility

     —         1.4   

Interest on the U.S.$1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities

     25.5        18.1   

Interest on the U.S.$70 million Senior Secured Revolving credit facility

     2.9        2.2   

Other interest charges

     2.0        2.7   

Interest capitalized

     (24.2     (18.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     80.8        72.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest on the U.S.$1 billion guaranteed notes remained relatively flat at U.S.$50.0 million in fiscal 2014.

The Sibanye Gold guarantee fee of U.S.$5 million became payable to Sibanye Gold in fiscal 2013 after the Spin-off of Sibanye Gold in February 2013.

Interest on borrowings to fund capital expenditure and operating costs at the South African operations increased from U.S.$9.2 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$17.6 million in fiscal 2014 due to additional borrowings as a result of losses sustained at South Deep.

Interest on the U.S.$200 million Non-Revolving Senior Secured Term Loan remained relatively flat at U.S.$2.0 million in fiscal 2014.

Interest on the U.S.$1 billion Syndicated Revolving credit facility was U.S.$1.4 million in fiscal 2013. On February 15, 2013, this facility was refinanced by drawing down under the $1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities. The facility was also cancelled on February 15, 2013.

Interest on the U.S.$1,510 million term loan increased from U.S.$18.1 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$25.5 million in fiscal 2014 due to the fact that interest for only eight months was included in fiscal 2013 compared to 12 months in fiscal 2014.

Interest on the U.S.$70 million Senior secured revolving credit facility increased marginally from U.S.$2.2 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$2.9 million in fiscal 2014.

Interest on borrowings incurred in respect of assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use is capitalized to the date on which the assets are substantially completed and ready for their intended

 

189


Table of Contents

use, at which time they will be amortized over the lives of the corresponding assets. During fiscal 2014, U.S.$24.2 million was capitalized in respect of the South Deep’s mine development and ventilation shaft deepening projects compared to U.S.$18.3 million in fiscal 2013 in respect of the same.

Loss on financial instruments

Loss on financial instruments increased from U.S.$0.3 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$11.5 million in fiscal 2014.

The loss of U.S.$11.5 million in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Gain on South Deep forward exchange contract

     0.1   

Loss on Australian oil derivative contracts

     (11.6
  

 

 

 
     (11.5
  

 

 

 

The loss of U.S.$0.3 million in fiscal 2013 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Loss on South Deep forward exchange contract

     (1.1

Gain on Australian oil derivative contracts

     0.8   
  

 

 

 
     (0.3
  

 

 

 

Foreign exchange gains

Gold Fields recognized exchange gains of U.S.$8.4 million in fiscal 2014 compared to exchange gains of U.S.$7.3 million in fiscal 2013.

The gains of U.S.$8.4 million in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Exchange gain on cash and working capital balances held in currencies other than the functional currencies of the Gold Fields various subsidiary companies

     8.4   
  

 

 

 
     8.4   
  

 

 

 

The gain of U.S.$7.3 million in fiscal 2013 comprises:

 

     $ million  

Exchange loss on cash and working capital balances held in currencies other than the functional currencies of the Gold Fields various subsidiary companies

     (2.5

Gain on repayment of U.S. dollar denominated intercompany loans

     9.8   
  

 

 

 
     7.3   
  

 

 

 

Profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries

During fiscal 2014 and 2013, Gold Fields liquidated certain non-current investments. The profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries increased from U.S.$17.8 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$78.0 million in fiscal 2014.

 

190


Table of Contents

The profit of U.S.$78.0 million in fiscal 2014 resulted from the following sales:

 

     $ million  

Profit on disposal of shares in Robust Resources Limited

     1.8   

Additional loss on sale of the Group’s interest in Talas (exploration project)

     (1.7

Profit on disposal of Yanfolila

     5.1   

Profit on disposal of Chucapaca(1)

     72.8   
  

 

 

 
     78.0   
  

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1) On August 19, 2014, Gold Fields sold its 51% stake in Canteras del Hallazgo S.A.C (CDH), the company that manages the Chucapaca exploration project in southern Peru, to its joint venture partner in the project, Compañía de Minas Buenaventura S.A.A. (Buenaventura). Buenaventura is Peru’s largest publicly traded, precious metals mining company and previously owned 49% in CDH. The sales price was U.S.$81.0 million in cash.

The profit of U.S.$17.8 million in fiscal 2013 resulted from the following sales:

 

     $ million  

Profit on sale of 7.8 million shares in Northam Platinum Limited

     13.0   

Profit on sale of the Group’s interest in Talas (exploration project)

     4.8   
  

 

 

 
     17.8   
  

 

 

 

Impairment of investments

The charge in fiscal 2013 decreased from U.S.$10.3 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$6.8 million in fiscal 2014.

The charge of U.S.$6.8 million in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Impairment of various offshore listed exploration investments to their market values

     0.9   

Rand Refinery Limited

     4.1   

Aurigin Resources Incorporated

     1.8   
  

 

 

 
     6.8   
  

 

 

 

The charge of U.S.$10.3 million in fiscal 2013 relates to:

 

     $ million  

Impairment of Orsu Metals Corporation

     8.6   

Impairment of various offshore listed exploration investments to their market values

     1.7   
  

 

 

 
     10.3   
  

 

 

 

Other expenses

Other expenses represent miscellaneous corporate expenditure not allocated to the operations, net of miscellaneous revenue items such as scrap sales and rental income. In fiscal 2013, there were other expenses of U.S.$104.2 million compared with U.S.$44.2 million in fiscal 2014.

 

191


Table of Contents

The charges in 2014 are mainly made up of:

 

   

Social contributions and sponsorships of U.S.$12.3 million;

 

   

Legal fees amounting to U.S.$7.1 million as a result of the Gold Fields Board examination relating to the South Deep Black Economic Empowerment transaction and regulatory investigation of the same issue; and

 

   

Information technology conversion costs at the Yilgarn South Assets of U.S.$5.0 million.

The charges in 2013 are mainly made up of:

 

   

Social contributions and sponsorships of U.S.$11.4 million;

 

   

Facility charges amounting to U.S.$23.5 million on cancellation of the U.S.$1 billion and U.S.$500 million facilities and other costs of U.S.$13.0 million associated with the unbundling of Sibanye Gold;

 

   

New loan facility charges;

 

   

Stamp duty and transaction costs amounting to U.S.$27.4 million on the acquisition of the Yilgarn South Assets; and

 

   

Legal fees amounting to U.S.$11.1 million as a result of the Gold Fields Board examination and regulatory investigation relating to the South Deep Black Economic Empowerment transaction.

Income and mining tax expense

Income and mining tax expense increased from U.S.$105.7 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$121.6 million in fiscal 2014. The table below sets forth Gold Fields’ effective tax rate for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, including normal and deferred tax.

 

     Fiscal  
     2014     2013  

Effective tax rate

     112.4     65.0

In fiscal 2014, the effective tax expense rate of 112.4% was higher than the maximum South African mining statutory tax rate of 34% mainly due to the tax effect of the following:

 

   

U.S.$38.3 million valuation allowance raised against unredeemed capital expenditure and net operating losses;

 

   

U.S.$18.0 million non-deductible expenditure comprising mainly U.S.$1.8 million of impairments, U.S.$2.0 million of legal and consulting fees and U.S.$7.0 million of various Peruvian non-deductible expenses;

 

   

U.S.$9.6 million non-deductible exploration and feasibility and evaluation costs;

 

   

U.S.$6.2 million non-deductible share-based compensation;

 

   

U.S.$24.4 million non-deductible interest expense; and

 

   

U.S.$7.0 million deferred tax raised on unremitted earnings.

The above were primarily offset by the following tax-effected charges:

 

   

U.S.$1.7 million adjustment to reflect the actual realized company tax rates in South Africa and offshore; and

 

   

U.S.$23.4 million non-taxable profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries.

 

192


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2013, the effective tax expense rate of 65.0% was higher than the maximum South African mining statutory tax rate of 34% mainly due to the tax-effect of the following:

 

   

U.S.$56.1 million non-deductible expenditure comprising mainly U.S.$13.3 million of impairments, U.S.$8.0 million of facility charges, U.S.$8.2 million of legal and consulting fees, U.S.$5.1 million of stamp duty on the Yilgarn South Assets acquisition and U.S.$9.4 million of various Peruvian non-deductible expenses:

 

   

U.S.$47.2 million of non-deductible exploration and feasibility and evaluation costs;

 

   

U.S.$11.5 million of non-deductible share-based compensation;

 

   

U.S.$25.3 million of non-deductible interest expense; and

 

   

U.S.$29.5 million prior year adjustment relating to Cerro Corona deferred tax. For further detail, refer to note 7 of the consolidated financial statements.

The above were primarily offset by the following tax-effected charge:

 

   

U.S.$25.5 million adjustment to reflect the actual realized company tax rates in South Africa and offshore.

Impairment of investment in equity investee

Impairment of investment in equity investee was nil in fiscal 2013 compared to U.S.$7.4 million in fiscal 2014.

The impairment in fiscal 2014 related to Bezant Resources Plc, or Bezant, which was impaired by $7.4 million to its fair value, as determined by its quoted market price. This impairment is considered other than temporary as the carrying value was below the fair value for an extended period of time.

Share of equity investees’ losses, net of tax

Share of equity investees’ losses decreased from U.S.$18.4 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$4.4 million in fiscal 2014.

Gold Fields equity accounts for three associates: Rusoro Mining Limited, or Rusoro, Bezant, Hummingbird Resources Plc, or Hummingbird, from fiscal 2014 and one joint venture, being Far South East Gold Resources Incorporated, or FSE (fiscal 2013: Rusoro, Bezant, Rand Refinery Limited, or Rand Refinery, up to the date of unbundling of Sibanye Gold, Timpetra Resources Limited, or Timpetra, up to May 2013 and FSE).

The charge of U.S.$4.4 million in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Share of equity accounted losses of Rusoro

     —     

Share of equity accounted losses of FSE

     (3.6

Share of equity accounted profits of Bezant

     1.2   

Share of equity accounted losses of Hummingbird

     (2.0
  

 

 

 
     (4.4
  

 

 

 

 

193


Table of Contents

The charge of U.S.$18.4 million in fiscal 2013 comprised:

 

     $ million  

Share of equity accounted losses of Rusoro

     —    

Share of equity accounted losses of FSE

     (18.4

Share of equity accounted losses of Bezant

     —    

Share of equity accounted profits of Rand Refinery

     —    

Share of equity accounted losses of Timpetra

     —    
  

 

 

 
     (18.4
  

 

 

 

The Group’s 26.4% share of after-tax losses accounted for in Rusoro was U.S.$nil in fiscal 2014 and in fiscal 2013. The carrying value of the investment is U.S.$nil at December 31, 2014, after losses incurred in prior years.

Gold Fields paid U.S.$10.0 million in option fees to Lepanto during the six-month period ended December 31, 2010. In addition, Gold Fields paid non-refundable down payments of U.S.$66.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 and U.S.$44.0 million during the six month period ended December 31, 2010 to Liberty in accordance with the agreement concluded whereby the Group has the option to acquire 60% of FSE. On March 31, 2012, Gold Fields acquired 40% of the issued share capital of FSE by contributing an additional U.S.$110.0 million in accordance with the agreement’s terms. The Group’s share of losses in FSE was U.S.$3.6 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$18.4 million in fiscal 2013.

In January 2013, the Group purchased an associate stake in Bezant for U.S.$7.5 million. The Group’s 21.6% share of after-tax profits in Bezant was U.S.$1.2 million in fiscal 2014, compared with U.S.$nil in fiscal 2013.

During fiscal 2014, Gold Fields sold its 85% interest in the Yanfolila project in Mali to London-listed Hummingbird for U.S.$21.1 million which was settled in the form of 21,258,503 Hummingbird shares. The Group’s 25.1% share of after-tax losses in Hummingbird was U.S.$2.0 million in fiscal 2014.

The Group’s 35% share in Rand Refinery up to the spin-off date of Sibanye Gold is made up of 2% for continuing operations and 33% for discontinued operations. The continuing operations share of after-tax profits in Rand Refinery was U.S.$nil during fiscal 2013.

During fiscal 2011, the Group acquired a 21.8% interest in Timpetra as a result of receiving 15 million Timpetra shares valued at U.S.$3.2 million. Timpetra is an Australian listed junior exploration company and the shares were received in exchange for the Central Victoria tenements, an Australian exploration project previously owned by St. Ives. During fiscal 2013, 13.7 million shares of the 15.0 million previously held were disposed of and due to the decrease in shareholding, Timpetra is no longer equity accounted. The remaining investment was reclassified to listed investments. The Group’s share of after-tax losses in Timpetra was U.S.$nil during fiscal 2013.

Loss from continuing operations

As a result of the above, loss from continuing operations decreased from U.S.$286.6 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$25.2 million in fiscal 2014.

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

The income from discontinued operations of U.S.$20.5 million in fiscal 2013 related to Sibanye Gold.

 

194


Table of Contents

Net loss

As a result of the factors discussed above, Gold Fields’ net loss decreased from U.S.$266.1 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$25.2 million in fiscal 2014.

Net (income)/loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests was U.S.$18.2 million in fiscal 2013 compared to a profit of U.S.$2.0 million in fiscal 2014. The loss in fiscal 2013 was mainly due to the impairment charges by the Ghanaian operations as discussed above.

The noncontrolling interests in Gold Fields Ghana (Tarkwa) and Abosso Goldfields (Damang) remained at 10% during fiscal 2014 and at La Cima (Cerro Corona) noncontrolling interest remained at 0.5% during fiscal 2014.

The noncontrolling interest in Canteras del Hallazgo decreased from 49% in fiscal 2013 to nil in fiscal 2014. Canteras del Hallazgo is a subsidiary company that owned the Chucapaca project.

Gold Fields sold its interest in Canteras del Hallazgo for U.S.$81.0 million during fiscal 2014.

The amounts making up the noncontrolling interests in fiscal 2014 and 2013 were:

 

     Effective(1)
interest
    Fiscal
2014
    Effective(1)
interest
    Fiscal
2013
 

Gold Fields Ghana Limited—Tarkwa

     10     2.8        10     (2.1

Abosso Goldfields—Damang

     10     0.3        10     (4.9

La Cima—Cerro Corona

     0.5     0.3        1.2     0.3   

Canteras del Hallazgo

     49.0     (1.4     49.0     (11.5
    

 

 

     

 

 

 
       2.0          (18.2
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1) Average for the year.

Net loss attributable to Gold Fields shareholders

As a result of the factors discussed above, net loss decreased from U.S.$247.9 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$27.2 million in fiscal 2014 and comprises net loss from continuing operations attributable to Gold Fields shareholders of U.S.$27.2 million in fiscal 2014 (fiscal 2013: U.S.$268.4 million) and net income from discontinued operations attributable to Gold Fields shareholders of U.S.$nil in fiscal 2014 (fiscal 2013: U.S.$20.5 million).

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash resources

Cash flows from operations—continuing operations

Net cash provided by operations in fiscal 2014 was U.S.$743.8 million compared with U.S.$580.0 million in fiscal 2015, a decrease of U.S.$163.8 million.

Gold Fields’ realized gold price decreased from an average of U.S.$1,249 per ounce in fiscal 2014 to an average of U.S.$1,140 per ounce in fiscal 2015. Gold Fields’ realized copper price decreased from an average of U.S.$6,827 per tonne in fiscal 2014 to an average of U.S.$4,787 per tonne in fiscal 2015. The decrease in

 

195


Table of Contents

realized gold price and the realized copper price resulted in revenue from product sales decreasing by U.S.$323.4 million from U.S.$2,868.8 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$2,545.4 million in fiscal 2015.

In addition to the lower revenue, the decrease in net cash provided was mainly due to:

 

   

a negative movement of U.S.$29.5 million in changes in operating assets and liabilities resulting from a release of working capital of U.S.$81.8 million in fiscal 2014 compared to a release of U.S$52.3 million in fiscal 2015; and

 

   

a U.S.$13.1 million increase in taxes paid from U.S.$105.3 in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$118.4 million in fiscal 2015.

This was partially offset by:

 

   

a decrease of U.S.$147.8 million in production costs from U.S.$1,808.1 in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$1,660.3 million in fiscal 2015; and

 

   

a U.S.$11.9 million decrease in royalties paid from U.S.$88.8 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$76.9 million in fiscal 2015 due to lower revenue in Ghana and Peru.

Net cash provided by operations in fiscal 2013 was U.S.$334.3 million compared with U.S.$743.8 million in fiscal 2014, an increase of U.S.$409.5 million.

Gold Fields’ realized gold price decreased from an average of U.S.$1,386 per ounce in fiscal 2013 to an average of U.S.$1,249 per ounce in fiscal 2014. Gold Fields’ realized copper price increased from an average of U.S.$6,575 per tonne in fiscal 2013 to an average of U.S.$6,827 per tonne in fiscal 2014. The decrease in realized gold price, partially offset by the increase in realized copper price resulted in revenue from product sales decreasing by U.S.$37.5 million from U.S.$2,906.3 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$2,868.8 million in fiscal 2014.

The increase in net cash provided was mainly due to:

 

   

a positive movement of U.S.$73.4 million in changes in operating assets and liabilities resulting from a release of working capital of U.S.$8.4 million in fiscal 2013 compared to a release of U.S$81.8 million in fiscal 2014;

 

   

a decrease of U.S.$11.8 million in production costs from U.S.$1,819.9 in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$1,808.1 million in fiscal 2014;

 

   

a U.S.$11.1 million decrease in royalties paid from U.S.$99.9 million in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$88.8 million in fiscal 2014 due to lower revenue in South Africa, Ghana and Peru; and

 

   

a U.S.$192.9 million decrease in taxes paid from U.S.$298.2 in fiscal 2013 to U.S.$105.3 million in fiscal 2014 due to higher taxes paid in fiscal 2013 for fiscal 2012.

Although revenues from Gold Fields’ South African operation are denominated in U.S. dollars, Gold Fields receives them in Rand, which are then subject to South African exchange control limitations. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—South Africa—Exchange Controls.” As a result, those revenues are generally not available to service Gold Fields’ non-Rand debt obligations or to make investments outside South Africa without the approval of the South African Reserve Bank.

Revenues from Gold Fields’ West African, Australasian and Americas operations are also denominated in U.S. dollars, but, unlike in South Africa, Gold Fields receives them in U.S. dollars or is freely able to convert them into U.S. dollars. The West African and Australasian U.S. dollar revenues can be used by Gold Fields to service its U.S. dollar-denominated debt and to make investments in its non-South African operations, taking into account SARB-applicable requirements.

 

196


Table of Contents

Cash flows from operations—discontinued operations

Net cash provided by discontinued operations was U.S.$30.9 million in fiscal 2013. This related to cash provided by Sibanye Gold for two months to February 2013, the date of Spin-off of Sibanye Gold.

Cash flows from investing activities—continuing operations

Cash utilized in investing activities was U.S.$458.7 million in fiscal 2015, U.S.$423.9 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$680.5 million in fiscal 2013, respectively. The items comprising these amounts are discussed below.

Capital expenditure decreased by U.S.$46.0 million from U.S.$480.5 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$434.5 million in fiscal 2015.

The figures above represent U.S. GAAP capital expenditure. However, the Company prepares its financial records in accordance with IFRS and such IFRS information for the Group and by segment is what the Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews in allocating resources and making investment decisions. Therefore, the discussion that follows on capital expenditure focuses on such IFRS information which agrees to the geographical and segment information included in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

On an IFRS basis, capital expenditure increased by U.S.$25.2 million, or 4.1%, from U.S.$608.9 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$634.1 million in fiscal 2015.

Expenditure on Gold Fields’ major capital projects in fiscal 2015 included:

 

   

U.S.$66.9 million on the development and equipping of the South Deep mine as the mine builds to full production, compared to U.S.$91.9 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$202.4 million in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$45.4 million on new mining equipment at Tarkwa, compared to U.S.$10.1 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$28.5 million in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$nil on the tailings storage facility (TSF 5) optimization at Tarkwa, compared to U.S.$19.3 million in 2014 and U.S.$0.5 million in 2013;

 

   

U.S.$nil on expenditure on the CIL capacity increase project at Tarkwa, compared to U.S.$6.6 million on expenditure in fiscal 2014 and no expenditure in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$nil on the water treatment plant at Tarkwa, compared to no expenditure in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$14.4 million in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$0.5 million on the raise of the TSF at Damang, compared to U.S.$5.1 million expenditure in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$7.3 million in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$2.8 million on heavy mining equipment components at Damang, compared to U.S.$4.1 million expenditure in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$4.5 million in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$29.3 million on the tailings storage facility at Cerro Corona, compared to U.S.$27.7 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$26.6 million in 2013;

 

   

U.S.$46.1 million expenditure on development and infrastructure of the Waroonga and New Holland underground complexes at Agnew/Lawlers, compared to U.S.$55.6 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$43.1 million in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$11.2 million on development of underground mines at St. Ives, compared to U.S.$29.4 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$54.7 million in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$11.4 million on development of the underground mine at Darlot, compared to U.S.$5.3 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$0.9 million in fiscal 2013;

 

197


Table of Contents
   

U.S.$28.7 million on development of the Wallaby underground mine at Granny Smith, compared to U.S.$13.1 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$3.2 million in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$10.4 million on the plant optimization at Granny Smith, compared to U.S.$12.2 million in fiscal 2014 and no expenditure in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$18.5 million on HME componentization at Tarkwa, compared to U.S.$12.1 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$13.5 million in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$7.1 million on plant optimization and refurbishment at Damang, compared to U.S.$3.1 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$3.5 million in fiscal 2013;

 

   

U.S.$5.6 million on containment blankets at the Cerro Corona TSF, compared to U.S.$8.3 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$11.5 million in fiscal 2013; and

Interest capitalized decreased by U.S.$7.6 million, or 31.4%, from U.S.$24.2 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$16.6 million in fiscal 2015. Interest capitalized was U.S.$18.3 million in fiscal 2013.

Proceeds on the disposal of property, plant and equipment decreased from U.S.$4.9 million in fiscal 2014 to U.S.$3.1 million in fiscal 2015. Proceeds on the disposal of property, plant and equipment were U.S.$10.4 million in fiscal 2013. In all three years, this related to the disposal of various redundant mining assets by the South African and international mining operations.

On October 1, 2013, the Group obtained full control of the Yilgarn South Assets through a sale and purchase agreement. The total consideration transferred for the acquisition of the Yilgarn South Assets was U.S.$135.0 million, as well as equity instruments (28.7 million ordinary shares) amounting to U.S.$127.3 million.

On October 4, 2011, Gold Fields entered into an option agreement with Bezant to acquire the entire issued share capital of Asean Copper Investment Limited, or Asean, which is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, a wholly owned subsidiary of Bezant. Asean holds Bezant’s entire interest in the Guinaoang porphyry copper-gold deposit (the Mankayan project) located on Luzon Island in the Philippines.

In fiscal 2011, Gold Fields paid an upfront non-refundable option fee of U.S.$7.0 million and was granted the option to acquire the entire issued share capital of Asean for U.S.$63.0 million. The option could be exercised from the date upon which it is granted until its expiry on January 31, 2013. In January 2013, the option was extended to January 31, 2014 with a revised consideration of U.S.$60.5 million to be paid on future exercise of the option. In consideration for this extension, Gold Fields made a payment of U.S.$10.0 million comprising a second non-refundable payment of U.S.$2.5 million. Gold Fields also made a U.S.$7.5 million payment for a 21.6% shareholding in Bezant in January 2013. In November 2013, Gold Fields relinquished the option ahead of the expiry date and the U.S.$10.0 million non-refundable option fee was impaired. The 21.6% shareholding in Bezant, acquired in January 2013, is classified as an investment in associate. The Mankayan project is located approximately four kilometers east of the FSE deposit.

On July 2, 2014, Gold Fields sold its 51% interest in Canteras del Hallazgo (entity that housed the Chucupaca project in Peru) for U.S.$81.0 million to Compañía de Minas Buenaventura S.A.A.

Purchase of investments was U.S.$3.0 million in fiscal 2015, U.S.$4.4 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$3.5 million in fiscal 2013, respectively.

 

198


Table of Contents

The investment purchases of U.S.$3.0 million in fiscal 2015 were:

 

     U.S.$ million  

Purchase of shareholding in Mine Vision Systems

     3.0   
  

 

 

 
     3.0   
  

 

 

 

The investment purchases of U.S.$4.4 million in fiscal 2014 were:

 

     U.S.$ million  

Rand Refinery Limited(1)

     (3.0

Purchase of shareholding in Tocqueville Bullion Reserve Limited

     (1.4
  

 

 

 
     (4.4
  

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1) On July 25, 2014, Rand Refinery announced that its shareholders had approved and certain shareholders have extended to Rand Refinery, a R1.2 billion (U.S.$103.8 million) irrevocable, subordinated loan facility. The maximum commitment of GFO, a subsidiary of Gold Fields Limited, is R37.3 million (U.S.$3.2 million). In December 2014, GFO advanced R32.0 million (U.S.$3.0 million) to Rand Refinery.

The investment purchases of U.S.$3.5 million in fiscal 2013 were:

 

     U.S.$ million  

Purchase of additional shareholding in Rand Refinery Limited

     (1.1

Purchase of shareholding in Aurigin Resources Incorporated

     (1.7

Purchase of shareholding in Clancy Exploration Limited

     (0.5

Purchase of shareholding in Cascadero Copper Corporation

     (0.2
  

 

 

 
     (3.5
  

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of listed investments were U.S.$nil million in fiscal 2015, U.S.$6.4 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$35.0 million in fiscal 2013, respectively.

The investment disposals comprising the U.S.$6.4 million in fiscal 2014 were:

 

     U.S.$ million  

Sale of shares in Robust Resources Limited

     4.6   

Sale of the Group’s interest in Talas (exploration project in Kyrgyzstan)

     1.8   
  

 

 

 
     6.4   
  

 

 

 

The investment disposals comprising the U.S.$35.0 million in fiscal 2013 were:

 

     U.S.$ million  

Sale of shares in Northam Platinum Limited

     32.9   

Sale of shares in Timpetra Resources Limited

     1.2   

Repayment of loans advanced to GBF Underground Mining Company

     0.9   
  

 

 

 
     35.0   
  

 

 

 

For its South African and Ghanaian operations (from fiscal 2013), Gold Fields contributes to environmental trust funds it established to provide for any environmental rehabilitation obligations and expected closure costs

 

199


Table of Contents

relating to its mining operations. The amounts invested in the trust funds are classified as non-current assets and any income earned on these assets is accounted for as interest income. The amount required to be contributed each year is calculated pursuant to a statutory formula, and can vary depending on how the fund’s investments performed, the lives of mines and various other factors. During fiscal 2015, Gold Fields contributed U.S.$7.7 million to the environmental trust fund comprising U.S.$0.5 million contributed by the South African operation and U.S.$7.2 million contributed by the Ghanaian operation, compared to U.S.$7.1 million contributed in fiscal 2014 comprising U.S.$ 0.5 million contributed by the South African operation and U.S.$6.6 million contributed by the Ghanaian operation and U.S.$15.4 million contributed in fiscal 2013 comprising U.S.$0.9 million contributed by the South African operation and U.S.$14.5 million contributed by the Ghanaian operation. For the Australasia and Americas operations, Gold Fields does not contribute to a trust fund.

Cash flows from investing activities—discontinued operations

Cash utilized in investing activities was U.S.$54.9 million in fiscal 2013. This related to cash utilized by Sibanye Gold for two months to February 2013, the date of Spin-off of Sibanye Gold.

Cash flows from financing activities—continuing operations

Net cash utilized by financing activities was U.S.$117.2 million in fiscal 2015 as compared to cash utilized of U.S.$168.2 million in fiscal 2014 and cash provided of U.S.$30.3 million in fiscal 2013. The items comprising these amounts are discussed below:

Long- and short-term loans received were U.S.$506.0 million in fiscal 2015, U.S.$463.9 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$3,177.7 million in fiscal 2013.

The U.S.$506.0 million in loans received in fiscal 2015 comprised:

 

     U.S.$ million  

Draw down under the U.S.$70 million senior secured revolving credit facility

     10.0   

Draw down under the U.S.$1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities

     400.0   

Draw down under the Short-term rand credit facilities

     96.0   
  

 

 

 
     506.0   
  

 

 

 

The U.S.$463.9 million in loans received in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

     U.S.$ million  

Draw down under the U.S.$200 million revolving senior secured credit facility

     42.0   

Draw down under the U.S.$70 million senior secured revolving credit facility

     35.0   

Draw down under the U.S.$1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities

     41.5   

Draw down under the R500 million Rand Merchant Bank revolving credit facility

     46.2   

Draw down under the Short-term rand credit facilities

     299.2   
  

 

 

 
     463.9   
  

 

 

 

 

200


Table of Contents

The U.S.$3,177.7 million in loans received in fiscal 2013 comprised:

 

     U.S.$ million  

Draw down under the U.S.$60 million senior secured revolving credit facility

     35.0   

Draw down under the U.S.$1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities

     893.0   

Draw down under the R1,500 million Nedbank revolving credit facility

     155.5   

Draw down under the Short-term rand credit facilities

     2,094.2   
  

 

 

 
     3,177.7   
  

 

 

 

Long- and short-term loans repaid were U.S.$594.3 million in fiscal 2015, U.S.$591.8 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$2,971.3 million in fiscal 2013.

The U.S.$594.3 million in loans repaid in fiscal 2015 comprised:

 

     U.S.$ million  

U.S.$1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities

     302.0   

R1,500 million Nedbank revolving credit facility

     129.0   

R500 million Rand Merchant Bank revolving credit facility

     21.5   

Short-term Rand credit facilities

     141.8   
  

 

 

 
     594.3   
  

 

 

 

The U.S.$591.8 million in loans repaid in fiscal 2014 comprised:

 

     U.S.$ million  

U.S.$200 million non-revolving senior secured term loan

     70.0   

U.S.$70 million senior secured revolving credit facility

     35.0   

U.S.$1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities

     189.0   

R500 million Rand Merchant Bank revolving credit facility

     21.6   

Short-term Rand credit facilities

     276.2   
  

 

 

 
     591.8   
  

 

 

 

The U.S.$2,971.3 million in loans repaid in fiscal 2013 comprised:

 

     U.S.$ million  

U.S.$1 billion syndicated revolving credit facility

     104.0   

U.S.$500 million syndicated revolving credit facility

     666.0   

U.S.$200 million non-revolving senior secured term loan

     40.0   

U.S.$1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities

     119.5   

Short-term Rand credit facilities

     2,041.8   
  

 

 

 
     2,971.3   
  

 

 

 

For a description of Gold Fields’ various credit facilities, see “—Credit Facilities and Other Capital Resources”.

U.S.$2.0 million and U.S.$6.8 million of noncontrolling shareholder loans were received in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively, from Buenaventura which holds a 49% noncontrolling interest in Canteras del

 

201


Table of Contents

Hallazgo, the company that owns the Chucapaca project in Peru. No loans were received in fiscal 2015 as Gold Fields sold its interest in Canteras del Hallazgo in fiscal 2014.

During fiscal 2013, Gold Fields purchased an additional noncontrolling interest of 0.9% in La Cima for U.S.$12.8 million. There were no additional buy-outs of noncontrolling interests during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015.

Dividends paid amounted to U.S.$15.1 million in fiscal 2015 compared to U.S.$29.8 million in fiscal 2014 and U.S.$61.2 million in fiscal 2013. Dividend payments amounted to R186.5 million, or 24 SA cents per ordinary share, in fiscal 2015, R324.2 million, or 42 SA cents per ordinary share, in fiscal 2014 and R557.9 million, or 75 SA cents per ordinary share, in fiscal 2013. The decrease in dividends paid in fiscal 2015 was due to lower normalized earnings on which the dividend is calculated.

During fiscal 2015, Tarkwa and La Cima paid dividends to noncontrolling shareholders amounting to U.S.$12.1 million, compared with U.S.$10.6 million and U.S.$1.1 in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively.

During the six-month period ended December 31, 2010, Gold Fields implemented three empowerment transactions which included a broad-based BEE transaction for 10.0% of South Deep. The South Deep transaction amounted to U.S.$115.5 million and was made up of a preferred BEE dividend of U.S.$21.2 million and an equity component equivalent to U.S.$94.3 million. Under the South Deep transaction, a wholly owned subsidiary company of Gold Fields was created to acquire 100% of the South Deep asset from GFIMSA. The new company then issued 10 million Class B ordinary shares representing 10.0% of South Deep’s net worth to a consortium of BEE partners. Class B ordinary shareholders are entitled to a dividend of R2 per share. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, U.S.$1.7 million, U.S.$1.9 million and U.S.$2.2 million of the Class B dividend was paid, respectively.

In fiscal 2015, U.S.$nil was received as a result of share options exercised, as compared to U.S.$nil and U.S.$0.8 million in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In fiscal 2013, cash of U.S.$106.4 million relating to discontinued operations was transferred to Sibanye Gold on Spin-off.

Cash flows from financing operations by discontinued operations

Net cash provided by financing activities was U.S.$39.0 million in fiscal 2013. This related to cash provided by Sibanye Gold for two months to February 2013, the date of Spin-off of Sibanye Gold.

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

As a result of the above, net cash utilized after accounting for the effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents was U.S.$18.0 million in fiscal 2015, compared with net cash provided of U.S.$133.0 million in fiscal 2014 and net cash utilized of U.S.$330.6 million in fiscal 2013, respectively.

The resultant cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was U.S.$440.0 million, U.S.$458.0 million and U.S.$325.0 million, respectively.

Net debt

Gold Fields has calculated net debt by taking total loans less cash and cash equivalents, both as calculated in accordance with IFRS. Net debt is not a U.S. GAAP measure and has been calculated using IFRS information, which is the same as the U.S. GAAP information presented in the Gold Fields’ consolidated financial statements, including the notes, appearing elsewhere in this annual report. Management believes that net debt will be helpful to investors, governments, local communities and other stakeholders in better understanding the financial position of Gold Fields.

 

202


Table of Contents

An investor should not consider net debt in isolation or as an alternative to total loans, cash and cash equivalents or any other measure of financial position presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Net debt as presented in this annual report may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of financial position of other companies.

The following table sets out a reconciliation of Gold Fields’ total loans, as calculated in accordance with IFRS and U.S. GAAP, to its net debt for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015:

 

     For the year ending
December 31,
 
     2013        2014        2015   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans(1)

     2,060.1        1,910,9        1,820.3   

Less: Cash and cash equivalents(2)

     (325.0     (458.0     (440.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net debt

     1,735.1        1,452.9        1,380.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1) As per Note 16 Gold Fields’ consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this annual report.
(2) As per the consolidated balance sheet appearing elsewhere in this annual report.

During fiscal 2014, Gold Fields reduced net debt by U.S.$282.2 million and, in fiscal 2015, Gold Fields reduced net debt by an additional U.S.$72.6 million notwithstanding the decrease in the average gold price received by Gold Fields from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2015. As at December 31, 2015, Gold Fields net debt amounted to U.S.$1,380.3 million.

Credit Facilities and Other Capital Resources

As at December 31, 2015, Gold Fields had committed, unutilized banking facilities of U.S.$1,009.5 million available under the following facilities, details of which are discussed below:

 

   

U.S.$711.0 million available under the U.S.$1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities. U.S.$75 million of these facilities matured on November 28, 2015, resulting in the facility capacity at December 31, 2015 to be U.S.$1,435 million;

 

   

U.S.$108.0 million available under the U.S.$200 million revolving senior secured credit facility. The facility capacity at December 31, 2015 was U.S.$150 million;

 

   

U.S.$25.0 million available under the U.S.$70 million senior secured revolving credit facility; and

 

   

U.S.$165.5 million (R2,500 million) available under various committed revolving credit facilities discussed further below.

Substantial contractual arrangements for uncommitted borrowing facilities are maintained with several banking counterparties to meet Gold Fields’ normal contingency funding requirements.

As of the date of this report, Gold Fields was not in default under the terms of any of its outstanding credit facilities.

On March 17, 2015, Gold Fields successfully completed the U.S.$150.0 million (R2.3 billion) equity Placing to institutional investors.

A total number of 38,857,913 new Gold Fields shares were placed at a price of R59.50 per share which represents a discount of 6.0% to the 30-day volume weighted average traded price, for the period ended March 17, 2016 and a 0.7% discount to the 50-day moving average.

The net proceeds from the Placing will be applied to the existing $1,510 term loan and revolving credit facilities that was utilised to purchase the notes amounting to $147.6 million, as described in Note 16 to the financial statements located elsewhere in this annual report.

 

203


Table of Contents

In the event that Gold Fields undertakes any acquisitions or incurs significant capital expenditure, it may need to incur further debt or arrange other financing to fund the costs, which could have an adverse effect on Gold Fields’ liquidity, including increasing its level of debt.

U.S.$200 million Non-revolving Senior Secured Term Loan

On September 17, 2010, La Cima entered into a non-revolving senior secured term loan for up to U.S.$200 million with The Bank of Nova Scotia and Banco de Crédito del Perú. The purpose of this facility was to (i) repay La Cima’s outstanding subordinated loans with its affiliates, and (ii) to finance its working capital requirements.

On September 22, 2010, the lenders advanced U.S.$200 million to La Cima under this facility. The facility amount was to be repaid in 20 equal quarterly installments of U.S.$10 million each. The final maturity date of this facility was five years from the disbursement date.

Borrowings under the non-revolving senior secured term loan were secured by first-ranking assignments of all rights, title and interest in all of La Cima’s concentrate sale agreements. In addition, the offshore and onshore collection accounts of La Cima would be subject to an Account Control Agreement and a first ranking charge in favor of the lenders. This facility would be non-recourse to the rest of the Gold Fields group. The loan bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.0% per annum.

On December 19, 2014, the outstanding balance of U.S.$40.0 million under this facility was refinanced by drawing down under the U.S.$200 million revolving senior secured credit facility as detailed below. This facility was also canceled on December 19, 2014.

The outstanding balance at December 31, 2015 was U.S.$nil compared with U.S.$nil at December 31, 2014.

U.S.$70 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

On December 22, 2010, GF Ghana and Abosso entered into a U.S.$60 million reducing senior secured revolving credit facility, which facility became available on February 21, 2011. The available facility amount reduces annually on the anniversary date, being February 21, from U.S.$60 million to U.S.$43 million to U.S.$35 million in the last and final year, with the final maturity date being February 21, 2014. The final maturity date was subsequently extended to May 21, 2014. This facility is for (i) general corporate purposes, (ii) working capital purposes and/or (iii) capital expenditure purposes, including the purchase of a mining fleet.

On May 6, 2014, the facility was amended and increased to U.S.$70 million. The final maturity date of the amended facility is three years from the financial close date.

During fiscal 2014, the outstanding balance of U.S.$35.0 million under the initial facility was refinanced by drawing down U.S.$35.0 million under the amended facility.

The outstanding borrowings for GF Ghana on December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were U.S.$45.0 million and U.S.$35.0 million, respectively.

The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.40% per annum. The borrowers are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee of 1.00% per annum.

Borrowings under this facility are guaranteed by GF Ghana and Abosso. Borrowings under this facility are also secured by the registration of security over certain fleet vehicles owned by GF Ghana and Abosso, or the Secured Assets. In addition, the lenders are noted as first loss payees under the insurance contracts in respect of the Secured Assets and are assigned the rights under the maintenance contracts between certain suppliers of the Secured Assets. This facility is non-recourse to the rest of the Gold Fields group.

 

204


Table of Contents

U.S.$200 million revolving senior secured credit facility

On December 16, 2014, La Cima entered into a revolving senior secured credit facility for up to U.S.$200 million. The purpose of this facility was to refinance the U.S.$200 million non-revolving senior secured term loan, to finance its working capital requirements and for general corporate purposes. The final maturity date of this facility is three years from the agreement date. On the agreement date, the total commitments under this facility amounted to U.S.$75.0 million. On January 19, 2015, total commitments were increased by U.S.$75.0 million to U.S.$150.0 million.

The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.625% per annum. Borrowings under the revolving senior secured credit facility are secured by first-ranking assignments of all rights, title and interest in all of La Cima’s concentrate sale agreements. In addition, the offshore and onshore collection accounts of La Cima are subject to an account control agreement and a first-ranking charge in favor of the lenders. This facility is non-recourse to the rest of the Gold Fields Group.

Where the utilization under this facility is less than or equal to U.S.$66,666,666, a utilization fee of 0.075% per annum will be payable on the amount of utilizations. Where the utilization under this facility is greater than U.S.$66,666,666 and less than or equal to U.S.$133,333,333, a utilization fee of 0.15% per annum will be payable on the amount of utilizations. Where the utilization under this facility is greater than U.S.$133,333,333, a utilization fee of 0.25% per annum will be payable on the amount of utilizations. Such utilization fee is payable quarterly in arrears.

The borrowers are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee of 0.65% per annum on the undrawn amount.

The outstanding balance under this facility at December 31, 2015 was U.S.$42.0 million, compared to U.S.$42.0 million on December 31, 2014.

At December 31, 2015, La Cima did not meet certain covenants specified in the revolving senior secured credit facility agreement. The lenders subsequently waived their rights and entitlements arising from the failure of La Cima to meet the specific covenants.

Other Short-Term Credit Facilities

The Group utilized uncommitted loan facilities from some of the major banks to fund the capital expenditure and working capital requirements of the South African operations.

These facilities have no fixed terms, are short-term in nature and interest rates are market related. Borrowings under these facilities are guaranteed by Gold Fields.

The outstanding borrowings of Gold Fields under these facilities at December 31, 2015 were U.S.$16.7 million, compared to U.S.$65.2 million on December 31, 2014.

R1.0 billion Long-Term Revolving Credit Facilities

GFO and GFIJVH, or the Borrowers, entered into various revolving credit facilities with some of the major banks with three year tenors. The purpose of the facilities is to finance capital expenditure, general corporate and working capital requirements.

The Borrowers are required to pay a commitment fee of between 1% and 1.05% per annum on the undrawn and uncanceled amounts of the facilities, calculated and payable semi-annually in arrears.

 

205


Table of Contents

In summary, the facilities are:

 

   

a R500.0 million (U.S.$33.1 million) revolving credit facility entered into on June 19, 2013 and maturing on June 19, 2016 at JIBAR plus 2.5%, or the RMB RCF; and

 

   

a R500.0 million (U.S.$33.1 million) revolving credit facility entered into on December 20, 2013 and maturing on December 20, 2016 at JIBAR plus 2.75%, or the Standard Bank Facility.

Borrowings under these facilities are guaranteed by Gold Fields, GFO, GFH, Orogen and GFIJVH.

The outstanding balance under the facilities at December 31, 2015 was Rnil (U.S.$nil) compared to R250.0 million (U.S.$21.6 million) at December 31, 2014.

U.S.$1 billion Notes Issue

On September 30, 2010, Orogen announced the issue of U.S.$1,000,000,000 4.875% guaranteed Notes due October 7, 2020, issued October 7, 2010. The payment of all amounts due in respect of the Notes was unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Gold Fields, GFO, Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited and Sibanye Gold, or the Guarantors, on a joint and several basis. The Notes and guarantees constitute direct, unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of Orogen and the Guarantors, respectively, and rank equally in right of payment among themselves and with all other existing and future unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of Orogen and the Guarantors, respectively.

Gold Fields used the net proceeds of the offering of the Notes to repay certain existing indebtedness of the Group and for general corporate purposes.

Each of Gold Fields and the other Guarantors entered into an indemnity agreement, or the Indemnity Agreement, in favor of Sibanye Gold in order to indemnify Sibanye Gold, with effect from the Spin-off Date, against any loss caused to Sibanye Gold in circumstances where Sibanye Gold would be required to make a payment to noteholders or the trustee of the Notes by virtue of its guarantee of the Notes (whether such loss would be made prior to or after the Spin-off Date or whether the circumstances giving rise to such loss arose prior to or after such date). The Indemnity Agreement would remain in place for as long as Sibanye Gold’s guarantee obligations under the Notes remain in place, which is the redemption date of the Notes unless Sibanye Gold was released as a guarantor by the trustee of the Notes.

On March 12, 2015, Orogen launched the Consent Solicitation. On April 22, 2015 the noteholders approved the various resolutions to release Sibanye Gold as a Guarantor. The release became effective April 24, 2015 when all the conditions to the extraordinary resolution were met.

Subsequent to year-end, on February 19, 2016, Gold Fields Australasia (Proprietary) Limited, or GFA, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gold Fields Limited, announced an offer to purchase U.S.$200.0 million of the Notes at discounts of 17% to the original value. GFA would pay a minimum of U.S.$830 for every U.S.$1,000 of the securities. Gold Fields accepted for purchase an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to U.S.$147.6 million at the purchase price of U.S.$880 per U.S.$1,000 in principal amount of Notes. Gold Fields intends to hold the notes acquired until their maturity date on October 7, 2020.

U.S.$1,510 million Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility

On November 28, 2012, Orogen, GFO and GFI Joint Venture Holdings Proprietary Limited, or GFIJVH, or together the Borrowers, entered into a U.S.$900 million Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility, or the U.S.$900 million facility. The U.S.$900 million facility comprises a U.S.$450 million three year term loan tranche, or Facility A, and a U.S.$450 million five year revolving tranche, or Facility B. In addition to the U.S.$900 million facility, the Borrowers entered into a U.S.$600 million bridge loan facility, or the U.S. Dollar Bridge Facility. The U.S. Dollar Bridge Facility had a 21-month maturity.

 

206


Table of Contents

The purpose of the U.S.$900 million facility was to refinance the U.S.$1 billion syndicated revolving credit facility and the U.S.$500 million syndicated revolving credit facility on the Spin-off date and for general corporate and working capital purposes. The final maturity dates of Facility A and Facility B are November 28, 2015 and November 28, 2017, respectively, with the U.S. Dollar Bridge Facility maturing on August 28, 2014.

Subsequent to entering into the U.S.$900 million facility, the facility was syndicated to a wider bank group and received an oversubscription which allowed the Borrowers to increase the facility amount to U.S.$1,440 million on January 30, 2013, or the U.S.$1,440 million facility. Accordingly, the amounts of Facility A and Facility B both equaled U.S.$720 million. As a result of this oversubscription, the Borrowers canceled the U.S. Dollar Bridge Facility on January 30, 2013.

On July 22, 2013, the agreement was amended and Facility A was decreased to U.S.$100 million while a third U.S.$620 million revolving tranche, or Facility C, was added. Facility C matures on November 28, 2015.

On June 18, 2014, the agreement was amended and Facility A was increased to U.S.$120 million while Facility C was increased to U.S.$670 million. U.S.$75 million of Facility A matured on November 28, 2015 and the remaining portion of U.S.$45 million matures on November 28, 2017. Facility C matures on November 28, 2017.

Borrowings under Facility A bear interest at LIBOR plus an initial margin of 2.45% per annum, Facility B at LIBOR plus an initial margin of 2.25% per annum and borrowings under Facility C at LIBOR plus an initial margin of 2.00%. The initial margins detailed above are based on the current long-term credit rating assigned to Gold Fields and could either increase or decrease depending on changes in the long-term credit rating of Gold Fields.

Where the utilization under Facility B is less than or equal to 33 1/3%, a utilization fee of 0.20% per annum will be payable on the amount of utilizations. Where the utilization under Facility C is greater than 33 1/3% and less than or equal to 66 2/3%, a utilization fee of 0.40% per annum will be payable on the amount of utilizations. Where the utilization under Facility C is greater than 66 2/3%, a utilization fee of 0.60% per annum will be payable on the amount of utilizations. Such utilization fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The borrowers are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee of 0.90% per annum under Facility B on the undrawn amount.

Where the utilization under Facility C is less than or equal to 33 1/3%, a utilization fee of 0.15% per annum will be payable on the amount of utilizations. Where the utilization under Facility B is greater than 33 1/3% and less than or equal to 66 2/3%, a utilization fee of 0.30% per annum will be payable on the amount of utilizations. Where the utilization under Facility B is greater than 66 2/3%, a utilization fee of 0.45% per annum will be payable on the amount of utilizations. Such utilization fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The borrowers are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee of 0.80% per annum under Facility C on the undrawn amount.

The outstanding balance under this facility at December 31, 2015 was U.S.$724.0 million, compared to U.S.$626.0 million at December 31, 2014.

U.S.$75 million of Facility A matured on November 28, 2015, resulting in the total amount available at December 31, 2015 to be U.S.$1,435 million.

Borrowings under the U.S.$1,510 million facility are guaranteed by Gold Fields, GF Holdings, Orogen, GFO and GFIJVH.

R1,500 million Nedbank Revolving Credit Facility

On March 1, 2013, Nedbank, GFIJVH and GFO entered into a R1,500 million Revolving Credit Facility. The purpose of the facility is to fund Gold Fields’ capital expenditure and general corporate and working capital requirements. The tenor of the facility is five years. The final maturity date of this facility is March 7, 2018.

 

207


Table of Contents

The facility bears interest at JIBAR plus a margin of 2.50% per annum. The borrowers are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.85% per annum every six months.

The outstanding borrowings under this facility at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were U.S.$nil and U.S.$129.8 million, respectively.

Borrowings under the facility are guaranteed by Gold Fields, GFO, GFH, Orogen and GFIJVH.

Contractual obligations and commitments as at December 31, 2015

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total      Less than
12 months
     12-36
months
     36-60
months
     After 60
months
 
     ($ millions)  

Long-term debt

              

Notes Issue

              

Capital

     1,000.0         —           —           1,000.0         —     

Interest

     233.0         48.8         97.5         86.7         —     

U.S.$200 million revolving senior secured credit facility

              

Capital

     42.0         —           42.0         —           —     

Interest

     1.7         0.9         0.8         —           —     

U.S.$1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facility

              

Capital

     724.0         —           724.0         —           —     

Interest

     39.9         20.8         19.1         —           —     

U.S.$70 million senior secured revolving credit facility

              

Capital

     45.0         —           45.0         —           —     

Interest

     1.7         1.3         0.4         —           —     

Short term Rand credit facilities

              

Capital

     16.7         16.7         —           —           —     

Interest

     1.3         1.3         —           —           —     

Operating lease obligations—building

     7.0         2.6         3.1         1.3         —     

Other long-term obligations

              

Environmental obligations—undiscounted(1)

     353.2         —           0.7         34.0         318.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

     2,465.5         92.4         932.6         1,122.0         318.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1) Gold Fields makes full provision for all environmental obligations based on the net present value of the estimated cost of restoring the environmental disturbance that has occurred up to the balance sheet date. Management believes that the provisions made for environmental obligations are adequate to cover the expected volume of such obligations. See “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Environmental rehabilitation costs.”

 

208


Table of Contents
     Amounts of commitments expiring by period  
     Total      Less than
12 months
     12-36
months
     36-60
months
     After 60
months
 
     ($ millions)  

Other commercial commitments

              

Guarantees(1)

     —           —           —           —           —     

Capital expenditure

     48.9         48.9         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial commitments

     48.9         48.9         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1) Guarantees consist of numerous obligations. Guarantees consisting of U.S.$59.0 million committed to guarantee Gold Fields’ environmental obligations with respect to its West African, American and Australasian operations are fully provided for under the provision for environmental rehabilitation and are not included in the amount above.

Working capital

Management believes that Gold Fields’ working capital resources, by way of internal sources and banking facilities, are sufficient to fund Gold Fields’ currently foreseeable future business requirements.

Off balance sheet items

At December 31, 2015, Gold Fields had no material off balance sheet items.

Recent Developments

See “Information on the Company—Developments since December 31, 2014”.

Trend and Outlook

In fiscal 2016, Gold Fields expects the trends discussed in “—Overview” to continue to have an impact on the business going forward.

The trend and outlook below are based on management accounts, which are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Gold production for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 is expected to be between 2.05 million attributable equivalent ounces and 2.10 attributable equivalent ounces. The AISC is estimated between U.S.$1,000 per ounce and U.S.$1,010 per ounce and total all-in cost is estimated between U.S.$1,035 per ounce and U.S.$1,045 per ounce. Group capital expenditure for fiscal 2016 is planned at U.S.$602.0 million. These estimates are based on an average exchange rate of R14.14 per U.S.$1.00 and U.S.$0.73 per A$1.00.

The above is an estimate subject to change based on a number of factors. For further information on these factors, see “Forward-looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”. The estimated financial information has not been reviewed and reported on by Gold Fields’ auditors.

 

209


Table of Contents

ITEM 6: DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Directors

Gold Fields’ directors and their ages and positions are:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

   Term
Expires(1)
 

Cheryl A. Carolus

     57       Non-executive Chair      May 2018   

Nicholas J. Holland

     57       Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer      May 2017   

Paul A. Schmidt

     48       Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer      May 2017   

Kofi Ansah

     71       Non-executive Director      May 2017   

Alan R. Hill

     73       Non-executive Director      May 2016   

Richard P. Menell

     60       Non-executive Director and Deputy Chair      May 2018   

David N. Murray

     71       Non-executive Director      May 2016   

Donald M. J. Ncube

     68       Non-executive Director      May 2016   

Gayle M. Wilson

     71       Non-executive Director      May 2016   

Steven Reid(2)

     60       Non-executive Director      May 2016   

 

Note:

(1) Terms expire on the date of the annual general meeting in that year.
(2) Appointed as a Non-executive Director on February 1, 2016.

Directors and Executive Officers

The Memorandum of Incorporation of Gold Fields provides that the Board must consist of no less than four and no more than 15 directors at any time. The Board currently consists of two executive directors and eight non-executive directors, all of whom are independent.

The Memorandum of Incorporation of Gold Fields provides that the longest serving one-third of directors must retire from office at each annual general meeting of Gold Fields. Retiring directors normally make themselves available for re-election and are re-elected at the annual general meeting at which they retire. The number of directors serving must at all times be less than one-half of the total number of directors in office. Gold Fields’ current executive directors are appointed to their positions as directors by contract.

According to the Memorandum of Incorporation, the Board may meet as it sees fit and set its own policies for adjourning and otherwise regulating meetings. Any director may call a meeting at any time by requesting the company secretary to convene a meeting. The Memorandum of Incorporation further provides for the following:

 

   

if a Director has a personal financial interest in a matter to be considered at a meeting of the Board, that Director is obliged to disclose that interest, must leave the meeting after making that disclosure and must not take part in the consideration of the matter. While absent from such meeting, the interested Director will nevertheless be regarded as being present for the purposes of determining a quorum, but will not be regarded as being present for the purpose of determining whether a resolution has sufficient support to be adopted. However, a Director who owns ordinary shares may vote his ordinary shares at a general meeting of shareholders in a transaction in which the Director is interested;

 

   

a director may not vote as a director to determine his own compensation. The shareholders in a general meeting determine the fees for non-executive directors from time to time. Any additional compensation, including compensation for additional services performed by the director for Gold Fields’ business or for other positions in Gold Fields or its subsidiaries, must be determined by a quorum of directors whose compensation would not be affected by the decision; and

 

   

the directors are not required to hold shares in Gold Fields, although a shareholding qualification may be imposed at any meeting of the shareholders.

 

210


Table of Contents

The Memorandum of Incorporation does not provide for a mandatory retirement age for directors. However, Gold Fields’ Board charter specifies the retirement age to be 72 years with a discretionary extension of 12 months in the year a director turns 72 years of age.

Some of Gold Fields’ executive officers, executive directors and non-executive directors are members of the boards of directors of various of its subsidiaries.

Under Section 303A.11 of the New York Stock Exchange Company Manual, or the NYSE Listing Standards, foreign private issuers such as Gold Fields must disclose any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. listed companies under the NYSE Listing Standards. Disclosure of the significant ways in which Gold Fields’ corporate governance practices differ from practices followed by U.S. companies listed on the NYSE can be found in Item 16G of this report.

The business address of all the directors and executive officers of Gold Fields is 150 Helen Road, Sandown, Sandton, 2196 South Africa, the address of Gold Fields’ head office.

Executive Directors

Nicholas J. Holland BCom, BAcc, Witwatersrand; CA (SA)

Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Holland has been an Executive Director of Gold Fields since April 14, 1998 and became Chief Executive Officer on May 1, 2008. He served as Executive Director of Finance from April 1997. On April 15, 2002, his title changed to Chief Financial Officer until April 30, 2008. Mr. Holland has more than 36 years’ experience in financial management and over 26 years of experience in the mining industry. Prior to joining Gold Fields, he was Financial Director and Senior Manager of Corporate Finance of Gencor Limited and a Director of Rand Refinery from July 12, 2000 until September 30, 2008. He remained an alternate director until February 2013.

Paul A. Schmidt BCom, Witwatersrand; BCompt (Hons), UNISA; CA (SA)

Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Schmidt was appointed Chief Financial Officer on January 1, 2009 and joined the Board on November 6, 2009. Prior to this, Mr. Schmidt was acting Chief Financial Officer from May 1, 2008. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Schmidt was financial controller for Gold Fields from April 1, 2003. He has more than 20 years’ experience in the mining industry. Mr. Schmidt holds no other directorships.

Non-executive Directors

Cheryl A. Carolus BA Law; Bachelor of Education, University of the Western Cape

Chair of the Board. Ms. Carolus has been a director of Gold Fields since March 10, 2009. She was appointed Non-executive Chair effective February 14, 2013. Ms. Carolus is an Executive Chairperson of Peotona Group Holdings, which has diverse interests in mining. In 2009, she was appointed Chairperson of the Board of South African Airways and served on a number of listed and unlisted companies. Ms. Carolus has previously held senior leadership positions in the liberation movement in South Africa and in the ANC. She has served as Deputy Secretary General under Nelson Mandela, and helped to negotiate the new South African constitution and coordinate the drafting of post-apartheid ANC policy. She served as South Africa’s High Commissioner to the United Kingdom from 1998 to 2001 and was the CEO of SA Tourism from 2001 to 2004. She was Chairperson of South African National Parks Board for six years and currently serves on the boards of other public and private companies, including the World Wildlife Fund, Investec Limited, Investec plc and De Beers Consolidated Mines Ltd. She also works with NGOs focused on young people at risk and conflict prevention. She was awarded an honorary doctorate in law from the University of Cape Town in 2004 for her contribution to freedom and human rights. She was awarded the French National Order of Merit by Elisabeth Barbier, the French Ambassador to South Africa, on March 8, 2014.

 

211


Table of Contents

Kofi Ansah BSc (Mechanical Engineering) UST Ghana; MSc (Metallurgy) Georgia Institute of Technology, United States of America

Mr. Ansah was appointed a Director of Gold Fields in April 2004. He also serves as a Director of Ecobank (Ghana) Limited. From 1984 to 1999, Mr. Ansah was the Chief Executive of the Minerals Commission Accra in Ghana where his key responsibilities included advising on matters relating to the exploration and exploitation of all mineral resources in Ghana. Mr. Ansah is currently a Mining & Energy Consultant, in which capacity he provides general advice to mining and power companies and negotiates with service providers as well as regulatory authorities.

Alan R. Hill B.Sc (Hons), M. Phil (Rock Mechanics), Leeds University, United Kingdom

Mr. Hill joined the Board on August 21, 2009. From 2004 to 2007, Mr. Hill was the non-executive chairman of Alamos Gold Limited and, from 2005 to 2009, he held the position of President and CEO of Gabriel Resources Limited. Both companies are involved in gold exploration and development. Mr. Hill’s mining career started on the Zambian Copperbelt, following which he joined Noranda, Inc. where he managed gold and nickel mines. He worked as a consultant for a short period, before joining Camflo Mines in 1981, which merged with Barrick Gold in 1984. Mr. Hill joined Barrick as part of the merger and spent 19 years with Barrick and was instrumental in its considerable growth, having played a pivotal role in its various merger and acquisition initiatives through the years. He retired from Barrick in 2003 as its Executive Vice President, Development. He has served as Non-Executive Chairman of Teranga Gold Corporation since April 20, 2013, having previously served as its Executive Chairman since September 2012 as well as Chairman and CEO since the company was founded in October 2010.

Richard P. Menell BA (Hons), MA (Natural Sciences, Geology), Trinity College, Cambridge, United Kingdom; M.Sc. (Mineral Exploration and Management), Stanford University, California, United States of America

Mr. Menell was appointed Deputy Chair of the Board in August 2015 and has been a Director of Gold Fields since October 8, 2008. He has over 37 years’ experience in the mining industry. Previously, he has been the President and Member of the Chamber of Mines of South Africa, President and Chief Executive Officer of TEAL Exploration & Mining Inc., Chairman of Anglovaal Mining Limited and Avgold Limited, Chairman of Bateman Engineering, Deputy Chairman of Harmony Gold Limited and African Rainbow Minerals and Executive Chairman of Anglovaal Mining Limited and Avgold Limited. He is currently a director of Weir Group Plc and Senior Advisor to Credit Suisse Securities Johannesburg, a director of Rockwell Diamonds Inc., the National Business Initiative and the Tourism Enterprise Partnership. Mr. Menell is a Trustee of Brand South Africa and a Council Member of Business Leadership South Africa. He is also Chairman of the City Year South Africa Citizen Service Organization, the Carrick Foundation and the Palaeontological Scientific Trust. Mr. Menell became a director of Sibanye Gold with effect from January 1, 2013.

David N. Murray BA Hons Econ; MBA (UCT)

Mr. Murray joined the Board on January 1, 2008. He has more than 40 years’ experience in the mining industry and has been Chief Executive Officer of Rio Tinto Portugal, Rio Tinto Brazil, TVX Gold Inc., Avgold Limited and Avmin Limited. He also served as a non-executive Director of Ivernia, Inc.

Donald M. J. Ncube BA Economics and Political Science, Fort Hare University; Post Graduate Diploma in Labor Relations, Strathclyde University, Scotland; Graduate MSc Manpower Studies, University of Manchester, United Kingdom, Diploma in Financial Management; Honorary Doctorate in Commerce, University of Transkei

Mr. Ncube was appointed a Director of Gold Fields on February 15, 2006. Previously, he was an alternate Director of Anglo American Industrial Corporation Limited and Anglo American Corporation of South Africa Limited, a Director of AngloGold Ashanti Limited, as well as Non-Executive Chairman of South African Airways. He is currently the Executive Chairman of Badimo Gas (Pty) Ltd and the Managing Director of Vula Mining Supplies (Pty) Ltd.

 

212


Table of Contents

Gayle M. Wilson BCom, BCompt (Hons); (Unisa); CA (SA)

Mrs. Wilson was appointed a Director on August 1, 2008. She was previously an audit partner at Ernst & Young for 16 years where her main focus was on mining clients. In 1998, she was involved in AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s listing on the NYSE and in 2001 she took over as the lead partner on the global audit. Other mining clients during her career include Northam Platinum Limited, Aquarius Platinum Limited, Anglovaal Mining Limited (now African Rainbow Minerals Limited) and certain Anglo Platinum operations.

Steven P. Reid Bachelor of Applied Science in Mineral Engineering (Mining), South Australia Institute of Technology; MBA, Trium NYU/LSE/HEC; Directors’ Education Program, Institute of Corporate Directors

Mr. Reid was appointed as a director of Gold Fields on February 1, 2016. He has over 35 years’ international business experience and has held senior leadership roles in numerous countries. He has served as a director of Silver Standard Resources since January 2013 and a director of Eldorado Gold since May 2013. He served as Chief Operating Officer of Goldcorp from January 2007 until his retirement in September 2012, and was the company’s Executive Vice President, Canada and USA. Before joining Goldcorp, Steven spent 13 years at Placer Dome in numerous corporate, mine management and operating roles, including country manager for their Canadian operations. He also held leadership positions at Kingsgate Consolidated and Newcrest Mining, where he was responsible for running the Asian and Australian operations.

Executive Officers

Alfred Baku (49) MSc (Mining Engineering), University of Mines and Technology, Statutory Mines Manager certificate, Ghana Mines Department of Minerals Commission, Executive Education, University of Virginia, Darden School of Business, USA and member of the Australian Institute of Mining Metallurgy (AusIMM)

Mr. Baku has over two decades of mining experience, mostly in senior management positions at Gold Fields. Prior to joining Gold Fields, Alfred worked in Australia for Billiton and Ranger Minerals in production and mine planning engineering capacities. He joined the Damang Mine in 2002 as mine manager and a member of the senior management team. Alfred was appointed General Manager of the Damang Mine in 2008, General Manager of the Tarkwa Mine in 2010, and subsequently, Vice President of Operations for both mines. In 2013, Alfred was promoted to Senior Vice President for West Africa, becoming a member of the Group’s Executive Committee. In February 2014, he became Executive Vice President and head of West Africa. As the Vice President of the Ghana Chamber of Mines’ Executive Council, Alfred serves on the Advisory Board of the Ministry of Lands and Natural Resources. He is also a member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Ernesto Balarezo (49) MSc Industrial Management, BSc Industrial Engineering, Texas A&M University, Management Studies, Wharton School of Business, Management Studies, Harvard University

Executive Vice President: America. Mr. Balarezo joined Gold Fields effective March 11, 2013 as Executive Vice President: America. He has 23 years of professional experience at industrial and mining companies with a focus on finance and operations. Prior to joining Gold Fields, Mr. Balarezo was the Vice-President: Operations of Hochschild Mining plc, or Hochschild. In this capacity, he was responsible for overseeing the Hochschild group’s six silver and gold mining operations in Peru, Argentina and Mexico, as well as its growth projects. He had 9,000 employees under his management. He joined Hochschild in 2007 as General Manager of the Mexican operation before being promoted to General Manager for Peru in 2008 and Vice President of Operations in 2010. Prior to Hochschild, Ernesto worked at other subsidiaries of the Hochschild group since 1997, including at Hochschild’s cement subsidiary, Cementos Pacasmayo, as deputy CEO.

 

213


Table of Contents

Richard J Butcher (52) Diploma Coal Mining Engineering Advanced Rock Engineering Certificate Graduate Diploma in Mining Engineering (Mineral economics) MSc (Eng) Mining Engineering & CEng (UK) / FAusIMM (CP) WA First Class (Mine Managers) Cert No: 766 General Managers Course Cert—AGSM / UNSW

Executive Vice President: Technical. Mr. Butcher has 30 years’ experience in gold mining, obtained globally in companies that include Gencor, Anglo-American and Barrick. He was previously Head of Technical Services at MMG, the overseas arm of the Chinese CMC/CMN Corporation. This position involves being discipline head for all Technical functions, long-term planning and closure for the group’s operations in Australasia, Africa and South America.

Naseem A. Chohan (55) BE (Electronic), University of Limerick

Executive Vice President: Sustainable Development. Mr. Chohan was appointed to the position of Senior Vice President: Sustainable Development on September 13, 2010. Mr. Chohan was previously self-employed as a consultant to various companies and, prior to that, spent 25 years at De Beers. When he left DeBeers in 2009, he was acting as Group Consultant, Sustainability and ECOHS (Environment, Community, Occupational Health and Hygiene and Safety).

Taryn L. Harmse (43) BCom LLB, University of Johannesburg, Advanced Corporate Law, University of Witwatersrand

Executive Vice-President: Group General Counsel. Ms. Harmse was appointed Executive Vice-President: Group General Counsel on May 1, 2014. Ms. Harmse was appointed as Assistant General Counsel and Company Secretary on August 1, 2013, and resigned from the position of Company Secretary on September 15, 2014. She previously served as Assistant General Counsel and Vice President, Group Legal. Before joining Gold Fields, Ms. Harmse worked at Linklaters LLP in London for a number of years having completed her articles at Hofmeyr Herbstein Gihwala (now Cliffe Dekker Hofmeyr). She was admitted as an attorney to the High Court of South Africa in 2000.

Brett J. Mattison (37) BComm (Hons) Law, BAcc, University of Stellenbosch; Masters in Law, Higher Tax Diploma, University of Johannesburg; Exec. MBA (PLD), Harvard Business School

Executive Vice-President: Strategy, Planning and Corporate Development. Mr. Mattison was appointed Executive Vice-President: Strategy, Planning and Corporate Development effective May 1, 2013. He began his career with Gold Fields in 2001 as part of the Global Legal team providing commercial, legal and tax structuring advice in relation to various global transactions. He subsequently joined the Corporate Development team in 2005 where he worked for six years in South Africa, Peru and Australia until 2010. In late 2010, Mr. Mattison was appointed as the Country Manager of the Philippines tasked with the mandate of setting up Gold Fields’ activities in the Philippines. Most recently, he has been in the role of Vice President of Special Projects tasked with setting out the groundwork for the Gold Fields strategy sessions.

Nico Muller (49), BSC Mining Engineering, University of Pretoria

Executive Vice President: South Africa. Mr. Muller joined Gold Fields as Executive Vice President: South Africa on October 1, 2014. Prior to joining Gold Fields, he was with Royal Bafokeng Platinum where he held the position of Chief Operating Officer since January 2009. He has extensive technical mechanized mining experience, having held various positions in the mining industry while employed at De Beers, Avgold and Two Rivers Platinum.

Avishkar Nagaser (32), BBusSc Finance and Economics, University of KwaZulu-Natal

Executive Vice President: Investor Relations and Corporate Affairs. Mr. Nagaser joined Gold Fields as Executive Vice President: Investor Relations and Corporate Affairs in January 2015. Before joining Gold Fields, he was with Merrill Lynch from 2012 to 2014 and Macquarie from 2007 to 2012, where he held the position of gold and platinum equity research analyst.

 

214


Table of Contents

Lee-Ann N. Samuel (38) BA Psychology and Honors Political Science, University of Johannesburg, Global Remuneration Practitioner (GRP), WorldatWork, USA

Executive Vice President: People and Organizational Effectiveness. Mrs. Samuel joined Gold Fields in 2009 as Vice President, Group Remuneration and Employee Benefits, and, effective March 1, 2013, she was promoted to Executive Vice President: People and Organizational Effectiveness. Lee-Ann has 16 years of Human Resources experience in financial services, mining and telecommunications. Prior to joining Gold Fields, Mrs. Samuel worked as Head of People Development at Telkom Media, a subsidiary of Telkom, for three years. Her overall responsibility is to provide strategic direction for the Human Resources discipline at Gold Fields, including the development of Human Resource policies to ensure alignment with the strategy for the Group, as well as external trends and demands impacting on HR.

Richard M. Weston (64) FAIMM, CPEng, IEA. MSc Mining Geomechanics, UNSW; GDM, UCQ; BE (Civil), Sydney University

Executive Vice President: Head of Australasia. Mr. Weston was appointed to the position of Executive Vice President, Head of Australasia on May 1, 2010. He was formerly Senior Vice-President, Operations for Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation, a gold and silver mining company based in Idaho in the United States. Before joining Coeur, he led the site team responsible for the development of Barrick Australia’s Cowal gold project and, prior to that, he headed operations at Rio Tinto Australia’s ERA Ranger and Jabiluka uranium mines in the Northern Territory.

Company Secretary

Lucy M. M. Mokoka (44) BJuris, University of Durban-Westville and LLB degree, University of Pretoria

Company Secretary. Ms. Lucy Mokoka was appointed Company Secretary of Gold Fields Limited on September 16, 2014. Prior to joining Gold Fields, Ms. Mokoka was General Manager: Company Secretary, for MTN South Africa from October 1, 2010 to September 15, 2014 and Director: Company Secretarial at the Standard Bank between January 2009 and December 2009. Ms. Mokoka is an admitted attorney and has held various roles as a Company Secretary and Legal Advisor. Her career includes roles as Company Secretary for Ithala Limited, Tongaat-Hulett and Standard Bank. She has also acted as legal advisor to the South African Revenue Service and the State Attorney’s office.

Board of Directors’ Committees

In order to ensure good corporate governance, the Board has formed an Audit Committee, a Risk Committee, a Remuneration Committee, a Nominating and Governance Committee, a Safety, Health and Sustainable Development Committee, a Capital Projects Control and Review Committee and a Social & Ethics Committee. All the committees are composed exclusively of Non-executive Directors. All committees are chaired by an independent Non-executive Director. The remuneration of Non-executive Directors for their service on the various committees has been approved by the shareholders.

The Audit Committee monitors and reviews Gold Fields’ accounting controls and procedures, including the effectiveness of the Group’s information systems and other systems of internal control; the effectiveness of the internal audit function; reports of both external and internal auditors; quarterly reports, the Form 20-F, annual report and the annual financial statements; the accounting policies of the Group and any proposed revisions thereto; external audit findings, reports and fees, and the approval thereof; and compliance with applicable legislation and requirements of regulatory authorities and Gold Fields’ Code of Ethics. The current membership of the Audit Committee is as follows:

Gayle M. Wilson (chair)

Donald M. J. Ncube

Richard P. Menell

 

215


Table of Contents

The Risk Committee oversees the effectiveness of risk management processes as they relate to the Board and the boards of Gold Fields’ subsidiaries. The Committee ensures that management identifies and implements appropriate risk controls, including guidelines and policies that govern management’s assessments and risk. The Committee also reviews the effectiveness and efficiency of the Enterprise Risk Management system within the Company and obtains assurance that material risks are identified and that appropriate risk management processes are in place, including the formulation and subsequent updating of appropriate Company policies. The implementation of operational and corporate risk management plans is also monitored on an ongoing basis, and the Committee ensures that appropriate resources are directed towards areas of high risk. The current membership of the Risk Committee is as follows:

Steven P. Reid (Chair)

David N. Murray

Alan R. Hill

Gayle M. Wilson

The Remuneration Committee establishes the compensation philosophy of Gold Fields and the terms and conditions of employment of Executive Directors and other executive officers. The current membership of the Remuneration Committee is as follows:

Alan R. Hill (chair)

Cheryl A. Carolus

Donald M. J. Ncube

Gayle M. Wilson

Steven P. Reid (by invitation)

The Safety, Health and Sustainable Development Committee reviews adherence to occupational health, safety and environmental standards by Gold Fields. The Committee seeks to minimize mining-related accidents, to ensure that the Company’s operations are in compliance with all environmental regulations and to establish policy in respect of HIV/AIDS and health matters. The current membership of the Safety, Health and Sustainable Development Committee is as follows:

David N. Murray (chair)

Kofi Ansah

Cheryl A. Carolus

Alan R. Hill

Richard P. Menell

Donald M.J. Ncube (by invitation)

The Nominating and Governance Committee develops and implements policy on corporate governance issues, develops the policy and process for evaluating nominations to the Board of Directors, identifies successors to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and considers selection and rotation of the Board committee members. The current membership of the Nominating and Governance Committee is as follows:

Cheryl A. Carolus (chair)

Kofi Ansah

Donald M.J. Ncube

Richard P. Menell (by invitation)

 

216


Table of Contents

The Capital Projects Control and Review Committee was established on May 1, 2009 as a sub-committee to satisfy the Board that Gold Fields has used appropriate and efficient methodologies and has adequate controls in place in respect of new capital projects proposed by management in excess of R1.5 billion or U.S.$200 million. These projects are reviewed from inception to completion and the committee makes recommendations to management as it considers appropriate. The current membership of the Capital Projects Control and Review Committee is as follows:

Richard P. Menell (chair)

David N. Murray

Gayle M. Wilson

Alan R. Hill

Cheryl A. Carolus (by invitation)

The Social & Ethics Committee was established on November 29, 2011 and is responsible for ensuring, among other things, that Gold Fields discharges its statutory duties in respect of section 72 of Companies Act 71 of 2008 (as amended) and its applicable regulations, which include monitoring Gold Fields’ activities in relation to relevant legislation, other legal requirements and prevailing codes of best practice regarding: (i) social and economic development; (ii) good corporate citizenship; (iii) the environment, health and public safety and their impact on Gold Fields’ activities, products and services; (iv) consumer relations; and (v) labor and employment legislation. The Social and Ethics Committee must bring any matters relating to this monitoring to the attention of the Board and report to shareholders at the annual general meeting. The Board seeks the assistance of the Social and Ethics Committee in ensuring that Gold Fields complies with best practice recommendations in respect of social and ethical management. The current members of the committee include the chairs of the Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee, the Safety, Health and Sustainable Development Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee, as follows:

Donald M. J. Ncube (chair)

Cheryl A. Carolus

Alan R. Hill

Richard P. Menell

David N. Murray

Gayle M. Wilson

Kofi Ansah (by invitation)

 

217


Table of Contents

Executive Committee

Gold Fields’ Executive Committee meets on a regular basis to discuss and make decisions on strategic and operating issues facing Gold Fields. The current composition of the Executive Committee is as follows:

 

Name

  

Position

Nicholas J. Holland

   Chief Executive Officer

Paul A. Schmidt

   Chief Financial Officer

Brett J. Mattison

   Executive Vice President: Strategy, Planning and Corporate Development

Lee-Ann N. Samuel

   Executive Vice President: People and Organizational Effectiveness

Taryn L. Harmse

   Executive Vice President: Group General Counsel

Nico Muller

   Executive Vice President: South Africa

Alfred Baku

   Executive Vice President: West Africa

Ernesto Balarezo

   Executive Vice President: Americas

Avishkar Nagaser

   Executive Vice President: Investor Relations and Corporate Affairs

Richard M. Weston

   Executive Vice President: Australasia

Naseem A. Chohan

   Executive Vice President: Sustainable Development

Richard J. Butcher

   Executive Vice President: Technical

Regional Executive Management Committees

Each of Gold Fields’ four operating regions (South Africa, Australasia, West Africa and South America) has a Regional Executive Management Committee.

South African Regional Executive Management Committee composition:

 

Name

  

Position

Nico Muller

   Executive Vice President: South Africa

Jana Strydom

   Vice President: Legal

Ken Matthysen

   Vice President: Technical

Bonny Sebola

   Vice President: Stakeholder and Community Relations

Liesl Withers

   Vice President Business Analysis and Reporting (Consultant)

Conrad Mtshali

   Vice President: Human Resources (Consultant)

Adriaan De Beer

   Vice President and Head of Operations

MI Botha

   Technical Assistant (Operational)

Vacant

   Technical Assistant (Technical)

 

218


Table of Contents

Australasian Regional Executive Management Committee composition:

 

Name

  

Position

Richard Weston

   Executive Vice President: Australasia Region

Graham Ovens

   General Manager: St. Ives

Jason Sander

   General Manager: Agnew

Wimpie Du Toit

   Vice President and Head of Human Resources: Australasia

Alex Munt

   Vice President and Head of Finance: Australasia

Philip Woodhouse

   Vice President and Head of Sustainable Development: Australasia

Ian Suckling

   General Manager: Granny Smith

Stuart Mathews

   Vice President Operations: Australia, Operations Support & Technology

Andrew Bywater

   General Manager: Darlot

Kelly Carter

  

Vice President: Legal and Compliance

West Africa Regional Executive Management Committee composition:

 

Name

  

Position

Alfred Baku

   Executive Vice President: Head of West Africa

Lindley Witbooi

   Vice President and Head of Finance: West Africa

Francis Eduku

   Vice President and Head of Human Resources: West Africa

Balaji Subrahmanyan

   Regional Head of Mining

David Johnson

   Vice President and Head of Stakeholder Relations

Michiel van der Merwe

   General Manager: Tarkwa

Stephen Osei—Bimpah

   General Manager: Damang

Serge Ntiema

   Vice President and Head of Exploration

Johannes de Beer

  

Vice President and Head: Projects and Engineering

Michael Akafia

   Vice President and Head: Legal, Compliance & Company Secretary

Americas Regional Executive Management Committee composition:

 

Name

  

Position

Ernesto Balarezo

   Executive Vice President: The Americas

Manuel Diaz

   Vice President: Operations

Alberto Cardenas

   Vice President: Head of Business Corporate Development

Jorge Redhead

   Vice President: Head of Finance

Miguel Inchaustegui

   Vice President: Head of Corporate Affairs

Veronica Valderrama

   Vice President: Head of Human Resources

Juan Jose Granda

   Vice President: Head of Legal

Nate Brewer

   Vice President: Head of Exploration

 

219


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

During fiscal 2015, the aggregate compensation paid or payable to directors and senior management of Gold Fields as a group was approximately U.S.$15.7 million (R199.0 million), including all salaries, fees, bonuses and contributions during such period to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for directors and senior management of Gold Fields, of which U.S.$0.686 million (R8.7 million) was due to pension scheme contributions and life insurance, U.S.$8.1 million (R102.8 million) was due to bonus and performance-related share payments, U.S.$0.911 million (R11.5 million) was expenses/special bonus, U.S.$6.0 million (R76.0 million) was due to salary payments, directors’ fees and committee fees and U.S.$0 million (R0 million) was due to severance payments.

The following table presents information regarding the compensation paid by Gold Fields for fiscal 2015 to its directors and executive officers. Average exchange rates were R12.68 per U.S.$1 for fiscal 2015 and R10.82 per U.S.$1 for fiscal 2014:

 

    Directors’
fees
    Committee
fees
    Salary(1)     Pension
Scheme
Contribution
    Annual
Bonus(2)
    Sundry     Sub-total     Pre-tax
Share
Proceeds
for shares
awarded
in previous
years
    Total
realized
earnings
for fiscal
2015
    Total  for
fiscal

2014
 
    (U.S.$’000)        

Executive Directors

                   

Nicholas J. Holland

    —          —          935.7        145.3        618.9 (3)      —          1,699.8        1,132.5        2,832.4        2,603.5   

Paul A. Schmidt

    —          —          512.2        58.4        616.5        —          1,187.0        568.2        1,755.3        1,602.7   

Executive Officers

                   

Ernesto Balarezo(4)

    —          —          622.4        —          425.7        414.8        1,463.0        109.4        1,572.4        1,970.4   

Alfred Baku(5)

    —          —          688.9        158.5        572.0        298.8        1,718.2        220.5        1,938.7        1,889.2   

Richard Weston

    —          —          560.9        64.5        482.0        —          1,107.4        688.6        1,796.0        1,506.5   

Naseem A. Chohan

    —          —          283.0        53.1        306.9        —          643.0        221.4        864.4        726.6   

Brett Mattison

    —          —          347.1        38.4        379.3        —          764.8        207.7        972.6        851.3   

Lee-Ann Samuel

    —          —          307.7        33.8        322.1        —          663.6        175.4        839.0        807.1   

Taryn Harmse

    —          —          265.2        65.3        322.4        —          652.9        106.6        759.6        673.8   

Nico Muller(6)

    —          —          412.8        45.0        423.5        197.2        1,078.5        —          1,078.5        403.6   

Avishkar Nagaser(7)

    —          —          210.6        23.4        208.5        —          442.5        —          442.5        —     

Willie Jacobsz(8)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          1,034.4   

Michael D. Fleischer(9)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          510.7   

Kgabo FL Moabelo(9)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          727.1   

Non-executive Directors

                   

Cheryl A. Carolus

    203.8        —          —          —          —          —          203.8        —          203.8        232.3   

Alan R. Hill

    66.9        43.3        —          —          —          —          110.2        —          110.2        125.6   

David N. Murray

    66.9        33.8        —          —          —          —          100.8        —          100.8        114.9   

Richard P. Menell

    66.9        46.4        —          —          —          —          113.3        —          113.3        127.5   

Gayle M. Wilson

    66.9        52.6        —          —          —          —          119.5        —          119.5        136.2   

Donald M. J. Ncube

    66.9        46.4        —          —          —          —          113.3        —          113.3        129.2   

Kofi Ansah

    66.9        18.9        —          —          —          —          85.8        —          85.8        97.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    605.3        241.4        5,146.5        685.7        4,677.9        910.8        12,267.6        3,430.5        15,698.1        16,270.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1) The total U.S. dollar amounts paid for fiscal 2015, and included in the individuals’ remuneration above, were as follows: Nicholas J. Holland, salary: U.S.$356,000 and bonus: U.S.$212,000, and Paul A. Schmidt, salary: U.S.$100,000 and bonus: U.S.$114,000.
(2) The annual bonus accruals for fiscal 2015, paid in February 2016 included a legislated profit share (Utilidades) payment for Ernesto Balarezo of U.S.$320,356.
(3) Mr. NJ Holland voluntarily elected prior to the determination of the annual performance bonus for fiscal 2015 and in line with the proposed Rules of the proposed Minimum Shareholding Requirement Policy to convert 50% of his cash bonus into Gold Fields Shares ($618.9k) which will be held in escrow for a five year restricted period.

 

220


Table of Contents
(4) Ernesto Balarezo’s sundry payment relates to legislated bonuses.
(5) Alfred Baku’s sundry payment relates to relocation / leave allowance and encashment of excess leave.
(6) Nico Muller’s sundry payment relates to pro rata sign-on bonus in accordance with his employment contract.
(7) Avishkar Nagaser was appointed on January 1, 2015.
(8) Willie Jacobsz remained an executive officer until December 31, 2014.
(9) Michael Fleischer and Kgabo Moabelo resigned in fiscal 2014.

Share options and restricted shares outstanding and held by directors, former directors, executive officers and former executive officers as of December 31, 2015 were, to the knowledge of Gold Fields’ management, as follows:

 

Name

  Options to
purchase
ordinary
shares
    Share
Appreciation
Rights
(SARS)
    Restricted
Shares
    Option/
SARS
exercise
price
    Spin-off
Adjustment(1)
    Adjusted
Exercise
Price(1)
    Expiration/
Settlement  Date(2)
    (Rand)

Executive Directors

             

Nicholas J. Holland

    —          59,000        —          89.76        6,045        75.89      April 17, 2016
    —          38,250        —          119.15        5,762        103.55      March 1, 2017
    —          —          187,498        —          —          —        March 1, 2016

Paul A. Schmidt

    —          22,350        —          89.76        2,290        75.89      April 17, 2016
    —          25,800        —          119.15        3,886        103.55      March 1, 2017
    —          —          69,326        —          —          —        March 1, 2016

Executive Officers

             

Richard M. Weston

    —          10,840        —          101.48        1,493        87.61      June 1, 2016
    —          18,225        —          119.15        2,744        103.55      March 1, 2017
    —          —          62,466        —          —          —        March 1, 2016

Naseem A. Chohan

    —          4,130        —          118.35        622        102.86      December 1, 2016
    —          12,975        —          119.15        1,954        103.55      March 1, 2017
    —          —          26,452        —          —          —        March 1, 2016

Lee-Ann Samuel

    —          3,333        —          109.66        502        95.31      June 1, 2017
    —          —          11,540        —          1,738        —        March 1, 2016

Brett Mattison

    —          10,200        —          119.15        1,536        103.55      March 1, 2017
    —          12,800        —          89.76        1,311        75.89      April 17, 2016
    —          —          13,911        —          2,095        —        March 1, 2016

Alfred Baku

    —          7,013        —          119.15        1,056        103.55      March 1, 2017
    —          8,775        —          89.76        899        75.89      March 1, 2016
    —          —          15,429        —          2,324        —        March 1, 2016

Taryn Harmse

    —          6,750        —          89.76        691        75.89      April 17, 2016
    —          5,400        —          119.15        812        103.55      March 1, 2017
    —          2,675        —          114.64        402        99.63      September 1, 2017
      —          12,662        —          —          —        March 1, 2016

Ernesto Balazero

    —          —          39,182        —          —          —        March 1, 2016

Nicolaas J Muller

    —          —          245,208        —          —          —        December 1, 2018

Former Executive Officers

             

Jan W Jacobsz

    —          18,000        —          89.76        1,844        75.89      April 17, 2016
    —          12,975        —          119.15        1,954        103.55      March 1, 2017
    —          —          39,276        —          —          —        March 1, 2016

 

Notes:

(1) The rules of the share plans make provision for an adjustment to the number of shares in the event that there is a variation in the issued share capital as a result of corporate action. The share plans require that the fair market value of an employee’s portfolio pre- and post-corporate action remain the same. In order to uphold this principle, an independent professional firm was contracted to provide a fairness opinion on the additional number of awards required to maintain the pre-Spin-off value of the share portfolios of employees.

 

221


Table of Contents
(2) For the restricted shares, the settlement date is three years after the date of award and, for the SARS, six years after the date of award.

Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers

The following sets forth, to the knowledge of Gold Fields’ management, the total amount of ordinary shares directly or indirectly owned by the directors and executive officers of Gold Fields as of March 24, 2016:

 

Holder

   Ordinary
shares
          Percentage  

Nicholas J. Holland

     610,877 1          0.0744

Paul A. Schmidt

     122,549            0.0149

Cheryl Carolus

     3,129            0.0004

Richard Menell

     5,850            0.0007

Donald M. J. Ncube

     11,252            0.0014

Gayle Wilson

     2,378            0.0003

Naseem A. Chohan

     82,023            0.0100

Brett Mattison

     61,103            0.0074

Lee-Ann Samuel

     74,553            0.0091

Taryn L. Harmse

     23,687            0.0029

Alfred Baku

     40,404            0.0049

Ernesto Balarezo

     26,696            0.0032

Richard Weston

     197,636            0.0241

Total Directors (6 persons)

     747,161            0.0920

Total Non-Director Executive Officers (7 persons)

     506,102            0.0616

Total Directors and Executive Officers (13 persons)

     1,253,263            0.1526

 

 

  1 

Mr. NJ Holland elected prior to the vesting of the performance shares in line with the Rules of the proposed Minimum Shareholding Requirement Policy to defer the vesting of his 374,996 performance shares which will be held in escrow for a five year restricted period.

Long-term Cash Incentive Plan

A Long-term Cash Incentive Plan, or LTIP, was implemented on March 1, 2014. The key objectives of the LTIP are to reinforce a high performance culture and create stronger alignment between executive compensation and shareholder value.

On approval of changes to the 2012 Share Plan (which require shareholder approval), no new awards will be made under the LTIP. In the event that the changes to the 2012 Share Plan are not approved, annual long-term incentives will be awarded in terms of the LTIP, as set out below.

The LTIP is a cash-settled incentive plan with the following salient features:

 

   

Each performance cycle starts on January 1 of the first year and ends on December 31 of the third year;

 

   

Annual conditional awards are made to eligible participants, with such awards settled in cash on the vesting date;

 

   

Allocations are based on annual salary, applicable percentage by grade and personal performance;

 

   

In the event that the revised Gold Fields Limited 2012 Share Plan is not approved, annual long-term incentive awards will be made in terms of the LTIP for 2016. Vesting for awards made in 2016 will be based on the following three corporate conditions equally being met:

 

   

FCF Margin - 33% weighted;

 

   

Absolute total shareholder return - 33% weighted; and

 

   

Relative total shareholder return - 34% weighted.

 

   

Threshold must be achieved for payout of any portion of the award to be triggered.

 

 

222


Table of Contents

LTIP Awards made during the year

Awards made under the LTIP during fiscal 2015 were subject to the following performance conditions:

 

  1. Total shareholder return, or TSR (50% weighting)—based on the cost of equity formula over a three year measurement period from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2017. The table below details the basis on which the TSR – 50% of the initial award value will vest.

 

Target

  

TSR performance

  

TSR factor

Below target

   0 %    —  

Target

   7% per annum    100%

Stretch

   13% per annum    200%

Above stretch

   The adjustment that could be made to the Initial Award Value will be uncapped above the stretch and every additional 6% TSR growth per annum will result in an additional 50% vesting    Every additional 6% TSR growth per annum will result in an additional 50% vesting

 

  2. FCF Margin (50% weighting)—an average FCF Margin of 15% for target and an average FCF Margin of 20% for stretch for a three year measurement period from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2017. The table below details the basis on which the FCF Margin—50 of the initial award value will vest.

 

Target

  

FCF Margin performance

  

FCF Margin factor

Threshold

   An average FCF Margin over the Performance Cycle of 5%    0%

Target

   An average FCF Margin over the Performance Cycle of 15%    100%

Stretch

   An average FCF Margin over the Performance Cycle of 20%    200%

Above stretch

   The adjustment that could be made to the Initial Award Value will be uncapped above the stretch and every additional 5% FCF Margin will result in an additional 50% vesting e.g. an average FCF Margin of 25% will result in a vesting of 250%    Every additional 5% FCF Margin (on average) will result in an additional 50% vesting

LTIP performance progress

The tracking of corporate performance conditions from the date of the award up to December 31, 2015, in terms of the LTIP, is depicted below:

 

   

2014 LTIP Award—January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2015 (24 months into the award).

 

   

2015 LTIP Award—January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (12 months into the award).

 

Award

   TSR – 50%     FCF Margin - 50%     Total
Potential
Vesting %
of initial
awards
 
     (Achieved)     (Vesting)     (Achieved)     (Vesting)        

2014 LTIP Award

          

Performance period—January 1, 2014 to Dec 31, 2016

     0     0     10.5     55     27.5

2015 LTIP Award

          

Performance period—January 1, 2015 to Dec 31, 2017

     0     0     8.0     30.0     15

 

 

 

223


Table of Contents

The table below reflects the indicative vesting quantum for the Group Executive Committee based on the current tracking of the performance conditions based on the 2014 LTIP award:

 

Name

   Designation    USD Value of
Initial LTI
Award
     USD Value of
Awards
expected to Vest
 
          ($ million)  

N.J. Holland

   Chief Executive Officer      1.51         0.41   

P.A. Schmidt

   Chief Financial Officer      0.73         0.20   

R. Weston

   EVP: Australasia      0.96         0.26   

E. Balarezo

   EVP: Americas Region      0.73         0.20   

A. Baku

   EVP: West Africa      0.70         0.19   

L.N. Samuel

   EVP: People & Organisational Effectiveness      0.56         0.15   

B.J. Mattison

   EVP: Strategy Planning & Corporate Development      0.59         0.16   

N.A. Chohan

   EVP: Sustainable Development      0.27         0.07   

T.L. Harmse

   EVP: General Counsel      0.42         0.11   

N.Muller

   EVP: South Africa      0.08         0.02   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        6.55         1.77   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below reflects the indicative vesting quantum for the Group Executive Committee based on the current tracking of the performance conditions based on the 2015 LTIP award:

 

Name

   Designation    USD Value of
Initial LTI
Award
     USD Value of
Awards
expected to Vest
 
          ($ million)  

N.J. Holland

   Chief Executive Officer      1.08         0.16   

P.A. Schmidt

   Chief Financial Officer      1.07         0.16   

R. Weston

   EVP: Australasia      0.76         0.11   

E. Balarezo

   EVP: Americas Region      1.08         0.16   

A. Baku

   EVP: West Africa      1.08         0.16   

L.N. Samuel

   EVP: People & Organisational Effectiveness      0.60         0.09   

B.J. Mattison

   EVP: Strategy Planning & Corporate Development      0.69         0.10   

N.A. Chohan

   EVP: Sustainable Development      0.29         0.04   

T.L. Harmse

   EVP: General Counsel      0.59         0.09   

N.Muller

   EVP: South Africa      0.40         0.06   

A. Nagaser

   EVP: Investor Relations & Corporate Affairs      0.21         0.03   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        7.85         1.16   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Gold Fields Limited 2012 Share Plan Awards Vesting

At Gold Fields’ annual general meeting held on May 14, 2012, the shareholders approved the 2012 Plan, under which employees, including executive directors but excluding non-executive directors, were compensated. With the approval of the 2012 Plan, no further awards were made to participants under the 2005 Plan. The 2012 Plan was subsequently replaced with the Gold Fields Limited Long-term Cash Incentive Plan.

With respect to the provisions of the 2012 Plan, eligible employees were awarded conditional shares, or the Performance Shares, on March 1, 2012.

 

The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan

The 2005 Plan provided for two types of awards: performance vesting restricted shares, or PVRS, and performance allocated share appreciation rights, or SARS. All PVRS have previously settled. SARS have a three year vesting after being awarded a further three years before expiration. Remaining SARS are all currently under water.

According to the Performance Criteria set by the Remuneration Committee, the number of Performance Shares awarded was modified according to the Gold Fields share price performance, measured against seven

 

224


Table of Contents

other gold companies, namely AngloGold Ashanti, Goldcorp, Barrick, Harmony, Kinross, Newmont, and Newcrest. The share price performance was measured over the 36 month period from March 1, 2012 to February 11, 2015.

Gold Fields has been positioned within the upper quartile of the peer group, resulting in a settlement of 197.8% of the shares initially awarded.

The table below depicts the long-term share vesting percentages over the previous seven years in terms of the 2005 Plan and the 2012 Plan.

 

Long-Term Share vesting based on corporate performance conditions

 

      2009      

         2010                  2011                  2012                  2013                  2014                  2015                  Average        
     (%)  

0

     24         144         300         186         100         198         136   

Executive Directors’ Terms of Employment

Nicholas J. Holland (Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer) and Paul A. Schmidt (Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer) are party to employment agreements with Gold Fields Ghana Holdings, Gold Fields Orogen, or Orogen, and Gold Fields Group Services (Pty) Limited, or GFGS.

The terms and conditions of employment for each executive director are substantially similar, except where otherwise indicated below. The annual gross remuneration packages, or GRP, payable to each of Mr. Holland and Mr. Schmidt for 2016 were determined by the Remuneration Committee and were as follows:

 

   

Nicholas J. Holland: R10,252,100 plus U.S.$390,000; and

 

   

Paul A. Schmidt: R6,478,000 plus U.S.$119,000.

The split between the three companies is determined by the amount of time spent by the executive directors with each company.

South African Contracts

Under the South African contracts, the employment of an executive director will continue until terminated upon (i) 24 or 12 months’ notice by either party for the CEO and CFO, respectively or (ii) retirement of the relevant executive director (currently provided for at age 63). The notice period for members of the Group Executive Committee is six months.

Gold Fields can also terminate the executive director’s employment summarily for any reason recognized by law as justifying summary termination.

Should the Company require the Executive Director not to work the notice period (albeit Company or employee initiated), or any part thereof, the Executive Director shall be entitled to his GRP up to the last day of the notice period. In addition, the Executive Director shall be entitled to the following benefits:

 

   

To receive the annual performance bonus pro-rated up to the last day of the notice period based on the average percentage annual performance bonus received over the previous two years;

 

   

To exercise all share appreciation rights in terms of the 2005 Plan, which have vested prior to or on the last day of the notice period and will have 12 (twelve) months in which to do so;

 

   

To exercise all pro-rata performance shares and long-term cash incentive awards in terms of the 2012 Plan, the 2005 Plan and the Gold Fields Limited Cash Incentive Plan, which have settled prior to or

 

225


Table of Contents
 

on the last day of the notice period and will have 20 (twenty) days in which to do so; and

 

   

To be compensated for any business travel and cell phone reimbursement up to the last day worked.

The value of the GRP payable in terms of the South African contracts is to be allocated among the following benefits: (i) salary; (ii) compulsory retirement fund contribution; (iii) voluntary participation in a vehicle scheme; (iv) compulsory medical coverage; and (v) compulsory Group Personal Accident Policy coverage. Furthermore, the executive director will contribute a compulsory 1% of his GRP to the Unemployment Insurance Fund is subject to any legislated contribution maximum at the time.

The Offshore Contracts

Under the agreements with Gold Fields Ghana Holdings and Orogen, the executive director is paid offshore in the appropriate currency. The portion of the GRP paid relates to the amount of time spent performing duties offshore for the companies. No benefits accrue to each executive director in terms of the offshore contracts.

The employment of an executive director will continue until terminated (i) 24 or 12 months’ notice by either party for the CEO and CFO respectively, or (ii) retirement of the relevant executive director (currently provided for at age 63).

Other Remuneration

In addition to the gross guaranteed remuneration payable, each executive director is entitled, among other things, to the following benefits under their employment contracts:

 

   

Participation in the 2005 Plan, the 2012 Plan and the Long-term Cash Incentive Plan;

 

   

Consideration of an annual (financial year) incentive bonus based upon the fulfillment of certain targets set by the Board of Directors; and

 

   

An expense allowance.

As of January 1, 2016, the rules of the annual performance bonus for the CEO and CFO remained unchanged for 2016.

The employment contracts also provide that, in the event of the relevant executive director’s employment being terminated solely as a result of a “change of control” as defined below, such termination occurring within 12 months of the change of control, the director is entitled to:

 

   

Payment of an amount equal to two-and-a-half times GRP in the case of the CEO and two times GRP in the case of the CFO;

 

   

Payment of an amount equal to the average percentage of the incentive bonuses paid to the executive director during the previous two completed financial years;

 

   

Any other payments and/or benefits due under the contracts;

 

   

Payment of any annual incentive bonus he/she has earned during the financial year notwithstanding that the financial year is incomplete; and

 

   

Full vesting of all long-term incentive awards.

The employment contracts further provide that these payments cover any compensation or damages the executive director may have under any applicable employment legislation.

 

226


Table of Contents

A change of control for the above is defined as the acquisition by a third-party or concert parties of 30% or more of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares.

In the event of the consummation of an acquisition, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement or other reorganization, whether or not there is a change of control, if the executive director’s services are terminated, the “change of control” provisions summarized above also apply.

The committee resolved to discontinue the compensation entitlement in the event of change of control for senior executives appointed from January 1, 2013. The senior executives who are currently entitled to the change of control compensation benefits will retain their rights under the previous policy.

Non-executive Director Fees

An independent advisor was commissioned to benchmark the non-executive directors’ fees to that of the South African and international markets.

On the basis of the independent advisor’s report, approval of a 7% increase to non-executive directors’ fees, effective June 1, 2016, will be sought. A further 13% increase will be proposed for non-executive directors residing outside of South Africa to offset the negative impact of the decline in the Rand against the U.S. dollar. In addition, effective June 1, 2016, it will be proposed that the non-resident non-executive directors be paid in U.S. dollars pegged at the exchange rate for the six month period ending December 31, 2015.

Furthermore, Richard Menell was appointed to the position of Deputy Chair in 2015 and his fee needs to be adjusted accordingly. The proposed fee is U.S.$132,256 (R1.8 million) which represents an overall increase of 25%. This takes into account his increased responsibility and includes the year-on-year inflationary increase.

The proposed non-executive director fees for fiscal 2016 are as follows:

 

     Current fees      Proposed
fees for SA-
resident
directors
for fiscal
2016
     Proposed
fees for non-
SA-resident
directors for
fiscal 2016
 
     (Rand)      (U.S.$)(1)  

Chair of the board (all-inclusive fee)

     2,584,050         2,765,000         —     

Deputy chair of the board (all-inclusive fee)

     1,437,010         1,800,000         —     

Chair of the Audit Committee

     307,090         329,000         —     

Chairs of the Capital Projects Control and Review Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Remuneration Committee, Risk Committee, Social and Ethics Committee and Safety and the Health and Sustainable Development Committee (excluding the chair of the board and the deputy chair of the board

     189,390         203,000         16,700   

Members of the Board (excluding the Chair and the Deputy Chair of the Board)

     848,510         907,900         74,900   

Members of the Audit Committee (excluding the chair of the audit committee and the deputy chair of the board)

     159,430         170,000         14,100   

Members of the Capital Projects Control and Review Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Remuneration Committee, Risk Committee, Social and Ethics Committee and Safety and the Health and Sustainable Development Committee (excluding the chairs of the relevant committees, chair of the board and the deputy chair of the board)

     119,840         128,000         10,600   

 

Note:

(1) Converted to U.S. dollar fee by adjusting the fiscal 2015 fee by 7% for the normal inflationary increase and 13% for the depreciation of the Rand using the exchange rate for the six-month period ending December 31, 2015 of R13.61 per U.S.$1.00.

 

227


Table of Contents

Employees

The gold mining industry, particularly in South Africa, is labor-intensive. The total number of employees, excluding employees of outside contractors who are not on Gold Fields’ payroll, as of the end of the last three fiscal years at each of the operations owned by Gold Fields as of those dates was:

 

     As of(1)(2)(3)  
     December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2015
 

South Africa

      

South Deep

     4,100 (4)      3,500 (4)      3,700 (4) 

Ghana

      

Tarkwa

     2,900 (4)      2,500 (4)      2,500 (4) 

Damang

     1,100 (4)      900 (4)      900 (4) 

Australia

      

St. Ives

     680 (5)      520        470   

Agnew/Lawlers

     310 (5)      300        290 (5) 

Darlot(6)

     220 (5)      220 (5)      210 (5) 

Granny Smith(6)

     380 (5)      420 (5)      460 (5) 

Perth

     100 (5)      110 (5)      120 (5) 

Peru

      

Cerro Corona

     360 (5)      450 (5)      380 (5) 

Corporate

     100 (5)      80 (5)      90 (5) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     10,200        9,000        9,100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1) The employee numbers presented do not include contractors who are not on the payroll. As at December 31, 2015, Gold Fields employed approximately 7,798 outside contractors divided among its operations as follows: South Deep: 2,138; Tarkwa: 1,955; Damang: 1,379; St. Ives: 311; Agnew/Lawlers: 276; Darlot: 69; Perth: 1; and Cerro Corona: 1,669.
(2) In previous years, employee figures for the GIP division were reported separately. During fiscal 2013, Gold Fields decided to disband the GIP division. As part of this restructuring, most GIP employees received involuntary or voluntary separation packages or were reallocated to the existing regional structures.
(3) Table may not sum due to rounding.
(4) Rounded to the nearest hundred.
(5) Rounded to the nearest ten.
(6) Acquired by Gold Fields on October 1, 2013.

Labor Relations

South Africa

Approximately 93% of the labor force at Gold Fields’ South African operations is unionized, with the major portion of its South African workforce being members of the NUM and the other recognized union being UASA. Gold Fields attempts to balance union demands with the need to contain and reduce all-in costs in order to ensure the long-term viability of its operations. For the Group’s South Africa operations, labor costs constituted approximately 46% of operating costs excluding amortization and depreciation.

There were no labor-related work stoppages at South Deep in fiscal 2015. Gold Fields continues to promote health and safety in South Africa as part of a comprehensive effort to improve mine safety. In fiscal 2015, there have been two work stoppages to address safety issues.

Wage Agreements

In total, labor costs in South Africa increased from 43% in fiscal 2014 to 46% of operating costs in fiscal 2015. The increase was primarily due to changes in the employee profile, a three year wage agreement and incentives to align to the new business objectives.

 

228


Table of Contents

On April 10, 2015, the Group signed a three year wage and other conditions of employment agreement with the NUM and UASA, the registered trade unions at South Deep. The agreement resulted in average annual wage increases of 10% over the three year period of the deal. The first increase took effect on April 1, 2015. In addition, the agreement varies depending on the employee category and goes beyond wage increases to provide employees with a range of benefits, including:

 

   

A scarce skills allowance of R4,000 per month in the first year, escalating by R500 per annum over the next two years, for certain artisans and machine operators;

 

   

A retention allowance of R1,000 per month for other machine operators and artisans in the plant, backfill, shafts as well as tramming and recovery areas, for each of the three years covered by the agreement;

 

   

An increase of 20.96%, 14.29% and 12.5%, respectively in each of the three years, for Category 4-8 (A and B Band or entry level employees) and an increase of 8% in fiscal 2015, 8% in fiscal 2016 and 9% in fiscal 2017 for miners, artisans and officials; and

 

   

A housing allowance to replace the current living out allowance over the three year period.

Ghana

In total, labor costs in Ghana increased from 21% in fiscal 2014 to 22% in fiscal 2015. Of the Ghanaian employees at Tarkwa, Damang and the Accra office, the majority are members of the GMWU, whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement originally concluded in 1996 and revised in 2000, 2003, 2004, 2006 and 2010. A two year wage agreement signed in 2013 ended on December 31, 2014. In January 2016, a wage deal was reached with the GMWU for fiscal 2015. Under the agreement, employees receive a 5% increase on basic pay for all union categories; a one off payment of 1000 Ghanaian Cedi’s for employees to invest in development and a rental allowance increase from 25% to 30% of salary for fiscal 2016 for employees who are not in mine accommodation.

In order to reduce AIC in West Africa, management is focusing on restructuring the Damang operations in line with the business plan.

In the context of the restructuring at Tarkwa and Damang, wage inflation, as well as energy prices and heavier government imposts, remain an ongoing concern in Ghana.

Australia

In total, labor costs in Australia increased from 25% in fiscal 2014 to 26% in fiscal 2015. In Western Australia, where Gold Fields’ Australian operations are located, labor is now primarily regulated by the Fair Work Act (2009), or the Fair Work Act, which came into effect on July 1, 2009 and the associated federal industrial relations regulations and minimum National Employment Standards.

With the exception of a range of state statutes limited to health and safety, long-service leave, discrimination and workers’ compensation, Gold Fields and its employees are not subject to state industrial or employment laws.

The commencement of the Fair Work Act means that unions may potentially have an increased role in negotiating collective agreements for pay and working conditions which may lead to an increased union presence in Western Australia’s mining industry, including at Gold Fields’ mining operations in Australia.

In April 2015, in order to manage labor risks, Gold Fields implemented a four year Companies Enterprise Agreement, or the Gold Fields Companies Enterprise Agreement, with employee representatives and representatives of a union which has been endorsed by the Fair Work Commission and provide standardized

 

229


Table of Contents

conditions of employment across Gold Fields’ mining operations in Australia for all of its employees including minimum ‘safety net’ rates of pay, work hours, redundancy provisions, discretionary market-based annual wage reviews and general ‘best practice’ employer and employee obligations, such as a dispute settlement procedure that includes an internal ‘up the line’ escalation process as well as provision (by mutual agreement) for external arbitration and provides that during the four year term of this agreement protected industrial actions such as strikes and bans will be regarded as ‘illegal’.

Peru

Prior to 2011, the employees at Cerro Corona were not unionized and had no collective bargaining agreement. However, Peruvian labor regulations provide that a collective negotiation process may be commenced by a union or by workers’ representatives elected by the majority thereof.

In June 2011, operational employees at Cerro Corona formed a labor union and negotiated a five year collective bargaining agreement with the Group. Currently 13% of Peruvian employees are unionized. This agreement provides for a S/. 200 annual wage increase, which is equivalent to a 6% annual wage increase for this group of employees. In addition, eligible employees are entitled to a special bonus payment, education expenses and other benefits.

Also, Gold Fields provides to its workers, as a working condition, free transportation between the mine site and the city of Cajamarca.

Over the last few years, Peru has seen many cases of conflicts and dissention between local communities and mining operations and mining projects, stemming largely from the communities’ desire for greater participation in the economic benefits of these mining projects. Cerro Corona has undertaken extensive community consultation and negotiation since 2003 through the land purchase and permitting process to achieve agreement with local communities on various aspects of community involvement. A comprehensive strategy to work with the communities has been implemented through the operations stages. The main focus of this strategy relies on three pillars, which are (i) promoting the development of basic local infrastructure such as, for example, improvements to local drinking water, (ii) training and employing the local communities and (iii) developing economically self-sustaining projects and suppliers. Gold Fields believes its social strategy has created goodwill with the local communities.

Benefits

Gold Fields provides benefits to its employees, generally including pension, medical and accommodation benefits. Employees are also entitled to a severance package if they are laid off. Gold Fields’ own employees are generally provided with medical and retirement benefits. In Australia, benefits for contractors’ employees are the responsibility of each contractor and Gold Fields’ own employees are generally responsible for their own medical costs and other benefits, except that Gold Fields contributes to a third-party pension plan.

In South Africa, Gold Fields attempts to attract and retain motivated high caliber employees through a mix of guaranteed and performance-based remuneration, as well as short-term and long-term incentives, and non-financial rewards relating to work experience. Gold Fields has also implemented company pay structuring for management employees and also for supervisory employees in South Africa, known as the Gross Remuneration Package.

Furthermore, in order to maintain competitiveness in the South African labor market, regular industry market surveys are conducted, to benchmark remuneration practices and to keep abreast of industry movements regarding employee benefits and non-financial employee reward and recognition programs. Gold Fields was actively involved in an industry task team working with the Institute of Directors in formulating industry standards for remuneration practices based on labor market dynamics.

 

230


Table of Contents

Bonus Schemes

Gold Fields offers appropriate bonus schemes for employees at all levels. The focus of Gold Fields’ bonus schemes is based on specific production, safety, cost and development at management levels.

Employee Share Option Scheme

With respect to Gold Fields’ South African operations, an ESOP in respect of an effective 10.75% stake in GFIMSA was registered on December 1, 2010. The ESOP is housed and administered through the Thusano Share Trust. The effective holding in GFIMSA was equivalent to about 13.5 million unencumbered Gold Fields shares with full voting rights, which were issued to and held by the trust at par value of R0.50 which represented a 99.5% discount to the 30 days volume-weighted average price at July 30, 2010. This represents approximately 1.75% of the current Gold Fields shares in issue. See “Additional Information—Material Contracts—Additional Black Economic Empowerment Transactions”.

Employment Equity

Under the South African Employment Equity Act, or the Employment Equity Act, Gold Fields has a responsibility to: (1) promote equal opportunity and fair treatment in employment by eliminating unfair discrimination; and (2) implement affirmative action measures to redress the disadvantages in employment experienced by certain groups, in order to ensure their equitable representation in all occupational categories and levels in the workforce. As required by the Employment Equity Act, Gold Fields had a formal employment equity plan, which has been approved by its unions and submitted as part of its report to South African regulatory officials. The plan includes numerical targets to be achieved over a five year period, with regular meetings of employment equity forums involving management and employee representatives to monitor progress against the plan. Management believes that Gold Fields is currently making adequate progress toward the targets under its plan and is in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements regarding employment equity.

Training

Gold Fields continues to provide comprehensive training to its employees, in full compliance with the regulatory requirements at the sites at which it operates. The training provided in South Africa is aligned with South Africa’s National Qualifications Framework, and is carried out within the ambit of Gold Fields’ education, training and development, or ETD, establishment, in partnership with other institutions to provide accreditation. In order to secure optimal workplace safety and productive work performance, Gold Fields exposes its employees to ETD interventions which significantly exceed compliance to minimum standards, in the form of additional mining and safety skills training, team-based behavioral training, and non-mining related life and social skills training.

In addition, Gold Fields continues to focus systematically on managerial, leadership, and professional development through the provision of “Management Development Leadership” programs in association with Duke University, as well as its Leadership and Professional Talent Pipeline program, by means of a process known as the Talent Review, which is integrated with its performance management system.

In South Africa, Gold Fields has maintained its enrollment of University Bursars and entry-level scholarships across the technical disciplines. At South Deep, the mechanized training center has now been established and provides essential mechanized training required for our South Deep operations.

Gold Fields continues to review the performance of its human resource development, which seeks to identify further opportunities to improve the training and development initiatives. This new focus has resulted in changes in the approach of human resource development, with a conscious departure from the traditional training-only approach, towards a holistic talent and change management approach. Gold Fields believes that this approach will facilitate the cultural and behavioral changes required for the organization to achieve its Safe

 

231


Table of Contents

Production performance objectives. This includes the roll-out of the Gold Fields Foundational program which all employees are required to complete across the Group, and which provides a foundation of company knowledge, key business concepts and company strategy.

Gold Fields continues to subscribe to initiatives concerning national critical skills formation, operating through various private sector collaborative initiatives. In addition, Gold Fields continues to work closely with local and national government forums towards the development of business initiatives aimed at addressing youth development.

All of Gold Fields’ employee training activities in South Africa take account of the human resources development requirements of the Mining Charter, and are fully described in the Social and Labor Plan submitted by Gold Fields to the Department of Minerals and Energy. See “Information on the Company—Environmental and Regulatory Matters—South Africa—Mineral Rights”.

Gold Fields has initiated training and development programs internationally that are appropriate to the specific regions, commensurate with regional and site-specific objectives and constraints. A comprehensive leadership development program at Gold Fields’ operations has been developed to further the growth of high-potential individuals, including management, specialists, and other high performers.

Health and Safety

Gold Fields strives to uphold its promise that “if we cannot mine safely, we will not mine”. This reflects the Group’s emphasis on the need to minimize any potential human impacts, maintain operational continuity and protect its reputation. Furthermore, maintaining safe and healthy working conditions is a key compliance issue for the Group.

Gold Fields strives for ‘zero harm’ at all of its operations, and to minimize occupational health and safety hazards. All of the Group’s operations are now certified to the OHSAS 18001 international health and safety management standard. This follows the certification of Granny Smith and Darlot in fiscal 2015, both of which were acquired from Barrick in October 2013. The Lawlers mine, also acquired from Barrick, was certified through its merger with Agnew. In addition, all of the Group’s operations are now fully compliant with the requirements of the International Cyanide Management Code.

All of Gold Fields’ regional operations are required to implement Health, Safety and Wellness Strategies, together with associated action plans, that address occupational safety, occupational health, employee wellness and community health and wellbeing. In addition, these strategies and action plans define relevant management structures, resource allocations and reporting requirements. Gold Fields’ South African operation is also required to take into account various occupational health and safety milestones that were adopted at the national Mine Health and Safety Council of South Africa, or MHSC, summit in November 2014.

Safety

Overview

In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields continued to focus on implementing its Group Safety Reporting Guideline, which is based on International Council on Mining and Metals, or ICMM, guidelines. Gold Fields’ South African operation also takes into account the safety targets set by the MHSC in November 2014 of a 20% reduction in serious injuries per year by December 2015, 20% reduction in lost time injuries from January 2017 and zero fatalities by December 2020.

Since fiscal 2013, Gold Fields has aligned its health and safety metrics with those of the ICMM, headed by the TRIFR. Gold Fields peer companies tend to use the TRIFR metric, which assists benchmarking of Group performance against the wider sector.

 

232


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2015, the Group’s overall TRIFR improved by approximately 16.0%, to 3.40 per million man hours worked, compared to 4.04 per million man hours worked in fiscal 2014. This reflected:

 

   

An improved safety performance at South Deep;

 

   

A continued improved safety performance at the Australian operations, with the exception of the Granny Smith mine, following the entrenchment of a behavioral-based health and safety strategy; and

 

   

A deterioration in the TRIFR at Cerro Corona as well as the Ghanaian mines.

Details around specific regional safety initiatives implemented at the Group’s operations in fiscal 2015 are set out below:

South Africa

In fiscal 2015, two employees at South Deep were tragically killed in workplace accidents. These deaths related to an injury at a station tip and a tramming accident. In addition, a security contractor was killed in a shooting during an attempted robbery. Following the two workplace accidents, the DMR imposed a moratorium on all mine-related activities via a “Section 54 notice”, effectively bringing production to a halt for 11 days following the two mine accidents. In April, the DMR also imposed a Section 54 notice for seven days following a serious accident.

Gold Fields remains committed to eradicating residual safety risks at South Deep by instituting further safety management initiatives. In fiscal 2015, these included:

 

   

Proper start-up procedures through workplace assessments and employee’s medical screening;

 

   

Increased visibility underground through multi-discipline audits and management presence;

 

   

The launch of a number of safety enablers, such as competitions and recognition awards;

 

   

A weekly safety meeting at which all incidents are discussed and analyzed;

 

   

A compliance system checklist that ensures work is stopped if a workplace is not fully compliant with safety standards; and

 

   

The inclusion of leading and lagging indicators in the analysis of the safety component of the bonus. Achievement of safety targets accounts for 30% of the total bonus paid to teams.

In addition, the mine continued to carry out regular substance testing for alcohol and cannabis over the course of fiscal 2015. A total of 6,123 employees and contractors were tested for the use of cannabis, with 53, or 1% of the total, of those tested found to be positive. A total of 51,319 alcohol tests were carried out among employees and contractors, of which 47 yielded positive results. The positive cases were referred to Gold Fields Employee Assistance Program, or EAP, where first offenders received counseling and other assistance to stop substance use. Repeat offenders were dismissed due to the potential safety risks they posed to the workplace.

In fiscal 2015, South Deep’s TRIFR improved by 37% to 2.91 per million man hours worked, compared to 4.65 per million man hours worked in fiscal 2014.

West Africa

In fiscal 2015, one employee at Tarkwa was tragically killed in a workplace accident, the first at the West Africa operations in four years. This death was related to a trucking accident.

Several interventions are being considered to prevent a re-occurrence of the accident, which occurred when a truck struck a spotter. The mine is looking at a number of ways of eliminating the human interface with

 

233


Table of Contents

machinery, wherever possible, and investigations have also begun into the use of other spotting systems for trucks.

In fiscal 2015, there was a deterioration in the overall safety performance of the region, with the TRIFR rate rising to 1.02 from 0.75 in fiscal 2014 and total recordable injuries rising to 21, from 15 in fiscal 2014.

A key part of the safety strategy is a zero tolerance approach to drug and alcohol usage. As part of the mines’ zero tolerance approach almost 126,664 sobriety tests were conducted during fiscal 2015 and 30 employees and contractors, who were found to be over the limit, discharged immediately. The zero tolerance approach is supported by free counselling and educational sessions on drug and alcohol abuse.

Behavioral-based safety programs are being intensified to arrest the weaker safety record at both mines and more regular meetings between senior management and their teams on safety are now taking place. A majority of safety-related incidents involve contractors on site and greater pressure is being exerted on contractor managements to ensure effective supervision and implementation of safety standards.

Australasia

For fiscal 2015, the TRIFR for the Australasia region improved by 4.5% over fiscal 2014 and the number of recordable injuries fell from 97 to 92. The St. Ives, Agnew and Darlot mines recorded continued improvement in their safety performance but at Granny Smith the TRIFR deteriorated from its fiscal 2014 base during fiscal 2015.

The high TRIFR trend at Granny Smith was predominately related to incidents underground. Efforts to address the trend are focused around a revitalization of the Vital Behaviors program (described below), specifically in the underground areas, providing coaching and mentoring for supervisors and managers and a return to the required levels of discipline on safety protocols and systems.

During fiscal 2015, the Group implemented a safety strategy around best practice tools, programs and processes at its Australasia operations. It also focused on achieving OHSAS 18001 international health and safety certification at its Yilgarn South Assets, which were acquired from Barrick in October 2013. This resulted in the successful certification of both Granny Smith and Darlot to OHSAS 18001. Lawlers was certified in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 under Agnew’s certification.

The Group also implemented an innovative behavior-based safety program at its Australasia Operations called ‘Vital Behaviors’, involving all employees and contractors. Vital Behaviors engages the workforce through participatory workshops aimed at promoting safe workplace behavior. Participants share experiences (on a confidential basis), while analyzing and reflecting on past instances of their non-compliance with health and safety policies. In parallel with this process, the Group also rolled out a ‘Visible Felt Leadership’ program in fiscal 2014. This involved training senior managers to engage with their teams on safety issues. The program has achieved an overall reduction in total recordable injuries of around 30% over the period of fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2015.

Management believes that the implementation of these two strategies has played a role in the improvement of safety performance at the Group’s Australasia operations in fiscal 2015, with the TRIFR decreasing to 16.27 per million man-hours from 17.04 per million man hours worked in fiscal 2014. The relatively high TRIFR for Australasia is partly due to a higher number of RWI being reported relative to other regional operations. This reflects more conservative injury classifications being employed by local medical practitioners, who are concerned about the possibility of injury severity escalations.

A risk assessment undertaken on all recordable injuries since fiscal 2012 indicates that the risk of incidences that result in recordable injuries is steadily declining with no high risk events having occurred since the implementation of Vital Behaviors in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015.

 

234


Table of Contents

However, a re-vitalization of the Vital Behaviors program and safety discipline will be instituted in fiscal 2016 to reinforce safety culture and standards at our mines. A particular focus will be new employees and contractors, who are generally at greater risk of injury.

The Americas

The TRIFR at Cerro Corona increased from 0.38 per million man hours worked in fiscal 2014 to 1.09 per million man hours worked in fiscal 2015, largely the result of an increase in total recordable injuries from two to seven during the year.

While a number of audits were performed on the mine’s safety management system, with no major findings reported, the mine has intensified a safety campaign that commits each employees to zero accidents. The campaign contains 10 relevant safety rules that every employee and contractor has to sign up to.

Occupational health

Gold Fields is committed to reducing the exposure of its employees to occupational health risks, including those associated with air quality, silicosis, tuberculosis and hearing loss. As such, the Group has implemented management plans for diesel particulates, silica dust, radiation and noise at each of its regional operations. These plans provide for ongoing and regular monitoring of exposure levels at all operations. Particular emphasis is placed on managing the underground working environments in Gold Fields’ Australasia and South Africa operations, because of the heightened health risks that underground mining may pose to workers.

There have been significant improvements in occupational health and wellness rates throughout the Group during fiscal 2015. The number of occupational health cases submitted for compensation by the Group was as follows:

 

   

six cases of NIHL (compared to 13 in fiscal 2014); and

 

   

nine cases of silicosis (compared to 15 in fiscal 2014).

In fiscal 2015, 36 new cases of cardiorespiratory tuberculosis, or CRTB, were recorded, compared with 49 in fiscal 2014.

Wellness is a material issue given the location of Gold Fields’ mines, the nature of employees’ working patterns and the lifestyle challenges associated with the sector in which the Group operates. All of Gold Fields’ regional operations implement dedicated wellness programs, tailored to both the national and local context of each mining operation. This is aimed at identifying and managing chronic medical conditions within the Group’s workforce, and at maximizing the Group’s productive capacity and reducing absenteeism.

Noise

Gold Fields remains committed to further reducing noise levels at South Deep. New targets have been set by the MHSC which require that noise-induced hearing loss be eliminated; total noise emitted by all mining equipment should not exceed 107 dB(A) by 2025; and that all employees’ Standard Threshold Shift should not exceed 25 dB from the baseline when averaged at 2000, 3000 and 4000 Hz in one or both ears by December 2016. During fiscal 2015, Gold Fields’ South Deep mine achieved a significant 55% improvement in the NIHL rate to 0.68 per 1,000 employees and in the number of NIHL cases submitted from eight in fiscal 2014 to four in fiscal 2015.

To further reduce employee exposure to noise levels exceeding the statutory requirements of 85 dB(A) over an eight-hour shift, the mine piloted new molded hearing protection devices in fiscal 2015. These are custom-fitted for each employee’s ear and were distributed to all 500 identified high-risk employees. It should be noted

 

235


Table of Contents

that the measurement of exposure levels above 85 dBA do not take into account the protection afforded by hearing protection devices, which are issued to all employees working in high exposure areas. Although personal noise exposure measurements were on the decline in fiscal 2015, approximately 72% of such measurements were above 85dB(A).

South Deep continues to implement a range of medical, educational and engineering methods to improve its performance. These include:

 

   

Thorough examinations during pre-employment and periodic medical examinations;

 

   

Early diagnosis and management of treatable medical diseases;

 

   

Counseling on NIHL;

 

   

Silencing of underground fans and pumps;

 

   

Application of noise management measures to the underground mining fleet; and

 

   

Distribution of molded hearing protection devices to high-risk employees.

At the Australian operations, a comprehensive NIHL strategy was rolled out during fiscal 2015 to ensure that the management of noise is standardized within the region. This strategy, which remains a key priority, is intended to optimize current practices and maintain personal noise exposures below 85 dB(A) for the duration of a shift. The strategy centers around four pillars:

 

   

Adopting a risk based approach;

 

   

Implementing of controls and engineering solutions to reduce exposures;

 

   

Enforcing the correct use of appropriate personal protective equipment; and

 

   

On-going monitoring to assess the efficacy of our controls.

A number of audiometric tests at the Australian operations showed that the strategy is showing early success. There were no reportable NIHL cases in the region and at St. Ives, where audiometric testing was completed for 127 workers exposed to above 95 dB(A) in the underground and open pit operations, none reported positive for NIHL. Furthermore, only nine vehicles and machinery equipment across the four operations recorded noise level above 110 db(A) in fiscal 2015. Operators of this equipment have appropriate hearing protection to keep noise levels below 85 db(A).

In West Africa during fiscal 2015, the number of NIHL cases reported fell to two from five in fiscal 2014, but personal noise samples taken at Tarkwa and Damang mines regularly reveal high percentages above the internal standard of 85 db(A). The mandatory use of hearing protection devices (ear plugs and ear muffs) is strictly enforced in these areas to ensure that employees are not exposed, while engineering controls to reduce noise levels have been implemented where applicable. All employees exposed to noise above 85dB(A) are trained on hearing conservation measures.

Controlling equipment cabin noise is another focus of the Ghanaian operation as a relatively small percentage of machines assessed during fiscal 2015 exceed the internal benchmark of 83 dB(A). Continuous monitoring of the operator cabins a number of in-pit machines such as drill rigs, excavators, track dozers, dump trucks, graders, loaders and water carts was undertaken during the year. Engineering controls, such as sound proof seals, are making an impact and their implementation is ongoing.

Silica dust exposure

South Deep continued to implement improved dust control measures, in accordance with the new MHSC milestones. In fiscal 2015, the MHSC tightened the occupational exposure limit for underground mineworkers

 

236


Table of Contents

from 0.1mg/m³ to 0.05mg/m³. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, 23% of personal silica dust samples at South Deep exceeded this level. While this level was an improvement from levels measured in the first quarter of fiscal 2015 (38%), South Deep is intensifying efforts to reduce silica dust exposure through a range of measures including:

 

   

Real-time dust monitoring;

 

   

The fitting of water mist sprays at dust sources;

 

   

Dust management controls on footwalls and internal tips; and

 

   

Installation of manually controlled water blasts in all working areas.

During fiscal 2015, the silicosis rate per 1,000 employees improved by 42% to 1.54 from 2.67 in fiscal 2014 with the number of silicosis cases submitted to the relevant health authorities falling from 14 to nine. Similarly, the cardiorespiratory tuberculosis, or CRTB, rate improved by 33% in fiscal 2015 to 6.16 per 1,000 employees and the number of CRTB cases submitted fell to 36 in fiscal 2015 from 48 in fiscal 2014.

In November 2014, Gold Fields, Sibanye Gold, Anglo American South Africa, AngloGold Ashanti and Harmony formed an industry working group to address legacy issues relating to compensation and medical care for occupational lung disease in the gold mining industry in South Africa. The companies have had extensive engagements with a wide range of stakeholders during fiscal 2015. See “Information on the Company—Legal Proceedings and Investigations—Silicosis”. The companies believe that fairness and sustainability are necessary to any comprehensive solution and are working together with these stakeholders to design and implement a comprehensive solution that is both fair to past, present and future gold mining employees and also sustainable for the sector.

The companies are among respondent companies in a number of lawsuits related to occupational lung disease. The five companies do not believe that they are liable in respect of the claims brought, and they are defending these.

They are simultaneously engaging with governments, trade unions, present and former employees as well as the claimants and their representatives to seek a solution to this South African mining industry legacy issue. The companies have been working for many years to try to eliminate the incidence of occupational lung disease at their mines. These efforts continue.

Silica dust exposure has a limited impact at our open-pit operations in Ghana, Australia and Peru, where appropriate personal protective equipment and engineering solutions limit exposure to well below regulated limits.

Diesel particulate matter

Gold Fields undertakes regular monitoring and analysis of the concentration of diesel particulate matter at all of its operations. This issue is particularly material at Gold Fields’ underground mines in Australia and South Africa, due to the potential concentration of particulates in specific working areas.

Although there are no regulatory limits, in fiscal 2014, the Group’s Australasia Region implemented a strategy designed to reduce exposure to diesel particulate matter, or DPM, with a focus on fitting filters to equipment, refining maintenance schedules, ensuring the correct levels of ventilation and providing appropriate procedural controls. Sampling programs during fiscal 2015 have indicated a decline in levels of DPM underground to a point where only 1% (compared to 2% in fiscal 2014) of samples have exceeded the internal target of 70 micrograms per cubic meter. This is in line with targets recommended by the Australian Institute for Occupational Hygienists. Furthermore, a two year study on DPM exposure on drill-rig operators at Granny

 

237


Table of Contents

Smith, showed a reduction in exposures that were attributed to diesel particulate filters, ventilation management and operator education.

In South Africa, the DMR has developed a draft regulatory framework to establish a DPM OEL. This proposal, published in February 2014, recommends a four year ‘step-in-approach’ starting at 350 micrograms per cubic meter in 2015 and systematically decreasing to 160 micrograms per cubic meter by January 2018. Gold Fields has introduced a range of measures to improve monitoring and bring down the DPM exposure levels underground. These include the acquisition of vehicles and machines with more advanced engine technology as well as a new fuel supply contract (started in the third quarter of fiscal 2014) through which South Deep now receives only ultra-low sulphur content diesel. The 350ug/m3 DPM OEL recorded was exceeded in 1.7% of samples in fiscal 2015 compared with 4.5% in fiscal 2014 and 19.1% in fiscal 2011. The 2018 160ug/m3 OEM was exceeded in 11.2% of samples in fiscal 2015 compared with 25.8% in fiscal 2014 and 60.6% in fiscal 2011. South Deep is looking at accelerating the research into the fitting of diesel particulate filters to achieve further reductions.

Radiation

Underground mining, including that which is carried out at South Deep, has the potential to expose workers to latent radiation. South Africa’s ‘National Nuclear Regulator’ Act stipulates that the maximum permissible personal exposure from ionizing radiation is 100 mSV in aggregate per five consecutive years, and may not exceed 50 mSV in a single year over a five year period. Occupational monitoring at South Deep showed that the annual exposure limit of 50 mSV was not exceeded at any point during fiscal 2015 and that average exposures were between 3,014 mSV in fiscal 2010 and 4,849 mSV in fiscal 2015 and the highest level of 6,102 mSV recorded in fiscal 2012.

HIV/AIDS and tuberculosis

MHSC targets in respect of HIV/AIDS and associated health issues such as tuberculosis include the requirement that tuberculosis incidence rates at mining operations be at or below the national incidence rate by December 2024, and that 100% of employees be offered annual HIV counseling and testing, with all eligible employees linked to an anti-retroviral program. At Gold Fields, HIV/AIDS management is integrated into mainstream health services to improve worker participation and minimize stigmatization. Voluntary Counselling and Testing, or VCT, takes place, for example, during regular employee health assessments. This has the added benefit of directly addressing the interaction of HIV/AIDS with related health issues such as tuberculosis and sexually transmitted infections.

Gold Fields’ workforce in South Africa faces a particular risk of exposure to HIV/AIDS, given that an estimated 19.1% of adults in South Africa aged 15 to 49 live with the disease, according to data from the United Nations. Gold Fields is committed to lowering the HIV/AIDS prevalence rate at its operations in South Africa, where 69 employees tested positive in fiscal 2015 compared with 54 in fiscal 2014. The Group’s integrated strategy for HIV/AIDS, sexually transmitted infections and tuberculosis at its South Africa operations, or HAST Strategy, directly addresses interactions between these diseases. The HAST Strategy is based on four key pillars:

 

   

Promotion: This includes regular publicity campaigns and condom distribution at all workplaces;

 

   

Prevention: VCT is provided to all employees, contractors, their partners and family members on a confidential basis. In fiscal 2015 the Region’s VCT participation rate was approximately 17%;

 

   

Treatment: Free Highly Active Anti-Retroviral Treatment, or HAART, is provided to HIV-infected employees through onsite clinics staffed with doctors. In fiscal 2015, 50 employees at Gold Fields’ South Africa operations joined the HAART program, compared with 58 in fiscal 2014. This takes the total number of active participants to 296, compared to 262 in fiscal 2014. Employees’ dependents are also eligible to receive HAART via the Group’s medical aid schemes; and

 

238


Table of Contents
   

Support: This includes doctor-based primary healthcare, psychological counselling and social services for all employees and contractors.

In addition, South Deep supports a number of community-based HIV/AIDS projects, in recognition of the potentially close relationship that HIV/AIDS in the workplace can have with local communities.

Gold Fields’ workforce also faces exposure to HIV/AIDS in Ghana, where approximately 1.3% of adults aged 15 to 49 live with the disease, according to data from the United Nations. All of Gold Fields’ employees and contractors have access to a confidential VCT program which employees receive free of charge. Individuals who test positive for HIV are provided with treatment in line with the Government’s national HIV treatment program, which supplies drugs free of charge. Gold Fields also implements community-based HIV/AIDS programs in Ghana, including public education (via radio and trained community health educators) and condom distribution.

Malaria

The workforce at Gold Fields’ West Africa operations faces a high risk of exposure to malaria. Furthermore, Gold Fields’ West Africa operations are in an area of elevated malaria exposure (according to the Malaria Atlas Project). During fiscal 2015, there were 523 workplace malaria cases that tested positive at Gold Fields’ operations in West Africa (2014: 681), none of which proved to be fatal.

Gold Fields has a comprehensive malaria strategy in place at its West Africa operations, based on education, prevention, prophylaxis and treatment. This includes the spraying of accommodation (both on-mine and within the community), the fitting of anti-mosquito screens in mine accommodation, provision of insect repellent sprays and creams to night shift workers, larviciding of stagnant pools, support for community health facilities and rapid diagnosis and treatment.

TRIFR, Fatalities and Fatal Injury Frequency Rate

In fiscal 2015, Gold Fields continued to focus on implementing its Group Safety Reporting Guideline, which is based on International Council on Mining and Metals, or ICMM, guidelines. Since fiscal 2013, Gold Fields has aligned its health and safety metrics with those of the ICMM, headed by the TRIFR. As Gold Fields’ peer companies tend to use the TRIFR metric, this alignment assists with benchmarking of Group performance against the wider sector.

The following tables set out the TRIFR data for Gold Fields’ mining operations for the last two calendar years. The tables also provide the number of fatalities and fatal injury frequency rate data for Gold Fields’ South African, West African, Australian and Americas operations.

 

239


Table of Contents

South Africa

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

Note:

(1) The two fatalities listed were workplace accidents. A third fatality was a member of the protection services team at South Deep who was shot during a robbery at the mine.

 

240


Table of Contents

LOGO

West Africa

 

LOGO

 

241


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

242


Table of Contents

Australia

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

243


Table of Contents

South America

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

244


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

245


Table of Contents

ITEM 7: MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Major Shareholders

To the knowledge of management: (1) Gold Fields is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled (a) by another corporation or (b) by any foreign government; and (2) there are no arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Gold Fields. To the knowledge of Gold Fields’ management, there is no controlling shareholder of Gold Fields.

As of December 31, 2015, the issued share capital of Gold Fields consisted of 778,134,626 ordinary shares.

A list of the individuals and organizations holding, to the knowledge of management, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of its issued share capital as of February 26, 2016 is set forth below.

 

Beneficial owner

   Ordinary
shares
     Percentage  

Public Investment Corporation Limited

     62,929,636         8.09

Allan Gray

     60,717,173         7.80

Van Eck Global

     52,303,774         6.72

BlackRock Investment Management

     51,845,345         6.66

Dimensional Fund Advisors

     42,390,010         5.45

To the knowledge of management, none of the above shareholders hold voting rights which are different from those held by Gold Fields’ other shareholders.

The table below shows the significant changes in the percentage of ownership by Gold Fields’ major shareholders, to the knowledge of Gold Fields’ management, during the past three fiscal years.

 

     Beneficial ownership as of  
     December 31, 2013      December 31, 2014      December 31, 2015  
     (%)  

Beneficial owner

        

Public Investment Corporation Limited

     8.14         8.97         8.09   

Allan Gray

     2.20         6.21         4.01   

Van Eck Global

     5.56         6.32         6.62   

BlackRock Investment Management

     2.40         4.76         3.07   

Related Party Transactions

None of the directors, officers or major shareholders of Gold Fields or, to the knowledge of Gold Fields’ management, their families, had any interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction during the last three fiscal years or in any proposed transaction which has affected or will materially affect Gold Fields or its investment interests or subsidiaries.

 

246


Table of Contents

ITEM 8: FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Reference is made to Item 18 for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this annual report. For information on legal proceedings, please refer to “Information on the Company—Legal Proceedings and Investigations”.

Dividends and Dividend Policy

The following table sets forth the dividends announced and paid per share in respect of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares for the periods indicated:

 

    Year ended  
    June 30,
2009
    June 30,
2010
    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2015
 
    ($)     (Rand)     ($)     (Rand)     ($)     (Rand)     ($)     (Rand)     ($)     (Rand)     ($)     (Rand)     ($)     (Rand)     ($)     (Rand)  

Prior year’s final dividend

    0.16        1.20        0.10        0.80        0.10        0.70        0.10        0.70        0.30        2.30        0.08        0.75        0.02        0.22        0.02        0.20   

Interim dividend

    0.03        0.30        0.07        0.50        —          —          0.14        1.00        0.20        1.60        —          —          0.02        0.20        0.00        0.04   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total dividend

    0.19        1.50        0.17        1.30        0.10        0.70        0.24        1.70        0.50        3.90        0.08        0.75        0.04        0.42        0.02        0.24   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1) A final dividend of R0.21 per share was announced on February 18, 2016 and paid on March 14, 2016.

Gold Fields’ dividend policy is to pay a dividend of between 25% and 35% of normalized earnings.

Significant Changes

Please refer to “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Developments”.

 

247


Table of Contents

ITEM 9: THE OFFER AND LISTING

Listing Details

As of December 31, 2015, the principal non-United States trading market for the ordinary shares of Gold Fields is the JSE on which they trade under the symbol “GFI”. The ordinary shares of Gold Fields are also listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange. Gold Fields’ International Depositary Shares are listed on Euronext Brussels. As of December 31, 2015, 14,106 record holders of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares, holding an aggregate of 210,047,882 ordinary shares (26.99%), were listed as having addresses in South Africa. As of December 31, 2015, 447 record holders of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares, holding an aggregate of 431,417,642 ordinary shares (55.44%), were listed as having addresses in the United States.

Gold Fields’ ADSs currently trade in the United States on the NYSE under the symbol “GFI”. ADRs representing the ADSs are issued by The Bank of New York Mellon, as Depositary. Each ADS represents one ordinary share. Gold Fields’ ADRs are also listed on the NASDAQ Dubai.

JSE Trading History

The tables below show the high and low closing prices in Rand and the average daily volume of trading activity on the JSE for Gold Fields’ ordinary shares for the last five fiscal years.

The following table sets out ordinary share trading information on a yearly basis for the last five fiscal years, as reported by I-Net Bridge, a South African financial information service:

 

Year ended

   Ordinary share
price
     Average
daily  trading
volume
 
     High      Low     
    

(Rand per
ordinary

share)

     (number of
ordinary
shares)
 

December 31, 2011

     143.00         95.60         2,172,942   

December 31, 2012

     131.31         96.00         2,304,320   

December 31, 2013

     109.85         31.40         3,524,334   

December 31, 2014

     53.09         32.35         2,211,070   

December 31, 2015

     67.45         31.00         2,337,302   

through April 6, 2016

     69.50         43.50         3,438,054   

The following table sets out ordinary share trading information on a quarterly basis for the periods indicated, as reported by I-Net Bridge:

 

Quarter ended

   Ordinary share
price
     Average
daily trading
volume
 
     High      Low     
    

(Rand per
ordinary

share)

     (number of
ordinary
shares)
 

March 31, 2014

     45.95         32.35         3,083,403   

June 30, 2014

     44.85         36.90         1,960,297   

September 30, 2014

     51.44         39.81         2,296,969   

December 31, 2014

     53.09         35.99         2,260,043   

March 31, 2015

     67.45         52.20         2,409,328   

June 30, 2015

     54.45         37.64         2,147,905   

September 30, 2015

     47.40         31.41         2,504,830   

December 31, 2015

     45.24         31.00         2,276,433   

March 31, 2016

     69.50         43.50         3,438,054   

 

248


Table of Contents

The following table sets out ordinary share trading information on a monthly basis for each of the last six months, as reported by I-Net Bridge:

 

Month ended

   Ordinary share
price
     Average
daily trading
volume
 
     High      Low     
    

(Rand per

ordinary

share)

    

(number of

ordinary
shares)

 

October 31, 2015

     41.30         36.02         2,368,474   

November 30, 2015

     37.70         31.00         2,457,353   

December 31, 2015

     45.24         35.57         1,999,088   

January 31, 2016

     58.60         43.50         2,758,507   

February 29, 2016

     69.50         55.73         3,657,509   

March 31, 2016

     67.40         55.70         3,898,397   

On April 6, 2016, the closing price of the ordinary shares on the JSE was 58.31.

New York Stock Exchange Trading History

The tables below show the high and low closing prices in U.S. dollars and the average daily volume of trading activity on the NYSE for the last five fiscal years.

The following table sets out ADS trading information on a yearly basis for the last five fiscal years, as reported by Bloomberg:

 

Year ended

   ADS price      Average
daily trading
volume
 
     High      Low     
     ($ per ADS)      (number of
ADSs)
 

December 31, 2011

     18.55         13.80         4,007,009   

December 31, 2012

     16.92         11.32         3,994,433   

December 31, 2013

     12.49         3.02         5,566,292   

December 31, 2014

     4.84         3.00         4,970,039   

December 31, 2015

     5.97         2.08         5,214,476   

through April 6, 2016

     4.56         2.86         7,257,930   

The following table sets out ADS trading information on a quarterly basis for the periods indicated, as reported by Bloomberg:

 

Quarter ended

   ADS price      Average
daily  trading
volume
 
     High      Low     
     ($ per ADS)     

(number of

ADSs)

 

March 31, 2014

     4.36         3.00         5,916,167   

June 30, 2014

     4.32         3.47         3,062,742   

September 30, 2014

     4.84         3.62         5,025,206   

December 31, 2014

     4.55         3.15         5,844,217   

March 31, 2015

     5.97         3.66         5,642,608   

June 30, 2015

     4.62         3.07         4,109,483   

September 30, 2015

     3.55         2.42         5,520,601   

December 31, 2015

     3.08         2.08         5,588,013   

March 31, 2016

     4.56         2.86         7,257,014   

 

249


Table of Contents

The following table sets out ADS trading information on a monthly basis for each of the last six months, as reported by Bloomberg:

 

Month ended

   ADS price      Average
daily  trading
volume
 
     High      Low     
     ($ per ADS)      (number of
ADSs)
 

October 31, 2015

     3.08         2.53         7,532,779   

November 30, 2015

     2.66         2.08         4,020,881   

December 31, 2015

     2.93         2.41         5,067,913   

January 31, 2016

     3.53         2.77         5,395,406   

February 29, 2016

     4.56         3.51         7,733,330   

March 31, 2016

     4.30         3.53         8,246,692   

On April 6, 2016, the closing price of Gold Fields’ ADSs quoted on the NYSE was U.S.$3.80.

JSE Limited

The JSE was formed in 1887. The JSE provides facilities for the buying and selling of a wide range of securities, including equity and corporate debt securities and warrants in respect of securities, as well as Krugerrands.

The JSE is a self-regulating organization operating under the ultimate supervision of the Ministry of Finance, through the Financial Services Board and its representative, the Registrar of Stock Exchanges. Following the introduction of the Stock Exchanges Control Amendment Act No. 54 of 1995, or the Stock Exchange Act, which provides the statutory framework for the deregulation of the JSE, the JSE’s rules were amended with effect from November 8, 1995. These amendments removed the restrictions on corporate membership and allowed stockbrokers to form limited liability corporate entities. Members were, for the first time, also required to keep client funds in trust accounts separate from members’ own funds. Further rules to complete the deregulation of the JSE, as envisaged by the Stock Exchange Act, were promulgated during 1996 to permit members of the JSE to trade either as agents or as principals in any transaction in equities and to allow members to negotiate freely the brokerage commissions payable on agency transactions in equities. With effect from 1996, screen trading commenced on the JSE. The Securities Services Act No. 36 of 2004 came into effect on January 18, 2005. This act consolidates and amends the laws relating to the regulation and control of exchanges and securities trading, the regulation and control of central securities depositories and the custody and administration of securities and the prohibition of insider trading.

The actual float available for public trading is significantly smaller than the aggregate market capitalization because of the large number of long-term holdings by listed holding companies in listed subsidiaries and associates, the existence of listed pyramid companies and cross-holdings between listed companies.

South Africa was included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International Emerging Markets Free Index and the International Finance Corporation Investable Index in March and April 1995, respectively. South Africa has a significant representation in these emerging market indices.

The JSE has established a project named Share Transactions Totally Electronic, or STRATE, which has involved the dematerialization of share certificates in a central securities depositary and the introduction of contractual, rolling, electronic settlement in order to increase the speed, certainty and efficiency of settlement and to fall into line with international practice. Gold Fields joined STRATE on October 1, 2001. Investors are given the choice of either holding their securities in dematerialized form in the central securities depositary or retaining their share certificates. Shareholders who elect to retain their share certificates are not able to trade their shares on the JSE, although they may trade their shares off-market. Settlement of dematerialized shares traded electronically on the JSE is made five days after each trade (T+5).

 

250


Table of Contents

ITEM 10: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

General

Gold Fields is a public company registered in South Africa under the Companies Act, which limits the liability of its shareholders, and is governed by its memorandum of incorporation, the Companies Act and the JSE Listings Requirements. Gold Fields’ registration number is 1968/004880/06.

On April 8, 2009, South Africa passed the Companies Act, which came into force on May 1, 2011. At the annual general meeting held on May 14, 2012, Gold Fields adopted a new memorandum of incorporation, or the Gold Fields MOI, to replace its memorandum of association and articles of association adopted under the previous Companies Act. Gold Fields amended the Gold Fields MOI at its annual general meeting on May 9, 2013. The amended Gold Fields MOI conforms to the requirements of the Companies Act and the amended JSE Listings Requirements.

Clause 4 of the Gold Fields MOI provides that Gold Fields has the powers and capacity of a natural person and is not subject to any special conditions.

Dividends and Payments to Shareholders

Gold Fields may make distributions (including the payment of dividends) from time to time in accordance with provisions of the Companies Act, the JSE Listings Requirements and the Gold Fields MOI. In terms of the Companies Act, a company may only make a distribution (including the payment of any dividend) if:

 

   

it reasonably appears that the company will satisfy the solvency and liquidity test immediately after completing the proposed distribution;

 

   

the board of the company, by resolution, has acknowledged that it has applied the solvency and liquidity test and reasonably concluded that the company will satisfy the solvency and liquidity test immediately after completing the proposed distribution.

In terms of the Companies Act, a company satisfies the solvency and liquidity test at a particular time if, considering all reasonably foreseeable financial circumstances of the company at that time:

 

   

the assets of the company, fairly valued, equal or exceed the liabilities of the company, as fairly valued; and

 

   

it appears that the company will be able to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business for a period of:

 

   

12 months after the date on which the test is considered; or

 

   

in the case of a distribution (including the payment of dividends), 12 months following that distribution.

Subject to the above requirements, the directors of Gold Fields may from time to time declare a dividend or any other distribution to shareholders in proportion to the number of shares held by them.

The Company must hold all monies due to the shareholders in trust indefinitely, subject to the laws of prescription. The Company shall be entitled at any time to delegate its obligations in respect of unclaimed dividends, or other unclaimed distributions, to any one of the Company’s bankers.

Voting Rights

Every shareholder of Gold Fields, or representative of a shareholder, who is present at a shareholders meeting has one vote on a show of hands, irrespective of the number of shares he or she holds or represents, provided that a representative of a shareholder shall, irrespective of the number of shareholders he or she

 

251


Table of Contents

represents, have only one vote. At a shareholders meeting, a resolution put to the vote shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is demanded by not less than five persons having the right to vote on that matter, a person or persons entitled to exercise not less than one tenth of the total voting rights entitled to vote on that matter or the chairperson. Every Gold Fields shareholder is, on a poll, entitled to one vote per ordinary share held. Neither the Companies Act nor the Gold Fields MOI provide for cumulative voting.

A shareholder entitled to attend and vote at a shareholders meeting shall be entitled to appoint a proxy to attend, participate in, speak and vote at such shareholders meeting in the place of such shareholder. The proxy need not be a shareholder. However, the proxy may not delegate the authority granted to him or her as a proxy.

Issue of Additional Shares

In accordance with the provisions of the JSE Listings Requirements and the Gold Fields MOI, the Board shall not have the power to issue authorized shares other than:

 

   

the issue of capitalization shares or the offer of a cash payment in lieu of awarding capitalization shares;

 

   

issues in respect of a rights offer; and

 

   

issues which do not require the approval of shareholders in terms of the Companies Act or the JSE Listings Requirements

without shareholder approval.

In accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act:

 

   

an issue of shares must be approved by a special resolution of the shareholders of a company if the shares are issued to a director or officer of the company or any other person related or inter-related to the company, save for certain exceptions, including an issue pursuant to an employee share scheme; and

 

   

an issue of shares in a transaction requires approval of the shareholders by special resolution if the voting power of the shares that are issued as a result of the transaction will be equal to or exceed 30% of the voting power of all the shares held by shareholders immediately before the transaction.

Issues for Cash

In accordance with the provisions of the JSE Listings Requirements and the Gold Fields MOI, shareholders may either convey a:

 

   

special authority to issue shares for cash on terms that are specifically approved by shareholders in a shareholders meeting in respect of a particular issue, or a Specific Issue for Cash; or

 

   

general authority to issue shares for cash on terms generally approved by shareholders in a shareholders meeting by granting the Board the authority to issue a specified number of securities for cash, which authority will be valid until the next annual general meeting or for fifteen months from the date on which the resolution was passed, whichever period is shorter, or a General Issue for Cash.

In terms of the JSE Listings Requirements, a company may only undertake:

 

   

a Specific Issue for Cash or a General Issue for Cash on the basis that a 75% majority of votes cast by shareholders at a shareholders meeting must approve the granting of such authority to the directors;

 

   

a General Issue for Cash is subject to satisfactory compliance with certain requirements, including:

 

   

the shares that are the subject of a General Issue for Cash may not exceed 15% of the company’s listed shares; and

 

252


Table of Contents
   

the maximum discount at which shares may be issued is 10% of the weighted average traded price of such shares measured over the 30 business days prior to the date that the price of the issue is agreed between the company and the party subscribing for the shares.

Pre-emptive Rights

The Companies Act, the JSE Listings Requirements and the Gold Fields MOI require that any new issue of shares by Gold Fields must first be offered to existing shareholders in proportion to their shareholding in the Company, unless, amongst other things, the issuance to new shareholders is:

 

   

the necessary shareholder approvals have been obtained;

 

   

a capitalization issue, an issue for an acquisition of assets (including another company) or an amalgamation or merger is to be undertaken; or

 

   

the shares are to be issued in terms of option or conversion rights.

Transfer of Shares

The transfer of any Gold Fields certificated shares will be implemented in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, using the then common form of transfer. Dematerialized shares, which have been traded on the JSE, are transferred on the STRATE system and delivered five business days after each trade. The transferor of any share is deemed to remain the holder of that share until the name of the transferee is entered in Gold Fields’ register for that share. Since Gold Fields shares are traded through STRATE, only shares that have been dematerialized may be traded on the JSE. Accordingly, Gold Fields shareholders who hold shares in certificated form will need to dematerialize their shares in order to trade on the JSE.

Disclosure of Beneficial Interest in Shares

The Companies Act requires a registered holder of Gold Fields shares who is not the beneficial owner of such shares to disclose to Gold Fields, within five business days of the end of every month during which a change has occurred in the beneficial ownership, the identity of the beneficial owner and the number and class of securities held on behalf of the beneficial owner. Moreover, Gold Fields may, by notice in writing, require a person who is a registered shareholder, or whom Gold Fields knows or has reasonable cause to believe has a beneficial interest in Gold Fields ordinary shares, to confirm or deny whether or not such person holds the ordinary shares or beneficial interest and, if the ordinary shares are held for another person, to disclose to Gold Fields the identity of the person on whose behalf the ordinary shares are held. Gold Fields may also require the person to give particulars of the extent of the beneficial interest held during the three years preceding the date of the notice. Gold Fields is obligated to establish and maintain a register of the disclosures described above and to publish in its annual financial statements a list of the persons who hold a beneficial interest equal to or in excess of 5% of the total number of ordinary shares issued by Gold Fields, together with the extent of those beneficial interests.

General Meetings of Shareholders

The shareholders and/or directors may convene Gold Fields shareholders meetings in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act and the Gold Fields MOI. Gold Fields is obligated to hold an annual general meeting for each fiscal year prior to 15 months after the date of the last annual general meeting.

Shareholders meetings, including annual general meetings, require at least 15 business days’ notice in writing of the place, day and time of the meeting to shareholders.

 

253


Table of Contents

Business may be transacted at any shareholders meeting only while a quorum of shareholders is present. The quorum for the commencement of a shareholders meeting shall be sufficient persons present to exercise, in aggregate, at least 25% of all the voting rights that are entitled to be exercised, but the shareholders meeting may not begin unless, in addition, at least three shareholders entitled to vote are present at the meeting.

The annual general meeting deals with and disposes of all matters prescribed by the Gold Fields MOI and the Companies Act, including:

 

   

the presentation of the directors’ report, the audited financial statements for the immediately preceding financial year and the audit committee report;

 

   

the election of directors; and

 

   

the appointment of an auditor and an audit committee.

Accounting Records and Financial Statements

Gold Fields is required to keep the accounting records and books of accounts as are necessary to present the state of affairs of the Company and to explain the financial position of the company as prescribed by the Companies Act.

The directors shall from time to time determine at what times and places and under what conditions, subject to the requirements of the Companies Act, shareholders are entitled to inspect and take copies of certain documents, including the Gold Fields MOI, accounting records required to be maintained by the Company and annual financial statements. Apart from the shareholders, no other person shall be entitled to inspect any of the documents of the Company (other than the share register) unless expressly authorized by the directors or in accordance with the Promotion of Access to Information Act, No 2 of 2000, as amended.

The directors of Gold Fields will cause to be prepared annual financial statements and an annual report as required by the Companies Act and the JSE Listings Requirements. Gold Fields will send by mail to the registered address of every shareholder a copy of the annual report and annual financial statements. Not later than three months after the first six months of its financial year, Gold Fields will mail to every shareholder an interim report for the previous six month period.

Amendments to Gold Fields’ Memorandum of Incorporation

The Gold Fields shareholders may, by the passing of a special resolution in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act and the Gold Fields MOI, amend the Gold Fields MOI, including:

 

   

the creation of any class of shares;

 

   

the variation of any preferences, rights, limitations and other terms attaching to any class of shares;

 

   

the conversion of one class of shares into one or more other classes;

 

   

an increase in Gold Fields’ authorized share capital;

 

   

a consolidation of Gold Fields’ equity securities;

 

   

a sub-division of Gold Fields’ equity securities; and/or

 

   

the change of Gold Fields’ name.

Variation of Rights

All or any of the rights, privileges or conditions attached to Gold Fields’ ordinary shares may be varied by a special resolution of Gold Fields passed in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act and the Gold Fields MOI.

 

254


Table of Contents

Distribution of Assets on Liquidation

In the event of a voluntary or compulsory liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets remaining after payment of all the debts and liabilities of Gold Fields, including the costs of liquidation, shall be dealt with by a liquidator who may, with the sanction of a special resolution, among other things, divide among the shareholders any part of the assets of Gold Fields, and may vest any part of the assets of Gold Fields as the liquidator deems fit in trust for the benefit of shareholders. The division of assets is not required to be done in accordance with the legal rights of shareholders of Gold Fields. In particular, any class may be given preferential or special rights or may be partly or fully excluded.

Employee Share Scheme

The Companies Act permits the establishment of employee share schemes, whether by means of a trust or otherwise, for the purpose of offering participation therein solely to employees, including salaried directors, officers and other persons closely involved in the business of the company or a subsidiary of the company, either by means of the issue of shares in the company or by the grant of options for shares in the company.

Purchase of Shares

Gold Fields or any subsidiary of Gold Fields may, if authorized by special resolution by way of a general approval, acquire ordinary shares in the capital of Gold Fields in accordance with the Companies Act and the JSE Listings Requirements, provided amongst other things that:

 

   

the number of its own ordinary shares acquired by Gold Fields in any one financial year shall not exceed 20% of the ordinary shares in issue at the date on which this resolution is passed;

 

   

this authority shall lapse on the earlier of the date of the next annual general meeting or the date 15 months after the date on which the special resolution is passed;

 

   

the Board has resolved to authorize the acquisition and that Gold Fields and its subsidiaries, or the Group, will satisfy the solvency and liquidity test immediately after the acquisition and that since the test was done there have been no material changes to the financial position of the Group;

 

   

the price paid per ordinary share may not be greater than 10% above the weighted average of the market value of the ordinary shares for the five business days immediately preceding the date on which an acquisition is made;

 

   

the number of shares acquired by subsidiaries of Gold Fields shall not exceed 10% in the aggregate of the number of issued shares in Gold Fields.

Borrowing Powers

In terms of the provisions of Section 19(1) of the Companies Act, read together with Clause 4 of the Gold Fields MOI, the borrowing powers of the Company are unlimited.

Non-South African Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by South African law or by the Memorandum of Incorporation of Gold Fields on the rights of non-South African shareholders to hold or vote Gold Fields’ ordinary shares.

Rights of Minority Shareholders and Directors’ Duties

The Companies Act provides instances in which a minority shareholder may seek relief from the courts if he, she or it has been unfairly prejudiced by the company.

 

255


Table of Contents

In South Africa, a director of a company, when acting in that capacity, must exercise the powers and perform the functions of a director:

 

   

in good faith and for a proper purpose;

 

   

in the best interests of the company; and

 

   

with the degree of care, skill and diligence that may reasonably be expected of a person:

 

   

carrying out the same functions in relation to the company as those carried out by that director; and

 

   

having the general knowledge, skill and experience of that director.

Material Contracts

Additional Black Economic Empowerment Transactions

On August 5, 2010, Gold Fields announced a series of empowerment transactions to meet its 2014 Black Economic Empowerment equity ownership requirements. On November 2, 2010, the shareholders of Gold Fields approved these transactions at the General Meeting which included the establishment of an ESOP, the issue of approximately 600,000 Gold Fields shares to a broad-based BEE consortium, or BEECO, and BEECO’s subscription for a 10% holding in South Deep with a phase in participation over 20 years. On November 19, 2010, Gold Fields issued 13,525,394 shares to the ESOP, housed and administered by the Gold Fields Thusano Share Trust, thereby commencing the implementation of the ESOP transaction. The remaining empowerment transactions have been completed.

U.S.$1 billion Notes Issue

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities and Other Capital Resources—U.S.$1 billion Notes Issue”.

U.S.$200 million revolving senior secured credit facility

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities and Other Capital Resources— U.S.$200 million revolving senior secured credit facility”.

U.S.$70 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities and Other Capital Resources—U.S.$70 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility”.

U.S.$1,510 million Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities and Other Capital Resources—U.S.$1,510 million Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility”.

R1,500 million Nedbank Revolving Credit Facility

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities and Other Capital Resources—R1,500 million Nedbank Revolving Credit Facility”.

R1.0 billion Long-Term Revolving Credit Facilities

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities and Other Capital Resources—R1.0 billion Long-Term Revolving Credit Facilities”.

 

256


Table of Contents

Management and Other Compensatory Plans and Arrangements

See “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Long-term Cash Incentive Plan”, “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The Gold Fields Limited 2012 Share Plan”, “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan”, “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Shares Set Aside for Share Plans” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Executive Directors’ Terms of Employment”.

Deposit Agreement

Gold Fields has an American Depositary Receipt facility. In connection with this facility, Gold Fields is party to a Deposit Agreement, dated as of February 2, 1998, as amended and restated as of May 21, 2002 among Gold Fields, The Bank of New York (now known as The Bank of New York Mellon, or BNYM), as Depositary, and all owners and holders from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder.

This summary is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Deposit Agreement, including the form of ADRs attached thereto. Terms used in this section and not otherwise defined will have the meanings set forth in the Deposit Agreement. Copies of the Deposit Agreement are available for inspection at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary, located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The Depositary’s principal executive office is located at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286.

American Depositary Receipts

Each Gold Fields ADS represents ownership interests in one Gold Fields ordinary share and the rights attributable to one Gold Fields ordinary share that Gold Fields will deposit with one of the custodians, which currently are Standard Bank of South Africa, First National Bank of South Africa and Société Générale. Each Gold Fields ADR also represents securities, cash or other property deposited with BNYM but not distributed to holders of Gold Fields ADRs.

As BNYM will actually be the holder of the underlying ordinary shares, Gold Fields will not treat you as one of its shareholders. As a holder of ADSs, you will have ADR holder rights. A Deposit Agreement among Gold Fields, BNYM and you, as a Gold Fields ADR holder, sets out the ADR holders’ rights and obligations of BNYM, as depositary. New York state law governs the Deposit Agreement and the ADRs evidencing the Gold Fields ADSs.

You may hold ADRs either directly or indirectly through your broker or financial institution. If you hold ADRs directly, you are an ADR holder. This description assumes you hold your ADRs directly. If you hold the ADRs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or financial institution to assert the rights of ADR holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Share Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the ordinary shares?

BNYM will pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on the ordinary shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your Gold Fields ADSs represent.

Cash:

BNYM will convert any cash dividend or distribution Gold Fields pays on the ordinary shares, other than any dividend or distribution paid in U.S. dollars, into U.S. dollars. If that is not possible on a reasonable basis, or if any approval from any government is needed and cannot be obtained, the Deposit Agreement allows BNYM to

 

257


Table of Contents

distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so or to hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

Before making a distribution, BNYM will deduct any withholding taxes that must be paid under applicable laws. It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and U.S. cents and will round any fractional amounts to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when BNYM cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

Ordinary shares:

BNYM will distribute new ADRs representing any ordinary shares Gold Fields distributes as a dividend or free distribution, if Gold Fields requests that BNYM make this distribution and if Gold Fields furnishes BNYM promptly with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. BNYM will only distribute whole ADRs. It will sell ordinary shares, which would require it to issue a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds to the holders entitled to those ordinary shares. If BNYM does not distribute additional cash or ADSs, each ADS will also represent the new ordinary shares.

Right to purchase additional ordinary shares:

If Gold Fields offers holders of securities any rights, including rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares, BNYM may take actions necessary to make these rights available to you. Gold Fields must first instruct BNYM to do so and furnish it with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. If Gold Fields does not furnish this evidence and/or give these instructions, and BNYM determines that it is practical to sell the rights, BNYM may sell the rights and allocate the net proceeds to holders’ accounts. BNYM may allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

If BNYM makes rights available to you, upon instruction from you it will exercise the rights and purchase the ordinary shares on your behalf. BNYM will then deposit the ordinary shares and deliver ADSs to you. It will only exercise rights if you pay BNYM the exercise price and any charges the rights require you to pay. U.S. securities laws may restrict the sale, deposit, cancellation and transfer of the ADSs issued after exercise of rights. In this case, BNYM may deliver the ADSs under a separate restricted deposit agreement, which will contain the same provisions as the Deposit Agreement, except for changes needed to put the restrictions in place. BNYM will not offer you rights unless those rights and the securities to which the rights relate are either exempt from registration or have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to a distribution to you.

Other distributions:

BNYM will send to you anything else Gold Fields distributes on deposited securities by any means BNYM thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, BNYM may decide to sell what Gold Fields distributed—for example by public or private sale—and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash, or it may decide to hold what Gold Fields distributed, in which case the ADRs will also represent the newly distributed property.

BNYM is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADR holder. Gold Fields will have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distribution Gold Fields makes on its ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for Gold Fields to make them available to you.

 

258


Table of Contents

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How does the Depositary issue ADSs?

BNYM will deliver the ADSs that you are entitled to receive in the offer against deposit of the underlying ordinary shares. BNYM will deliver additional ADSs if you or your broker deposit ordinary shares with the custodian. You must also deliver evidence satisfactory to BNYM of any necessary approvals of the governmental agency in South Africa, if any, which is responsible for regulating currency exchange at that time. If required by BNYM, you must in addition deliver an agreement transferring your rights as a shareholder to receive dividends or other property. Upon payment of its fees and of any taxes or charges, BNYM will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADRs at its Corporate Trust Office to the persons you request.

How do ADS holders cancel an ADS and obtain ordinary shares?

You may submit a written request to withdraw ordinary shares and turn in your ADRs evidencing your ADSs at the Corporate Trust Office of BNYM. Upon payment of its fees and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes, BNYM will deliver the deposited securities underlying the ADSs to an account designated by you at the office of the custodian. At your request, risk and expense, BNYM may deliver at its Corporate Trust Office any dividends or distributions with respect to the deposited securities represented by the ADSs, or any proceeds from the sale of any dividends, distributions or rights, which may be held by BNYM.

Record Dates

Whenever any distribution of cash or rights, change in the number of ordinary shares represented by ADSs or notice of a meeting of holders of ordinary shares or ADSs is made, BNYM will fix a record date for the determination of the owners entitled to receive the benefits, rights or notice.

Voting of Deposited Securities

How do you vote?

If you are an ADS holder on a record date fixed by BNYM, you may exercise the voting rights of the same class of securities as the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs, but only if Gold Fields asks BNYM to ask for your instructions. Otherwise, you will not be able to exercise your right to vote unless you withdraw the ordinary shares.

However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the ordinary shares. If Gold Fields asks for your instructions, BNYM will notify you of the upcoming meeting and arrange to deliver certain materials to you. The materials will (1) include all information included with the meeting notice sent by Gold Fields to BNYM, (2) explain how you may instruct BNYM to vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying your ADSs as you direct if you vote by mail or by proxy and (3) include a voting instruction card and any other information required under South African law that Gold Fields and BNYM will prepare. For instructions to be valid, BNYM must receive them on or before the date specified in the instructions. BNYM will try, to the extent practical, subject to applicable law and the provisions of the by-laws of Gold Fields, to vote or have its agents vote the underlying shares as you instruct. BNYM will only vote, or attempt to vote, as you instruct. However, if BNYM does not receive your voting instructions, it will give a proxy to vote your ordinary shares to a designated representative of Gold Fields, unless Gold Fields informs BNYM that either: (1) it does not want the proxy issued, (2) substantial opposition exists or (3) the matter materially and adversely affects the rights of holders of ordinary shares.

Gold Fields cannot assure that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct BNYM to vote your ordinary shares. In addition, BNYM and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and there may be nothing you can do if your ordinary shares are not voted as you requested.

 

259


Table of Contents

Inspection of Transfer Books

BNYM will keep books for the registration and transfer of ADRs. These books will be open at all reasonable times for inspection by you, provided that you are inspecting the books for a purpose related to Gold Fields or the Deposit Agreement or the ADRs.

Reports and Other Communications

BNYM will make available for your inspection at its Corporate Trust Office any reports or communications, including any proxy material, received from Gold Fields, as long as these materials are received by BNYM as the holder of the deposited securities and generally available to Gold Fields shareholders. At Gold Fields’ written request, BNYM will also send copies of reports, notices and communications to you.

Fees and Expenses

BNYM, as Depositary, will charge any party depositing or withdrawing ordinary shares or any party surrendering ADRs or to whom ADRs are issued:

 

For:

 

Gold Fields ADS holders must pay:

•    each issuance of a Gold Fields ADS, including as a result of a distribution of ordinary shares or rights or other property or upon exercise of a warrant to purchase an ADS

 

•    $5.00 or less per 100 Gold Fields ADSs or portion thereof

•    each distribution of securities distributed to holders of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares which are distributed by BNYM to Gold Fields’ ADR holders

 

•    any fees that would be payable if the securities had been ordinary shares and those ordinary shares had been deposited for the issuance of ADSs

•    each cancellation of a Gold Fields ADS, including if the Deposit Agreement terminates

 

•    $5.00 or less per 100 Gold Fields ADSs or portion thereof

•    each cash distribution pursuant to the Deposit Agreement

 

•    not more than $0.02 per ADS (or portion thereof)

•    annual depositary services

 

•    not more than $0.02 per ADS (or portion thereof) paid annually, provided that this fee will not be charged if the $0.02 fee for cash distributions described above was charged during the calendar year

•    transfer and registration of ordinary shares on the Gold Fields’ share register from your name to the name BNYM or its agent when you deposit or withdraw ordinary shares

 

•    registration or transfer fees

•    conversion of foreign currency to U.S. dollars

 

•    expenses of BNYM

•    cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses, if expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement

 

•    expenses of BNYM

•    as necessary

 

•    certain taxes and governmental charges BNYM or the custodian has to pay on any Gold Fields ADS or ordinary share underlying a Gold Fields ADS

In fiscal 2015, BNYM paid U.S.$0.95 million to Gold Fields as reimbursement for costs incurred over the year in connection with the ADR program.

 

260


Table of Contents

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADRs or on the deposited securities underlying your ADRs. BNYM may deduct the amount of any taxes owed from any payments to you. It may also restrict or refuse the transfer of your Gold Fields ADSs or restrict or refuse the withdrawal of your underlying deposited securities until you pay any taxes owed on your Gold Fields ADSs or underlying securities. It may also sell deposited securities to pay any taxes owed. You will remain liable if the proceeds of the sale are not enough to pay the taxes. If BNYM sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of Gold Fields ADSs held by you to reflect the sale and pay to you any proceeds, or send to you any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

If Gold Fields:

 

   

changes the par value of any of the Gold Fields ordinary shares;

 

   

reclassifies, splits or consolidates any of the Gold Fields ordinary shares;

 

   

distributes securities on any of the Gold Fields ordinary shares that are not distributed to you; or

 

   

recapitalizes, reorganizes, merges, consolidates, sells its assets, or takes any similar action, then:

the cash, ordinary shares or other securities received by BNYM will become new deposited securities under the Deposit Agreement, and each Gold Fields ADS will automatically represent the right to receive a proportional interest in the new deposited securities; and BNYM may and will, if Gold Fields asks it to, distribute some or all of the cash, ordinary shares or other securities it received. It may also issue new Gold Fields ADSs or ask you to surrender your outstanding Gold Fields ADSs in exchange for new Gold Fields ADSs identifying the new deposited securities.

Amendment and Termination of the Deposit Agreement

How may the Deposit Agreement be amended?

Gold Fields may agree with BNYM to amend the Deposit Agreement and the Gold Fields ADRs without your consent for any reason. If the amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and governmental charges, or prejudices an important right of Gold Fields ADS holders, it will only become effective 30 days after BNYM notifies you of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the agreement as amended. However, no amendment will impair your right to receive the deposited securities in exchange for your Gold Fields ADSs.

How may the Deposit Agreement be terminated?

BNYM will terminate the Deposit Agreement if Gold Fields asks it to do so, in which case it must notify you at least 30 days before termination. BNYM may also terminate the agreement after notifying you if BNYM informs Gold Fields that it would like to resign and Gold Fields does not appoint a new depositary bank within 90 days.

If any Gold Fields ADSs remain outstanding after termination, BNYM will stop registering the transfer of Gold Fields ADSs, will stop distributing dividends to Gold Fields ADS holders, and will not give any further notices or do anything else under the Deposit Agreement other than:

 

   

collect dividends and distributions on the deposited securities;

 

   

sell rights and other property offered to holders of deposited securities; and

 

   

deliver ordinary shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of Gold Fields ADSs.

 

261


Table of Contents

At any time after one year after termination of the Deposit Agreement, BNYM may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, BNYM will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any cash it is holding under the Deposit Agreement, for the pro rata benefit of the Gold Fields ADS holders that have not surrendered their Gold Fields ADSs. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest. BNYM’s only obligations will be to account for the money and cash. After termination, Gold Fields’ only obligations will be with respect to indemnification of, and to pay specified amounts to, BNYM.

Your Right to Receive the Ordinary Shares Underlying Your Gold Fields ADSs

You have the right to cancel your Gold Fields ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares at any time except:

 

   

due to temporary delays caused by BNYM or Gold Fields closing its transfer books, the transfer of ordinary shares being blocked in connection with voting at a shareholders meeting, or Gold Fields paying dividends;

 

   

when you or other ADR holders seeking to withdraw ordinary shares owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

   

when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to Gold Fields ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any provision of the Deposit Agreement.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability to Gold Fields ADS Holders

The Deposit Agreement expressly limits the obligations of Gold Fields and BNYM. It also limits the liability of Gold Fields and BNYM. Gold Fields and BNYM:

 

   

are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith;

 

   

are not liable if either of them is prevented or delayed by law, any provision of the Gold Fields by-laws or circumstances beyond their control from performing their obligations under the agreement;

 

   

are not liable if either of them exercises, or fails to exercise, discretion permitted under the agreement;

 

   

have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or proceeding related to the ADSs or the Deposit Agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other party unless they are indemnified to their satisfaction; and

 

   

may rely upon any advice of or information from any legal counsel, accountants, any person depositing ordinary shares, any Gold Fields ADS holder or any other person whom they believe in good faith is competent to give them that advice or information.

In the Deposit Agreement, Gold Fields and BNYM agree to indemnify each other under specified circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before BNYM will deliver or register the transfer of a Gold Fields ADS, make a distribution on a Gold Fields ADS, or permit withdrawal of ordinary shares, BNYM may require:

 

   

payment of taxes, including stock transfer taxes or other governmental charges, and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any ordinary shares or other deposited securities, as well as the fees and expenses of BNYM;

 

262


Table of Contents
   

production of satisfactory proof of the identity of the person presenting ordinary shares for deposit or Gold Fields ADSs upon withdrawal, and of the genuineness of any signature; and

 

   

compliance with regulations BNYM may establish consistent with the Deposit Agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

BNYM may refuse to deliver, transfer, or register transfer of Gold Fields ADSs generally when the transfer books of BNYM are closed or at any time if BNYM or Gold Fields thinks it advisable to do so.

Pre-Release of Gold Fields ADSs

In certain circumstances, subject to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement, BNYM may deliver Gold Fields ADSs before deposit of the underlying ordinary shares. This is called a pre-release of Gold Fields ADSs. BNYM may also deliver ordinary shares prior to the receipt and cancellation of pre-released Gold Fields ADSs (even if those Gold Fields ADSs are canceled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying ordinary shares are delivered to BNYM. BNYM may receive Gold Fields ADSs instead of the ordinary shares to close out a pre-release. BNYM may pre-release Gold Fields ADSs only under the following conditions:

 

   

before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made must represent to BNYM in writing that it or its customer, as the case may be, owns the ordinary shares or Gold Fields ADSs to be deposited;

 

   

the pre-release must be fully collateralized with cash or collateral that BNYM considers appropriate; and

 

   

BNYM must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice.

The pre-release will be subject to whatever indemnities and credit regulations BNYM considers appropriate. In addition, BNYM will limit the number of Gold Fields ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release.

Governing Law

The Deposit Agreement is governed by the law of the State of New York.

South African Exchange Control Limitations Affecting Security Holders

The discussion below relates to exchange controls in force as of the date of this annual report. These controls are subject to change at any time without notice. It is not possible to predict whether existing exchange controls will be abolished, continued or amended by the South African government in the future. Investors are urged to consult a professional adviser as to the exchange control implications of their particular investments.

Acquisitions of shares or assets of South African companies by non-South African purchasers solely for a cash consideration equal to the fair value of the shares, will generally be permitted by the SARB pursuant to South African exchange control regulations. An acquisition of shares or assets of a South African company by a non-South African purchaser may be refused by the SARB in other circumstances, such as if the consideration for the acquisition is shares in a non-South African company or if the acquisition is financed by a loan from a South African lender. Denial of SARB approval for an acquisition of shares or assets of a South African company may result in the transaction not being able to be completed. Subject to this limitation, there are no restrictions on equity investments in South African companies and a foreign investor may invest freely in the ordinary shares and ADSs of Gold Fields.

There are no exchange control restrictions on the remittance in full of dividends declared out of trading profits to non-residents of the Common Monetary Area (comprising South Africa, the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland and the Republic of Namibia) by Gold Fields.

 

263


Table of Contents

Under South African exchange control regulations, the ordinary shares and ADSs of Gold Fields are freely transferable outside South Africa between persons who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area. Additionally, where ordinary shares are sold on the JSE on behalf of shareholders of Gold Fields who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area, the proceeds of such sales will be freely exchangeable into foreign currency and remittable to them. Any share certificates held by non-resident Gold Fields shareholders will be endorsed with the words “non-resident.” The same endorsement, however, will not be applicable to ADSs of Gold Fields held by non-resident shareholders.

Taxation

Certain South African Tax Considerations

The discussion in this section sets forth the material South African tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares or ADSs under current South African law. Changes in the law may alter the tax treatment of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares or ADSs, possibly on a retroactive basis.

The following summary is not a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or dispose of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares or ADSs and does not cover tax consequences that depend upon your particular tax circumstances. In particular, the following summary addresses tax consequences for holders of ordinary shares or ADSs who are not residents of, or who do not carry on business in, South Africa and who hold ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets (that is, for investment purposes). For the purposes of the income tax treaty between South Africa and the United States, or the Treaty, and South African tax law, a United States resident that owns Gold Fields ADSs will be treated as the owner of the Gold Fields ordinary shares represented by such ADSs. Gold Fields recommends that you consult your own tax adviser about the consequences of holding Gold Fields’ ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, in your particular situation.

Withholding Tax on Dividends

It should be noted that the 15% withholding tax on dividends declared by South African resident companies to non-resident shareholders or non-resident ADS holders was introduced with effect from April 1, 2012. Generally, under the Treaty, the withholding tax is limited to 5% of the gross amount of the dividends if the beneficial owner of the shares is a company holding directly at least 10% of the voting stock of the company paying the dividends and to 15% of the gross amount of the dividends in all other cases.

Income Tax and Capital Gains Tax

Non-resident holders of ordinary shares or ADSs will not be subject to income or capital gains tax in South Africa, with respect to the disposal of those ordinary shares or ADSs, on the basis that 80% or more of the market value of the Shares do not relate to immovable property held in South Africa, unless the non-resident carried on business through a permanent establishment in South Africa, and the profits are realized in the ordinary course of that business.

Securities Transfer Tax

No Securities Transfer Tax, or STT, is payable in South Africa with respect to the issue of a security.

STT is charged at a rate of 0.25% on the taxable amount of the transfer of every security issued by a company or a close corporation incorporated in South Africa, or a company incorporated outside South Africa but listed on an exchange in South Africa, subject to certain exemptions.

The word “transfer” is broadly defined and includes the transfer, sale, assignment or cession or disposal in any other manner of a security. The cancellation or redemption of a security is also regarded as a transfer unless the company is being liquidated. However, the issue of a security that does not result in a change in beneficial ownership is not regarded as a transfer.

 

264


Table of Contents

STT is levied on the taxable amount of a security. The taxable amount of a listed security is the greater of the consideration for the security declared by the transferee or the closing price of that security. The taxable amount of an unlisted security is the greater of the consideration given for the acquisition of the security or the market value of the unlisted security. In the case of a transfer of a listed security, either the member or the participant or the person to whom the security is transferred is liable for the tax. The tax must be paid within a period of 14 days from the transfer. The liability for tax with respect to the transfer of listed securities lies with the party facilitating the transfer or the recipient of the security.

The liability for STT with respect to the transfer of unlisted securities is that of the company that issued the unlisted security. The STT must be paid by the company issuing the unlisted security within two months from the date of the transfer of such security.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares and ADSs by a U.S. Holder. As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state within the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax without regard to its source; or

 

   

a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or the trust has validly elected to be treated as a domestic trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

This summary only applies to U.S. Holders that hold ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets. This summary is based upon:

 

   

the current federal income tax laws of the United States, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, and existing and proposed regulations thereunder;

 

   

current U.S. Internal Revenue Service practice and applicable U.S. court decisions; and

 

   

the income tax treaty between the United States and South Africa

all as of the date hereof and all subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect.

This summary assumes that the obligations of the Depositary under the Deposit Agreement and any related agreements will be performed in accordance with their terms.

This summary is of a general nature and does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular situation (including consequences under the alternative minimum tax or the net investment income tax), and does not address state, local, non-U.S. or other tax laws (such as estate and gift tax laws). For example, this summary does not apply to:

 

   

investors that own (directly, indirectly or by attribution) 5% or more of Gold Fields’ stock by vote or value;

 

   

financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

265


Table of Contents
   

individual retirement accounts and other tax-deferred accounts;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

investors that hold ordinary shares or ADSs as part of straddles, hedging transactions or conversion transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

persons that have ceased to be U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents of the United States;

 

   

investors holding the ordinary shares or ADSs in connection with a trade or business conducted outside the United States; and

 

   

U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents living abroad.

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds ordinary shares or ADSs will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you should consult your tax adviser concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you and your partners of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs by you.

Gold Fields does not believe that it was a PFIC within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code for its 2015 taxable year and does not expect to be a PFIC for its current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, Gold Fields’ possible status as a PFIC must be determined annually and therefore may be subject to change. If Gold Fields were to be treated as a PFIC, U.S. Holders of ordinary shares or ADSs would be required (i) to pay a special U.S. addition to tax on certain distributions and gains on sale and (ii) to pay tax on any gain from the sale of ordinary shares or ADSs at ordinary income (rather than capital gains) rates in addition to paying the special addition to tax on this gain. Additionally, dividends paid by Gold Fields would not be eligible for the special reduced rate of tax described below under “—Taxation of Dividends”. The remainder of this discussion assumes that Gold Fields is not a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes. You should consult your own tax advisers regarding the potential application of the PFIC regime.

The summary of U.S. federal income tax consequences set out below is for general information only. You are urged to consult your tax advisers as to the particular tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning and disposing of the ordinary shares or ADSs, including your eligibility for the benefits of the income tax treaty between the United States and South Africa, the applicability and effect of state, local, non-U.S. and other tax laws and possible changes in tax law.

U.S. Holders of ADSs

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder of ADSs generally will be treated as the owner of the corresponding number of underlying ordinary shares held by the Depositary for the ADSs, and references to ordinary shares in the following discussion refer also to ADSs representing the ordinary shares.

Deposits and withdrawals of ordinary shares by U.S. Holders in exchange for ADSs will not result in the realization of gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Your tax basis in withdrawn ordinary shares will be the same as your tax basis in the ADSs surrendered, and your holding period for the ordinary shares will include the holding period of the ADSs.

Taxation of Dividends

Distributions paid out of Gold Fields’ current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), before reduction for any South African withholding tax paid by Gold Fields

 

266


Table of Contents

with respect thereto, will generally be taxable to you as foreign source dividend income, and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations. Distributions that exceed Gold Fields’ current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the ordinary shares and thereafter as capital gain. However, we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax accounting principles. You should therefore assume that any distribution by us with respect to the shares will be reported as ordinary dividend income. You should consult your own tax advisers with respect to the appropriate U.S. federal income tax treatment of any distribution received from us. For purposes of determining limitations on any foreign tax credits, dividends paid by Gold Fields will generally constitute “passive income.”

Dividends paid by Gold Fields generally will be taxable to non-corporate U.S. Holders at the special reduced rate normally applicable to long-term capital gains, provided that either (i) Gold Fields qualifies for the benefits of the income tax treaty between the United States and South Africa, or (ii) the ADSs are considered to be “readily tradable” on the NYSE, and certain other requirements are met.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of any dividend paid in Rand will be included in income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the dividends are received by you (in the case of ordinary shares) or the Depositary (in the case of ADSs) regardless of whether they are converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If you or the depositary, as the case may be, convert dividends received in Rand into U.S. dollars on the day they are received, you generally will not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of this dividend income.

Effect of South African Withholding Taxes

As discussed in “—Certain South African Tax Considerations—Withholding Tax on Dividends”, under current law, South Africa imposes a withholding tax of 15% on dividends paid by Gold Fields. A U.S. Holder will generally be entitled, subject to certain limitations, to a foreign tax credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability, or a deduction in computing its U.S. federal taxable income, for South African income taxes withheld by Gold Fields.

U.S. Holders that receive payments subject to this withholding tax will be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as having received the amount of South African taxes withheld by Gold Fields, and as then having paid over the withheld taxes to the South African taxing authorities. As a result of this rule, the amount of dividend income included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes by a U.S. Holder with respect to a payment of dividends may be greater than the amount of cash actually received (or receivable) by the U.S. Holder from Gold Fields with respect to the payment.

The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex. You should consult your tax advisor concerning the foreign tax credit implications of the payment of South African withholding taxes.

Taxation of a Sale or Other Disposition

Your tax basis in an ordinary share will generally be its U.S. dollar cost. The U.S. dollar cost of an ordinary share purchased with foreign currency will generally be the U.S. dollar value of the purchase price on the date of purchase or, in the case of ordinary shares traded on an established securities market, as defined in the applicable Treasury Regulations, that are purchased by a cash basis taxpayer (or an accrual basis taxpayer that so elects), on the settlement date for the purchase. Such an election by an accrual basis taxpayer must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

Upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs, other than an exchange of ADSs for ordinary shares and vice versa, you will generally recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount realized and your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs. This

 

267


Table of Contents

capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period in the ordinary shares or ADSs exceeds one year. However, regardless of your actual holding period, any loss may be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent you receive a dividend that qualifies for the reduced rate described above under “—Taxation of Dividends” and also exceeds 10% of your basis in the ordinary shares. Any gain or loss will generally be U.S. source.

The amount realized on a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares for an amount in foreign currency will be the U.S. dollar value of this amount on the date of sale or disposition. On the settlement date, you will recognize U.S. source foreign currency gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) equal to the difference (if any) between the U.S. dollar value of the amount received based on the exchange rates in effect on the date of sale or other disposition and the settlement date. However, in the case of ordinary shares traded on an established securities market that are sold by a cash basis taxpayer (or an accrual basis taxpayer that so elects), the amount realized will be based on the exchange rate in effect on the settlement date for the sale, and no exchange gain or loss will be recognized at that time.

Foreign currency received on the sale or other disposition of an ordinary share will have a tax basis equal to its U.S. dollar value on the settlement date. Foreign currency that is purchased will generally have a tax basis equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency on the date of purchase. Any gain or loss recognized on a sale or other disposition of a foreign currency (including its use to purchase ordinary shares or upon exchange for U.S. dollars) will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

To the extent you incur Securities Transfer Tax in connection with a transfer or withdrawal of ordinary shares as described under “—Certain South African Tax Considerations—Securities Transfer Tax” above, such securities transfer tax will not be a creditable tax for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Payments of dividends and other proceeds with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs by U.S. persons will be reported to you and to the IRS as may be required under applicable regulations. Backup withholding may apply to these payments if you fail to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fail to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on your U.S. federal income tax returns. Some holders are not subject to backup withholding. You should consult your tax adviser about these rules and any other reporting obligations that may apply to the ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares, including requirements relating to the holding of certain foreign financial assets.

Documents on Display

Gold Fields files annual and special reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any reports or other information on file at the SEC’s public reference room at the following location:

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services. Gold Fields’ SEC filings may also be obtained electronically via the EDGAR system on the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

 

268


Table of Contents

ITEM 11: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Gold Fields is exposed to market risks, including foreign currency, commodity price and interest rate risk associated with underlying assets, liabilities and anticipated transactions. Following periodic evaluation of these exposures, Gold Fields may enter into derivative financial instruments to manage some of these exposures. As part of its strategy, however, Gold Fields does not generally hedge against the risk of changes in the price of gold. See “—Commodity Price Sensitivity—Commodity Price Hedging Policy”.

Gold Fields has policies in areas such as counterparty exposure, hedging practices and prudential limits which have been approved by Gold Fields’ Board of Directors. Management of financial risk is centralized at Gold Fields’ treasury department, which acts as the interface between Gold Fields’ operations and counterparty banks. The treasury department manages financial risk in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Gold Fields Board of Directors and Executive Committee. Gold Fields’ Audit Committee has approved dealing limits for money market, foreign exchange and commodity transactions, which Gold Fields’ treasury department is required to adhere to. Among other restrictions, these limits describe which instruments may be traded and demarcate open position limits for each category as well as indicating counterparty credit- related limits. The dealing exposure and limits are checked and controlled each day and reported to the Chief Financial Officer.

Foreign Currency Sensitivity

General

In the ordinary course of business, Gold Fields enters into transactions, such as gold and concentrate sales, denominated in foreign currencies, primarily U.S. dollars. In addition, Gold Fields has investments and indebtedness in various foreign currencies, primarily U.S. and Australian dollars. Although this exposes Gold Fields to transaction and translation exposure from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, Gold Fields does not generally hedge this exposure, although it may do so in specific circumstances, such as foreign currency commitments, financing projects or acquisitions. Also, Gold Fields on occasion undertakes currency hedging to take advantage of favorable short-term fluctuations in exchange rates when management believes exchange rates are at unsustainably high levels.

Foreign Currency Hedging Experience

Gold Fields uses various derivative instruments to protect its exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates.

On October 1, 2014, South Deep entered into a U.S.$/Rand zero-cost collar for U.S.$7.5 million per month for a period of six months starting October 2014. A floor of R11.2 and an average cap over the period of R12.0567 was achieved. At December 31, 2014, the fair value of the collar was nil.

Gains and losses on financial instruments are disclosed in detail under “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Results of Operations—(Loss)/gain on financial instruments”.

Foreign Currency Contract Position

As of December 31, 2015, there were no foreign currency contract positions.

Foreign Currency Sensitivity Analysis

Gold Fields’ revenues and costs are very sensitive to the Rand/U.S. dollar and Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rates because revenues are generated using a gold price denominated in U.S. dollars, while costs of the South African and Australian operations are incurred principally in Rand and Australian dollars, respectively. Depreciation of the Rand and Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar results in lower operating costs when they

 

269


Table of Contents

are translated into U.S. dollars, thereby increasing the operating margin of the South African and Australian operations. Conversely, appreciation of the Rand and Australian dollar results in higher operating costs when translated into U.S. dollars, thereby decreasing the operating margins at the South African and Australian operations. The impact on profitability of changes in the value of the Rand and Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar can be substantial.

A sensitivity analysis of the mark-to-market valuation has not been performed as there were no foreign currency contracts as of December 31, 2015.

Commodity Price Sensitivity

General

Gold and copper

The market price of gold and to a lesser extent copper have a significant effect on the results of operations of Gold Fields, the ability of Gold Fields to pay dividends and undertake capital expenditures, and the market price of Gold Fields’ ordinary shares. Gold and copper prices have historically fluctuated widely and are affected by numerous industry factors over which Gold Fields does not have any control. See “Risk Factors—Changes in the market price for gold, and to a lesser extent copper, which in the past have fluctuated widely, affect the profitability of Gold Fields’ operations and the cash flows generated by those operations” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Revenues”. The aggregate effect of these factors on the gold and copper prices, all of which are beyond the control of Gold Fields, is impossible for Gold Fields to predict.

Oil

The market price of oil has a significant effect on the results of the offshore operations of Gold Fields. The offshore operations consume large quantities of diesel in the running of their mining fleets. Oil prices have historically fluctuated widely and are affected by numerous factors over which Gold Fields does not have any control.

Commodity Price Hedging Policy

Gold and copper

Generally, Gold Fields does not enter into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for future gold and copper production. On an exceptional basis, Gold Fields may consider gold and copper hedging arrangements in one or more of the following circumstances:

 

   

to protect cash flows at times of significant capital expenditure;

 

   

for specific debt-servicing requirements; and

 

   

to safeguard the viability of higher cost operations.

See “Information on the Company—Strategy”.

To the extent that it enters into commodity hedging arrangements, Gold Fields seeks to use different counterparty banks consisting of local and international banks to spread risk. None of the counterparties is affiliated with, or a related party of, Gold Fields.

Oil

Generally Gold Fields does not enter into derivatives or other hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for future oil consumption. However, where oil prices are expected to increase in the short- to medium- term, Gold Fields may consider hedging the oil price in order to protect itself against the adverse cost effects of a material increase in the oil price.

 

270


Table of Contents

Commodity Price Hedging Experience

Gold

No gold derivative instruments were entered into during fiscal 2015 and no gold derivative instruments have been entered into since fiscal 2007.

Copper

No contracts were entered into during fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015.

Oil

From time to time, various subsidiaries of Gold Fields enter into call options to fix the price of specified quantities of diesel fuel. During fiscal 2014 and 2015, the following options were entered into:

 

   

On September 10, 2014, Gold Fields Australia (Pty) Limited entered into a Singapore Gasoil 10ppm cash settled swap transaction contract for a total of 136,500 barrels, effective September 15, 2014 until March 31, 2015 at a fixed price of U.S.$115.00 per barrel. The 136,500 barrels are based on 50 per cent of usage for the seven month period – September 2014 to March 2015. Brent Crude at the time of the transaction was U.S.$99.10 per barrel.

 

   

On November 26, 2014, Gold Fields Australia (Pty) Limited entered into further Singapore Gasoil 10ppm cash settled swap transaction contracts. A contract for 63,000 barrels for the period January – March 2015 was committed at a fixed price of U.S.$94.00 per barrel, and a further 283,500 barrels was committed at a price of U.S.$96.00 per barrel for the period April – December 2015. Brent Crude at the time of the transaction was U.S.$78.50 per barrel.

No further contracts were entered into during fiscal 2015.

Commodity Price Contract Position

The following contract was outstanding as of December 31, 2015:

 

   

Australian diesel hedge—31,500 barrels with a negative fair value of U.S.$1.5 million.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

General

As of December 31, 2015, Gold Fields’ indebtedness amounted to U.S.$1,820.3 million. Gold Fields generally does not undertake any specific action to cover its exposure to interest rate risk, although it may do so in specific circumstances. For a discussion of Gold Fields’ credit facilities and other borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2015, including the interest rates applicable to them, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Credit Facilities and Other Capital Resources”.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

U.S.$827.7 million of Gold Fields interest bearing debt outstanding as of December 31, 2015 was exposed to interest rate fluctuations. This debt is normally rolled for periods between one and three months and is therefore exposed to the rate changes in this period.

 

271


Table of Contents

U.S.$811.0 million of the total debt was exposed to changes in LIBOR while U.S.$16.7 million was exposed to the South African Prime Rate. The following table indicates the change to finance expense had LIBOR and the South African Prime Rate differed as indicated.

 

     Change in finance expense for a nominal change in
interest rate, change as of December 31, 2015
 
      (U.S.$ million, except for percentages)  

Sensitivity to interest rates

     (1.5 )%      (1.0 )%      (0.5 )%      0.5     1.0     1.5

Sensitivity to LIBOR interest rate

     (12.8     (8.5     (4.3     4.3        8.5        12.8   

Sensitivity to South African Prime interest rate

     (0.5     (0.3     (0.2     0.2        0.3        0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in finance expense

     (13.3     (8.8     (4.5     4.5        8.8        13.3   

 

272


Table of Contents

ITEM 12: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

 

 

273


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13: DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

 

274


Table of Contents

ITEM 14: MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS

AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

 

275


Table of Contents

ITEM 15: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures:

Gold Fields has carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Gold Fields, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Gold Fields’ disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based upon that evaluation, Gold Fields’ Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, Gold Fields’ disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting:

Gold Fields’ management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Securities Exchange Act of 1934 defines internal control over financial reporting in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

 

   

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and

 

   

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Gold Fields’ management assessed the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, Gold Fields’ management used the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO. Based upon its assessment, Gold Fields’ management concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, its internal control over financial reporting is effective based upon those criteria.

KPMG Inc., or KPMG, an independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of Gold Fields’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.

 

(c) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm:

See report of KPMG Inc., an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on page F-1.

 

(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting:

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during fiscal 2015 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

276


Table of Contents

ITEM 16A: AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The Board of Directors has determined that Gold Fields’ Audit Committee does not have an “audit committee financial expert”, as defined in the rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Although a person with such qualifications does not serve on the Audit Committee, the Board of Directors believes that the members of the Audit Committee collectively possess the knowledge and experience to oversee and assess the performance of Gold Fields’ management and auditors, the quality of Gold Fields’ disclosure controls, the preparation and evaluation of Gold Fields’ financial statements and Gold Fields’ financial reporting. Gold Fields’ Board of Directors also believes that the members of the Audit Committee collectively possess the understanding of audit committee functions necessary to diligently execute their responsibilities. For biographical information on each member of the Audit Committee, see “Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Non-executive Directors”.

 

277


Table of Contents

ITEM 16B: CODE OF ETHICS

Gold Fields has adopted a Company Code of Ethics, or the Code, which applies to all directors and employees, the text of which can be accessed on Gold Fields’ website at www.goldfields.co.za.

 

278


Table of Contents

ITEM 16C: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

KPMG served as Gold Fields’ principal accountant. Set forth below are the fees for audit and other services rendered by KPMG for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2013      2014      2015  
     (U.S.$ million)   

Audit fees

     3.4         3.2         2.7   

Audit-related fees

     0.3         0.3         0.2   

Tax fees

     —   *       —   *       —   * 

All other fees

     —           0.1         0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3.7         3.6         3.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Nominal amount due to rounding to U.S.$ million.

Audit fees include fees for audit services rendered for Gold Fields’ annual consolidated financial statements filed with regulatory organizations.

Audit-related fees include fees for related services by the principal accountant that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the registrant’s financial statements.

Tax fees include fees for tax compliance, tax advice, tax planning and other tax-related services.

All other fees consist of fees for all other services not included in any of the other categories noted above.

All of the above fees were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

Audit Committee’s Policies and Procedures

In accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission rules regarding auditor independence, the Audit Committee has established Policies and Procedures for Audit and Non-Audit Services Provided by an Independent Auditor. The rules apply to Gold Fields and its consolidated subsidiaries engaging any accounting firms for audit services and the auditor who audits the accounts filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the external auditor, for permissible non-audit services.

When engaging the external auditor for permissible non-audit services (audit-related services, tax services, and all other services), pre-approval is obtained prior to the commencement of the services.

 

279


Table of Contents

ITEM 16D: EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

 

280


Table of Contents

ITEM 16E: PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

None.

 

281


Table of Contents

ITEM 16F: CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

 

282


Table of Contents

ITEM 16G: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Gold Fields’ home country corporate governance practices are regulated by the Listing Requirements of the JSE, or the JSE Listing Requirements. The following is a summary of the significant ways in which Gold Fields’ home country corporate governance standards and its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies under the NYSE Listing Standards.

 

   

The NYSE Listing Standards require that the non-management directors of U.S. listed companies meet at regularly scheduled non executive sessions without management. The JSE Listing Requirements do not require such meetings of listed company non-executive directors. Gold Fields’ non-management directors do however meet regularly without management.

 

   

The NYSE Listing Standards require U.S. listed companies to have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. The JSE Listing Requirements also require the appointment of such a committee, and stipulate that all members of this committee must be non-executive directors, the majority of whom must be independent. Gold Fields has a Nominating and Governance Committee which currently comprises three non-executive directors, all of whom are independent under the NYSE Listing Standards and the JSE Listing Requirements which is chaired by the Chairman of Gold Fields, as required by the JSE Listing Requirements.

 

   

The NYSE Listing Standards require U.S. listed companies to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. The JSE Listing Requirements merely require the appointment of such a committee. Gold Fields has appointed a Remuneration Committee, currently comprising four board members, all of whom are independent under both the JSE Listing Requirements and the NYSE Listing Standards.

 

   

The NYSE Listings Standards require U.S. listed companies to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors. The South African Companies Act requires that the audit committee be approved by shareholders on an annual basis at a company’s annual general meeting. The JSE Listings Requirements also require an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors. Gold Fields has appointed an Audit Committee, currently comprised of three board members, all of whom are non-executive and independent, as defined under both the JSE Listings Requirements and the NYSE Listing Requirements.

 

283


Table of Contents

ITEM 16H: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

 

284


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 17: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Gold Fields has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.

 

285


Table of Contents

ITEM 18: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statements of Gold Fields Limited are filed as part of this annual report.

 

286


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Gold Fields Limited

  

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-1   
Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013      F-2   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013      F-3   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014      F-4   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013      F-5   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013      F-7   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Schedules to Gold Fields Limited’s Financial Statements

  

Schedule 1—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     S-1   

 

287


Table of Contents

ITEM 19: EXHIBITS

The following instruments and documents are included as Exhibits to this annual report.

 

No.

  

Exhibit

1.1    Memorandum of Association of Gold Fields (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the registration statement on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2002)
1.2    Articles of Association of Gold Fields (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to the registration statement on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2002)
1.3    Amended Articles of Association of Gold Fields (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2007)
2.1    Memorandum of Incorporation of Gold Fields (included in Exhibits 1.1 and 1.2)
2.2    Deposit Agreement among Gold Fields, Gold Fields Limited (f/k/a/Driefontein Consolidated Limited), The Bank of New York, as depositary, and the owners and beneficial owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts, dated as of February 2, 1998, as amended and restated as of May 21, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 24, 2002)
2.3    Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.2)
2.4    Amended Memorandum of Incorporation of Gold Fields (included in Exhibit 1.3)
2.5    Trust Deed among Orogen, as issuer; Gold Fields Limited, GFIMSA, GFO, and GFH, as guarantors; and Citicorp Trustee Company Limited, as trustee, dated October 7, 2010 in relation to the U.S.$1 billion Note Issue (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 2010)
2.6    Supplemental Trust Deed among Orogen, as issuer; Gold Fields, GFO, and GFH, as guarantors; Sibanye Gold and Citicorp Trustee Company Limited, as trustee, dated April 24, 2010 in relation to the U.S.$1 billion Note Issue
2.7    Amended Memorandum of Incorporation of Gold Fields, adopted by Special Resolution on May 14, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2013)
4.1    The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Non-Executive Share Plan, adopted November 17, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2005)
4.2    The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan, adopted November 17, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2005)
4.3    The Gold Fields Limited 2012 Share Plan, dated May 14, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2013)
4.4    Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Group Services (Pty) Ltd, dated March 6, 2009 and effective March 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.29 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3, 2009)

 

288


Table of Contents

No.

  

Exhibit

4.5    Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Limited, dated March 9, 2009 and effective March 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3, 2009)
4.6    Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Orogen Holding Company (BVI), dated March 6, 2009 and effective March 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.31 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3, 2009)
4.7    Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Group Services (Pty) Ltd, dated April 9, 2010 and effective April 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.29 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 2010)
4.8    Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Limited, dated April 9, 2010 and effective April 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 2010)
4.9    Agreement between Nicholas J. Holland and Gold Fields Orogen Holding Company (BVI), dated April 9, 2010 and effective April 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.31 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 2010)
4.10    U.S.$200 million Revolving Senior Secured Credit Facility Agreement between The Bank of Nova Scotia, Scotiabank Peru S.A.A., Scotiabank Europe Plc and La Cima, dated December 16, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 14, 2015)
4.11    Credit Facilities Agreement between Barclays Bank Plc, GFI Joint Venture Holdings (Proprietary) Limited, GFO, Gold Fields Orogen Holding (BVI) and the Original Guarantors (listed in Schedule 1), dated November 28, 2012, as amended and restated as of January 30, 2013 pursuant to a Syndication and Amendment Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2013)
4.13    Revolving Credit Facility Agreement among Nedbank Limited, GFI Joint Venture Holdings (Proprietary) Limited, GFO and the Original Guarantors (listed in Schedule 1), dated March 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.28 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2013)
4.14    Rand 500,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement between FirstRand Bank Limited, GFI Joint Venture Holdings (Pty) Limited, GFO and the Original Guarantors (listed in Schedule 1), dated June 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.29 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 25, 2014)
4.15    Rand 500,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement between Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, GFI Joint Venture Holdings (Pty) Limited, GFO and the Original Guarantors (listed in Schedule 1), dated December 20, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 25, 2014)
4.16    Agreement between Paul A. Schmidt and Gold Fields Group Services (Pty) Ltd, dated November 24, 2009 and effective November 6, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.33 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1 -31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3, 2009)

 

289


Table of Contents

No.

  

Exhibit

4.17    Agreement between Paul A. Schmidt and Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Limited, dated November 24, 2009 and effective November 6, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.34 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1 -31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3, 2009)
4.18    Agreement between Paul A. Schmidt and Gold Fields Orogen Holding Company (BVI), dated November 24, 2009 and effective November 6, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.35 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1 -31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3, 2009)
4.19    First Addendum to the Employment Contract made and entered into between Gold Fields Group Services (Pty) Ltd and Paul A. Schmidt, dated April 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.40 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1 -31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 2010)
4.20    First Addendum to the Employment Contract made and entered into between Gold Fields Ghana Holdings (BVI) Limited and Paul A. Schmidt, dated April 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.41 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1 -31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 2010)
4.21    First Addendum to the Employment Contract made and entered into between Gold Fields Orogen Holding Company (BVI) and Paul A. Schmidt, dated April 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.42 to the annual report on Form 20-F (File No. 1 -31318), filed by Gold Fields with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 2010)
8.1    Amended list of subsidiaries of the registrant
12.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer
12.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer
13.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer
13.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

290


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

GOLD FIELDS LIMITED

 

/s/ Nicholas J. Holland

Name: Nicholas J. Holland
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Date: April 13, 2016

 

291


Table of Contents

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Gold Fields Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Gold Fields Limited (“the Company”) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement schedule, “Schedule I—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts”. We also have audited Gold Field Limited and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” appearing in Item 15 of the Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule, and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Gold Fields Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the accompanying financial statement schedule for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also in our opinion, Gold Fields Limited maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

KPMG Inc.

Johannesburg, South Africa

April 13, 2016

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Statements of Operations

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
     2015           2014           2013  

REVENUES

              

Product sales

     2,545.4            2,868.8            2,906.3   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

COSTS AND EXPENSES

              

Production costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     1,660.3            1,808.1            1,819.9   

Depreciation and amortization

     594.4            677.3            568.5   

Corporate expenditure

     20.5            27.3            39.4   

Employee termination costs

     9.4            42.2            35.5   

Exploration expenditure

     24.7            36.2            77.9   

Feasibility and evaluation costs

     —              —              68.0   

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     0.1            1.3            (10.2

Asset impairments and write-offs

     100.1            14.0            215.3   

Royalties

     76.0            86.1            90.5   

Accretion expense on provision for environmental rehabilitation

     13.9            15.4            10.4   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 
     2,499.4            2,707.9            2,915.2   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

OTHER (EXPENSES)/INCOME

              

Interest and dividends

     6.3            4.2            8.5   

Finance expense

     (71.2         (80.8         (72.4

Loss on financial instruments

     (4.7         (11.5         (0.3

Foreign exchange gains

     9.5            8.4            7.3   

Profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries

     0.1            78.0            17.8   

Impairment of investments

     (37.9         (6.8         (10.3

Other expenses

     (27.2         (44.2         (104.2
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 
     (125.1         (52.7         (153.6
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

(LOSS)/INCOME BEFORE TAX, IMPAIRMENT OF INVESTMENT IN EQUITY INVESTEES, SHARE OF EQUITY INVESTEES’ LOSSES AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     (79.1         108.2            (162.5

Income and mining tax expense

     (155.0         (121.6         (105.7
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE IMPAIRMENT OF INVESTMENT IN EQUITY INVESTEES, SHARE OF EQUITY INVESTEES LOSSES AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     (234.1         (13.4         (268.2

Impairment of investment in equity investees

     (109.5         (7.4         —     

Share of equity investees’ losses, net of tax

     (3.8         (4.4         (18.4
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (347.4         (25.2         (286.6

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —              —              20.5   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss

     (347.4         (25.2         (266.1

Net (loss)/income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (2.4         2.0            (18.2
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

- Continuing operations

     (2.4         2.0            (18.2

- Discontinued operations

     —              —              —     

Net (loss)/income attributable to Gold Fields shareholders

     (345.0         (27.2         (247.9

- Continuing operations

     (345.0         (27.2         (268.4

- Discontinued operations

     —              —              20.5   

BASIC (LOSS)/INCOME PER SHARE ($)

              

- Continuing operations

     (0.45         (0.04         (0.36

- Discontinued operations

     —              —              0.03   

DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE ($)

              

- Continuing operations

     (0.45         (0.04         (0.36

- Discontinued operations

     —                            0.03   

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES USED IN THE

              

- COMPUTATION OF BASIC (LOSS)/INCOME PER SHARE

              

- Continuing operations

     774,763,151            769,141,871            742,606,726   

- Discontinued operations

     —              —              742,606,726   

- COMPUTATION OF DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE

              

- Continuing operations

     774,763,151            769,141,871            742,606,726   

- Discontinued operations

     —              —              742,606,726   

DIVIDEND PER SHARE ($)

     0.02            0.04            0.08   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                     2014                          2013          

Net loss

     (347.4     (25.2        (266.1

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     (690.8     (368.4        (746.5

Changes in fair value of listed investments

     0.4        6.0             1.6   

Mark-to-market adjustment of listed investments 1

     0.4        6.9             (1.3

Realized gain on disposal of listed investments 2

     —          (1.8        (7.4

Impairment of listed investments 3

     —          0.9           10.3   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (691.2     (374.4          (748.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (1,038.2     (393.6        (1,012.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to:

         

Gold Fields shareholders

     (1,035.8     (395.6        (994.4

Noncontrolling interests

     (2.4     2.0           (18.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 
     (1,038.2     (393.6        (1,012.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes deferred tax of $nil (2014: $nil and 2013: $1.7 million).
(2) This amount has been reclassified to and included in the profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries line in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
(3) This amount has been reclassified to and included in the impairment of investments line in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

     December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
 

ASSETS

    

CURRENT ASSETS

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     440.0        458.0   

Assets held for sale

     1.0        31.0   

Receivables

     168.9        226.5   

Inventories

     294.4        373.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     904.3        1,088.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     3,705.6        4,453.3   

Goodwill

     579.0        756.3   

Deferred income and mining taxes

     1.8        17.8   

Inventories

     148.1        148.1   

Non-current investments

     175.0        286.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     5,513.8        6,750.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Accounts payable and provisions

     416.2        498.5   

Interest payable

     11.4        11.2   

Royalties, income and mining taxes payable

     77.8        58.2   

Short-term loans and current portion of long-term loans

     16.7        140.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     522.1        708.1   

Long-term loans

     1,803.6        1,770.7   

Deferred income and mining taxes

     254.1        263.2   

Provision for environmental rehabilitation

     275.7        300.1   

Long-term incentive plan

     12.6        8.3   

Other non-current liabilities

     8.7        9.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,876.8        3,059.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - see notes 21 and 22

    

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Share capital December 31, 2015 - 1,000,000,000 (December 31, 2014 - 1,000,000,000) authorized ordinary shares of 50 South African cents each. Shares issued December 31, 2015: 776,594,162 (December 31, 2014: 771,416,491)

     63.2        63.0   

Additional paid-in capital

     4,475.9        4,465.0   

Retained earnings

     324.0        684.1   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,308.2     (1,617.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gold Fields shareholders’ equity

     2,554.9        3,594.7   

Noncontrolling interests

     82.1        96.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     2,637.0        3,691.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     5,513.8        6,750.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

    Number of
ordinary
shares issued
    Share
capital
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss)/income
    Gold Fields’
shareholders
equity
    Noncontrolling
interests
    Total  

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2012

    729,536,813        61.0        5,452.3        1,054.3        (653.0     5,914.6        126.1        6,040.7   

Net loss

    —          —          —          (247.9     —          (247.9     (18.2     (266.1

Dividends declared

    —          —          —          (61.2     —          (61.2     (1.1     (62.3

Sibanye Gold spin-off

    —          —          (1,184.2     —          150.5        (1,033.7     —          (1,033.7

Share-based compensation

    —          —          45.1        —          —          45.1        —          45.1   

Exercise of employee share options

    8,905,790        0.4        —          —          —          0.4        —          0.4   

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          (4.1     —          (4.1     (8.7     (12.8

Transactions with noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (1.1     (1.1

Acquisition of Barrick Yilgarn assets

    28,717,660        1.5        125.8        —          —          127.3        —          127.3   

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          (746.5     (746.5     —          (746.5

Receipt of funds from noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          6.8        6.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2013

    767,160,263        62.9        4,439.0        741.1        (1,249.0     3,994.0        103.8        4,097.8   

Net (loss)/income

    —          —          —          (27.2     —          (27.2     2.0        (25.2

Dividends declared

    —          —          —          (29.8     —          (29.8     (10.7     (40.5

Share-based compensation

    —          —          26.0        —          —          26.0        —          26.0   

Exercise of employee share options

    4,256,228        0.1        —          —          —          0.1        —          0.1   

Disposal of noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (0.5     (0.5

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          (368.4     (368.4     —          (368.4

Receipt of funds from noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          2.0        2.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2014

    771,416,491        63.0        4,465.0        684.1        (1,617.4     3,594.7        96.6        3,691.3   

Net loss

    —          —          —          (345.0     —          (345.0     (2.4     (347.4

Dividends declared

    —          —          —          (15.1     —          (15.1     (12.1     (27.2

Share-based compensation

    —          —          10.9        —          —          10.9        —          10.9   

Exercise of employee share options

    5,177,671        0.2        —          —          —          0.2        —          0.2   

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          (690.8     (690.8     —          (690.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2015

    776,594,162        63.2        4,475.9        324.0        (2,308.2     2,554.9        82.1        2,637.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (continued)

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

The following is a reconciliation of the components of accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/ income for the periods presented:

 

     Share of equity
investee’s
other
comprehensive
income
    Mark-to-market
of listed
investments
    Foreign
exchange
translation
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss)/income
 

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2012

     (14.4     (7.1     (631.5     (653.0

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

     —          (1.3     (748.1     (749.4

Mark-to-market of listed investments

     —          (1.3     —          (1.3

Foreign exchange translation

     —          —          (748.1     (748.1

Other comprehensive income reclassified to statement of operations

     —          2.9        —          2.9   

Realized gain on disposal of listed investments

     —          (7.4     —          (7.4

Impairment of listed investments

     —          10.3        —          10.3   

Net current year other comprehensive income/(loss)

     —          1.6        (748.1     (746.5

Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/income - Sibanye Gold spin-off

     —          —          150.5        150.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2013

     (14.4     (5.5     (1,229.1     (1,249.0

Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassifications

     —          6.9        (374.4     (367.5

Mark-to-market of listed investments

     —          6.9        —          6.9   

Foreign exchange translation

     —          —          (374.4     (374.4

Other comprehensive income/(loss) reclassified to statement of operations

     —          (0.9     —          (0.9

Realized gain on disposal of listed investments

     —          (1.8     —          (1.8

Impairment of listed investments

     —          0.9        —          0.9   

Net current year other comprehensive income/(loss)

     —          6.0        (374.4     (368.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2014

     (14.4     0.5        (1,603.5     (1,617.4

Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassifications

     —          0.4        (691.2     (690.8

Mark-to-market of listed investments

     —          0.4        —          0.4   

Foreign exchange translation

     —          —          (691.2     (691.2

Net current year other comprehensive income/(loss)

     —          0.4        (691.2     (690.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2015

     (14.4     0.9        (2,294.7     (2,308.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

($ millions unless otherwise noted)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATIONS

      

Net loss from continuing operations

     (347.4     (25.2     (286.6

Reconciled to net cash provided by operations:

      

- Share of equity investees’ losses, net of tax

     3.8        4.4        18.4   

- Impairment of investment in equity investee

     109.5        7.4        —     

- Deferred income and mining taxes

     12.0        (12.6     (59.4

- Profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries

     (0.1     (78.0     (17.8

- Impairment of investments

     37.9        6.8        10.3   

- Asset impairments and write-offs

     100.1        14.0        215.3   

- Depreciation and amortization

     594.4        677.3        568.5   

- Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     0.1        1.3        (10.2

- Share-based compensation

     10.9        26.0        40.5   

- Long-term incentive plan expense

     5.3        8.7        —     

- Accretion expense on provision for environmental rehabilitation

     13.9        15.4        10.4   

- Rehabilitation payments

     (9.8     (2.8     (2.5

- Other

     (23.3     (3.3     (0.1

- Cash portion of share of equity investee loss

     (3.3     (3.6     (18.4

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

- Receivables

     37.4        26.6        140.7   

- Inventories

     55.6        (22.5     (11.0

- Accounts payable and provisions

     (40.7     77.7        (121.3

- Royalties, income and mining taxes payable

     23.7        26.2        (142.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY CONTINUING OPERATIONS

     580.0        743.8        334.3   

NET CASH PROVIDED BY DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     —          —          30.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATIONS

     580.0        743.8        365.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (434.5     (480.5     (543.7

Finance expense capitalized

     (16.6     (24.2     (18.3

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     3.1        4.9        10.4   

Barrick Yilgarn asset purchase

     —          —          (135.0

Investment in the Mankayan Project - Bezant Resources

     —          —          (10.0

Proceeds on disposal of Chucapaca

     —          81.0        —     

Purchase of investments

     (3.0     (4.4     (3.5

Proceeds on sale of listed investments

     —          6.4        35.0   

Investment in environmental trust funds

     (7.7     (7.1     (15.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH UTILIZED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES - CONTINUING OPERATIONS

     (458.7     (423.9     (680.5

NET CASH UTILIZED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES - DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     —          —          (54.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH UTILIZED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     (458.7     (423.9     (735.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Long and short-term loans raised

     506.0        463.9        3,177.7   

Long and short-term loans repaid

     (594.3     (591.8     (2,971.3

Increase in noncontrolling interests funding

     —          2.0        6.8   

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

     —          —          (12.8

Dividends paid to Company shareholders

     (15.1     (29.8     (61.2

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests

     (12.1     (10.6     (1.1

Payment to South African Equity interests in South Deep

     (1.7     (1.9     (2.2

Ordinary shares issued

     —          —          0.8   

Cash transferred on spin-off of Sibanye Gold

     —          —          (106.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH (UTILIZED IN)/PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES - CONTINUING OPERATIONS

     (117.2     (168.2     30.3   

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES - DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     —          —          39.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH (UTILIZED IN)/PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     (117.2     (168.2     69.3   

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (22.1     (18.7     (29.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (18.0     133.0        (330.6

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - beginning of the year

     458.0        325.0        655.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - end of year

     440.0        458.0        325.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

1 GENERAL

Gold Fields Limited (formerly Driefontein Consolidated Limited, or Driefontein, the Company or the Group) was originally incorporated in South Africa and listed on the JSE Securities Exchange S.A. (“JSE”) during 1968 as East Driefontein Gold Mining Company Limited. Following a merger with West Driefontein Gold Mining Company Limited, it was renamed Driefontein on June 15, 1981. On May 10, 1999, Driefontein completed a business combination, with another South African company listed on the JSE, Gold Fields Limited (“Old Gold Fields”). Old Gold Fields evolved through a series of transactions in 1998, whereby it acquired substantially all of the gold mining assets and interests previously held by Gold Fields of South Africa Limited, Gencor Limited, New Wits Limited and certain other shareholders in the companies owning the assets and interests. These assets and interests included publicly traded gold mining companies, mineral rights and service agreements. Driefontein, the surviving entity, was renamed Gold Fields Limited, and Old Gold Fields was renamed GFL Mining Services Limited, effective from that date. The Group is engaged in gold mining and related activities, including exploration, extraction, processing and smelting. Gold bullion, the Group’s principal product, is currently produced in South Africa, Ghana and Australia and sold in South Africa and internationally. The Group also produces copper/gold concentrate in Peru, which is sold internationally.

On November 29, 2012, Gold Fields announced the creation of a new South African gold mining company through the listing and subsequent unbundling of its 100% owned subsidiary, Sibanye Gold Limited (“Sibanye Gold”), formerly known as GFI Mining South Africa Proprietary Limited, which holds the KDC and Beatrix gold mines as well as various service companies. The separation of Sibanye Gold from Gold Fields is referred to as the Spin-off. The board of directors of Gold Fields, or the Board, passed the resolution necessary to implement the Spin-off on December 12, 2012 and the Spin-off was completed on February 18, 2013. Refer to notes 3(a) and 9.1.

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following are accounting policies used by the Group which have been consistently applied for all periods presented:

 

  (a) USE OF ESTIMATES: The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, requires the Group’s management to make estimates and assumptions about current and future events that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment based on various assumptions and other factors such as historical experience, current and expected economic conditions, and in some cases actuarial techniques. Actual results ultimately may differ from those estimates.

The more significant areas requiring the use of management estimates and assumptions relate to mineral reserves that are the basis of future cash flow estimates and unit-of-production depreciation, depletion and amortization calculations; environmental, reclamation and closure obligations; estimates of recoverable gold and other materials in heap leach pads; asset impairments (including impairments of goodwill, long-lived assets, and investments); write-downs of inventory to net realizable value; other employee benefit liabilities (including valuation of share-based compensation and deferred compensation); valuation allowances for deferred tax assets; unrecognized tax benefits; reserves for contingencies and litigation; the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations and the fair value and accounting treatment of financial instruments.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (b) CONSOLIDATION: The Group’s financial statements include the financial statements of the Group, and its subsidiaries, and its share of results of investments in associates. A company in which the Group has, directly or indirectly, through subsidiary undertakings, a controlling interest is classified as a subsidiary undertaking. In addition, the Company reviews its relationships with other entities to assess if the Company is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. If the determination is made that the Company is the primary beneficiary, then that entity is consolidated from the date that the Company was deemed to have become the primary beneficiary. The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of are included in the Group statements from the effective dates of acquisition or excluded from such statements as from the effective dates of disposal. Investments in companies which the Company does not control, but where it has the ability to exercise significant influence or joint control over their operating and financial policies, are accounted for by the equity method.

Inter-company transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation. Gains or losses that arise from a change in the Group’s interest in subsidiaries or equity method investees’ are recognized in equity.

 

  (c) GOODWILL: The Group accounts for its business acquisitions under the acquisition method of accounting. The total value of the consideration paid for acquisitions is allocated to the underlying net assets acquired, based on their respective estimated fair values determined by using internal or external valuations. Any excess between the purchase price and the fair value of the attributable net assets of subsidiaries and associates at the date of acquisition is capitalized as goodwill.

Goodwill is not amortized; however it is subject to an annual assessment for impairment. The Company evaluates the carrying amount of goodwill to determine whether current events and circumstances indicate that such carrying amount may no longer be recoverable. To accomplish this, the Company compares the estimated fair values of its reporting units to their carrying amounts. If the

carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, the Company compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying amount, and any excess of the carrying value over the fair value is charged to earnings. The Company’s fair value estimates are based on numerous assumptions and it is possible that actual fair values will be significantly different from the estimates,

as actual future quantities of recoverable minerals, gold and other commodity prices, production levels and operating costs of production and capital are each subject to significant risks and uncertainties.

 

  (d) (i)

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS: Foreign currency transactions are recorded at the prevailing exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities designated in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at period end. Gains and losses arising from these translations are recognized in net income or loss.

 
 
 
 

 

  (ii) FOREIGN ENTITIES: The Group’s foreign entities are regarded as those entities that are considered to be self-sustaining. The balance sheets and statements of operations of foreign subsidiaries are translated on the following basis:

Assets and liabilities are translated at the prevailing exchange rate at period end. Statement of operations items are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. Exchange differences on translation are accounted for in shareholders’ equity. These differences are recognized in net income or loss upon realization of the underlying foreign entity.

 

  (iii)

FUNCTIONAL CURRENCY: The functional currency of the Group’s South African operations is the South African Rand, of its Australian operations is the Australian dollar, of its Ghanaian

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  operations and of its Peruvian operation is the U.S. dollar. The translation differences arising as a result of converting the South African Rand and the Australian dollar to U.S. dollars (reporting currency) are included as a separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.

 

  (e) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

  (i) MINING ASSETS: Mining assets, including mine development costs and mine plant facilities, are recorded at cost.

At the Group’s surface mines, when it has been determined that a mineral property can be economically developed as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves, costs incurred to develop the property are capitalized as incurred until saleable minerals are extracted from the mine and are amortized using the units-of-production method over the estimated life of the ore body based on estimated recoverable ounces or pounds mined from proven and probable reserves. These costs include costs to further delineate the ore body and remove overburden to initially expose the ore body. Subsequent mine development costs are treated as variable production costs.

At the Group’s underground mines, the Group capitalizes all underground development costs to access specific ore blocks or other areas of the mine where such costs will provide future economic benefits as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves associated with a specific block or area of operations, even after the reef horizon may have been intersected with the development of the first specific ore block or area of the mine. All costs associated with the development of a specific underground block or area are capitalized until saleable minerals are extracted from that specific block or area. At the Group’s underground mines, these costs include the cost of shaft sinking and access, the costs of building access ways, lateral development, drift development, ramps, box cuts and other infrastructure development.

The costs incurred to access specific ore blocks or areas of the mine, which only provide an economic benefit over the period during which that ore block or area is being mined, are attributed to earnings using the units-of-production method where the denominator is estimated recoverable ounces of gold contained in proven and probable reserves within that ore block or area. Capitalized costs that provide an economic benefit over the entire mine life, such as the initial primary shaft in an underground complex, will continue to be attributed to earnings using the units-of-production method, where the denominator is the estimated recoverable ounces of gold contained in total accessible proven and probable reserves. Accessible proven and probable reserves, also referred to as “above infrastructure proven and probable reserves”, relate to mineralization which is located at a level at which an operation currently has infrastructure sufficient to allow mining operations to occur.

Interest on borrowings incurred in respect of assets requiring a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use is capitalized to the date on which the assets are substantially completed and ready for their intended use.

 

  (ii) LAND: Land is shown at cost and is not depreciated.

 

  (iii) MINERAL INTERESTS: Mineral interests represent mineral and surface use rights for parcels of land owned by the Group. Mineral interests and other tangible assets include acquired mineral use rights in production, development and exploration stage properties. The amount capitalized related to mineral interests represents its fair value at the time it was acquired, either as an individual asset purchase or as part of a business combination.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Production stage mineral interests represent mineral interests in operating properties that contain proven and probable reserves. Development stage mineral interests represent interests in properties under development that contain proven and probable reserves. Exploration stage mineral interests represent interests in properties that are believed to potentially contain (i) other mineralized material such as inferred material within pits, measured, indicated and inferred material with insufficient drill spacing to qualify as proven and probable reserves; and inferred material in close proximity to proven and probable reserves; (ii) around-mine exploration potential such as inferred material not immediately adjacent to existing reserves and mineralization but located within the immediate mine infrastructure; (iii) other mine-related exploration potential that is not part of measured, indicated or inferred material and is comprised mainly of material outside of the immediate mine area; or (iv) greenfield exploration potential that is not associated with any other production, development or exploration stage property as described above. The Group’s mineral use rights are enforceable regardless of whether proven or probable reserves have been established. In certain limited situations, the nature of a use right changes from an exploration right to mining right upon the establishment of proven and probable reserves. The Group has the ability and intent to renew mineral use rights where the existing term is not sufficient to recover all identified and valued proven and probable reserves and/or undeveloped mineral interests.

 

  (iv) AMORTIZATION AND DEPRECIATION OF MINING ASSETS: Mining assets, mine development and evaluation costs, and mine plant facilities are amortized over the life of mine using the units-of-production method, based on estimated above infrastructure proven and probable ore reserves. Proven and probable ore reserves reflect estimated quantities of economically recoverable reserves, which can be recovered in future from known mineral deposits. At the Group’s South African operations, its amortization and depreciation calculations are generally based on the Group’s most recent life-of-mine plan and annual above-infrastructure reserve declarations as approved by the Company’s Board. However, if management becomes aware of significant changes in its above-infrastructure reserves ahead of the scheduled updates, management would update its amortization and depreciation calculations and then subsequently notify the Company’s Board. A similar approach is followed at the Group’s operations in Ghana and Peru, due to the longer-life of the primary ore body. At the Group’s other international operations, such as Australia, the Group’s amortization and depreciation calculations are updated on a more regular basis during the year for all known changes in proven and probable reserves. The nature and life-span of the ore body, and the on-going information gathered in connection with the ore body, facilitates these more frequent updates.

 

  (v) AMORTIZATION OF MINERAL INTERESTS: Mineral interests associated with production stage mineral interests are amortized over the life-of-mine using the units-of-production method in order to match the amortization with the expected underlying future cash flows. Mineral interests associated with development and exploration stage mineral interests are not amortized until such time as the underlying property is converted to the production stage.

 

  (vi) DEPRECIATION OF NON-MINING ASSETS: Other non-mining assets are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives as follows:

 

Vehicles

          20.0

Computers

          33.3

Furniture and Equipment

          10.0

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (vii) MINING EXPLORATION: Expenditure on exploration activities is expensed as incurred. Such expenditure includes the costs incurred for purposes of upgrading resources from one category to another or for purposes of upgrading resources to proven and probable reserves, even when in close proximity to the Company’s development and production stage properties. When it has been determined that a property can be economically developed as a result of establishing proven and probable reserves, costs incurred prospectively to develop the property are capitalized as mine development costs.

 

  (viii) IMPAIRMENT: The Group reviews and tests the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, which include development costs, when events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For impairment purposes, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. The lowest level at which such cash flows are generated is generally at an individual operating mine, even if the individual operating mine is included in a larger mine complex.

If there are indications that an impairment may have occurred, the Group prepares estimates of expected future cash flows for each group of assets. Expected future cash flows are based on a probability-weighted approach applied to potential outcomes and reflect:

 

   

estimated sales proceeds from the production and sale of recoverable ounces of gold contained in proven and probable reserves;

 

   

expected gold prices and currency exchange rates (considering historical and current prices, price trends and related factors);

 

   

expected future operating costs and capital expenditures to produce proven and probable gold reserves based on approved life-of-mine plans that assume current plant capacity, but exclude the impact of inflation; and

 

   

expected cash flows associated with value beyond proven and probable reserves, which include the expected cash outflows required to develop and extract the value beyond proven and probable reserves.

The impairment analysis first compares the total estimated cash flows on an undiscounted basis to the carrying amount of the asset, including goodwill, if any. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, a second step is performed. The Group records a reduction of a group of assets to fair value as a charge to earnings if discounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying amount. The Group estimates fair value by discounting the expected future cash flows using a discount factor, adjusted for inflation, that reflects the risk- free rate of interest for a term consistent with the period of expected cash flows.

Management’s estimate of future cash flows is subject to risk and uncertainties. It is therefore reasonably possible that changes could occur which may affect the recoverability of the Group’s mining assets.

 

  (f) INCOME TAXES: Deferred taxation is calculated on the comprehensive basis using the balance sheet (assets and liabilities) approach. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized by applying expected tax rates to the temporary differences existing at each reporting date between the tax values and their carrying amounts. These temporary differences are expected to result in taxable or deductible amounts in determining taxable profits for future periods when the carrying amount of the asset is recovered or the liability is settled. The effect on deferred tax of any changes in tax rates is recognized in net income or loss during the period in which the change occurs.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

The principal temporary differences arise from depreciation on property, plant and equipment, provisions, unutilized capital allowances and tax losses carried forward. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

The Group recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes, if any, in net income or loss as part of income tax expense.

Gold Fields recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

 

  (g) NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS: Non-current investments comprise (i) investments in listed companies which are classified as available-for-sale and are accounted for at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity; and (ii) investments in unlisted companies which are carried at their original cost with adjustments for write-downs where appropriate and the fair value approximates their carrying value; (iii) monies in environmental trust fund which are carried at amortized cost; and (iv) equity method investments. Realized gains and losses are included in the determination of net income or loss.

Unrealized losses are included in the determination of net income or loss where it is determined that a decline, other than a temporary decline, in the value of the investment has occurred.

 

  (h) MATERIALS CONTAINED IN HEAP LEACH PADS: The recovery of gold from certain oxide ores is best achieved through the heap leaching process. Under this method, ore is placed on leach pads where it is permeated with a chemical solution, which dissolves the gold contained in the ore. The resulting “pregnant” solution is further processed in a leach plant where the gold in solution is recovered. For accounting purposes, value is added to leach pads based on current mining costs, including applicable depreciation and amortization relating to mining operations. Value is removed from the leach pad as ounces are recovered in circuit at the leach plant based on the average cost per recoverable ounce of gold on the leach pad.

The engineering estimates of recoverable gold on the heap leach pads are calculated from quantities of ore placed on the pads (measured tonnes added to the leach pads), the grade of ore placed on the leach pads (based on assay data) and a recovery percentage (based on the leach process and the ore type). In general, the leach pad production cycles project recoveries of approximately 50% to 70% of the placed recoverable ounces in the first year of leaching, declining each year thereafter until the leaching process is completed.

Although the quantities of recoverable gold placed on the leach pads are reconciled by comparing the grades of ore placed on the pads to the quantities of gold actually recovered (metallurgical balancing), the nature of the leaching process inherently limits the ability to precisely monitor inventory levels. As a result, the metallurgical balancing process is constantly monitored and engineering estimates are refined based on actual results over time. Variations between actual and estimated quantities resulting from changes in assumptions and estimates that do not result in write-downs to net realizable value are

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

accounted for on a prospective basis. The ultimate recovery of gold from the pad will not be known until the leaching process is terminated.

The current portion of leach pad inventories is determined based on engineering estimates of the quantities of gold at the reporting date that are expected to be recovered during the next twelve months.

 

  (i) INVENTORIES: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The Group’s inventories comprise consumable stores, gold-in-process, gold bullion, ore stockpiles and mineral rights and are accounted for as follows:

Consumable stores: Consumable stores are valued at average cost, after appropriate provision for surplus and slow moving items.

Gold-in-process: Gold in-process inventories at the international operations represent materials that are currently in the process of being converted to a saleable product. Conversion processes vary depending on the nature of the ore and the specific mining operation, but include mill in-circuit, leach in-circuit, flotation and column cells, and carbon in-pulp inventories. In-process material is measured based on assays of the material fed to process and the projected recoveries of the respective plants.

In-process inventories are valued at the average cost of the material fed to process attributable to the source material coming from the mine, stockpile or leach pad plus the in-process conversion costs, including applicable depreciation relating to the process facility, incurred to that point in the process.

Gold bullion: Gold bullion inventories represent saleable gold ore or gold bullion and are valued at the average cost of the respective in-process inventories incurred prior to the refining process, plus refining costs.

Concentrates: Concentrate inventories represent concentrate available for shipment. The concentrate inventory is valued at the average cost, including an allocated portion of amortization. Costs are added to and removed from the concentrate inventory based on tons of concentrate and are valued at the lower of average cost and net realizable value. Management’s determination of the gold and copper concentrate content and quantity depends on assay and laboratory results for the metal content and survey for the quantities.

Stockpiles: Stockpiles represent coarse ore that has been extracted from the mine that is available for further processing. Stockpiles are measured by estimating the number of tons (via truck counts and/or in-pit surveys of the ore before stockpiling) added and removed from the stockpile, the number of contained ounces (based on assay data) and the recovery percentage (based on the process for which

the ore is destined). Stockpile tonnages are verified by periodic surveys. Stockpiles are valued based on mining costs incurred up to the point of stockpiling the ore, including applicable depreciation and amortization relating to mining operations. Value is added to a stockpile based on the current mining cost per ton plus applicable depreciation and amortization and removed at the average cost per recoverable ounce of gold in the stockpile.

Mineral rights: Mineral rights not linked to any specific operation are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (j) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: Financial instruments carried on the balance sheet include cash and cash equivalents, investments, receivables, derivative financial instruments, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The particular recognition method for each financial instrument item is disclosed in its respective significant accounting policy description.

 

  (k) HEDGING: All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value, unless they meet the criteria for the normal purchases normal sale exemption. On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Group designates the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (fair value hedge), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge), or (3) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign entity. Certain derivative transactions, while providing effective economic hedges under the Group’s risk management policies, do not qualify for hedge accounting.

Hedging activities are conducted in accordance with guidelines established by the Audit Committee which allow for the use of various hedging instruments.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, are recorded in net income or loss, along with the change in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk.

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, are recognized directly in shareholders’ equity. Amounts deferred in shareholders’ equity are included in net income or loss in the same period during which the hedged firm commitment or forecasted transaction affects net income or loss.

Recognition of derivatives which meet the criteria for the normal purchases normal sales exception is deferred until settlement. Under these contracts, the Group must deliver a specified quantity of gold at a future date at a specified price to the contracted counter-party.

Hedges of net investment in foreign entities are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognized in net income or loss, under the caption entitled gains and losses on financial instruments. The fair value recognized on the balance sheet is included under the caption financial instruments.

The Group formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items at inception, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking derivatives designed as hedges to specific assets and liabilities or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Group also formally assesses, both at the hedge inception date and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

 

  (l) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits and investments in money market instruments. These are all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents is stated at cost which approximates fair value.

 

  (m) TRADE RECEIVABLES: Trade receivables are carried at anticipated realizable value. Estimates are made for doubtful debts based on a review of all outstanding amounts at period end. Irrecoverable amounts are written off during the period in which they are identified.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (n) PROVISIONS: Provisions are recognized when information is available prior to the issuance of the financial statements which indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

 

  (o) REHABILITATION COSTS: ASC 410 applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of a long-lived asset that result from the acquisition, construction, development and/or the normal operation of a long-lived asset.

Under ASC 410 the Group records the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred. When the liability is initially recorded, the Group correspondingly capitalizes the cost by increasing the carrying value of the related long-lived asset. Over time, the liability is increased (accretion) to reflect an interest element considered in its initial measurement at fair value, and the capitalized cost is amortized over the useful life of the related asset. Upon settlement of the liability, the Group will record a gain or loss if the actual cost incurred differs from the liability recorded.

Environmental liabilities, other than rehabilitation costs which relate to liabilities from specific events, are expensed as incurred.

 

  (p) ENVIRONMENTAL TRUST FUNDS: Contributions are made to the Group’s trust funds, created in accordance with statutory requirements, to fund the estimated cost of pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure at the end of the life of the Group’s South African and Ghanaian mines. Contributions are determined on the basis of the estimated environmental obligation over the life of the mine. Income earned on monies paid to environmental trust funds is accounted for as investment income. The funds contributed to the trusts plus growth in the trust funds are included under investments on the balance sheet.

 

  (q) EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

  (i) PENSION AND PROVIDENT FUNDS: In South Africa, the Group operates a defined contribution retirement plan and contributes to a number of industry based defined contribution retirement plans. The retirement plans are funded by payments from employees and the Group.

Contributions to defined contribution funds are recognized in net income or loss as incurred.

 

  (ii) POST-RETIREMENT HEALTH CARE COSTS: Medical coverage is provided through a number of schemes. Post-retirement health care in respect of existing employees is recognized as an expense over the remaining service lives of the relevant employees.

 

  (iii) SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS: Compensation costs recognized in fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 include: a) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of July 1, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of ASC 718, Accounting for Stock- Based Compensation, and b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to June 30, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Stock-Based Compensation.

 

  (iv)

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN: The group operates a long-term incentive plan. The vesting of the awards is based on total shareholder return and free cash flow margin. These are accounted for as follows: a) the total shareholder return portion is treated as a share-based compensation plan. Compensation costs for all share-based payments are based on the fair value estimated in

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Stock-Based Compensation. b) the free cash flow margin portion is treated as a deferred compensation plan. Compensation costs are accrued over the period of service when management considers the achievement of the performance condition probable in accordance with the provisions of ASC 710, Deferred Compensation.

 

  (r) REVENUE RECOGNITION: Revenue arising from gold and by-product sales is recognized when the risks and rewards of ownership and title pass to the buyer under the terms of the applicable contract, the pricing is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Sales revenue excludes value-added tax but includes the net profit and losses arising from hedging transactions, which are designated as normal sales contracts.

Contracts for the sale of copper concentrate are provisionally priced—that is, the selling price is subject to final adjustment at the end of a period normally ranging from 30 to 90 days after delivery to the customer, based on market prices at the relevant quotation points stipulated in the contract.

Revenue on provisionally priced copper concentrate sales is recorded on the date of shipment, net of refining and treatment charges, using the forward London Metal Exchange price to the estimated final pricing date, adjusted for the specific terms of the relevant agreement. Variations between the price used to recognize revenue and the actual final price received can be caused by changes in prevailing copper and gold prices and result in an embedded derivative. The host contract is the receivable from the sale of copper concentrate at the forward London Metal Exchange price at the time of sale. The embedded derivative, which does not qualify for hedge accounting, is marked-to-market each period until final settlement occurs, with changes in fair value classified as provisional price adjustments and included as a component of revenue while the contract itself is recorded in accounts receivable.

 

  (s) DIVIDEND INCOME: Dividends are recognized when the right to receive payment is established.

 

  (t) INTEREST INCOME: Interest is recognized on a time proportion basis taking account of the

principal outstanding and the effective rate to maturity on the accrual basis.

 

  (u) DIVIDENDS DECLARED: Dividends proposed are recognized only when the dividends are declared. Dividends are payable in South African Rand.

 

  (v) SEGMENT REPORTING: The Group is a gold mining company operating geographically in South Africa, Ghana, Australia and Peru. The business segments comprise geographical operations based on locations and operating units.

 

  (w) EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE is calculated based on the net income/(loss) divided by the weighted average number of common shares in issue during the period. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share is presented when the inclusion of potential ordinary shares has a dilutive effect on earnings/ (loss) per share.

 

  (x)

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: A discontinued operation is a component of the Group that either has been disposed of, or that is classified as held for sale, and: (i) represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations that can be clearly distinguished from the rest of the Group in terms of operations and cash flows or (ii) is part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations. Generally, a major line of business is a segment or business unit. Results from discontinued operations until the date of disposal are presented separately as a single amount in the consolidated statements of operations together with any gain or loss from disposal. Results from operations qualifying as discontinued operations as of the balance

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  sheet date for the latest period presented, that have previously been presented as results from continuing operations, are re-presented as results from discontinued operations for all periods presented. The financial information of discontinued operations is excluded from the respective captions in the consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and related notes for all years presented.

 

  (y) ASSETS HELD FOR SALE: Assets are classified as assets held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction and a sale is considered highly probable.

 

  (z) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES: Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Discontinued operations

During April 2014, the ASC guidance related to reporting discontinued operations and disclosures of disposals of components of an entity was updated. The update changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations and limits discontinued operations reporting to disposals of components of an entity that represent strategic shifts that have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. The new standard is effective for any disposals of components of a company in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company implemented the provisions of ASU 2014-08 as of January 1, 2015. The updated guidance did not impact Gold Fields’ financial statements.

Debt issuance costs

During April 2015, the ASC guidance related to presentation of debt issuance costs was updated. The update requires the entity to present debt issuance costs as a reduction from the related debt liability. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be applied retrospectively. The Company implemented the provisions of ASU 2015-03 as of January 1, 2015. The updated guidance did not materially impact Gold Fields’ financial statements.

Measurement of inventory

During June 2015, the ASC guidance related to changes in the measurement principle for inventory was updated. The update requires the entity to change the measurement principle for inventory from the lower of cost or market to the lower of cost and net realizable value. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be applied prospectively. The Company implemented the provisions of ASU 2015-11 as of January 1, 2015. The updated guidance did not materially impact Gold Fields’ financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Classification of deferred taxes

During November 2015, the ASC guidance related to changes in the balance sheet classification of deferred taxes was updated. The update requires the entity to present all deferred tax assets and liabilities as non-current. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, early adoption is permitted. The new standard may be applied retrospectively or prospectively. The Company elected to apply the new standard retrospectively from January 1, 2014.

The updated guidance resulted in the comparative balances for current deferred income and mining tax assets and liabilities of $6.9 million and $10.3 million, respectively, being reclassified as non-current.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS NOT YET ADOPTED

Revenue

During May 2014, the ASC guidance related to revenue from contracts with customers was updated. The update requires an entity to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. An entity should also disclose sufficient quantitative and qualitative information to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Gold Fields will implement the provisions of ASU 2014-09 and ASU 2015-14 as of January 1, 2018. Management is currently reviewing the impact of the updated guidance on the financial statements.

Going concern

During August 2014, the ASC guidance related to how an entity should assess its ability to meet its obligations was updated. The update requires an entity to perform a going concern assessment by evaluating its ability to meet its obligations for a look-forward period of one year from the financial statement issuance date. If it is probable that the entity will be unable to meet its obligations within the look-forward period, incremental substantial doubt disclosure is required if the probability is not mitigated by managements plans. The new standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Gold Fields will implement the provisions of ASU 2014-16 as of January 1, 2017. Gold Fields does not expect that the updated guidance will impact its financial statements.

 

3. ACQUISITION AND DISPOSAL OF BUSINESSES

 

(a) Sibanye Gold Spin-off

On February 18, 2013, Gold Fields completed the separation of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sibanye Gold (formerly known as GFI Mining South Africa, or GFIMSA), which includes the KDC and Beatrix mining operations. The Spin-off was achieved by way of Gold Fields making a distribution on a pro rata basis of one Sibanye Gold ordinary share for every one Gold Fields share (whether held in the form of shares, American depositary receipts, or ADRs, or international depositary receipts) to Gold Fields shareholders, registered as such in Gold Fields’ register at close of business on February 15, 2013, in terms of section 46 of the South African Companies Act and section 46 of the South African Income Tax Act. The Board of Gold Fields passed the resolution necessary to implement the Spin-off on December 12, 2012. Sibanye Gold

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

3. ACQUISITION AND DISPOSAL OF BUSINESSES (continued)

 

shares listed on the JSE, and on the NYSE on February 11, 2013. As of February 18, 2013, or the Spin-off Date, Gold Fields and Sibanye Gold were independent, publicly traded companies with separate public ownership, boards of directors and management. Refer note 9.1.

 

(b) Sale of Yanfolila

On July 2, 2014, Gold Fields sold its 85% interest in the Yanfolila exploration project in Mali to London-listed Hummingbird Resources (Hummingbird) for $21.1 million in the form of 21,258,503 Hummingbird shares, resulting in Hummingbird being accounted for as an equity accounted investee. This sale resulted in a profit of $5.1 million being recognized under profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries in the consolidated statement of operations.

On 1 July 2015, the Group’s holding in Hummingbird was diluted from 25.1% to 19.9% following the issue of new shares by Hummingbird. In line with the Group’s accounting policy, this resulted in Hummingbird no longer being accounted for as an equity-accounted investee and was re-classified to available-for-sale financial investments from 1 July 2015. Refer note 4 for details of impairment. Refer note 14(a) and 14(c) for disclosure on the investment in Hummingbird.

 

(c) Sale of Chucapaca

On August 19, 2014, Gold Fields sold its 51% stake in Canteras del Hallazgo S.A.C (CDH), the company that manages the Chucapaca exploration project in southern Peru, to Compañía de Minas Buenaventura S.A.A. (Buenaventura). Buenaventura is Peru’s largest publicly traded, precious metals mining company and previously owned 49% in CDH. The proceeds were $81.0 million and a 1.5% net smelter royalty on future sales of gold, copper and silver produced in the current Chucapaca concession. No value was attributed to the 1.5% net smelter royalty in calculating the sales price due to the uncertainty associated with realizing any future royalties given that the Chucapaca project is still in the exploration phase. This sale resulted in a profit of $72.8 million being recognized under profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries in the consolidated statement of operations. Refer note 9.2.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

4 IMPAIRMENTS AND WRITE-OFFS

 

4.1 Asset impairments and write-offs

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                      2014                      2013          

Inventories

     8.0         1.3         61.3   

Stockpiles 1

     8.0         —           16.1   

Consumables 1

     —           1.3         2.4   

Heap leach inventory 2

     —           —           42.8   

Property, plant and equipment

     92.1         12.7         122.3   

Yanfolila 3

     —           —           29.7   

Heap leach assets 2

     —           —           20.2   

Tarkwa expansion project 4

     —           —           4.6   

Property, plant and equipment - other 5

     6.7         12.7         14.8   

Darlot - asset group 6

     13.8         —           —     

Cerro Corona - asset group 7

     71.6         —           —     

Damang - asset group 8

     —           —           53.0   

Other

     —           —           31.7   

Tarkwa expansion project 4

     —           —           22.2   

Non-refundable option payment to Bezant 9

     —           —           9.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total asset impairments and write-offs

     100.1         14.0         215.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Net realizable value write-down of stockpiles at Damang in fiscal 2015 (2014: consumables at Lawlers and 2013: stockpiles and consumables at Tarkwa and Damang).
  (2) Write-down of inventory to market value due to the cessation of the heap leach operations as well as the write-off of related assets at Tarkwa in fiscal 2013.
  (3) Following the Group’s decision during fiscal 2013 to dispose of non-core projects, Yanfolila was classified as held for sale and, accordingly, valued at the lower of fair value less cost of disposal or carrying value which resulted in an impairment of US$29.7 million during fiscal 2013. During fiscal 2014, Gold Fields sold its 85% interest in the Yanfolila project for $21.1 million (refer note 3(c )).
  (4) Write-off of assets due to the abandonment of the Tarkwa expansion project at Tarkwa in fiscal 2013.
  (5) Write-off of redundant assets at Cerro Corona in fiscal 2015 (2014: South Deep, St Ives and Agnew and 2013: Tarkwa, Cerro Corona and Agnew).
  (6) As the undiscounted cash flows for Darlot were less than its carrying value as at December 31, 2015, the fair value of Darlot was calculated using the income (present value techniques) method. The impairment is mainly due to the life-of-mine plan being reduced to six months forecasting negative cash flows for 2016.

The key assumptions used in the calculation were as follows:

- Real discount rate - 4.1%

- A$ Gold price per ounce - A$1,500

- Long-term A$/US$ exchange rate - 0.73

- 2015 life of mine years - 0.5

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

4 IMPAIRMENTS AND WRITE-OFFS (continued)

 

The fair value calculation is very sensitive to the gold price assumption and an increase or decrease in the gold price could materially change the fair value.

 

  (7) As the undiscounted cash flows for Cerro Corona were less than its carrying value as at December 31, 2015, the fair value of Cerro Corona was calculated using a combination of the market (comparable resource transactions) and the income (present value techniques) methods. The impairment was mainly due to the decrease in the gold and copper prices.

The key assumptions used in the calculation were as follows:

- Real discount rate - 5.6%

- Gold price per ounce - 2016 - $1,100

- Gold price per ounce - 2017 - $1,200

- Gold price per ounce - 2018 - $1,300

- Copper price per tonne - 2016 - $4,408

- Copper price per tonne - 2017 - $5,950

- Copper price per tonne - 2018 - $6,610

- Resource valuation per ounce - $69

- 2015 life of mine years - 8

The fair value calculation is very sensitive to the gold and copper price assumptions and an increase or decrease in the gold or copper price could materially change the fair value.

 

  (8) As the undiscounted cash flows for Damang were less than its carrying value as at December 31, 2013, the fair value of Damang was calculated using a combination of the market (comparable resource transactions) and the income (present value techniques) methods. The impairment was mainly due to the decrease in the gold price which impacted the life of mine plan.

The key assumptions used in the calculation were as follows:

- Real discount rate - 8%

- Gold price per ounce - $1,300

- Resource valuation per ounce - $26

- 2013 life of mine years - 6

The fair value calculation was very sensitive to the gold price assumption and an increase or decrease in the gold price could materially change the fair value.

 

  (9) The $9.5 million non-refundable option payment was written off, in fiscal 2013, due to the fact that Gold Fields relinquished the Mankayan option in connection with the Guinaoang property ahead of the January 31, 2014 expiry date.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

4 IMPAIRMENTS AND WRITE-OFFS (continued)

 

4.2 Impairment of investments

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                      2014                      2013          

Arctic Platinum 1

     30.0         —           —     

Listed investments

     7.9         0.9         10.3   

Unlisted investments

                5.9         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impairment of investments

     37.9         6.8         10.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Following the Group’s decision during 2013 to dispose of non-core projects, Arctic Platinum was classified as held for sale and, accordingly, valued at the lower of fair value less cost of disposal or carrying value. During 2015, active marketing activities for the disposal of the project continued. During 2015, Arctic Platinum was impaired by $30.0 million to its fair value less cost of disposal, resulting in a carrying value of US$1.0 million at December 31, 2015.

 

4.3 Impairment of investment in equity investees

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                      2014                      2013          

Hummingbird Resources Plc (“Hummingbird”) 1

     7.5         —           —     

Far Southeast Gold Resources Incorporated (“FSE”) 2

     101.4         —           —     

Bezant Resources PLC

     0.6         7.4         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impairment of investment in equity investees

     109.5         7.4         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Following the identification of impairment indicators at June 30, 2015, the carrying amount of the investment in Hummingbird was impaired to its fair value, being its quoted market price, which resulted in an impairment of $7.5 million.
  (2) Following the identification of impairment indicators at December 31, 2015, the carrying value of FSE was impaired to its fair value which resulted in an impairment of $101.4 million. The fair value was indirectly derived from the market value of Lepanto Consolidated Mining Company, being the 60% shareholder of FSE.

 

5. FINANCE EXPENSE

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                      2014                      2013          

Interest expense

     (87.8      (105.0      (90.7

Capitalized interest

     16.6         24.2         18.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (71.2      (80.8      (72.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

6. OTHER EXPENSES

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                      2014                      2013          

Stamp duty and other costs on the acquisition of the Yilgarn South assets (refer note 3 (b))

     —           —           27.4   

Facility charges 1

     —           —           23.5   

Regulatory legal fees 2

     0.1         7.1         11.1   

Social contributions and sponsorships

     12.2         12.3         11.4   

Other

     14.9         24.8         30.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other costs

     27.2         44.2         104.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Facility charges on cancellation of the $1 billion and $500 million facilities associated with the spin-off of Sibanye Gold in fiscal 2013.
  (2) Legal fees paid as a result of the Gold Fields Board examination and regulatory investigation relating to the South Deep Black Economic Empowerment transaction.

 

7. INCOME AND MINING TAX EXPENSE

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                      2014                      2013          
Current income and mining taxes         

South Africa

     (3.0      (0.6      (16.1)   

Ghana

     (35.4      (31.1      (40.6)   

Australia

     (71.6      (41.8      (42.1)   

Peru

     (33.0      (60.7      (66.3)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current income and mining taxes

     (143.0      (134.2      (165.1)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

        

South Africa

     (0.3      (13.2      14.2   

Ghana

     (8.9      13.5         68.3   

Australia

     14.2         1.5         1.0   

Peru

     (17.0      10.8         (24.1)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income and mining taxes

     (12.0      12.6         59.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income and mining taxes

     (155.0      (121.6      (105.7)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s pre-tax (loss)/income from continuing operations before impairment of investments in equity investees, share of equity investees’ share of losses and discontinued operations comprise:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
             2015                      2014                      2013          

South Africa

     (61.5      (110.9      (348.7

Ghana

     22.9         46.5         (96.9

Australia

     178.0         117.9         111.0   

Peru

     (61.4      109.0         153.4   

British Virgin Islands

     (157.1      (54.3      18.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (79.1      108.2         (162.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

7. INCOME AND MINING TAX EXPENSE (continued)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
          2015             2014             2013      

South African mining tax on mining income, an income tax, is determined on a formula basis which takes into account the profit and revenue from mining operations during the period. Non-mining income is taxed at a standard rate. Deferred tax is provided at the estimated effective mining tax rate that will apply when the temporary differences reverse. The applicable current tax rates are:

      

South Africa

      

Mining statutory rate

     34.0     34.0     34.0

Non-mining income standard tax rate

     28.0     28.0     28.0

Non-mining companies

     28.0     28.0     28.0

Ghana

     35.0     35.0     35.0

Australia

     30.0     30.0     30.0

Peru

     30.0     30.0     30.0

Major items causing the Group’s income tax provision to differ from the South African mining statutory rate were:

      

Tax on income/(loss) before tax, impairment of investments in equity investees, share of equity investees’ losses and discontinued operations at South African mining statutory rate

     26.9        (36.8     55.3   

Rate adjustment to reflect company tax rates

     (4.4     1.7        25.5   

Valuation allowance raised against deferred tax assets 1

     (112.6     (38.3     (1.1

Non deductible expenditure 2

     (19.5     (18.0     (56.1

Non taxable profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries

     —          23.4        —     

Non deductible exploration and feasibility and evaluation costs

     (6.8     (9.6     (47.2

Non deductible share-based compensation

     (3.3     (6.2     (11.5

Non deductible interest expense

     (23.7     (24.4     (25.3

Deferred tax adjustment on changes in tax rates at Cerro Corona (2013: South African operations)

     (3.8     —          (4.4

Prior year adjustment to Cerro Corona deferred tax 3

     —          —          (29.5

Deferred taxation released/(raised) on unremitted earnings 4

     6.4        (7.0     —     

Prior year under provision

     (5.2     (4.1     —     

Other

     (9.0     (2.3     (11.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income and mining tax expense

     (155.0     (121.6     (105.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) During fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Group raised a valuation allowance against unredeemed capital expenditure and net operating losses. In making this determination, the Group analyzed, amongst other things, the recent history of earnings and cashflows, forecasts of future earnings, the nature and timing of future deductions and benefits represented by deferred tax assets and the cumulative earnings for the last three years.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

7. INCOME AND MINING TAX EXPENSE (continued)

 

  (2) The December 31, 2015: $19.5 million (December 31, 2014: $18.0 million and December 31, 2013: $56.1 million) non-deductible expenditure comprises mainly $11.5 million (December 31, 2014: $1.8 million and December 31, 2013: $13.3 million) of impairments, $nil million (December 31, 2014: $nil and December 31, 2013: $8.0 million) of facility charges, $1.1 million (December 31, 2014: $2.0 million and December 31, 2013: $8.2 million) of legal and consulting fees, $nil million (December 31, 2014: $nil and December 31, 2013: $5.1 million) of stamp duty on the Yilgarn South assets acquisition and $6.9 million (December 31, 2014: $7.0 million and December 31, 2013: $9.4 million) of various Peruvian non-deductible expenses. There were no other individually significant amounts included in this line item.

 

  (3) In connection with the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, the Group identified an understatement in the calculation of its deferred tax liabilities related to its Cerro Corona operations in Peru. Deferred tax amounting to $29.5 million was incorrectly recognised in prior years on the basis differences related to foreign nonmonetary assets and liabilities that are remeasured from the local currency into the functional currency. As a result, the deferred tax liability at December 31, 2012 was understated by $29.5 million.

The Group applied SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. SAB No. 108 states that registrants must quantify the impact of correcting all misstatements on all periods presented, including both the carryover (iron curtain method) and reversing (rollover method) effects of prior-year misstatements on the current-year financial statements, and by evaluating the misstatement measured under each method in light of quantitative and qualitative factors.

In accordance with accounting guidance presented in ASC 250-10 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99, Materiality, the Group assessed the materiality of the misstatement and concluded that it was not material to Group’s current-year financial statements, taken as a whole.

Under SAB No. 108, prior-year misstatements may be corrected in the current- year provided that such correction does not result in a material misstatement to the current-year financial statements. Correcting current-year financial statements for such “immaterial errors” does not require previously filed reports to be amended. The Group corrected the misstatement in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 as an “out-of-period” adjustment of $29.5 million.

 

  (4) Provision has been made for foreign taxes that may result from future remittances of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, where the Group is unable to assert that the undistributed earnings will be permanently reinvested.

In all other cases, no provision is made for the income tax effect that may arise on the remittance of unremitted earnings by certain foreign subsidiaries. It is management’s intention that these earnings will be permanently reinvested into future capital projects, maintenance capital and ongoing working capital funding requirements. In the event that the Group repatriated these earnings, income taxes and withholding taxes may be incurred. The determination of such taxes is subject to various complex calculations and accordingly, the Group has determined that it is impractical to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability on such unremitted earnings.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

7. INCOME AND MINING TAX EXPENSE (continued)

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Deferred income and mining tax liabilities and assets on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 relate to the following:

     

Deferred income and mining tax liabilities

     

Property, plant and equipment

     669.8         865.6   

Investments held by environmental trust funds

     2.1         2.7   

Inventory

     17.9         22.7   

Other

     13.8         18.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred income and mining tax liabilities

     703.6         909.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provisions, including rehabilitation accruals

     (109.9      (118.8

Tax losses

     (187.8      (211.1

Unredeemed capital expenditure

     (657.0      (762.2

Other

     (2.3      (7.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred income and mining tax assets

     (957.0      (1,099.2

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

     505.7         435.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income and mining tax assets

     (451.3      (663.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred income and mining tax liabilities

     252.3         245.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Classified as:

     

Long-term liabilities

     (254.1      (263.2

Long-term assets

     1.8         17.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (252.3      (245.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group has established a valuation allowance for certain deferred tax assets where cumulative losses require a valuation allowance, or where management believes that they will not be realized based on projections as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The valuation allowance relates primarily to net operating loss carry-forwards for the entities below, except for GFI Joint Venture Holdings, or GFIJVH, Gold Fields Operations, or GFO, and Abosso Gold Fields Limited, or Damang, which also include unredeemed capital expenditure.

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

GFI Joint Venture Holdings

     292.1         305.3   

Gold Fields Operations

     27.7         26.4   

Abosso Gold Fields Limited1

     25.5         —     

Gold Fields La Cima2

     68.1         —     

Exploration entities

     92.3         103.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     505.7         435.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) A full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax asset at Abosso Gold Fields Limited (Damang) was recognized in fiscal 2015, as Damang no longer has sufficient profit history and it is no longer probable that Damang will earn future taxable profits in order to utilize the net deferred tax asset.
  (2) A valuation allowance was recognized against a portion of the deferred tax asset relating to property, plant and equipment at Gold Fields La Cima in fiscal 2015, as it became probable that a portion of the gross deferred tax asset will not be recovered over the life of mine.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

7. INCOME AND MINING TAX EXPENSE (continued)

 

As at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 the Group had unredeemed capital expenditure available for deduction against future mining income at its operations as follows:

 

           December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
      Tax Rate     Gross      Net      Gross      Net  

Unredeemed capital expenditure:

             

Gold Fields Operations

     30     528.2         158.4         656.9         197.0   

GFI Joint Venture Holdings 1

     30     1,586.0         475.8         1,822.6         546.8   

Abosso Gold Fields Limited

     35     63.9         22.4         51.3         18.0   

Gold Fields Australia (Proprietary) Limited

     30     1.2         0.4                         

Exploration entities

     35     —           —           1.1         0.4   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       2,179.3         657.0         2,531.9         762.2   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) During 2014, the South African Revenue Services (“SARS”) issued a Finalisation of Audit Letter (“the Audit Letter”) stating that SARS had disallowed $1,014.2 million of GFIJVH’s recognised capital allowance of $1,586.0 million. The company has not received an assessment from SARS disallowing the $1 014.2 million and the company believes it is more likely than not it has a defendable position over this matter.

Gold Fields has recognised a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax asset relating to GFIJVH.

 

            December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
      Tax Rate      Gross      Net      Gross      Net  

Calculated tax losses:

              

Gold Fields Operations 1

     30%         219.2         65.8         283.0         84.9   

Gold Fields Joint Venture Holdings 1

     30%         22.2         6.7         20.9         6.3   

Gold Fields Group Services (Proprietary) Limited 1

     28%         —           —           0.8         0.2   

Abosso Gold Fields Limited 2

     35%         65.7         23.0         46.5         16.3   

Exploration entities 3

     15% - 35%         345.2         92.3         387.9         103.4   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        652.3         187.8         739.1         211.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) These future deductions may be utilized against income generated by the individual tax entity concerned and do not expire unless the tax entity ceases to commercially operate for a period longer than one year. Under South African mining tax ring-fencing legislation, each tax entity is treated separately and as such these deductions can only be utilized by the tax entities in which the deductions have been generated.
  (2) Tax losses may be carried forward for five years. These losses expire on a first-in-first-out basis.
  (3) The tax losses of $345.2 million (2014: $387.9 million) comprise $3.8 million (2014: $12.1 million) of tax losses that expire between one and two years, $62.9 million (2014: $67.1 million) of tax losses that expire between two and five years, $49.6 million (2014: $62.5 million) of tax losses that expire between five and ten years, $40.7 million (2014: $21.6 million) of tax losses that expire after 10 years and $188.2 million (2014: $224.6 million) of tax losses that have no expiry date.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

7. INCOME AND MINING TAX EXPENSE (continued)

 

Tax years open for assessments

  

South Africa 1

   2011-2015

Ghana 2

   All years open

Australia 3

   2011 - 2015

Peru 4

   2011 - 2015

 

  (1) The South African Tax legislation allows the Revenue Authorities to reopen assessments issued for a period of up to three years after the assessments were issued.
  (2) The Ghanaian Tax Authorities have the right to examine and, if necessary, amend the income tax determined by the relevant Group entity for any year without limitation to the years which may be reassessed.
  (3) The Australian Tax Authorities have the right to examine and, if necessary, amend the income tax determined by the relevant Group entity in the last four years, as from the date the tax returns have been filed.
  (4) The Peruvian Tax Authorities have the right to examine and, if necessary, amend the income tax determined by the relevant Group entity in the last four years, as from the date the tax returns have been filed.

It is possible that the Group will receive assessments during the next twelve months, which may have an effect on unrecognised tax benefits. The Group cannot estimate the amounts of possible changes as a result of an assessment.

 

8. (LOSS)/EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
         2015              2014              2013      

BASIC (LOSS)/EARNINGS PER SHARE

        

Net loss attributable to Gold Fields shareholders

        

- Continuing operations

     (345.0      (27.2      (268.4

- Discontinued operations *

     —           —           20.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (345.0      (27.2      (247.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares - continuing operations

        

Shares outstanding - beginning of year

     771,416,491         767,160,263         729,536,813   

Weighted average number of shares issued

     3,346,660         1,981,608         13,069,913   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares issued at the end of the year

     774,763,151         769,141,871         742,606,726   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share

        

- Continuing operations

     (0.45      (0.04      (0.36

- Discontinued operations *

     —           —           0.03   

 

  * Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

8. (LOSS)/EARNINGS PER SHARE (continued)

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders from discontinued operations of $nil million (fiscal 2014: $nil and fiscal 2013: $20.5 million) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue in fiscal 2015 of 774,763,151 (fiscal 2014: 769,141,871 and fiscal 2013: 742,606,726).

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
         2015              2014              2013      
DILUTED (LOSS)/EARNINGS PER SHARE         

Net (loss)/earnings attributable to Gold Fields shareholders

        

- Continuing operations

     (345.0      (27.2      (268.4

- Discontinued operations*

     —           —           20.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (345.0      (27.2      (247.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares - continuing operations

        

Weighted average number of shares issued at the end of the year

     774,763,151         769,141,871         742,606,726   

Effect of dilutive securities 1

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     774,763,151         769,141,871         742,606,726   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share

        

- Continuing operations

     (0.45      (0.04      (0.36

- Discontinued operations*

     —           —           0.03   

 

  * Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations

Diluted earnings per share is calculated on the basis of profit attributable to ordinary shareholders from discontinued operations of $nil million (fiscal 2014: $nil and fiscal 2013: $20.5 million) and 774,763,151 shares, being the diluted number of ordinary shares in issue in fiscal 2015 (fiscal 2014: 769,141,871 and fiscal 2013: 742,606,726).

 

  (1) Dilutive securities comprise the dilutive effect of share options. Refer note 18 for details of share option schemes. In fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, due to the loss from continuing operations, the effect of dilutive securities was not considered in the dilutive earnings per share calculation.

 

9. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND DISPOSALS

 

9.1 Discontinued operations

On February 18, 2013, Gold Fields completed the separation of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sibanye Gold (formerly known as GFI Mining South Africa, or GFIMSA), which includes the KDC and Beatrix mining operations. The Spin-off was achieved by way of Gold Fields making a distribution on a pro rata basis of one Sibanye Gold ordinary share for every one Gold Fields share (whether held in the form of shares, American depositary receipts, or ADRs, or international depositary receipts) to Gold Fields shareholders, registered as such in Gold Fields’ register at close of business on February 15, 2013, in terms of section 46 of the South African Companies Act and section 46 of the South African Income Tax Act. The Board of Gold Fields passed the resolution necessary to implement the Spin-off on December 12, 2012. Sibanye Gold

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

9. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND DISPOSALS (continued)

 

shares listed on the JSE, and on the NYSE on February 11, 2013. As of February 18, 2013, or the Spin-off Date, Gold Fields and Sibanye Gold were independent, publicly traded companies with separate public ownership, boards of directors and management.

The distribution was a spin-off to Gold Fields shareholders and was accordingly accounted for at the historical carrying amount of the net assets of Sibanye Gold. The total distribution amounted to $1,033.7 million.

The distribution met the requirements of a discontinued operation, since the operations and cash flows of Sibanye Gold have been eliminated from the on-going operations of the Group as a result of the distribution and Gold Fields did not have any significant continuing involvement in the operation of Sibanye Gold after the distribution, and has been presented as such in these financial statements. Below is a summary of the results of the discontinued operation as well as the related assets and liabilities distributed.

 

     December 31, 2013  

Product sales

     310.7   

Costs and expenses

     (285.7
  

 

 

 

Income before tax and share of equity investee’s profits

     25.0   

Income and mining tax expense

     (5.4
  

 

 

 

Income before share of equity investee’s profits

     19.6   

Share of equity investee’s profits

     0.9   
  

 

 

 

Net income

     20.5   
  

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1,987.3   

Non-current investments

     187.0   

Current assets

     285.4   

Current liabilities

     (234.8

Non-current liabilities

     (1,191.2
  

 

 

 

Net carrying value

     1,033.7   

Net asset value distributed

     (1,033.7
  

 

 

 

Profit on distribution

     —     
  

 

 

 

 

9.2 Disposal of Chucapaca

During fiscal 2014, Gold Fields sold its 51% interest in Canteras del Hallazgo (entity that housed the Chucapaca exploration project in Peru) to Compañía de Minas Buenaventura S.A.A. Refer note 3(d).

Below is a summary of Chucapaca’s assets and liabilities sold in 2014:

 

     December 31,
2014
      

Net assets disposed of

     8.7      

Noncontrolling interest

     0.5      

Cash received

     81.0      
  

 

 

    

Profit on disposal

     72.8      
  

 

 

    

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

9. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND DISPOSALS (continued)

 

9.3 Assets held for sale

Following the decision to dispose of non-core projects, Arctic Platinum was classified as held for sale and valued at the lower of fair value less cost of disposal or carrying value. The disposal is expected to be completed during fiscal 2016.

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Arctic Platinum 1

     1.0         31.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets held for sale

     1.0         31.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Refer to note 4 for details on the impairment in fiscal 2015.

 

10. RECEIVABLES

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Product sale trade receivables

     68.1         86.4   

Other trade receivables

     3.6         14.0   

Deposits

     0.2         0.3   

Value added tax

     43.2         39.9   

Payroll debtors

     7.2         8.2   

Prepayments

     40.5         64.2   

Other

     6.1         13.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     168.9         226.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11. INVENTORIES 

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Ore stockpiles

             62.5                 100.7   

Materials contained on heap leach pads

     109.0         109.0   

Gold in-process

     29.7         38.5   

Consumable stores

     241.3         273.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     442.5         521.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Classified as:

     

Current assets

     294.4         373.3   

Long-term assets 1

     148.1         148.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     442.5         521.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Refer note 4 for details on the net realizable value write-downs of inventories.

 

  (1) This amount relates to materials contained on heap leach pads and ore stockpiles that will only be processed at the end of life of mine.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

12. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Cost

     7,148.2         7,453.4   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (3,442.5      (3,000.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,705.6         4,453.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mining properties, mine development costs, mine plant facilities and mineral interests

     3,226.6         3,807.2   

Asset retirement costs

     84.0         105.7   

Other non-mining assets

     395.0         540.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,705.6         4,453.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in property, plant and equipment is cumulative capitalized interest, net of amortization, relating to the following assets:

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

South African operations

     65.6         67.4   

Tarkwa Mine

     11.3         9.0   

Cerro Corona

     40.4         34.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     117.3         110.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation charge on property, plant and equipment for continuing operations amounted to $594.4 million (fiscal 2014: $677.3 million and fiscal 2013: $568.5 million).

Fleet assets in Ghana with a carrying value of $176.6 million have been pledged as security for the $70 million senior secured revolving credit facility. Refer note 16(d).

 

13. GOODWILL

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Balance at beginning of the year

     756.3         845.5   

Translation adjustment

     (177.3      (89.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

     579.0         756.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The goodwill arose on the acquisition of South Deep and was attributable to the upside potential of the asset, deferred tax and other factors. The total goodwill has been allocated to South Deep, being the reporting unit where it is tested for impairment.

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis at the end of each fiscal year. In addition, the Group reviews and tests the carrying value of assets when events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount of a reporting unit may not be recoverable.

For goodwill impairment testing purposes, Gold Fields estimated the fair value of the South Deep reporting unit. The process for determining fair value is subjective as gold mining companies typically trade at a

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

13. GOODWILL (continued)

 

market capitalization that is based on net asset value and requires management to make numerous assumptions. The net asset value represents a discounted cash flow valuation based on expected future cash flows. The expected future cash flows used to determine the fair value of the reporting unit are inherently uncertain and could materially change over time. They are significantly affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, reserves and production estimates, together with economic factors such as the long-term gold price and foreign currency exchange rates, estimates of production costs, future capital expenditure and discount rates. Therefore it is possible that outcomes within the next fiscal year that are materially different from the assumptions used in the impairment testing process could require an adjustment to the carrying values.

Based on management’s assessment, no impairment to the goodwill was required at December 31, 2015. Management’s estimates and assumptions for the goodwill impairment test include:

- Long term gold price of R500,000 per kilogram (US$1,300 per ounce) for the life of mine of 81 years (fiscal 2014: R420,000 per kilogram (US$1,300 per ounce) for the life of mine of 72 years);

- A nominal discount rate of 14.5% (fiscal 2014: 13.0%);

- Fair value, at US$69.0 per ounce (fiscal 2014: US$63.7 per ounce), used for resource with infrastructure;

- Expected future operating costs and capital expenditures to produce proven and probable gold reserves based on mine plans that assume current plant capacity; and

- Expected cash flows associated with value beyond proven and probable reserves.

 

14. NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Listed investments a

     7.8         4.4   

Unlisted investments

     3.1         1.1   

Investments held by environmental trust funds b

     35.0         30.5   

Equity investees c

     129.1         250.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     175.0         286.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Listed investments consist mainly of:

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
     Number of
shares
     Market value, $
per share
     Number of
shares
     Market value, $
per share
 

Radius Gold Incorporated

     3,625,124         0.05         3,625,124         0.07   

Gran Columbia Gold Corporation

     63,410         0.11         63,410         0.34   

Sibanye Gold

     856,330         1.59         856,330         1.92   

Orsu Metals Corp.

     26,134,919         0.01         26,134,919         0.02   

Clancy Exploration Ltd.

     17,764,783         0.01         17,764,783         0.01   

Tocqueville Bullion Reserve Ltd.

     1,339         1,043.64         1,339         1,178.73   

Hummingbird Resources

     21,258,503         0.19         —           —     

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

14. NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS (continued)

 

Details of the listed investments are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Fair value

     7.8         4.4   

Less: Cost

     6.9         3.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net unrealized gain

     0.9         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The net gain comprises:

     

Gross unrealized gains

     1.1         0.7   

Gross unrealized losses

     (0.2      (0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     0.9         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The gross unrealized loss comprises the following number of equity instruments none of which have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than 12 months

     2         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Realized gain reclassified from equity on disposal of listed investments ($ million)

     —           1.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investments acquired during fiscal 2015 comprised Consolidated Woodjam Copper Corporation. The investment comprised of 12,285,463 shares, which were acquired for $0.4 million. No investments were disposed during fiscal 2015.

As a result of the disposal of investments, a realized gain on disposal of listed investments before tax of $nil million (fiscal 2014: $1.8 million) was reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income to net income and is included in profit on disposal of investments and subsidiaries in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

(b) The environmental trust funds are irrevocable trusts under the Group’s control. The monies in the trusts are invested primarily in interest bearing term deposits and the costs of these investments approximate their fair value. The investments provide for the estimated cost of rehabilitation during and at the end of the life of the Group’s South African and Ghanaian mines. While the asset is under the Group’s control, it is not available for the general purposes of the Group. All income from this asset is reinvested or spent to meet these obligations. These obligations are described in note 17, “Provision for Environmental Rehabilitation”.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

14. NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS (continued)

 

(c) Equity investees comprise the following:

 

          Ownership %      Market value  

Investment

  

Description of business

   December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Far South East

   Exploration      40.0         40.0         128.6         *   

Rusoro Mining Limited

   Gold mining      26.4         26.4         5.0         1.8   

Bezant Resources Plc1

   Exploration      21.6         21.6         0.5         1.3   

Hummingbird Resources Plc2

   Exploration      —           25.1         —           10.9   

 

* - Not readily determinable.
(1) During fiscal 2014, the investment in Bezant Resources Plc was impaired by $7.4 million to its fair value, as determined by its quoted market price. This impairment is considered other than temporary as the carrying value has been below the fair value for an extended period of time.
(2) During fiscal 2014, Gold Fields acquired a 25.1% interest in Hummingbird Resources Plc (Refer note 3(c) for further details).

On July 1, 2015, the Group’s holding was diluted from 25.1% to 19.9% following the issue of new shares by Hummingbird. In line with the Group’s accounting policy, this resulted in Hummingbird no longer being accounted for as an equity-accounted investee and was re-classified to available-for-sale financial investments from July 1, 2015. Refer note 4 for details of impairment.

 

Carrying amount

   December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Far South East

     128.6         230.0   

Rusoro Mining Limited

     —           —     

Bezant Resources Plc

     0.5         1.3   

Hummingbird Resources Plc

     —           19.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     129.1         250.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Far South East

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Gold Fields interest in FSE on December 31, 2015 was 40.0% (2014: 40.0%).

     

Opening balance

     230.0         230.0   

Accumulated equity contribution

     75.4         72.1   

Impairment

     (101.4      —     

Share of accumulated losses brought forward

     (72.1      (68.5

Share of losses recognized for the year

     (3.3      (3.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing balance

     128.6         230.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gold Fields paid $10.0 million in option fees to Lepanto Consolidated Mining Company during the 6 months ended December 31, 2010. In addition, Gold Fields paid non-refundable down payments of $66.0 million

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

14. NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS (continued)

 

during the year ended December 31, 2011 and $44.0 million during the 6 months ended December 31, 2010 to Liberty Express Assets in accordance with the agreement concluded whereby the Group has the option to acquire 60% of FSE. On March 31, 2012, Gold Fields acquired 40% of the issued share capital of FSE by contributing a further $110.0 million in fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. FSE has no revenues or significant assets or liabilities, except for the rights to explore and eventually mine the property.

The remaining 20% option is not likely to be exercised until such time FSE obtains a Foreign Technical Assistance Agreement which allows for direct majority foreign ownership and control.

 

15. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND PROVISIONS

 

      December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Trade payables

     155.3         170.2   

Accruals

     168.7         212.1   

Payroll and other compensation

     46.8         48.9   

Leave pay accrual

     34.5         37.9   

Short-term portion of the South Deep Dividend liability

     1.3         1.7   

Other 1

     9.6         27.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     416.2         498.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Included in other payables is $1.5 million (fiscal 2014: $10.3 million) relating to oil derivative contracts. Refer note 19 for further details.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

16. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM LOANS

The terms and conditions of outstanding loans are as follows:

 

Facility

  Notes   December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
   

Borrower

  Interest rate     Commitment fee     Maturity date  

$200 million non-revolving senior secured term loan

  (a)         —          —        La Cima     LIBOR plus 2.00%        —          December 19, 2014   

$200 million revolving senior secured credit facility 1

  (b)         42.0        42.0      La Cima     LIBOR plus 1.63%        0.65     December 19, 2017   

$1 billion Notes issue 2,3

  (c)         992.6        991.3      Orogen     4.875%        —          October 7, 2020   

$70 million senior secured revolving credit facility 4

  (d)         45.0        35.0      Ghana     LIBOR plus 2.40%        1.00     May 6, 2017   

$1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities 5

  (e)         724.0        626.0           

- Facility A ($75 million)

      —          75.0      Orogen     LIBOR plus 2.45%        —          November 28, 2015   

- Facility A ($45 million)

      45.0        45.0      Orogen     LIBOR plus 2.45%        —          November 28, 2017   

- Facility B ($720 million)

      150.0        —        Orogen     LIBOR plus 2.25%        0.90     November 28, 2017   

- Facility C ($670 million)

      529.0        506.0      Orogen     LIBOR plus 2.00%        0.80     November 28, 2017   

R1,500 million Nedbank revolving credit facility 6

  (f)         —          129.8      GFIJVH/GFO     JIBAR plus 2.50%        0.85     March 7, 2018   

Rand revolving credit facilities7

  (g)                

- R500 million Rand Merchant Bank revolving credit facility

      —          21.6      GFIJVH/GFO     JIBAR plus 2.50%        1.00     June 19, 2016   

- R500 million Standard Bank revolving credit facility

      —          —        GFIJVH/GFO     JIBAR plus 2.75%        1.05     December 20, 2016   

Short-term rand uncommitted credit facilities 8

  (h)         16.7        65.2      —       —            —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total loans

      1,820.3        1,910.9           

Short-term loans and current portion of long-term loans

      (16.7     (140.2        
   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total long-term loans

      1,803.6        1,770.7           
   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

(1) Borrowings under the revolving senior secured credit facility are secured by first-ranking assignments of all rights, title and interest in all of La Cima’s concentrate sale agreements. In addition, the offshore and onshore collection accounts of La Cima are subject to an account control agreement and a first-ranking charge in favour of the lenders. This facility is non-recourse to the rest of the Group.

The total amount available under this facility at December 31, 2015 was $150.0 million (2014: $75.0 million)

At December 31, 2015, La Cima did not meet certain covenants specified in the revolving senior secured credit facility agreement. The lenders subsequently waived their rights and entitlements arising from the failiure of La Cima to meet the specific covenants.

 

(2) The balance is net of unamortised transaction costs amounting to $7.4 million which will unwind over the remaining period of the notes as an interest expense.

The payment of all amounts due in respect of the Notes is unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Gold Fields Limited (“Gold Fields”), Sibanye Gold (up to April 24, 2015), Gold Fields Operations Limited (“GFO”) and Gold Fields Holdings Company (BVI) Limited (“GF Holdings”) (collectively “the Guarantors”), on a joint and several basis.

The Notes and guarantees constitute direct, unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of Orogen and the Guarantors, respectively, and rank equally in right of payment among themselves and with all other existing and future unsubordinated and unsecured obligations of Orogen and the Guarantors, respectively.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

16. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM LOANS (continued)

 

Subsequent to year-end, on February 19, 2016, Gold Fields Australasia (Proprietary) Limited (“GFA”) announced an offer to purchase $200.0 million of its Notes at discounts of 17% to the original value. GFA would pay a minimum of $830 for every $1,000 of the securities. GFA announced that it has accepted for purchase an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to $147.6 million at the purchase price of $880 per $1,000 in principal amount of Notes. GFA intends to hold the notes acquired until their maturity on October 7, 2020. The purchase of the notes amounting to $147.6 million was financed by drawing down under the $1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities.

 

(3) As part of the unbundling of Sibanye Gold in 2013, an indemnity agreement (“the Indemnity Agreement”) was entered into between the Guarantors, pursuant to which the Guarantors (other than Sibanye Gold) hold Sibanye Gold harmless from and against any and all liabilities and expenses which may be incurred by Sibanye Gold under or in connection with the Notes, including any payment obligations by Sibanye Gold to the noteholders or the trustee of the Notes pursuant to the guarantee of the Notes, all on the terms and subject to the conditions contained therein.

In March 2015, Gold Fields approached the noteholders through a consent solicitation process to release Sibanye Gold of its obligation as a guarantor under the Notes. On April 22, 2015 the noteholders approved the various resolutions to release Sibanye Gold as a guarantor. The release became effective on 24 April 2015 when all the conditions to the extraordinary resolution were met.

 

(4) Borrowings under the facility are guaranteed by Gold Fields Ghana Limited and Abosso Goldfields Limited. Borrowings under this facility are also secured by the registration of security over certain fleet vehicles owned by GF Ghana and Abosso (“Secured Assets”). In addition, the lenders are noted as first loss payees under the insurance contracts in respect of the Secured Assets and are assigned the rights under the maintenance contracts between certain suppliers of the Secured Assets. This facility is non-recourse to the rest of the Group.

Fleet assets in Ghana amounting to $176.6 million (2014: $176.6 million) have been pledged as security for this facility.

 

(5) Borrowings under these facilities are guaranteed by Gold Fields, GF Holdings, Orogen, GFO and GFIJVH. $75.0 million of Facility A matured on November 28, 2015, resulting in the total facility capacity available at December 31, 2015, to be $1,435.0 million.

 

(6) Borrowings under this facility are guaranteed by Gold Fields, GFO, GF Holdings, Orogen and GFIJVH.

 

(7) Borrowings under these facilities are guaranteed by Gold Fields, GFO, GF Holdings, Orogen and GFIJVH.

 

(8) The Group utilised uncommitted loan facilities from some of the major banks to fund the capital expenditure and working capital requirements of the South African operation. These facilities have no fixed terms, are short-term in nature and interest rates are market related. Borrowings under these facilities are guaranteed by Gold Fields.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

16. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM LOANS (continued)

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

(a) $200 million non-revolving senior secured term loan

     

Balance at beginning of the year

     —           70.0   

Repayments

     —           (70.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(b) $200 million revolving senior secured credit facility

     

Balance at beginning of the year

     42.0         —     

Loans advanced

     —           42.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

     42.0         42.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(c) $1 billion notes issue

     

Balance at beginning of the year

     991.3         990.0   

Unwinding of transaction costs

     1.3         1.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

     992.6         991.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(d) $70 million senior secured revolving credit facility

     

Balance at beginning of the year

     35.0         35.0   

Loans advanced

     10.0         35.0   

Repayments

     —           (35.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

     45.0         35.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(e) $1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facility

     

Balance at beginning of the year

     626.0         773.5   

Loans advanced

     400.0         41.5   

Repayments

     (302.0      (189.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

     724.0         626.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(f) R1,500 million Nedbank revolving credit facility

     

Balance at beginning of the year

     129.8         145.1   

Repayments

     (129.0      —     

Translation adjustment

     (0.8      (15.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

     —           129.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(g) Rand revolving credit facilities

     

Balance at beginning of the year

     21.6         —     

Loans advanced

     —           46.2   

Repayments

     (21.5      (21.6

Translation adjustment

     (0.1      (3.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

     —           21.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(h) Short-term rand uncommitted credit facilities

     

Balance at beginning of the year

     65.2         46.5   

Loans advanced

     96.0         299.2   

Repayments

     (141.8      (276.2

Translation adjustment

     (2.7      (4.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

     16.7         65.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     1,820.3         1,910.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

16. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM LOANS (continued)

 

Debt maturity ladder

The combined aggregate maturities of short and long-term loans for each of the next five years at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is tabulated below:

 

Maturity

   December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

1 year

     16.7         140.2   

2 years

     811.0         21.6   

3 years

     —           628.0   

4 years

     —           129.8   

5 years and thereafter

     992.6         991.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,820.3         1,910.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

17. PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION

The Group has made, and expects to make in the future, expenditures to comply with environmental laws and regulations, but cannot predict the full amount of such future expenditures. Estimated future reclamation costs are based principally on legal and regulatory requirements. The following is a reconciliation of the total liability for environmental rehabilitation:

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Provision for environmental rehabilitation

     

Opening balance

     300.1         269.2   

Change in estimates

     (6.2      36.7   

Liabilities settled

     (9.8      (2.8

Accretion of liability

     13.9         15.4   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (22.3      (18.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing balance

     275.7         300.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

* South African, Ghanaian, Australian and Peruvian mining companies are required by law to undertake rehabilitation works as part of their ongoing operations. These environmental rehabilitation costs are funded as follows:

- Ghana - secured cash deposits (refer note 14) and reclamation bonds underwritten by banks to secure estimated costs of rehabilitation,

- South Africa - contributions into environmental trust funds (refer note 14) and guarantees,

- Australia - unconditional bank-guaranteed performance bonds to secure the estimated costs, and

- Peru - guarantees with annual deposits for proper compliance with the Mine Closure Plan.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

17. PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION (continued)

 

The provision is calculated using the following undiscounted closure cost estimates:

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

South Africa

     29.0         32.3   

Ghana

     91.5         89.4   

Australia

     186.0         212.7   

Peru

     46.7         56.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total closure cost estimate 1

     353.2         390.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes discounting of $77.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 (December 31, 2014: $90.7 million) in order to reconcile the gross closure cost estimate of $353.2 million (December 31, 2014: $390.8 million) to the provision for environmental rehabilitation of $275.7 million (December 31, 2014: $300.1 million)

 

18. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

18.1 Retirement benefits

Contributions to the various retirement schemes are fully expensed during the year in which they are incurred. The cost of providing retirement benefits for the Company’s defined contribution plans for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 is $32.8 million (fiscal 2014: $35.4 million and fiscal 2013: $32.3 million).

 

18.2 Share option schemes—equity settled

The Company maintains stock plans (the Gold Fields Limited 2012 Share Plan and the Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan) but no grants were awarded during fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 under these plans following the introduction of the Long-term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) (refer note 18.3). The details of these plans are discussed below.

The charge for share-based compensation has been recognized in the statement of operations under the captions production costs, corporate expenditure and exploration expenditure. The cost for continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 is $10.9 million (fiscal 2014: $26.0 million and fiscal 2013: $40.5 million) and for discontinued operations is $nil (fiscal 2014: $nil and fiscal 2013: $4.6 million).

The following information on share-based compensation expense is available for each plan:

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     Continuing
operations
     Continuing
operations
     Continuing
operations
     Discontinued
operations
 

(a) The Gold Fields Limited 2012 Share Plan

           

- Performance shares

     8.2         12.0         18.8         1.1   

- Bonus shares

     2.7         12.3         11.9         0.8   

(b) The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan

     —           1.7         9.8         2.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation

     10.9         26.0         40.5         4.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

18. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

 

Spin-off of Sibanye Gold during 2013 : The rules of the share plans make provision for an adjustment to the number of shares in the event there is a variation in the issued share capital as a result of corporate action. The share plans require that the fair market value of an employee’s share portfolio pre and post corporate action remain the same. In order to uphold this principle, an independent professional firm was contracted to provide a fairness opinion on the additional number of shares or changes to strike prices required to maintain the pre-spin-off value of the share portfolios of employees as a result of the Sibanye spin-off, which resulted in additional shares being awarded. There was no incremental share-based compensation resulting from this modification. The modification affected all employees who participated in the various share option schemes pre-spin-off and who remained employed by the Group post-spin-off. Furthermore, employees who ceased to be employed by the Group as a result of the spin-off are treated as “good leavers” in terms of the rules of the share plans. Good leavers are entitled to the vested portion of their shares based on the period that the shares were held up to vesting date. The unvested portion is forfeited in terms of the rules of the share plans.

(a) The Gold Fields Limited 2012 Share Plan: At the annual general meeting on May 14, 2012 shareholders approved the adoption of the Gold Fields Limited 2012 Share Plan to replace the Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan. The plan provided for two methods of participation, namely the Performance Share Method, or PS and the Bonus Share Method, or BS . This plan sought to attract, retain, motivate and reward participating employees on a basis which sought to align the interests of such employees with those of the Company’s shareholders. No allocations of options under this plan were made during fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 following the introduction of the Long-term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) (refer note 18.3). Currently the last vesting date is December 20, 2016.

The salient features of the plan were:

- PS were offered to participants annually in March. Quarterly allocations of PS were also made in June, September and December on a pro-rata basis to qualifying new employees. PS were performance-related shares, granted at zero cost (the shares are granted in exchange for the rendering of service by participants to the Company during the three-year restricted period prior to the share vesting period);

- Based on the rules of the plan, the actual number of PS which would be settled to a participant three years after the original award date was determined by the company’s performance measured against the performance of seven other major gold mining companies (“the peer group”) based on the relative change in the Gold Fields share price compared to the basket of respective US Dollar share prices of the peer group. Furthermore, for PS awards to be settled to members of the Executive Committee, an internal company performance target is required to be met before the external relative measure is applied. The internal target performance criterion has been set at 85% of the company’s planned gold production over the three-year measurement period as set out in the business plans of the company approved by the Board. In the event that the internal target performance criterion is met the full initial target award shall be settled on the settlement date. In addition, the Remuneration Committee has determined that the number of PS to be settled may be increased by up to 200% of the number of the initial target PS conditionally awarded, depending on the performance of the company relative to the performance of the peer group, based on the relative change in the Gold Fields share price compared to the basket of respective US Dollar share prices of the peer group;

- The performance of the Company that will result in the settlement of shares is to be measured by the Company’s share price performance relative to the share price performance of a peer group of gold mining companies, over the three year period;

- BS were offered to participants annually in March; and

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

18. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

 

- Based on the rules of the plan, the actual number of BS which would be settled to a participant in two equal tranches over a 9-month and an 18-month period after the original award date is determined by the employee’s annual cash bonus calculated with reference to actual performance against predetermined targets for the financial year ended immediately preceding the award date.

Details of the Performance shares and Bonus shares granted under this Plan are as follows:

 

     Number of
Performance
shares
     Number of
Bonus
shares
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     4,262,170         792,376   

Spin-off of Sibanye Gold - forfeited

     (1,562,498      (241,023

Additional shares awarded due to spin-off of Sibanye

     396,229         —     

Granted during the year

     5,310,968         2,018,771   

Exercised and released

     (515,025      (1,314,156

Forfeited

     (1,862,128      (373,896
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

     6,029,716         882,072   

Granted during the year

     —           4,000,559   

Exercised and released

     (834,010      (2,167,802

Forfeited

     (879,049      (552,907
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     4,316,657         2,161,922   

Exercised and released

     (1,704,704      (2,094,343

Forfeited

     (165,031      (67,579
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     2,446,922         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

None of the outstanding options of 2,446,922 above have vested at year-end.

A future trading model is used to estimate the loss in value to the holders of Bonus Shares due to trading restrictions. The actual valuation is developed using a Monte-Carlo analysis of the future share price of Gold Fields, the assumptions were as follows:

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Weighted average historical volatility (based on a statistical analysis of the share price on a weighted moving average basis for the expected term of the option)

     —           43.5

Expected term (months)

     —           9 - 18   

Dividend yield

     —           0.60

Weighted average three year risk free interest rate (based on SA interest rates)

     —           5.50

Weighted average fair value (South African rand)

     —           40.28   

(b) The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan: At the annual general meeting held on November 17, 2005, the shareholders approved The Gold Fields Limited 2005 Share Plan, or the 2005 Plan, under which employees, including executive directors, would be compensated going forward. The 2005 Plan provided for two types of awards: performance vesting restricted shares, or PVRS, and performance allocated share appreciation rights, or SARS. This plan sought to attract, retain, motivate and reward participating employees on a basis which sought to align the interests of such employees with those of the Company’s

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

18. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

 

shareholders. No further allocations of options under this plan are being made following the introduction of the Gold Fields Limited 2012 Share Plan (see above) and the plan will be closed once all options have been exercised or forfeited. Currently the last date of expiry of SARS is December 1, 2017.

Details of the PVRS and SARS granted under this Plan are as follows:

 

      Number of
PVRS
     Number of
SARS
     Average price
$
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     4,986,216         4,318,909         12.53   

Spin-off of Sibanye Gold - forfeited

     (2,221,264      (1,077,878      11.99   

Additional shares awarded due to spin-off of Sibanye

     538,562         465,346         10.72   

Exercised and released

     (1,857,614      —           —     

Forfeited

     (214,929      (554,649      10.61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

     1,230,971         3,151,728         8.89   

Exercised and released

     (1,217,700      —           —     

Forfeited

     (13,271      (1,333,467      8.62   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     —           1,818,261         7.89   

Forfeited

     —           (793,083      7.34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     —           1,025,178         6.03   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In terms of the 2005 Plan rules, SARS expire no later than six years from the grant date and vested three years after grant date. The average exercise price for SARS outstanding at December 31, 2015 was $6.03

During the year ended December 31, 2013 some share appreciation rights’ expiry dates were extended to enable participants who were disadvantaged due to the closed period to be placed in an equitable position. There was no incremental share-based compensation resulting from this modification. No expiry dates were extended during fiscal 2015 and 2014.

The following executive directors were affected by the modification:

 

December 31, 2013

   Number of
options
     Average
instrument
price $
     Contractual life
extended by
(years)
 

NJ Holland

     121,428         8.21         0.16   

PA Schmidt

     75,082         8.56         0.17   

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

18. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

 

The following tables summarize information relating to the options outstanding at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

     Outstanding SARS at December 31, 2015  
      Price range
$
     Number of
options
     Contractual
life

(in years)
     Weighted average
exercise price

$
 

Range of prices

     3.97 - 5.63         448,296         0.22         5.03   
     5.64 - 7.28         33,641         0.60         5.86   
     7.29 - 8.94         531,720         1.35         6.84   
     8.95 - 10.60         11,521         2.01         7.84   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        1,025,178         0.84         6.03   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Outstanding SARS at December 31, 2014  
      Price range      Number of
options

$
     Contractual
life

(in years)
     Weighted average
exercise price

$
 

Range of prices

     5.19 - 7.35         580,833         1.22         6.56   
     7.36 - 9.51         454,131         0.33         8.17   
     9.52 - 11.68         769,159         2.33         8.94   
     11.69 - 13.84         14,138         3.01         10.25   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        1,818,261         1.48         7.89   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The PVRS have not been included in the table above as they vest automatically after three years and are granted for no consideration.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

18. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

 

18.3 Long-term incentive plan—liability-settled

On March 1, 2014, the Remuneration Committee approved the Gold Fields Limited Long-term cash incentive plan (“LTIP”). The plan provides for key senior managers to receive a cash award conditional on the achievement of specified performance conditions relating to total shareholder return and free cash flow margin. The conditions are assessed over the performance cycle which runs over three calendar years. The estimated expense associated with awards issued under this plan is recorded over the service period from the date of award to the payment date. The expected timing of the cash outflows in respect of each grant is at the end of three years after the original award was made.

The charge for the LTIP has been recognized in the statement of operations under the captions production costs, corporate expenditure, exploration expenditure and other expenses. The cost for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 is $5.3 million (fiscal 2014: $8.7 million and fiscal 2013: $nil)

 

      December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Long-term cash incentive plan

     

Opening balance

     8.3         —     

Charge to statement of operations

     5.3         8.7   

Translation adjustment

     (1.0      (0.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing balance

     12.6         8.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the awards made under this plan are valued using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The inputs to the model were as follows:

 

      December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
 

Weighted average historical volatility (based on a statistical analysis of the share price on a weighted moving average basis for the expected term of the option)

     45.2     44.4

Expected term (years)

     3        3   

Three year risk free interest rate (based on US interest rates)

     1.5     2.2

 

19. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE AND CREDIT RISK OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Risk management activities

In the normal course of its operations, the Group is exposed to commodity price, currency, interest rate, liquidity and credit risk. In order to manage these risks, the Group has developed a comprehensive risk management process to facilitate control and monitoring of these risks.

Concentration of credit risk

The Group’s financial instruments do not represent a concentration of credit risk as the Group deals with a number of major banks. Accounts receivable are regularly monitored and assessed and where necessary an adequate level of provision is maintained.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

19. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE AND CREDIT RISK OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

 

A formal process of allocating counterparty exposure and prudential limits is approved by the audit committee and is applied under the supervision of the Group’s executive committee. Facilities requiring margin payments are not engaged.

Concentration of labor

About three quarters of the Group’s total workforce is unionized (76%), but patterns of union participation vary considerably between locations. Each of the Group’s regions have the following levels of union participation within their workforce:

- Peru 10%

- Australia 0%

- South Africa 93%

- Ghana 96%

Foreign currency and commodity price risk

In the normal course of business, the Group enters into transactions for the sale of its gold, denominated in U.S. Dollars. In addition, the Group has assets and liabilities in a number of different currencies (South African Rand, U.S. Dollars and Australian Dollars). As a result, the Group is subject to transaction and translation exposure from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

As at December 31, 2015 and 2014, Gold Fields did not hold any derivative instruments to protect its exposure to adverse movements in gold and copper commodity prices.

Under the long-established structure of sales agreements prevalent in the industry, substantially all of Gold Fields’ copper concentrate sales are provisionally priced at the time of shipment. The provisional prices are finalized in a contractually specified future period (generally one to three months) primarily based on quoted London Metal Exchange, or LME, prices. Sales subject to final pricing are generally settled in a subsequent month. Because a significant portion of Gold Fields’ copper concentrate sales in a period usually remain subject to final pricing, the forward price is a major determinant of recorded revenues and the average recorded copper price for the period.

LME copper prices averaged $5,376 per ton during the year ended December 31, 2015 (December 31, 2014: $6,861 and December 31, 2013: $7,324 per ton), compared with the Company’s recorded average price, net of refining charges, of $4,787 per ton (December 31, 2014: $6,827 and December 31, 2013: $6,575). The applicable three month copper price at December 31, 2015 was $4,650 per ton, before taking into account refining charges. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, changes in copper prices resulted in a provisional pricing mark-to-market loss of $1.6 million (December 31, 2014: loss of $8.1 million and December 31, 2013: loss of $7.9 million) (included in revenue).

Interest rate and liquidity risk

Fluctuations in interest rates impact on the value of investments and financing activities, giving rise to interest rate risk. The Group does not currently hedge its exposure to interest rate risk.

In the ordinary course of business, the Group receives cash proceeds from its operations and is required to fund working capital and capital expenditure requirements. The cash is managed to ensure surplus funds are invested to maximize returns while ensuring that capital is safeguarded to the maximum extent possible by investing only with top financial institutions.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

19. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE AND CREDIT RISK OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

 

Substantial contractual arrangements for uncommitted borrowing facilities are maintained with several banking counterparties to meet the Group’s normal contingency funding requirements.

Fair value

The fair value of a financial instrument is defined as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The carrying amounts of receivables, accounts payable and cash and cash equivalents are a reasonable estimate of their fair values due to the short-term maturity of such instruments. The investments in the environmental trust fund approximate fair value, as the monies are invested in short-term maturity investments. The listed investments are carried at market value. Long-term loans at floating rates, approximate fair value as they are subject to market based floating rates.

The estimated fair values of the Group’s financial instruments are:

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
     Carrying
value
     Fair value      Carrying
value
     Fair value  

Financial assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

     440.0         440.0         458.0         458.0   

Receivables

     85.2         85.2         122.4         122.4   

Non-current investments

     175.0         180.0         286.5         279.9   

Financial liabilities

           

Long-term loans

     1,803.6         1,569.8         1,770.7         1,614.4   

Accounts payable and provisions

     381.7         381.7         460.6         460.6   

Interest payable

     11.4         11.4         11.2         11.2   

Short-term loans and current portion of long-term loans

     16.7         16.7         140.2         140.2   

Other non-current liabilities

     6.5         6.5         9.1         9.1   

The Group utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Group determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

 

   

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

   

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

19. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE AND CREDIT RISK OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

 

The following table sets forth the Group’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value by level within the fair value hierarchy. As required by Accounting Standard Codification, or ASC, fair value guidance, assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Items listed below are included in the financial assets and liabilities total above:

 

     Fair value at December 31, 2015  
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

Listed investments

     7.8         7.8         —           —     

Trade receivable from provisional copper concentrate sales, net

     3.1         —           3.1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10.9         7.8         3.1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Oil derivative contracts

     1.5         —           1.5         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair value at December 31, 2014  
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

Listed investments

     4.4         4.4         —           —     

Trade receivable from provisional copper concentrate sales, net

     29.5         —           29.5         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     33.9         4.4         29.5         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Oil derivative contracts

     10.3         —           10.3         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group’s listed investments comprise equity investments in listed entities and are therefore valued using quoted market prices in active markets and classified within level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the listed investments is the product of the quoted market price and the number of shares held.

The Group’s net trade receivable from provisional copper and gold concentrate sales in La Cima (Cerro Corona) is valued using quoted market prices based on the forward price on the London Metal Exchange and classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Group’s financial instruments valued using pricing models are classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Where possible, the values produced by the valuation models are verified to market prices. Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, credit spreads, measures of volatility and correlations of such inputs.

The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change has occurred. There were no transfers during the years ended December, 31 2015 and 2014.

Derivative contracts

On September 10, 2014, Gold Fields Australia (Pty) Limited entered into a Singapore Gasoil 10ppm cash settled swap transaction contract for a total of 136,500 barrels, effective September 15, 2014 until March 31, 2015 at a

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

fixed price of US$115.00 per barrel. The 136,500 barrels are based on 50% of usage for the seven month period September 2014—March 2015. Brent Crude at the time of the transaction was US$99.10 per barrel.

On November 26, 2014, Gold Fields Australia (Pty) Limited entered into further Singapore Gasoil 10ppm cash settled swap transaction contracts. A contract for 63,000 barrels for the period January—March 2015 was committed at a fixed price of US$94.00 per barrel, and a further 283,500 barrels was committed at a price of US$96.00 per barrel for the period April—December 2015. Brent Crude at the time of the transaction was US$78.50 per barrel.

As at December 31, 2015, the fair value of these oil derivative contracts was negative $1.5 million (December 31, 2014: negative $10.3 million). This amount is included in accounts payable and provisions (refer note 15).

 

20.    ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

       

     

(a)

  

Supplemental cash flow disclosures

        
  

The following amounts were included in cash flows from operations:

        
          Fiscal year Ended December 31,  
          2015      2014      2013  
  

Royalties paid

     76.9         88.8         99.9   
  

Income and mining taxes paid

     118.4         105.3         298.2   
  

Interest paid after capitalization

     70.2         79.6         71.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(b)

  

Non cash-items

        
  

Marked to market gain/(loss) of listed investments

     0.4         6.9         (1.3)   
  

Sibanye Gold spin-off (refer note 9.1), excluding cash transferred

     —           —           927.3   
  

Shares issued on acquisition of Barrick Yilgarn assets (refer note 3(b))

     —           —           127.3   
  

Disposal of Yanfolila for acquisition of Hummingbird:

     —           5.1         —     
  

Disposal of Yanfolila (refer note 3(c))

     —           (16.0)         —     
  

Acquistion of investment in Hummingbird (refer note 3(c))

     —           21.1         —     

 

21. COMMITMENTS

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Capital commitments

     

Contracted for

     48.9         120.5   

Lease commitments

     

Operating leases

     

Less than 12 months

     2.6         3.1   

12 - 36 months

     3.1         3.5   

36 - 60 months

     1.3         0.8   

After 60 months

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7.0         7.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in net income are operating lease charges amounting to $2.7 million (fiscal 2014: $3.2 million and fiscal 2013: $4.5 million).

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

21. COMMITMENTS (continued)

 

Guarantees and other commitments

The Group also provides environmental obligation guarantees with respect to its South African and Ghanaian operations. These guarantees, amounting to $59.0 million at December 31, 2015 (December 31, 2014: $67.0 million) have not been included in the amount of guarantees of $nil million (December 31, 2014: $0.1 million) because they are fully provided for under the related provision for environmental rehabilitation.

Capital commitments will be funded from internal cash resources and borrowings as necessary. All the contracted capital expenditure as at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 relates to obligations within the next 12 months. The expenditure relates to mining development, infrastructure and hostel upgrades.

 

22. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Randgold & Exploration summons

On August 21, 2008, Gold Fields Operations Limited (“GFO”), formerly known as Western Areas Limited (“WAL”), a subsidiary of Gold Fields Limited, received a summons from Randgold and Exploration Company Limited (“R&E”) and African Strategic Investment (Holdings) Limited. The summons claims that during the period that GFO was under the control of Brett Kebble, Roger Kebble and others, WAL assisted in the unlawful disposal of shares owned by R&E in Randgold Resources Limited, or Resources, and Afrikander Lease Limited, now Uranium One.

The claims have been computed in various ways. The highest claims have been computed on the basis of the highest prices of Resources and Uranium One between the dates of the alleged thefts and March 2008 (between approximately $700 million and $800 million (between R11 billion and R12 billion)). The alternative claims have been computed on the basis of the actual amounts allegedly received by GFO to fund its operations (approximately R519 million or $34 million).

During quarter three of 2015, simultaneously with delivering its plea, GFO joined certain third parties to the action (namely JCI Limited, JC Lamprecht, RAR Kebble and the deceased and insolvent estate of BK Kebble), in order to enable it to claim compensation against such third parties in the event that the plaintiffs are successful in one or more of their claims. In addition, notices in terms of section 2(2)(b) of the Apportionment of Damages Act, 1956, were served on various parties by GFO, in order to enable it to make a claim for a contribution against such parties in terms of the Apportionment of Damages Act, should the plaintiffs be successful in one or more of its claims.

It should be noted that the claims lie only against GFO, whose only interest is a 50% stake in the South Deep mine. This alleged liability is historic and relates to a period of time prior to the Group purchasing the company.

GFO’s assessment remains that it has sustainable defences to these claims and, accordingly, GFO’s attorneys were instructed to vigorously defend the claims.

The ultimate outcome of the claims cannot presently be determined and, accordingly, no adjustment for any effects on the Company that may result from these claims, if any, has been made in the consolidated financial statements.

Silicosis

The principal health risks associated with Gold Fields’ mining operations in South Africa arise from occupational exposure to silica dust, noise, heat and certain hazardous chemicals. The most significant occupational diseases affecting Gold Fields’s workforce include lung diseases (such as silicosis,

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

22. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (continued)

 

tuberculosis, a combination of the two and chronic obstructive airways disease (“COAD”) as well as noise induced hearing loss (“NIHL”). The Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act, 78 of 1973 (“ODMWA”) governs the compensation paid to mining employees who contract certain illnesses, such as silicosis. In 2011, the South African Constitutional Court ruled that a claim for compensation under ODMWA does not prevent employees from seeking compensation from their employer in a civil action under common law (either as individuals or as a class). While issues such as negligence and causation need to be proved on a case by case basis, it is possible that such ruling could expose Gold Fields to claims related to occupational hazards and diseases (including silicosis), which may be in the form of a class or similar group action. If Gold Fields were to face a significant number of such claims and the claims were suitably established against it, the payment of compensation for the claims could have a material adverse effect on Gold Fields’ results of operations and financial condition. In addition, Gold Fields may incur significant additional costs arising out of these issues, including costs relating to the payment of fees, levies or other contributions in respect of compensatory or other funds established (if any) and expenditures arising out of its efforts to resolve any outstanding claims or other potential action.

During 2012 and 2014, two court applications were served on Gold Fields and its subsidiaries (as well as other mining companies) by various applicants purporting to represent classes of mine workers (and, where deceased, their dependants) who were previously employed by or who are employees of, amongst others, Gold Fields or any of its subsidiaries and who allegedly contracted silicosis and/or tuberculosis.

These are applications in terms of which the court is asked to certify a class action to be instituted by the applicants on behalf of the classes of affected people. According to the applicants, these are the first and preliminary steps in a process where, if the court were to certify the class action, the applicants will in the second stage, bring an action wherein they will attempt to hold Gold Fields and other mining companies liable for silicosis and/or tuberculosis and the resultant consequences. The applicants contemplate dealing in the second stage with what the applicants describe as common legal and factual issues regarding the claims arising for the whole of the classes. If the applicants are successful in the second stage, they envisage that individual members of the classes could later submit individual claims for damages against Gold Fields and the other mining companies. These applications do not identify the number of claims that could be instituted against Gold Fields and the other mining companies or the quantum of damages the applicants may seek.

Gold Fields has opposed the applications.

The two class actions were consolidated into one application on October 17, 2014. In terms of the consolidated application, the court is asked to allow the class actions to be certified. The consolidated application was heard during the weeks of 12 and 19 October 2015. Judgment has been reserved. If certification is granted, it will be the first step in a process whereby the applicants will, on behalf of the class or classes, seek to hold Gold Fields and the other mining companies liable for silicosis and/or tuberculosis and the resultant consequences. Any such claims will be defended.

In addition to the consolidated application, an individual action has been instituted against Gold Fields and one other mining company in terms of which the Plaintiff claims approximately $2 million (R25 million) in damages (and interest on that amount at 15.5% from May 2014 to date of payment and costs) arising from his alleged contraction of silicosis which he claims was caused by the defendants. Gold Fields has entered an appearance to defend the individual action and has pleaded to the claim. In January 2014, the plaintiff delivered an application to join three other mining companies (including the owners of Gold Fields’ South Deep operation) to the action. The joinder was effected and Gold Fields delivered a revised plea on behalf of the joined Gold Fields defendants. The plaintiff has since applied to amend his particulars of claim which

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

22. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (continued)

 

amendment is being opposed. Whilst the plaintiff enrolled the trial for hearing on May 23, 2016, the matter has been removed from the trial roll. Gold Fields is proceeding with trial preparation in the normal course.

The ultimate outcome of these matters cannot presently be determined and, accordingly, no adjustment for any effects on the Company that may result from these actions, if any, has been made in the consolidated financial statements.

Acid mine drainage

Acid mine drainage (“AMD”) or acid rock drainage (“ARD”), collectively called acid drainage (“AD”) is formed when certain sulphide minerals in rocks are exposed to oxidising conditions (such as the presence of oxygen, combined with water). AD can occur under natural conditions or as a result of the sulphide minerals that are encountered and exposed to oxidation during mining or during storage in waste rock dumps, ore stockpiles or tailings dams. The acidic water that forms, usually contains iron and other metals if they are contained in the host rock.

Gold Fields has identified incidences of AD, and the risk of potential short-term and long-term AD issues, specifically at its Cerro Corona, South Deep and Damang mines and, at currently immaterial levels, its Tarkwa and St Ives mines. The AD issues at Damang mine are confined to the Rex open pit.

Gold Fields commissioned additional technical studies during 2015 to identify the steps required to prevent or mitigate the potentially material AD impacts at its Cerro Corona, Damang and South Deep operations, but none of these studies have allowed Gold Fields to generate a reliable estimate of the total potential impact on the Company. Gold Fields mine closure cost estimates for 2015 contain costs for the aspects of AD management which the company has reliably been able to cost.

Gold Fields continues to investigate technical solutions at both its South Deep, Cerro Corona and Damang mines to better inform appropriate short- and long-term mitigation strategies for AD management and to work towards a reasonable cost estimate of these potential issues. Further studies are planned for 2016.

No adjustment for any effects on the Company that may result from potentially material (mainly post-closure) AD impacts at South Deep and Cerro Corona has been made in the consolidated financial statements, other than through the Group’s normal environmental rehabilitation provisions (refer note 17).

Native title claim

Gold Fields advised the market on July 7, 2015 that a decision had been handed down by a single judge of the Federal Court of Australia on July 3, 2015, in which the court had accepted the submissions of the Ngadju People that the re-grant of certain St. Ives’ tenements by the State of Western Australia in 2004 was not compliant with the correct processes set out in the Native Title Act 1993 (Cth), and as such, the re-granted tenements were inconsistent with the Ngadju People’s natives title rights.

The decision did not affect the grant of mining tenure to St. Ives under the Mining Act 1978 (WA). St. Ives still validly holds all of the tenements which underpin its mining operations at St. Ives, and as these proceedings are not an action against St. Ives for failure to take certain steps, the Court has no ability to impose any sort of penalty against St. Ives.

On March 29, 2016, Gold Fields announced that the full court of the Federal Court of Australia overturned its July 2015 decision. As such, the Federal Court confirmed that St. Ives’ re-granted tenements were valid for the purposes of the Native Title Act. In addition, the Federal Court found that although St. Ives and the Ngadju People have coexisting tenement holder rights, the rights of St. Ives would prevail in the event that any inconsistencies materialize. It is not clear whether the Ngadju People will appeal this decision.

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

22. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (continued)

 

Gold Fields remains strongly of the view that it has at all times complied with its obligations under the Native Title Act 1993 (Cth) in respect of its dealings with these tenements. The Company will take all steps necessary to ensure that the St. Ives operations are unaffected while this matter is resolved.

Accordingly, no adjustment for any effects on the Company that may result from the proceedings, if any, has been made in the consolidated financial statements.

Regulatory Investigations

On June 22, 2015, Gold Fields notified Shareholders that it had been informed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Unit of the United States Securities Exchange Commission (the Commission) that it has concluded its investigation in connection with the Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) transaction related to South Deep and, based on the information available to them, would not recommend to the Commission that enforcement action be taken against Gold Fields.

The notice was provided under the guidelines set out in the final paragraph of the Securities Act Release No 5310, which states in part that the notice “must in no way be construed as indicating that the party has been exonerated or that no action may ultimately result from the staff’s investigation.

In South Africa, in 2013 the Directorate for Priority Crime Investigation (the Hawks) informed the Company that it has started a preliminary investigation into the BEE transaction to determine whether or not to proceed with a formal investigation, following a complaint by the Democratic Alliance, a political party in South Africa. The investigation is still in process and it is not possible to determine what effect the ultimate outcome of this investigation any regulatory findings and any related developments on the Company or the timing thereof.

Accordingly, no adjustment for any effects on the Company that may result from the outcome of these investigations, if any, has been made in the consolidated financial statements.

 

23. LINES OF CREDIT

The Group has unused lines of committed credit facilities available amounting to $1,009.5 million at December 31, 2015 (December 31, 2014: $1,016.9 million) with the following expiry dates.

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

- within one year

     66.2         —     

- later than one year and not later than two years

     844.0         64.9   

- later than two years and not later than three years

     99.3         —     

- later than three years and not later than five years

     —           952.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,009.5         1,016.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

None of the directors or officers of Gold Fields or any associate of such director or officer is currently or has been at any time during the past three fiscal years indebted to Gold Fields.

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

25. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Restructuring of $1 billion Notes issue

Refer to note 16 for further details.

La Cima debt covenant

Refer to note 16 for further details.

Accelerated equity raising

Gold Fields successfully completed a $150.0 million (R2.3 billion) accelerated equity raising by way of a private placement (“the Placing”) to institutional investors.

The offer was significantly oversubscribed and a total number of 38,857,913 new Gold Fields shares were placed at a price of R59.50 per share which represents a discount of 6.0% to the 30-day volume weighted average traded price, for the period ended March 17, 2016 and a 0.7% discount to the 50-day moving average.

The net proceeds from the Placing will be applied to the existing $1,510 million term loan and revolving credit facilities that was utilised to purchase the notes amounting to $147.6 million, as described in note 16.

Native title claim

Refer to note 22 for further details.

Development Agreement

On March 17, 2016, the Parliament of Ghana ratified development agreements between Gold Fields Ghana, Abosso and the Government of Ghana. Parliamentary proceedings leading to the ratification were officially published on Parliament’s website on March 21, 2016. The development agreements provide for the stabilization of the tax regime that was in effect on January 1, 2016. The development agreements also provide for, among other things, a fixed tax rate of 32.5%, beginning on March 17, 2016, and exemption from certain import duties. In addition, Gold Fields is to pay royalties on a sliding scale, replacing the current fixed rate, with effect from January 1, 2017. Additionally, under the development agreements, Gold Fields agreed to forgo the previous exemptions from withholding tax under the Deed of Warranty between Abosso and the Government of Ghana and the Project Development Agreement between Gold Fields Ghana and the Government of Ghana. Under the old Abosso Deed of Warranty, there was no withholding tax applicable on payments from the external account in connection with interest and other borrowing costs/fees, payments to suppliers, consultants and contractors of goods or services and dividends to external shareholders. With respect to the Tarkwa Project Development Agreement, there was no withholding tax on dividends and capital repayments to non-resident shareholders, interest, commitment or other fee or capital redemption payment in foreign currency from non-Ghana resident lenders.

Under the development agreements, Gold Fields committed to pay compensation for assets used at Tarkwa since the divestiture of the Ghanaian State Gold Mining Company and, in years where a dividend is not declared and paid, to make a payment of 5% of profits after tax in the relevant year to the government (which will be offset against the eventual dividend payment).

Final dividend

On February 16, 2016, Gold Fields declared a final dividend of R0.21 ($0.01) per share.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

26. GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION

Gold Fields is primarily involved in gold mining, exploration and related activities. Activities are conducted and investments held both inside and outside of South Africa.

The segment results have been prepared and presented based on management’s reporting format. The Group prepares its financial records in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, and such IFRS information by segment is what the Group’s chief operating decision maker reviews in allocating resources and making investment decisions. The Company’s gold mining operations are managed and internally reported based upon the following geographic areas: in South Africa the South Deep mine, in Ghana the Tarkwa and Damang mines, in Australia, St. Ives, Agnew/ Lawlers, Granny Smith and Darlot mines and in Peru, the Cerro Corona mine. The Group also has exploration interests which are included in the Corporate and other segment. Corporate costs are allocated between segments based upon the time spent on each segment by members of the executive team.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015  
    South Africa     Ghana     Australia     Peru                                
    South Deep     Tarkwa     Damang     Total     St Ives     Agnew/
Lawlers
    Darlot     Granny
Smith
    Total     Cerro
Corona
    Corporate and
other #
    Total per
IFRS
    Reclassifications     Reconciling
items
    Continuing
operations
 

Statement of operations - continuing operations

                             

Revenue

    232.3        680.7        194.8        875.5        431.8        273.9        91.3        348.4        1,145.4        292.2        —          2,545.4        —          —          2,545.4   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) 1, 2

    (236.6     (334.2     (184.3     (518.5     (195.0     (142.6     (59.8     (135.9     (533.2     (143.8     0.8        (1,431.4     (37.6     (201.7     (1,670.6

Gold inventory change 1, 2, 3

    —          7.3        (2.1     5.2        (25.3     1.1        0.6        (5.4     (29.0     (1.0     —          (24.9     —          (8.6     (33.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating profit/(loss) before amortization and depreciation 2, 4

    (4.3     353.8        8.5        362.2        211.5        132.5        32.1        207.1        583.2        147.4        0.8        1,089.2        (37.6     (210.3     841.2   

Amortization and depreciation 2

    (67.9     (162.3     (26.4     (188.7     (109.9     (62.0     (25.8     (54.1     (251.8     (100.1     (1.4     (609.9     —          15.5        (594.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating (loss)/profit 2, 5

    (72.2     191.5        (18.0     173.5        101.6        70.5        6.3        153.0        331.4        47.3        (0.6     479.3        (37.6     (194.8     246.8   

Exploration expenditure

    —          —          —          —          (21.5     (4.0     (1.7     (3.6     (30.8     —          (22.7     (53.5     (2.0     30.8        (24.7

Finance expense

    (4.1     (3.4     (2.9     (6.3     (2.9     (1.3     (0.3     (1.1     (5.6     (5.5     (61.4     (82.9     11.7        —          (71.2

Investment income

    0.9        1.3        0.1        1.4        —          —          —          —          —          —          4.0        6.3        —          —          6.3   

Asset impairments and write-offs

    —          —          (43.8     (43.8     —          —          (14.2     —          (14.2     (6.7     (46.9     (111.6     37.9        (26.7     (100.1

(Loss)/profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    —          3.2        —          3.2        2.4        (1.0     —          —          1.4        (4.7     —          (0.1     —          —          (0.1

Other items as detailed in statement of operations

    (0.6     (11.8     (3.3     (15.1     (1.9     2.1        0.1        (2.6     (2.3     (11.9     (11.8     (41.7     (10.0     (8.0     (60.2

Royalty

    (1.2     (34.0     (9.7     (43.8     N6        N6        N6        N6        (28.0     (3.1     —          (76.0     —          —          (76.0

Current taxation

    —          (34.6     (0.7     (35.4     N6        N6        N6        N6        (66.7     (33.0     (7.8     (142.9     —          —          (143.0

Deferred taxation

    22.1     (24.7     (11.0     (35.7     N6        N6        N6        N6        (9.5     (75.7     (5.4     (104.2     —          92.2        (12.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/income before impairment of equity investees, share of equity investees’ losses and discontinued operations 7

    (55.2     87.5        (89.3     (1.8     N6        N6        N6        N6        175.7        (93.4     (152.6     (127.4     —          (106.5     (234.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

26. GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

 

(1) Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) for continuing operations for management reporting purposes includes: Corporate expenditure - $20.5 million, Accretion expense on provision for environmental rehabilitation - $13.9 million and Employee termination costs - $9.4 million, which are not included in production costs under U.S. GAAP. In addition, gold inventory change is included in production costs under U.S. GAAP.
(2) This caption is based on captions used in the IFRS financial statements and does not reflect the US GAAP captions per the consolidated statement of operations.
(3) Reflects the change in quantity and value of broken ore and ore on the heap leach pads during the fiscal year.
(4) Adjusted operating profit before amortization and depreciation is stated before amortization and depreciation, exploration expenditure, asset impairments and write-offs, (profit)/loss on disposal of property,plant and equipment and royalty.
(5) Adjusted operating profit/(loss) is stated before exploration expenditure, asset impairments and write-offs, (profit)/loss on disposal of property,plant and equipment and royalty.
(6) As all Australian operations are entitled to transfer and off-set losses from one company to another, it is not meaningful to split the royalties, current or deferred taxation.
(7) This caption is before share of equity investees losses, all of which would relate to the corporate and other segment.
* Indicative as tax is provided in the holding companies of South Deep.
# Corporate and other represents items to reconcile segment data to consolidated financial statement totals.

Figures may not add as they are rounded independently.

 

    December 31, 2015  
    South Africa     Ghana     Australia     Peru                                
    South Deep     Tarkwa     Damang     Total     St Ives     Agnew/
Lawlers
    Darlot     Granny
Smith
    Total     Cerro
Corona
    Corporate and
other #
    Total per
IFRS
    Reclassifications     Reconciling
items
    Group
Consolidated
 

Balance sheet

                             

Total assets (excluding deferred tax assets)

    976.8        1,546.7        139.0        1,685.7        555.3        393.7        9.1        221.7        1,179.8        880.5        1,100.8        5,823.6        —          (311.6     5,512.0   

Total liabilities (excluding deferred tax liabilities)

    1,078.4        195.6        98.5        294.1        135.2        66.9        23.2        61.5        286.8        133.7        829.4        2,622.4        —          0.3        2,622.7   

Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities

    (36.0     305.0        —          305.0        N1        N1        N1        N1        87.6        94.1        (17.5     433.2        —          (180.9     252.3   

Capital expenditure

    66.9        204.2        16.9        221.1        114.5        73.0        20.0        72.4        279.9        64.8        1.4        634.1        —          (199.6     434.5   

 

(1) As all Australian operations are entitled to transder and off-set losses from one company to another, it is not meaningful to split the royalties, current or deferred taxation.
# Corporate and other represents items to reconcile segment data to consolidated financial statement totals. Included in Corporate and other is goodwill relating to the acquisition of South Deep and equity investees.

Figures may not add as they are rounded independently.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

26. GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

 

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014  
    South Africa     Ghana     Australia     Peru                                
    South Deep     Tarkwa     Damang     Total     St Ives     Agnew/
Lawlers
    Darlot     Granny
Smith
    Total     Cerro
Corona
    Corporate and
other #
    Total per
IFRS
    Reclassifications     Reconciling
items
    Continuing
operations
 

Statement of operations - continuing operations

                             

Revenue

    254.8        706.7        224.6        931.3        458.8        342.5        106.2        399.8        1,307.3        375.5        —          2,868.8        —          —          2,868.8   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) 1, 2

    (245.5     (373.9     (177.6     (551.5     (292.3     (173.0     (81.9     (182.6     (729.8     (158.2     —          (1,684.9     (97.2     (125.4     (1,907.4

Gold inventory change 1, 2, 3

    —          2.3        (2.1     0.2        9.9        0.3        (1.7     —          8.4        (1.5     —          7.2        —          7.2        14.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating profit/(loss) before amortization and depreciation 2, 4

    9.3        335.1        45.0        380.1        176.4        169.8        22.5        217.2        586.0        215.8        —          1,191.1        (97.2     (118.1     975.7   

Amortization and depreciation 2

    (74.5     (141.6     (20.9     (162.5     (140.5     (96.4     (16.6     (84.6     (338.1     (79.6     (2.0     (656.7     (0.4     (20.2     (677.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                             

Adjusted operating (loss)/profit 2, 5

    (65.2     193.5        24.1        217.6        35.9        73.4        5.9        132.6        248.0        136.1        (2.0     534.4        (97.6     (138.4     298.4   

Exploration expenditure

    —          —          —          —          (8.2     (3.7     (1.8     (1.5     (15.2     —          (32.0     (47.2     (4.1     15.1        (36.2

Finance expense

    (19.6     (7.8     (3.5     (11.3     (3.9     (1.6     (1.0     (1.8     (8.3     (3.6     (56.5     (99.2     18.4        —          (80.8

Investment income

    0.9        1.7        0.1        1.8        0.3        0.2        —          —          0.5        —          1.1        4.2        —          —          4.2   

Asset impairments and write-offs

    (8.4     —          —          —          (1.3     (4.3     —          —          (5.6     —          1.5        (12.5     (4.7     3.2        (14.0

Loss)/profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    (0.3     (0.1     —          (0.1     1.1        —          0.7        0.1        1.9        (2.6     (0.2     (1.3     —          —          (1.3

Other items as detailed in statement of operations

    (22.6     (23.1     (4.3     (27.4     (21.6     (15.3     (3.9     (10.6     (51.5     (10.7     (31.9     (144.0     88.0        79.9        23.9   

Royalty

    (1.3     (35.3     (11.2     (46.5     N6        N6        N6        N6        (32.6     (5.8     —          (86.1     —          —          (86.1

Current taxation

    —          (31.1     —          (31.1     N6        N6        N6        N6        (74.9     (60.7     32.5        (134.2     —          —          (134.2

Deferred taxation

    33.6     (14.2     (1.8     (16.0     N6        N6        N6        N6        32.1        13.8        (47.4     16.1        —          (3.5     12.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/income before impairment of equity investees, share of equity investees’ losses and discontinued operations 7

    (83.0     83.7        3.4        87.1        N6        N6        N6        N6        94.5        66.5        (134.9     30.2        —          (43.6     (13.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) for continuing operations for management reporting purposes includes: Corporate expenditure - $27.3 million, Accretion expense on provision for environmental rehabilitation - $15.4 million and Employee termination costs - $42.2 million, which are not included in production costs under U.S. GAAP. In addition, gold inventory change is included in production costs under U.S. GAAP.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

26. GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

(2) This caption is based on captions used in the IFRS financial statements and does not reflect the US GAAP captions per the consolidated statement of operations.
(3) Reflects the change in quantity and value of broken ore and ore on the heap leach pads during the fiscal year.
(4) Adjusted operating profit before amortization and depreciation is stated before amortization and depreciation, exploration expenditure, asset impairments and write-offs, (profit)/loss on disposal of property,plant and equipment and royalty.
(5) Adjusted operating profit/(loss) is stated before exploration expenditure, asset impairments and write-offs, (profit)/loss on disposal of property,plant and equipment and royalty.
(6) As all Australian operations are entitled to transfer and off-set losses from one company to another, it is not meaningful to split the royalties, current or deferred taxation.
(7) This caption is before share of equity investees losses, all of which would relate to the corporate and other segment.
* Indicative as tax is provided in the holding companies of South Deep.
# Corporate and other represents items to reconcile segment data to consolidated financial statement totals.

Figures may not add as they are rounded independently.

 

    December 31, 2014  
    South Africa     Ghana     Australia     Peru                                
    South Deep     Tarkwa     Damang     Total     St Ives     Agnew/
Lawlers
    Darlot     Granny
Smith
    Total     Cerro
Corona
    Corporate and
other#
    Total per
IFRS
    Reclassifications     Reconciling
items
    Group
Consolidated
 

Balance sheet

                             

Total assets (excluding deferred tax assets)

    1,267.3        1,561.5        215.4        1,776.9        559.1        394.2        24.0        142.1        1,119.4        1,041.9        1,589.8        6,795.3        —          (62.4     6,733.0   

Total liabilities (excluding deferred tax liabilities)

    1,316.3        209.0        96.9        305.9        145.4        81.0        25.6        70.4        322.4        158.4        704.4        2,807.4        —          (11.1     2,796.3   

Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities

    (22.7     280.4        (11.0     269.4        N1        N1        N1        N1        87.9        18.3        (28.3     324.6        —          (79.2     245.4   

Capital expenditure

    91.9        174.1        16.0        190.1        117.5        83.4        14.7        58.9        274.4        51.0        1.4        608.9        —          (128.4     480.5   

 

(1) As all Australian operations are entitled to transder and off-set losses from one company to another, it is not meaningful to split the royalties, current or deferred taxation.
# Corporate and other represents items to reconcile segment data to consolidated financial statement totals. Included in Corporate and other is goodwill relating to the acquisition of South Deep and equity investees.

Figures may not add as they are rounded independently.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

26. GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

 

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013  
    South Africa     Ghana     Australia     Peru                                
    South Deep     Tarkwa     Damang     Total     St Ives     Agnew/
Lawlers
    Darlot     Granny
Smith
    Total     Cerro
Corona
    Corporate and
other#
    Total per
IFRS
    Reclassifications     Reconciling
items
    Continuing
operations
 

Statement of operations - continuing operations

                             

Revenue

    425.7        893.1        216.4        1,109.6        569.0        302.8        26.0        82.3        980.1        390.9        —          2,906.3        —          —          2,906.3   

Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) 1, 2

    (321.8     (473.7     (171.1     (644.8     (345.5     (135.0     (21.6     (48.8     (550.8     (161.3     —          (1,678.7     (74.7     (162.4     (1,915.8

Gold inventory change 1, 2, 3

    —          (30.8     11.1        (19.6     8.8        (1.2     1.3        3.7        12.7        18.8        —          11.8        —          (1.2     10.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating profit/(loss) before amortization and depreciation 2, 4

    103.9        388.7        56.4        445.1        232.3        166.7        5.7        37.3        442.0        248.4        —          1,239.4        (74.7     (163.6     1,001.1   

Amortization and depreciation 2

    (98.9     (137.6     (30.6     (168.3     (194.3     (71.1     (3.6     (21.0     (290.0     (48.8     (5.0     (610.9     —          42.4        (568.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted operating profit/(loss) 2, 5

    5.0        251.1        25.8        276.9        38.0        95.6        2.1        16.3        152.1        199.7        (5.0     628.5        (74.7     (121.2     432.6   

Exploration expenditure

    —          —          —          —          (5.1     (1.4     —          —          (6.5     (0.2     (59.1     (65.9     (7.2     (4.8     (77.9

Feasibility and evaluation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (47.7     (47.7     —          (20.3     (68.0

Finance expense

    (8.8     (1.2     (4.7     (5.9     —          —          (0.2     (1.2     (1.4     (2.2     (51.2     (69.5     2.4        (5.3     (72.4

Investment income

    0.6        0.4        —          0.4        3.8        3.8        —          —          7.6        0.4        (0.6     8.5        —          —          8.5   

Asset impairments and write-offs

    —          (204.5     (188.9     (393.4     (265.5     (0.4     —          —          (265.9     (11.0     (128.9     (799.2     1.5        582.4        (215.3

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    0.2        0.1        —          0.1        1.3        —          —          —          1.3        —          —          1.6        —          8.6        10.2   

Other items as detailed in statement of operations

    (23.1     (11.8     (2.2     (14.0     (2.7     (14.2     (3.2     (17.1     (37.2     (11.5     (76.8     (162.6     78.0        (5.3     (89.8

Royalty

    (2.1     (44.7     (10.8     (55.5     N6        N6        N6        N6        (24.1     (8.9     —          (90.5     —          —          (90.5

Current taxation

    —          (39.7     (0.9     (40.6     N6        N6        N6        N6        (49.7     (66.3     (4.8     (161.3     —          (3.8     (165.1

Deferred taxation

    6.6     33.9        63.4        97.3        N6        N6        N6        N6        106.9        (19.6     (9.9     181.4        —          (122.0     59.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/income before impairment of equity investees, share of equity investees’ losses and discontinued operations 7

    (21.6     (16.2     (118.3     (134.6     N6        N6        N6        N6        (116.8     80.5        (383.9     (576.7     —          308.4        (268.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

26. GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

 

(1) Operating costs (excluding amortization and depreciation) for continuing operations for management reporting purposes includes: Corporate expenditure - $39.4 million, Accretion expense on provision for environmental rehabilitation - $10.4 million and Employee termination costs - $35.5 million, which are not included in production costs under U.S. GAAP. In addition, gold inventory change is included in production costs under U.S. GAAP.
(2) This caption is based on captions used in the IFRS financial statements and does not reflect the US GAAP captions per the consolidated statement of operations.
(3) Reflects the change in quantity and value of broken ore and ore on the heap leach pads during the fiscal year.
(4) Adjusted operating profit before amortization and depreciation is stated before amortization and depreciation, exploration expenditure, feasibility and evaluation, asset impairments and write-offs, (profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and royalty.
(5) Adjusted operating profit/(loss) is stated before exploration expenditure, feasibility and evaluation, asset impairments and write-offs, (profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and royalty.
(6) As all Australian operations are entitled to transfer and off-set losses from one company to another, it is not meaningful to split the royalties, current or deferred taxation.
(7) This caption is before share of equity investees losses, all of which would relate to the corporate and other segment.
* Indicative as tax is provided in the holding companies of South Deep.
# Corporate and other represents items to reconcile segment data to consolidated financial statement totals.

Segment information on the statement of operations related to Sibanye Gold, which include the KDC and Beatrix mines, is not presented as Sibanye Gold is presented as a discontinued operation (refer note 9.1).

Figures may not add as they are rounded independently.

 

    December 31, 2013  
    South Africa     Ghana     Australia     Peru                                
    KDC     Beatrix     South
Deep
    Tarkwa     Damang     Total     St Ives     Agnew/
Lawlers
    Darlot     Granny
Smith
    Total     Cerro
Corona
    Corporate and
other#
    Total per
IFRS
    Reclassifications     Reconciling
items
    Group
Consolidated
 

Balance sheet

                                 

Total assets (excluding deferred tax assets)

    N1        N1        1,433.9        1,528.3        197.8        1,726.1        650.9        400.7        25.0        69.6        1,146.2        1,054.1        1,884.0        7,244.3        —          (40.6     7,203.7   

Total liabilities (excluding deferred tax liabilities)

    N1        N1        1,369.4        174.8        85.2        260.0        167.1        70.4        26.7        73.2        337.5        145.8        738.9        2,851.5        (5.0     (14.3     2,832.2   

Deferred tax liabilities/(assets)

    N1        N1        9.8        266.2        (12.8     253.4        N2        N2        N2        N2        128.2        32.1        (76.2     347.5        5.0        (73.6     273.7   

Capital expenditure

    37.5        10.3        202.4        207.0        50.1        257.1        132.3        52.3        1.5        7.8        193.9        56.3        29.6        739.2        —          (195.5     543.7   

 

(1) Sibanye Gold, which includes the KDC and Beatrix reporting segments, was spun off in February 2013 (refer note 9.1).
(2) As all Australian operations are entitled to transder and off-set losses from one company to another, it is not meaningful to split the royalties, current or deferred taxation.
# Corporate and other represents items to reconcile segment data to consolidated financial statement totals. Included in Corporate and other is goodwill relating to the acquisition of South Deep and equity investees.

Figures may not add as they are rounded independently.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

26. GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

           Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
 
           2015     2014     2013  

The following provides a breakdown of the reconciling items for each line item presented

        

Continuing operations

        

Operating costs

        

Exploration, evaluation and feasibility costs

     (e)        (25.9     (21.3     (22.4

Provision for rehabilitation

     (f)        (2.2     3.0        4.7   

Cut-backs

     (d)        (173.6     (107.1     (146.6

Deferred stripping

     (g)        —          —          1.9   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       (201.7     (125.4     (162.4
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gold inventory change

        

Inventory

     (h)        (8.6     7.2        (1.2
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       (8.6     7.2        (1.2
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization and depreciation

        

Amortization of reserves

     (b)        (4.9     (18.0     (15.8

Cut-backs

     (d)        71.8        33.9        38.3   

Amortization - asset impairments and write-offs

     (i)        (24.1     (25.0     (36.9

Amortization - inclusion of future costs

     (c)        (23.0     (9.7     58.6   

Amortization - capitalized interest

     (j)        (5.7     (4.7     (4.4

Provision for rehabilitation

     (f)        1.4        3.3        2.5   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       15.5        (20.2     42.4   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exploration and feasability expenditure

        

Exploration, evaluation and feasibility costs

     (e     30.8        15.1        (25.1
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Asset impairments and write-offs

        

Asset impairments and write-offs

     (i     (26.7     3.2        582.4   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other items as detailed in the statement of operations

        

Interest capitalization

     (j     —          —          (5.3

Profit on sale of investments

     (l     —          68.2        —     

Rehabilitation adjustment

     (f     (8.0     11.8        —     

Other

       —          (0.1     3.3   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       (8.0     79.9        (2.0
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

26. GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

           Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
    Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
 
           2015     2014     2013  

Total liabilities (excluding deferred tax liabilities)

        

Provision for rehabilitation

     (f     0.3        (11.1     (14.3
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets (excluding deferred tax assets)

        

Business combination - purchase of South Deep

     (a     260.5        340.2        380.3   

Amortization of reserves

     (b     (168.8     (183.6     (184.0

Amortization - inclusion of future costs

     (c     135.5        176.5        203.5   

Cut-backs

     (d     (701.9     (605.9     (600.4

Exploration, feasibility and evaluation costs

     (e     (124.8     (154.2     (318.9

Provision for rehabilitation

     (f     20.9        18.3        0.2   

Deferred stripping

     (g     7.6        6.6        8.7   

Inventory

     (h     17.1        21.6        14.6   

Asset impairments and write-offs

     (i     198.7        281.5        414.7   

Amortization - Interest capitalised

     (j     (20.9     (23.1     (20.9

Interest capitalization

     (j     68.4        62.7        62.8   

Inventory stockpiles

     (k     (5.7     (1.2     (1.2

Other

       1.8        (1.8     —     
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       (311.6     (62.4     (40.6
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax (assets)/liabilities

        

Deferred mining and income taxation

     (m     (180.9     (79.2     (73.6
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes to the reconciliation of segment information to the historical financial statements

 

(a) Business combinations - purchase of South Deep

For management reporting purposes, traded equity securities issued as consideration in a business combination were valued on the date they were issued. Under U.S. GAAP, at the time of the acquisition, traded equity securities issued as consideration in a business combination were valued a few days before and after the terms of the transaction were announced.

For management reporting purposes, the entire interest acquired in South Deep was fair valued upon gaining a controlling interest. Under U.S. GAAP, only the additional interest acquired was accounted for at fair value; assets acquired before obtaining control are stated at historical carrying amounts. In addition, U.S. GAAP requires retrospective equity accounting from the date the interest is acquired until the Group obtains control and the investment becomes a subsidiary. For management reporting purposes, no retrospective equity accounting is applied.

For management reporting purposes, any excess arising over the purchase price paid and the fair value of the net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired for additional interests in subsidiaries from minority shareholders are recorded directly in equity (‘economic entity model’). Under U.S. GAAP, any excess over the purchased price paid and the fair value of the net identifiable assets and liabilities are recorded as goodwill (‘parent company model’).

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

26. GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

(b) Amortization of reserves

For management reporting purposes, a portion of ore resources at the Australian operations, based on the philosophy of “endowment”, is used for calculating depreciation and amortization. Under U.S. GAAP, depreciation and amortization is calculated based upon existing proven and probable reserves.

 

(c) Amortization - inclusion of future costs

For management reporting purposes, future mine development costs were included in mining assets at the Australian operations in calculating depreciation and amortization, prior to July 2015. Under U.S. GAAP, future development costs are not included in the calculation of depreciation and amortization.

 

(d) Cut-backs

For management reporting purposes, waste laybacks at surface operations are capitalized as mine development costs. Under U.S. GAAP, once the production phase of a mine has commenced, waste laybacks are considered variable production costs that should be included as a component of inventory to be recognized in Production costs exclusive of depreciation and amortization in the same period as the revenue from the sale of inventory. As a result, capitalization of waste laybacks is appropriate only to the extent product inventory exists at the end of a reporting period.

 

(e) Exploration, feasibility and evaluation costs

For management reporting purposes, exploration costs are capitalized from the date the drilling program confirms sufficient evidence of mineralization to proceed with a feasibility study. Under U.S. GAAP, exploration costs are capitalized from the date a bankable feasibility study is completed.

 

(f) Provision for rehabilitation

Revisions to the provision for environmental rehabilitation

For management reporting purposes, all changes in the carrying amount of the provision for environmental rehabilitation, other than accretion expense, are recognized as an increase or decrease in the carrying amount of the associated rehabilitation asset. Changes resulting from revisions in the timing or amount of estimated cash flows are recognized as an increase or decrease in the carrying amount of the provision for environmental rehabilitation and the associated rehabilitation asset for U.S. GAAP.

In addition, the current discount rate is applied to measure the provision for environmental rehabilitation for management reporting purposes. Under U.S. GAAP, any decreases in the provision for environmental rehabilitation as a result of downward revisions in cash flow estimates should be treated as a modification of an existing provision for environmental rehabilitation and should be measured at the historical discount rate used to measure the initial provision for environmental rehabilitation.

Accretion of the provision for environmental rehabilitation and amortization of the associated rehabilitation asset

For reasons discussed above, the carrying values of the provision for environmental rehabilitation and associated rehabilitation asset for management reporting purposes are different to those under U.S. GAAP, which in combination with different discount rates result in a different amortization charge and accretion expense.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

26. GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

Rehabilitation adjustment

For both management reporting purposes and U.S. GAAP, to the extent that an asset is taken out of service or no longer in use, an increase or decrease in the related carrying amount of the provision for environmental rehabilitation is immediately recognized in profit or loss. For reasons discussed above, the carrying value of the provision for environmental rehabilitation for management reporting purposes differs to those under U.S. GAAP, related to assets taken out of service or no longer in use which, results in a different amount recognized in profit or loss.

 

(g) Deferred stripping

For management reporting purposes, prior to the adoption of IFRIC 20, Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine, the Company deferred the waste stripping costs in excess of the expected average pitlife stripping ratio. IFRIC 20 was adopted on January 1, 2013. IFRIC 20 requires that production stripping costs in a surface mine be capitalised to non-current assets if, and only if, all of the following criteria are met:

 

   

It is probable that the future economic benefit associated with the stripping activity will flow to the entity;

 

   

The entity can identify the component of the ore body for which access has been improved; and

 

   

The costs relating to the stripping activity associated with that component can be measured.

If the above criteria are not met, the stripping costs are recognised directly in profit or loss.

Under U.S. GAAP, waste stripping costs are considered costs of the extracted minerals and recognized as a component of inventory to be recognized in production costs exclusive of depreciation and amortization in the same period as the revenue from the sale of inventory.

 

(h) Inventory

Under U.S. GAAP, additional amortization, waste stripping costs and cut backs expensed are included in the cost of inventory produced. No such absorption of costs occurred for management reporting purposes. Under U.S. GAAP, management is required to record inventory at the lower of cost and market value prior to fiscal 2015.

 

(i) Impairment of assets

For management reporting purposes, the Darlot cash-generating units as well as certain other assets at Damang and Cerro Corona are determined to be impaired in fiscal 2015. For US GAAP purposes, after performing impairment tests, both the Darlot and Cerro Corona cash-generating units and certain other assets at Cerro Corona were considered to be impaired under U.S. GAAP.

In addition, Arctic Platinum, classified as held for sale, was impaired for management reporting purposes in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, but not considered impaired under US GAAP as the fair value less cost of disposal exceeded the carrying value under U.S GAAP. In fiscal 2015, Arctic Platinum is impaired for management reporting purposes. For US GAAP purposes, Arctic Platinum is impaired but at a different amount due to having a different carrying value under US GAAP.

For management reporting purposes, the Tarkwa, Damang and St Ives cash-generating units as well as certain other assets at Tarkwa were determined to be impaired in fiscal 2013. For US GAAP purposes, after

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Gold Fields Limited

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in millions unless otherwise noted)

 

26. GEOGRAPHICAL AND SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

 

performing impairment tests, only the Damang mine was considered to be impaired and at a different amount due to the different impairment model prescribed under U.S. GAAP. In addition, Arctic Platinum, classified as held for sale, was impaired for management reporting purposes in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, but not considered impaired under US GAAP as the fair value less cost to sell exceeded the carrying value under U.S GAAP.

For management reporting purposes, the Agnew mine was not determined to be impaired in prior years. Under U.S. GAAP, the Agnew mine was determined to be impaired and an impairment charge was recognized.

For reasons discussed above, certain assets carrying values for management reporting purposes are different to those under U.S. GAAP, which results in a different amortization charge.

 

(j) Interest capitalization

For management reporting purposes, borrowing costs are capitalized to the extent that qualifying assets are financed through specific debt financing or general outstanding debt not for any specific purpose other than funding the operations of the Group. Under U.S. GAAP, total outstanding debt financing is taken into account in calculating the amount of borrowing cost to be capitalized.

For reasons discussed above, certain assets carrying values for management reporting purposes are different to those under U.S. GAAP, which results in a different amortization charge.

 

(k) Inventory stockpiles

For management reporting purposes, previous impairment charges writing down stockpiles to market values are reversed when the net realizable value rises above the original cost. Under U.S. GAAP, the market value is deemed the new base cost and impairment charges are not reversed.

 

(l) Profit on sale of investments

For management reporting purposes, exploration costs at the Chucapaca exploration project were previously capitalized and are included in the assets disposed of when calculating the profit on sale. Under U.S. GAAP these exploration costs were not capitalized and are not included in the assets disposed of when calculating the profit on sale.

 

(m) Deferred mining and income taxation

The reconciling item relates to net deferred tax liabilities arising as a consequence of the differences in the book values of the underlying assets and liabilities between those used for management reporting purposes and US GAAP as well as differences between management reporting purposes and US GAAP relating to the recognition of deferred tax assets and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities relating to unremitted earnings for foreign subsidiaries and the effect of basis differences related to foreign nonmonetary assets and liabilities that are remeasured from the local currency into the functional currency.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Schedule 1 - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets

 

    Balance at
beginning of
year
    Valuation
allowance
reversed
    Valuation
allowance
raised
    Arising on
acquisition/
disposal of
subsidiaries
    Charged to
unredeemed
capital
expenditure/
tax losses
    Foreign
currency
translation
adjustment
    Balance at
end of year
 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015

             

Valuation allowance

    435.5        —          112.6        —          58.3        (100.7     505.7   

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014

             

Valuation allowance

    330.2        —          38.3        —          108.1        (41.1     435.5   

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

             

Valuation allowance

    324.4        —          1.1        (5.4     60.2        (50.1     330.2   

 

S-1